FERRELLGAS L P
S-1/A, 1994-06-24
Previous: FERRELLGAS PARTNERS L P, S-1/A, 1994-06-24
Next: PECO ENERGY CAPITAL LP, 8-A12B, 1994-06-24



<PAGE>
 
      
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 24, 1994     
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-53379
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                               ----------------
                                 
                              AMENDMENT NO. 2     
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
                            FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.
               (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN CHARTER)
 
        DELAWARE                      5984                   43-1676206
        DELAWARE                      6799                   43-1677595
             
    (STATE OR OTHER           (PRIMARY STANDARD           (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     JURISDICTION OF              INDUSTRIAL             IDENTIFICATION NO.)
     INCORPORATION            CLASSIFICATION CODE 
    OR ORGANIZATION)                NUMBER)
                               ----------------
 
                               ONE LIBERTY PLAZA
                            LIBERTY, MISSOURI 64068
                                (816) 792-1600
   (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                 OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                               ----------------
 
                               DANLEY K. SHELDON
                               ONE LIBERTY PLAZA
                            LIBERTY, MISSOURI 64068
                                (816) 792-1600
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                  INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                               ----------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
   SMITH, GILL, FISHER & BUTTS, P.C.                 LATHAM & WATKINS 
          1200 MAIN STREET                           885 THIRD AVENUE 
     KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64105                NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
           (816) 474-7400                             (212) 906-1200
    ATTENTION: KENDRICK T. WALLACE            ATTENTION: PHILIP E. COVIELLO
 
                               ----------------
 
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
                               ----------------
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
 
                               ----------------
 
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
 
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
 
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING              LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
         --------------------------------              ----------------------
 <C> <S>                                           <C>
  1. Forepart of the Registration Statement and
      Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus....   Outside Front Cover Page
  2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages     
      of Prospectus.............................   Inside Front and Outside Back
                                                   Cover Pages             
  3. Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio
      of Earnings to Fixed Charges..............   Prospectus Summary; Risk
                                                    Factors; Selected Historical
                                                    and Pro Forma Consolidated
                                                    Financial and Operating Data
  4. Use of Proceeds............................   Prospectus Summary; Use of
                                                    Proceeds
  5. Determination of Offering Price............   Underwriting
  6. Dilution...................................   *
  7. Selling Security Holders...................   *
  8. Plan of Distribution.......................   Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                    Underwriting
  9. Description of Securities to be Registered.   Prospectus Summary;
                                                    Description of Senior Notes;
                                                    Certain Federal Income Tax
                                                    Consequences
 10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.....   *
 11. Information with Respect to the Registrant.   Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                    Prospectus Summary; Risk
                                                    Factors; The Transactions;
                                                    Capitalization; Selected
                                                    Historical and Pro Forma
                                                    Consolidated Financial and
                                                    Operating Data; Management's
                                                    Discussion and Analysis of
                                                    Financial Condition and
                                                    Results of Operations;
                                                    Business; Management; Cash
                                                    Distributions to Partners;
                                                    The Partnership; Financial
                                                    Statements
 12. Disclosure of Commission Position on
      Indemnification for Securities Act
      Liabilities...............................   *
</TABLE>
- --------
* Not Applicable
<PAGE>
 
                   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 24, 1994     
 
PROSPECTUS
           , 1994
                                  $250,000,000
                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
                            FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.
LOGO 
Ferrellgas                   % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2001
 
  The    % Senior Notes due 2001 (the "Senior Notes") offered hereby (the
"Offering") are being issued, jointly and severally, by Ferrellgas, L.P. (the
"Partnership") and Ferrellgas Finance Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Partnership ("Finance Corp." and, together with the Partnership, the
"Issuers").
 
  The Senior Notes will bear interest from the date of issuance at the rate of
   % per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on            and
of each year, commencing           , 1994. The Issuers will not be required to
make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payment with respect to the
Senior Notes prior to maturity. The Senior Notes are redeemable at the option
of the Issuers, in whole or in part, at any time on or after           , 1998
at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest to
the date of redemption. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined
herein), holders of the Senior Notes will have the right to require the Issuers
to purchase each such holder's Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of purchase. There can be no assurance that the Issuers
would have adequate funds available to repurchase the Senior Notes.
 
  The Senior Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Issuers and
will rank on an equal basis in right of payment with all existing and future
senior indebtedness of the Issuers and senior to all existing and future
subordinated indebtedness of the Issuers. At April 30, 1994, on a pro forma
basis after giving effect to the Offering and the other transactions described
herein, the Partnership and its subsidiaries would have had outstanding
approximately $268.9 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness on a
consolidated basis (excluding trade payables and other accrued liabilities),
all of which would have ranked on an equal basis in right of payment. See "The
Transactions."
 
  The sale of the Senior Notes offered hereby is subject to, among other
things, completion of a public offering of approximately 13,100,000 million
Common Units by the sole limited partner of the Partnership, Ferrellgas
Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Master Partnership").
 
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE SENIOR NOTES OFFERED HEREBY.
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE  SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
  IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PRICE      UNDERWRITING   PROCEEDS
                                             TO THE    DISCOUNTS AND    TO THE
                                           PUBLIC(1)   COMMISSIONS(2) ISSUERS(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>            <C>
Per Senior Note..........................        %             %            %
Total.................................... $                $            $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from the date of issuance.
(2) See "Underwriting" for indemnification arrangements with the Underwriters.
(3) Before deducting estimated expenses of $           payable by the Issuers.
 
  The Senior Notes are being offered by the several Underwriters, subject to
prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by them, subject to
various prior conditions, including the right to reject any order in whole or
in part. It is expected that delivery of the Senior Notes will be made in New
York, New York on or about           , 1994, against payment therefor.
 
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE                                GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
     SECURITIES CORPORATION
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
ANY STATE.
<PAGE>

                            [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]
 
 
 
 
 
 
  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SENIOR NOTES
OFFERED HEREBY AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and historical and pro forma financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus and should be read only in conjunction with the
entire Prospectus. For ease of reference, a glossary of certain terms used in
this Prospectus is included as Appendix A to this Prospectus.
 
                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
 
  Ferrellgas, L.P. (the "Partnership") is a Delaware limited partnership
recently formed to acquire and operate the propane business and assets of
Ferrellgas, Inc. (the "Company" or "Ferrellgas"). Ferrellgas is the general
partner (the "General Partner") of the Partnership and a wholly owned
subsidiary of Ferrell Companies, Inc. ("Ferrell"). Ferrell was founded in 1939
as a single retail propane outlet in Atchison, Kansas, and has grown
principally through the acquisition of retail propane operations throughout the
United States. The Company believes that it is the third largest retail
marketer of propane in the United States, based on gallons sold, serving more
than 600,000 residential, industrial/commercial and agricultural customers in
45 states and the District of Columbia through approximately 416 retail outlets
and 226 satellite locations in 36 states (some outlets serve an interstate
market). The Company's largest market concentrations are in the Midwest, Great
Lakes and Southeast regions of the United States. The Company operates in areas
of strong retail market competition, which has required it to develop and
implement strict capital expenditure and operating standards in its existing
and acquired retail propane operations in order to control operating costs.
This effort has resulted in upgrades in the quality of its field managers, the
application of strong return on asset benchmarks and improved productivity
methodologies.
 
  The Company's retail propane sales volumes were approximately 553 million,
496 million and 482 million gallons during the fiscal years ended July 31,
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Earnings before depreciation, amortization,
interest and taxes ("EBITDA") were $89.4 million, $87.6 million and $99.2
million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
EBITDA for the twelve months ended April 30, 1994 was $98.6 million. The
Company's net losses for the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 were
$0.8 million and $11.7 million, respectively, and its net earnings for the
fiscal year ended July 31, 1991 were $2.0 million. Net earnings for the nine
month periods ended April 30, 1994 and 1993 were $19.5 million and $12.8
million, respectively. For a discussion of the seasonality of the Company's
operations, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--General."
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
   
  The retail propane industry is a mature one, in which the Company foresees
only limited growth in total demand for the product. Based on information
available from the Energy Information Administration, the Company believes the
overall demand for propane has remained relatively constant over the past
several years, with year to year industry volumes being impacted primarily by
weather patterns. As a result, growth in this industry is accomplished
primarily through acquisitions. Except for a few large competitors, the propane
industry is highly fragmented and principally composed of over 3,000 local and
regional companies. Historically, the Company has been successful in acquiring
independent propane retailers and integrating them into the Company's
operations at what it believes to be attractive returns. In July 1984, the
Company acquired propane operations with annual retail sales volumes of
approximately 33 million gallons at a cost of approximately $13.0 million, and
in December 1986, the Company acquired propane operations with annual retail
sales volumes of approximately 395 million gallons at a cost of approximately
$457.5 million. Since December 1986, and as of April 30, 1994, the Company has
acquired 67 smaller independent propane retailers which the Company believes
were not individually material. These acquisitions have significantly expanded
and diversified the Company's geographic presence.     
 
  The Partnership plans to continue to expand its business principally through
acquisitions in areas in close proximity to the Company's existing operations
so that such newly acquired operations can be efficiently combined with
existing operations and savings can be achieved through the elimination of
certain overlapping functions. An additional goal of these acquisitions will be
to improve the operations and profitability of the
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
businesses the Partnership acquires by integrating them into its established
propane supply network and by improving customer service. The Partnership also
plans to pursue acquisitions which broaden its geographic coverage. The Company
has historically increased its existing customer base and retained the
customers of acquired operations through marketing efforts that focus on
providing quality service to customers. The General Partner believes that there
are numerous local retail propane distribution companies that are possible
candidates for acquisition by the Partnership and that the Partnership's
geographic diversity of operations helps to create many attractive acquisition
opportunities for the Partnership.
 
  The General Partner is unable to predict the amount or timing of future
capital expenditures for acquisitions. Prior to the closing of this Offering,
however, the Partnership will enter into a bank credit facility (the "Credit
Facility") providing a maximum $185 million commitment for borrowings and
letters of credit. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, at least $60 million
will be available solely to finance acquisitions and growth capital
expenditures. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Pro Forma Financial Condition--Credit Facility." In
addition to borrowings under the Credit Facility, the Partnership may fund
future acquisitions from internal cash flow or proceeds from the issuance by
the Master Partnership of additional partnership interests. Under the Indenture
for the Senior Notes, the Partnership is prohibited from making distributions
to its partners and other Restricted Payments (as defined in the Indenture)
unless certain specified targets for capital expenditures and expenditures for
permitted acquisitions have been met.
 
  In addition to growth through acquisitions, the General Partner believes that
the Partnership may also achieve growth within its existing propane operations.
Historically, the Company has experienced modest internal growth in its
customer base. As a result of its experience in responding to competition and
in implementing more efficient operating standards, the General Partner
believes that it has positioned the Partnership to be more successful in direct
competition for customers. The Company currently has marketing programs
underway which focus specific resources toward this effort. See "Business--
Retail Operations--Business Strategy."
 
GENERAL
 
  Propane, a byproduct of natural gas processing and petroleum refining, is a
clean-burning energy source recognized for its transportability and ease of use
relative to alternative forms of stand alone energy sources. In the residential
and commercial markets, propane is primarily used for space heating, water
heating and cooking. In the agricultural market propane is primarily used for
crop drying, space heating, irrigation and weed control. In addition, propane
is used for certain industrial applications, including use as an engine fuel
which is burned in internal combustion engines that power vehicles and
forklifts and as a heating or energy source in manufacturing and drying
processes. Consumption of propane as a heating fuel peaks sharply in winter
months.
 
  The Company sells propane primarily to four specific markets: residential,
industrial/commercial, agricultural and other (principally to other propane
retailers and as an engine fuel). During the fiscal year ended July 31, 1993,
sales to residential customers accounted for 61% of the Company's retail gross
profits, sales to industrial/commercial customers accounted for 26% of the
Company's retail gross profits, sales to agricultural customers accounted for
6% of the Company's retail gross profits and sales to other customers accounted
for 7% of the Company's retail gross profits. Residential sales have a greater
profit margin and a more stable customer base and tend to be less sensitive to
price changes than the other markets served by the Company. While the propane
distribution business is seasonal in nature and historically sensitive to
variations in weather, management believes that the Company's geographical
diversity of the Company's areas of operations helps to minimize the Company's
exposure to regional weather or economic patterns. Furthermore, long-term
historic weather data from the National Climatic Data Center indicate that
average annual temperatures have remained relatively constant over the last 30
years, with fluctuations occurring on a year-to-year basis only.
 
  Profits in the retail propane industry are primarily based on the cents-per-
gallon difference between the purchase price and the sales price of propane.
The Company generally purchases propane on a short-term basis; therefore, its
supply costs generally fluctuate with market price fluctuations. Should the
wholesale cost
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
of propane decline in the future, the Company believes that the Partnership's
margins on its retail propane distribution business should increase in the
short-term because retail prices tend to change less rapidly than wholesale
prices. Should the wholesale cost of propane increase, for similar reasons
retail margins and profitability would likely be reduced at least for the
short-term until retail prices can be increased. Historically, the Company has
been able to maintain margins on an annual basis following changes in the
wholesale cost of propane. The Company's success in maintaining its margins is
evidenced by the fact that since fiscal 1989 average annual retail gross
margins, measured on a cents-per-gallon basis, have generally varied by a
relatively low percentage. The General Partner is unable to predict, however,
how and to what extent a substantial increase or decrease in the wholesale cost
of propane would affect the Partnership's margins and profitability.
 
  Propane competes primarily with natural gas, electricity and fuel oil as an
energy source, principally on the basis of price, availability and portability.
Propane serves as an alternative to natural gas in rural and suburban areas
where natural gas is unavailable or portability of product is required. Propane
is generally more expensive than natural gas on an equivalent BTU basis in
locations served by natural gas, although propane is sold in such areas as a
standby fuel for use during peak demand periods and during interruption in
natural gas service. Propane is generally less expensive to use than
electricity for space heating, water heating and cooking. Although propane is
similar to fuel oil in application, market demand and price, propane and fuel
oil have generally developed their own distinct geographic markets, lessening
competition between such fuels.
 
  The retail propane business of the Company consists principally of
transporting propane to its retail distribution outlets and then to tanks
located on its customers' premises. Propane supplies are purchased in the
contract and spot markets, primarily from natural gas processing plants and
major oil companies. In addition, retail propane customers typically lease
their stationary storage tanks from their propane distributors. Approximately
70% of the Company's customers lease their tank from the Company. The lease
terms and, in most states, certain fire safety regulations, restrict the
refilling of a leased tank solely to the propane supplier that owns the tank.
The cost and inconvenience of switching tanks minimizes a customer's tendency
to switch among suppliers of propane on the basis of minor variations in price.
 
  The Company is also engaged in the trading of propane and other natural gas
liquids, chemical feedstocks marketing and wholesale propane marketing. In
fiscal year 1993, the Company's annual wholesale and trading sales volume was
approximately 1.2 billion gallons of propane and other natural gas liquids,
approximately 64% of which was propane. Because the Partnership will possess a
large distribution system, underground storage capacity and the ability to buy
large volumes of propane, the General Partner believes that the Partnership
will be in a position to achieve product cost savings and avoid shortages
during periods of tight supply to an extent not generally available to other
retail propane distributors.
 
PARTNERSHIP STRUCTURE AND MANAGEMENT
 
  Concurrently with the closing of this Offering, the sole limited partner of
the Partnership, Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
"Master Partnership"), will offer to the public 13,100,000 Common Units
representing limited partnership interests in the Master Partnership (the "MLP
Offering"). See "The Transactions." The General Partner will serve as general
partner of the Partnership and the Master Partnership. Following this Offering,
the officers and employees of Ferrellgas who currently manage and operate the
propane business and assets to be owned by the Partnership will continue to
manage and operate the Partnership's business as officers and employees of the
General Partner. See "Management." Unless the context otherwise requires,
references herein to the Partnership include the Partnership and the Master
Partnership.
 
  The General Partner will receive no management fee in connection with its
management of the Partnership and will receive no remuneration for its services
as General Partner of the Partnership other than reimbursement for all direct
and indirect expenses incurred in connection with the Partnership's operations
and all other necessary or appropriate expenses allocable to the Partnership or
otherwise reasonably incurred by the General Partner in connection with the
operation of the Partnership's business. The Partnership Agreement provides
that the General Partner shall determine the fees and expenses that are
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
allocable to the Partnership in any reasonable manner determined by the General
Partner in its sole discretion. Because of the broad authority granted to the
General Partner to determine the fees and expenses allocable to the
Partnership, including compensation of the General Partner's officers and other
employees, certain conflicts of interest could arise between the General
Partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership and its
limited partners, on the other, and the limited partners and holders of Senior
Notes will have no ability to control the expenses allocated by the General
Partner to the Partnership.
 
  The principal executive offices of the Partnership are located at One Liberty
Plaza, Liberty, Missouri 64068, and its telephone number is (816) 792-1600.
 
TRANSACTIONS AT CLOSING
   
  Concurrently with the closing of this Offering, Ferrellgas will contribute
all of its propane business and assets to the Partnership in exchange for
1,000,000 Common Units, 16,118,559 Subordinated Units and certain rights to
receive incentive distributions (the "Incentive Distribution Rights") if
distributions of Available Cash exceed certain target levels, as well as a 2%
general partner interest in the Partnership and the Master Partnership on a
combined basis (see "The Partnership--Incentive Distribution Rights"). In
connection with the contribution of such business and assets by Ferrellgas, the
Partnership will assume substantially all of the liabilities, whether known or
unknown, associated with such business and assets (other than income tax
liabilities). The Partnership intends to maintain insurance and reserves at
levels that it believes will be adequate to satisfy such liabilities. In
addition, the Partnership will assume the payment obligations of Ferrellgas
under its Series A and Series C Floating Rate Notes due 1996 (the "Existing
Floating Rate Notes"), the Series B and Series D Fixed Rate Notes due 1996 (the
"Existing Fixed Rate Notes" and, together with the Existing Floating Rate
Notes, the "Existing Senior Notes") and its 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated
Debentures (the "Existing Subordinated Debentures"). All of the Existing Senior
Notes and Existing Subordinated Debentures will be retired with the net
proceeds from the sale by the Master Partnership of the Common Units in the MLP
Offering (estimated to be approximately $260.3 million at an assumed initial
offering price of $21.375 per Common Unit) and the net proceeds from the
issuance of $250 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes offered
hereby (estimated to be approximately $245.3 million). The book value of the
assets being contributed to the Partnership will be approximately $83 million
less than the liabilities to be assumed by the Partnership. Immediately prior
to the closing of this Offering, the Partnership expects to enter into the $185
million Credit Facility. The Credit Facility will permit borrowings of up to
$100 million on a senior unsecured revolving line of credit basis to fund
working capital and general partnership requirements (of which $50 million will
be available to support letters of credit). In addition, up to $85 million of
borrowings will be permitted on a senior unsecured basis, at least $60 million
of which will be available solely to finance acquisitions and growth capital
expenditures.     
 
  Ferrellgas will retain and will not contribute to the Partnership
approximately $39 million in cash, approximately $17 million in receivables
from affiliates of its parent, Ferrell, and Class B redeemable common stock of
Ferrell ("the Ferrell Class B Stock") with a book value of approximately $36
million. It is anticipated that following the closing of this Offering,
Ferrellgas will loan approximately $25 million to Ferrell and will dividend to
Ferrell the remainder of the cash, receivables and Ferrell Class B Stock
retained by Ferrellgas, as well as the Common Units, Subordinated Units and
Incentive Distribution Rights received by Ferrellgas in exchange for the
contribution of its propane business and assets to the Partnership.
 
  Concurrently with the closing of this Offering, the Company will consummate a
tender offer and consent solicitation with respect to its Existing Subordinated
Debentures. The consent solicitation is necessary to modify the indenture
related to the Existing Subordinated Debentures in order to permit the Company
to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Prospectus. As of the date
of this Prospectus, all of the outstanding Existing Subordinated Debentures
have been tendered to and will be retired by the Partnership, as described
above.
 
  Concurrently with the closing of this Offering, the Company will mail to the
holders of the Existing Senior Notes a notice of redemption of all outstanding
Existing Senior Notes, pursuant to the optional
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
redemption provisions of the indenture governing the Existing Senior Notes (the
"Existing Senior Notes Indenture"). The redemption date will be 30 days after
the date of mailing of such notice. The Existing Senior Notes Indenture
provides for a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date plus a premium
which is based on certain yield information for U.S. Treasury securities as of
three business days prior to the redemption date. The Partnership will deposit
with the trustee on the date of closing of this Offering an amount expected to
be more than sufficient to pay the redemption price. As a result of the
transactions contemplated hereby, during the 30-day period prior to the
redemption date, an event of default will exist under the Existing Senior Notes
Indenture. The holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of Existing
Senior Notes, therefore, will be entitled, by notice to the Company and the
trustee, to declare the unpaid principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest
and the applicable premium on, the Existing Senior Notes to be immediately due
and payable. The trustee under the Existing Senior Notes Indenture has advised
the Company that it intends to notify the holders of the Existing Senior Notes
of this right. In the event of such a declaration, the amount already deposited
by the Partnership in payment of the redemption price would be applied to pay
the amount so declared immediately due and payable. The Partnership will incur
an extraordinary loss of approximately $20.4 million related to the retirement
of the Existing Senior Notes, approximately $31.2 million relating to the
Existing Subordinated Debentures resulting from consent and tender offer fees
and approximately $11.2 million relating to the write-off of unamortized
financing costs, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles ("GAAP").
 
  At the closing of this Offering, it is anticipated that the Partnership will
borrow approximately $10 million under the Credit Facility which will enable
the Partnership to commence operations with an initial cash balance of at least
$20 million. To the extent that the initial public offering price per Common
Unit in the MLP Offering is less than $21.375, the Partnership may need to
borrow additional funds under the Credit Facility in order to commence
operations with an initial cash balance of at least $20 million. For a
description of the Credit Facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operation--Pro Forma Financial
Condition--Credit Facility."
 
  The foregoing description assumes that the Underwriters' overallotment option
with respect to the MLP Offering is not exercised. If the Underwriters'
overallotment option is exercised in full, the Master Partnership will issue
1,965,000 additional Common Units. The Partnership will use the net proceeds
from any exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment option to repay any
amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility or, if no such borrowings have been
made, to establish an initial cash balance of up to $20 million. Any remaining
net proceeds from the exercise of such Underwriters' overallotment option will
be used by the Master Partnership to repurchase for retirement up to 1,000,000
Common Units held by Ferrell at a price per Unit equal to the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. Any net
proceeds remaining after such repurchase will be retained by the Partnership
for general partnership purposes.
 
  Immediately following this Offering, Ferrellgas will own an effective 2%
general partner interest in the Master Partnership and the Partnership on a
combined basis, and Ferrell will own 1,000,000 Common Units (if the
Underwriters' overallotment option with respect to the MLP Offering is
exercised in full all of such Common Units will be repurchased and retired by
the Master Partnership) and 16,118,559 Subordinated Units representing an
aggregate 55.5% limited partner interest in the Master Partnership (50.7% if
such Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full) and the Incentive
Distribution Rights. See "The Transactions."
 
FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.
 
  Ferrellgas Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Finance Corp."), a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Partnership which has nominal assets and will not
conduct any operations, is acting as co-obligor for the Senior Notes. Certain
institutional investors that might otherwise be limited in their ability to
invest in securities issued by partnerships by reason of the legal investment
laws of their states of organization or their charter documents, may be able to
invest in the Senior Notes because Finance Corp. is a co-obligor.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 
  The following chart depicts the organization and ownership of the Partnership
and the Master Partnership after giving effect to the MLP Offering and related
transactions. The percentages reflected below represent the approximate
ownership interest in each of the Partnership and the Master Partnership,
individually. Except in the following chart, the ownership percentages referred
to in this Prospectus reflect the approximate effective ownership interest of
the holder in the Partnership and the Master Partnership on a combined basis.

                            [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                        SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA
                   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
  The following tables set forth for the periods and the dates indicated,
summary historical financial and operating data for the Company and pro forma
financial and operating data for the Partnership after giving effect to the
transactions contemplated by this Prospectus. The summary historical financial
data for the three years ended July 31, 1993 and the nine-month periods ended
April 30, 1993 and 1994, are derived from the audited and unaudited
consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
historical financial data for the interim period ended April 30, 1993 and the
Partnership's summary pro forma financial data are derived from unaudited
financial information. The Partnership's summary pro forma financial data
should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the pro forma
consolidated financial information and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. In addition, the propane business is seasonal in nature with its
peak activity during the winter months. Therefore, the results for the interim
periods are not indicative of the results that can be expected for a full year.
See also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PARTNERSHIP
                                           HISTORICAL                           PRO FORMA
                          --------------------------------------------------  --------------
                                      YEAR ENDED JULY 31,                     YEAR ENDED
                          --------------------------------------------------   JULY 31,
                            1989      1990      1991     1992         1993       1993
                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>        
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
 Total revenues.........  $409,953  $467,641  $543,933 $501,129     $541,945   $541,945
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........    32,528    33,521    36,151   31,196       30,840     30,840
 Operating income.......    53,425    54,388    63,045   56,408       58,553     58,053
 Interest expense.......    54,572    55,095    60,507   61,219       60,071     29,029
 Earnings (loss) from
  continuing operations.    (1,506)     (347)    1,979   (1,700)(1)      109     28,750
 Ratio of earnings to
  fixed charges(2)......       --        --       1.1x      --          1.0x       1.9x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT
 END OF PERIOD):
 Working capital........  $(39,708) $ 50,456  $ 53,403 $ 67,973     $ 74,408
 Total assets...........   487,631   554,580   580,260  598,613      573,376
 Payable to (receivable
  from) parent and
  affiliates............    13,109    10,743     3,763    2,236         (916)
 Long-term debt.........   354,626   465,644   466,585  501,614      489,589
 Stockholder's equity...     6,616    11,463    21,687    8,808       11,359
OPERATING DATA:
 Retail propane sales
  volumes (in gallons)..   498,395   499,042   482,211  495,707      553,413    553,413
 Capital
  expenditures(3):
 Maintenance............  $  7,271  $  5,428  $  7,958 $ 10,250     $ 10,527   $ 10,527
 Growth.................    10,062    10,447     2,478    3,342        2,851      2,851
 Acquisition............    14,668    18,005    25,305   10,112          897        897
                          --------  --------  -------- --------     --------   --------
  Total.................  $ 32,001  $ 33,880  $ 35,741 $ 23,704     $ 14,275   $ 14,275
                          ========  ========  ======== ========     ========   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
 EBITDA(4)..............  $ 85,953  $ 87,909  $ 99,196 $ 87,604     $ 89,393   $ 88,893
 Fixed charge coverage
  ratio (5).............                                                           3.0x
</TABLE>
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PARTNERSHIP
                                          HISTORICAL               PRO FORMA
                                       --------------------    -----------------
                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                           APRIL 30,               APRIL 30,
                                       --------------------          1994
                                         1993        1994
                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
 Total revenues......................  $468,302    $450,477        $450,477
 Depreciation and amortization.......    23,238      21,688          21,688
 Operating income....................    64,708      75,445          75,070
 Interest expense....................    45,056      44,233          21,187
 Earnings from continuing operations.    12,785      20,356          53,892
 Ratio of earnings to fixed
  charges(2).........................      1.4x        1.7x            3.2x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
 PERIOD):
 Working capital.....................  $100,645    $104,164        $ 54,304
 Total assets........................   602,063     600,113         478,254
 Payable to (receivable from) parent
  and affiliates.....................     2,076      (3,909)             91
 Long-term debt......................   500,227     476,471         267,441
 Stockholder's equity................    21,855      30,848
 Partners' capital:
 Limited partner.....................                               143,022
 General partner.....................                                 1,459
OPERATING DATA:
 Retail propane sales volume (in
  gallons)...........................   483,489     490,254         490,254
 Capital Expenditures(3):
 Maintenance.........................  $  9,232(6) $  3,377(6)     $  3,377
 Growth..............................     2,597       2,568           2,568
 Acquisition.........................         0       2,472           2,472
                                       --------    --------        --------
  Total..............................  $ 11,829    $  8,417        $  8,417
                                       ========    ========        ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
 EBITDA(4)...........................  $ 87,946    $ 97,133        $ 96,758
 Fixed charge coverage ratio(5)......                                  3.3x
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) In August 1991, the Company revised the estimated useful lives of storage
    tanks from 20 to 30 years in order to more closely reflect the expected
    useful lives of these assets. The effect of the change in accounting
    estimates resulted in a favorable impact on net loss from continuing
    operations of approximately $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended July 31,
    1992.
(2) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
    earnings are defined as earnings (loss) from continuing operations before
    income taxes, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense
    on all indebtedness (including amortization of deferred debt issuance
    costs) and the portion of operating lease rental expense that is
    representative of the interest factor. For the fiscal years ended July 31,
    1989, 1990 and 1992, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by
    $2.4 million, $0.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Earnings before
    fixed charges for the periods presented were reduced by certain non-cash
    expenses, consisting principally of depreciation and amortization. Such
    non-cash charges totaled $34.7 million, $35.8 million, $38.5 million, $33.5
    million and $33.0 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 1989, 1990,
    1991, 1992 and 1993, respectively, and totaled $24.8 million and $23.7
    million for the nine months ended April 30, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
(3) The Company's capital expenditures fall generally into three categories:
    (i) maintenance capital expenditures, which include expenditures for repair
    and replacement of property, plant and equipment; (ii) growth capital
    expenditures, which include expenditures for purchases of new propane tanks
    and other equipment to facilitate expansion of the Company's retail
    customer base; and (iii) acquisition capital expenditures, which include
    expenditures related to the acquisition of retail propane operations.
    Acquisition capital expenditures include a portion of the purchase price
    allocated to intangibles associated with the acquired businesses.
(4) EBITDA is calculated as operating income plus depreciation and
    amortization. EBITDA is not intended to represent cash flow and does not
    represent the measure of cash available for distribution. EBITDA is a non-
    GAAP measure, but provides additional information for evaluating the
    Partnership's ability to make payments in respect of the Senior Notes.
    EBITDA is not intended as an alternative to earnings from continuing
    operations or net income.
   
(5) The term fixed charge coverage ratio is defined in the Indenture as the
    ratio of the Partnership's consolidated cash flow for the immediately
    preceding four fiscal quarters to fixed charges for such period.
    Consolidated cash flow is defined in the Indenture as earnings from
    continuing operations before income taxes, plus interest expenses
    (including amortization of original issue discount) and depreciation and
    amortization (excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses). The term
    fixed charges is defined in the Indenture as interest expense (including
    amortization of original issue discount). The Partnership will be
    prohibited from making any distribution to the Master Partnership if the
    fixed charge coverage ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters does not
    exceed 2.25 to 1 after giving effect to such distribution.     
(6) The decrease in maintenance capital expenditures from the nine months ended
    April 30, 1993 to the nine months ended April 30, 1994 is primarily due to
    the purchase of the Company's corporate headquarters in Liberty, Missouri
    for its fair market value of $4.1 million in the first nine months of
    fiscal 1993.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Securities Offered..........  $250 million aggregate principal amount of    %
                              Senior Notes due 2001 (the "Senior Notes").
 
Maturity Date...............          , 2001.
 
Interest Payment Dates......  The Senior Notes will bear interest at the rate
                              of    % per annum, payable semi-annually on
                                       and          of each year, commencing on
                                      , 1994.
 
Optional Redemption.........  The Senior Notes will be redeemable, in whole or
                              in part, at the option of the Issuers, at any
                              time on or after         , 1998, at the
                              redemption prices set forth herein plus accrued
                              and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption
                              date.
 
Mandatory Redemption........  The Issuers are not required to make mandatory
                              redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
                              to the Senior Notes.
 
Ranking.....................  The Senior Notes will be general unsecured joint
                              and several obligations of the Issuers. The
                              Senior Notes will rank on an equal basis in right
                              of payment to all existing and future senior
                              indebtedness of the Issuers, including borrowings
                              under the Credit Facility, and senior in right of
                              payment to all existing and future subordinated
                              indebtedness of the Issuers. At April 30, 1994,
                              after giving effect to the Offering of the Senior
                              Notes and the transactions described herein, see
                              "The Transactions," the Partnership and its
                              subsidiaries would have had outstanding
                              approximately $268.9 million in aggregate
                              principal amount of indebtedness on a
                              consolidated basis (excluding trade payables and
                              other accrued liabilities) which includes, in
                              addition to certain other indebtedness, the
                              Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of
                              $250 million and borrowings under the Credit
                              Facility in the aggregate principal amount of
                              $15.0 million, all of which would have ranked on
                              an equal basis in right of payment. Actual
                              borrowings under the Credit Facility at closing
                              are estimated to be approximately $10 million,
                              assuming that the Underwriters' overallotment
                              option in the MLP Offering is not exercised. To
                              the extent that the initial public offering price
                              per Common Unit in the MLP Offering is less than
                              $21.375, the Partnership may need to borrow
                              additional funds under the Credit Facility in
                              order to commence operations with an initial cash
                              balance of $20 million.
 
Change of Control...........  Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein),
                              each Holder of Senior Notes shall have the right
                              to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any
                              part of such Holder's Senior Notes at a purchase
                              price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal
                              amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
                              to the date of purchase. There can be no
                              assurance that the Issuers would have adequate
                              funds available to repurchase the Senior Notes.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
 
Asset Sales.................  If the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds (as
                              defined herein) received by the Partnership or
                              any of its Subsidiaries (as defined herein) from
                              Asset Sales (as defined herein) exceeds $15
                              million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all
                              Holders of Senior Notes to purchase the Senior
                              Notes with such Excess Proceeds at a purchase
                              price equal to 100% of the principal amount
                              thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon
                              to the date of purchase.
 
Certain Covenants...........  The Indenture contains covenants restricting or
                              limiting the ability of the Partnership and its
                              Subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) pay
                              distributions or make other restricted payments,
                              (ii) incur additional indebtedness and issue
                              preferred stock, (iii) enter into sale and
                              leaseback transactions, (iv) create liens, (v)
                              incur dividend and other payment restrictions
                              affecting Subsidiaries, (vi) enter into mergers,
                              consolidations or sales of all or substantially
                              all assets, (vii) enter into transactions with
                              affiliates or (viii) engage in other lines of
                              business.
 
Use of Proceeds.............  The net proceeds from the Offering of the Senior
                              Notes (estimated to be approximately $245.3
                              million after deducting the underwriting
                              discounts and commissions and the expenses of
                              this Offering) will be used by the Partnership to
                              repay certain outstanding indebtedness of the
                              Company. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
Events of Default...........  The following will constitute Events of Default
                              under the Indenture: the failure after 30 days to
                              pay interest on the Senior Notes, the failure to
                              pay when due principal on the Senior Notes, the
                              failure after applicable grace periods to comply
                              with any other covenants in the Indenture, a
                              payment default or acceleration of all amounts
                              owing under any other indebtedness of the
                              Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (if the
                              principal amount of such indebtedness, together
                              with the principal amount of all other
                              indebtedness so defaulted or accelerated,
                              aggregates $10 million or more), the failure by
                              the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries to pay
                              final judgments aggregating in excess of $10
                              million, the invalidation of any Subsidiary
                              Guarantee (as defined herein), and certain events
                              of bankruptcy with regard to the Partnership or
                              its Subsidiaries.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  Prospective purchasers of the Senior Notes should consider carefully the
information set forth in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus in
evaluating an investment in the Senior Notes.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  Prospective purchasers should carefully consider the following investment
considerations and risks, as well as the other information set forth in this
Prospectus, before making a decision to invest in the Senior Notes.
 
 Distributions of Available Cash
 
  Pursuant to its governing partnership agreement (the "Partnership
Agreement"), the Partnership is required to distribute, on a quarterly basis,
100% of its Available Cash to the Master Partnership and the General Partner.
"Available Cash" is generally all of the cash receipts of the Partnership,
adjusted for cash disbursements and net changes in reserves. See "Glossary of
Terms," attached hereto as Appendix A. The Master Partnership in turn will
distribute 100% of its Available Cash to its partners. Distributions by the
Partnership will be subject to the covenant in the Indenture limiting
restricted payments. Such covenant provides that no such distributions may be
made unless, among other things, no default or event of default shall exist,
the Partnership's pro forma fixed charge coverage ratio for the preceding four
fiscal quarters shall be at least 2.25 to 1 and certain minimum targets for
capital expenditures and expenditures for permitted acquisitions have been met.
The fixed charge coverage ratio is defined as the ratio of earnings from
continuing operations before income taxes, plus interest expense (including
amortization of original issue discount) and depreciation and amortization
(excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses) to fixed charges. As of April
30, 1994, the Partnership's fixed charge coverage ratio would have been 3.3 to
1 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions. See
"Description of Senior Notes--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments."
 
   The timing and amount of distributions by the Partnership could
significantly reduce the cash available to the Partnership to meet its business
needs and to pay principal, premium (if any) and interest on the Senior Notes.
The General Partner will determine the amount and timing of such distributions
and has broad discretion to establish and make additions to reserves of the
Partnership for any proper purpose, including but not limited to reserves for
the purpose of (i) complying with the terms of any agreement or obligation of
the Partnership (including the establishment of reserves to fund the payment of
interest and principal in the future), (ii) to provide for level distributions
of cash notwithstanding the seasonality of the Partnership's business, and
(iii) providing for future capital expenditures and other payments deemed by
the General Partner to be necessary or advisable.
 
 Leverage
 
  Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Prospectus,
the Partnership will be significantly leveraged and will have indebtedness that
is substantial in relation to its equity. As of April 30, 1994, after giving
pro forma effect to such transactions, the Partnership would have had an
aggregate of $267.4 million of long-term indebtedness (excluding current
maturities) and $144.5 million in equity, resulting in a debt to equity ratio
of 1.9 to 1. See "Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
  The Partnership's leverage could have important consequences to investors in
the Senior Notes. The Partnership's ability to make scheduled payments, to
refinance its obligations with respect to its indebtedness or its ability to
obtain additional financing in the future will depend on its financial and
operating performance, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic
conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond its control. The
Partnership believes that it will have sufficient cash flow from operations and
available borrowings under the Credit Facility to service its indebtedness,
although the principal amount of the Senior Notes will likely need to be
refinanced at maturity in whole or in part. However, a significant downturn in
the propane industry or other development adversely affecting the Partnership's
cash flow could materially impair the Partnership's ability to service its
indebtedness. If the Partnership's cash flow and capital resources are
insufficient to fund its debt service obligations, the Partnership may be
forced to refinance all or a portion of its debt or sell assets. There can be
no assurance that the Partnership would be able to refinance its existing
indebtedness or sell assets on terms that are commercially reasonable.
 
  The Partnership's pro forma consolidated financial statements assume that the
Partnership will issue $250 million of Senior Notes with a fixed interest rate
of 9.75%. It is possible, however, that a portion of the
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
Senior Notes, not anticipated to be in excess of $50 million, will bear
interest at a floating rate. In such event, the Partnership would be subject to
increases in the rate of interest which, if material, could adversely impact
the Partnership's ability to make payments in respect of the Senior Notes. In
order to mitigate the risk of such interest rate increases, the General Partner
intends, if possible, to cause the Partnership to enter into appropriate
interest rate protection arrangements with respect to all or a portion of the
Senior Notes bearing interest at a floating rate. There can be no assurance,
however, as to whether the Partnership will be able to enter into such
arrangements or whether such arrangements will be on terms satisfactory to the
Partnership.
 
 Limitations Imposed by Certain Indebtedness
 
  The credit agreement relating to the Credit Facility (the "Credit Agreement")
and the Indenture are expected to contain a number of restrictive covenants
limiting the Partnership from incurring other indebtedness, making certain
restricted payments, entering into sale and leaseback transactions, incurring
liens and engaging in transactions with affiliates. A failure by the
Partnership to comply with the restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement,
the Indenture or other agreements relating to the Partnership's indebtedness
could result in a default thereunder, which in turn could cause such
indebtedness (and, by reason of cross-default provisions, other indebtedness)
to become immediately due and payable. There can be no assurance that such
restrictions will not adversely affect the Partnership's ability to conduct its
operations or finance its capital needs or impair the Partnership's ability to
pursue attractive business and investment opportunities if such opportunities
arise. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of
Senior Notes."
 
 Fraudulent Conveyance Considerations
 
  The incurrence by the Issuers of indebtedness such as the Senior Notes for
the purposes described herein may be subject to review under relevant federal
and state fraudulent conveyance laws if a bankruptcy case or a lawsuit
(including in circumstances where bankruptcy is not involved) is commenced by
or on behalf of unpaid creditors of the Issuers. Under these laws, if a court
were to find that, at the time the Senior Notes were issued, (a) the Issuers
either incurred indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes with the intent of
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or received less than reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration for incurring such indebtedness and (b)
the Issuers (i) were insolvent or were rendered insolvent by reason of such
transaction, (ii) were engaged in a business or transaction for which the
assets remaining with them constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii)
intended to incur, or believed that they would incur, debts beyond their
ability to pay such debts as they matured, such court may subordinate the
Senior Notes to presently existing and future indebtedness of such entities,
void the issuance of the Senior Notes and direct the repayment of any amounts
paid thereunder to the Issuers or to a fund for the benefit of the Issuers'
creditors or take other action detrimental to the Holders of the Senior Notes.
 
  The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending
upon the law of the relevant jurisdiction. Generally, however, an entity would
be considered insolvent for purposes of the foregoing if the sum of its debts,
including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of
all of its assets at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of
its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable
liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they
become absolute and matured.
 
  The Issuers believe they will receive equivalent value at the time the
indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes is incurred. In addition, neither
of the Issuers believes that it, as a result of the issuance of the Senior
Notes, (i) will be insolvent or rendered insolvent under the foregoing
standards, (ii) will be engaged in a business or transaction for which its
remaining assets constitute unreasonably small capital or (iii) intends to
incur or believes that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such
debts as they mature. These beliefs are based on the Company's operating
history, the Issuers' net worth and management's analysis of internal cash flow
projections and estimated values of assets and liabilities of the Issuers at
the time of this Offering. There can be no assurance, however, that a court
passing on these issues would make the same determination.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
 Lack of Previous Public Market
 
  The Senior Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no
established trading market. The Issuers do not intend to list the Senior Notes
on any national securities exchange or to seek the admission of the Senior
Notes for quotation and trading in the Nasdaq National Market. The Underwriters
have advised the Issuers that the Underwriters currently intend to make a
market in the Senior Notes, but they are not obligated to do so and may
discontinue any such market-making activities at any time without notice at
their sole discretion. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that an active
public market will develop or be sustained upon completion of the Offering or
as to the liquidity of any such trading market. If such a market does not
develop or is not maintained, the prices at which the Senior Notes trade, as
well as the liquidity of the trading market for the Senior Notes, could be
adversely affected. If such a market were to develop, the Senior Notes may
trade at prices that are higher or lower than the initial offering price
depending upon many factors, including, among others, prevailing interest
rates, the Partnership's operating results, the market for similar securities
and general economic and political conditions.
 
 Weather Conditions Affect the Demand For Propane
 
  National weather conditions can have a substantial impact on the demand for
propane and, therefore, the results of operations of the Partnership. In
particular, the demand for propane by residential customers is affected by
weather, with peak sales typically occurring during the winter months. Average
winter temperatures as measured by degree days across the Company's operating
areas in fiscal 1991, 1992 and 1993 were warmer than historical standards, thus
lowering demand for propane. Average winter temperatures as measured by degree
days across the Company's operating areas in fiscal 1994 to date have been
slightly colder than historical averages. There can be no assurance that
average temperatures in future years will be close to the historical average.
Agricultural demand is also affected by weather. Wet weather during harvest
season causes an increase in propane used for crop drying and dry weather
during the growing season causes an increase in propane used for irrigation.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
 The Retail Propane Industry is a Mature One
 
  The retail propane industry is a mature one, with only limited growth in
total demand for the product foreseen (the exception being in the case of motor
fuel applications, which is being driven by recent environmental legislation,
but for which the opportunity cannot be estimated). Based on information
available from the Energy Information Administration, the Company believes the
overall demand for propane has remained relatively constant over the past
several years, with year to year industry volumes being impacted primarily by
weather patterns. Therefore, the Partnership's ability to grow within the
industry is dependent on the success of its marketing efforts to acquire new
customers and on the ability to acquire other retail distributors.
 
 The Partnership Will Be Subject To Pricing and Inventory Risk
 
  An important element of the Company's high retention of retail customers has
been its ability to deliver propane during periods of extreme demand. To help
insure this capability, the Partnership intends to continue engaging in the
brokerage and trading of propane and other natural gas liquids historically
performed by the Company. If the Partnership sustains material losses from its
trading activities, payments in respect of the Senior Notes and the other
indebtedness of the Partnership could be jeopardized. The Company has sought to
minimize its trading risks through the enforcement of trading policies, which
include total inventory limits and loss limits. The Partnership intends to
continue these policies. Personnel responsible for trading activities have an
average of over 10 years of trading experience with the General Partner. See
"Business--Other Operations." In addition, depending on inventory and price
outlooks, the Partnership may purchase and store propane or other natural gas
liquids. This activity may subject the Partnership to losses if the prices of
propane or such other natural gas liquids decline prior to their sale by the
Partnership. The Partnership may be unable to pass rapid increases in the
wholesale cost of propane on to its retail customers, reducing margins
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
on retail sales. In the long term, however, margins generally have not been
materially impacted by rapid increases in the wholesale cost of propane, as the
Company has generally been able to eventually pass on increases to its retail
customers. There can be no assurance as to whether the Partnership will be able
to pass on such costs in the future.
 
 The Retail Propane Business Experiences Competition From Other Energy Sources
 and Within the Industry
 
  The Partnership will compete for customers against suppliers of natural gas,
electricity and fuel oil. Because of the significant cost advantage of natural
gas over propane, propane is generally not competitive with natural gas in
those areas where natural gas is readily available. The expansion of the
nation's natural gas distribution systems has resulted in the availability of
natural gas in many areas that previously depended upon propane. Propane is
generally less expensive to use than electricity for space heating, water
heating and cooking and competes effectively with electricity in those parts of
the country where propane is cheaper than electricity on an equivalent BTU
basis. Although propane is similar to fuel oil in application, market demand
and price, propane and fuel oil have generally developed their own distinct
geographic markets. In addition, given the cost of conversion from fuel oil to
propane, potential customers of propane generally will only switch from fuel
oil if there is a significant price advantage with propane.
 
  Long-standing customer relationships are also typical to the retail propane
industry. Retail propane customers generally lease their storage tanks from
their suppliers. The lease terms and, in most states, certain fire safety
regulations, restrict the refilling of a leased tank solely to the propane
supplier that owns the tank. The cost and inconvenience of switching tanks
minimizes a customers tendency to switch among suppliers of propane on the
basis of minor variations in price. As a result, the Partnership may experience
difficulty in acquiring new retail customers in areas where there are existing
relationships between potential customers and other propane distributors.
 
 Partnership Operations are Subject to Operating Risks
 
  The Partnership's operations will be subject to all operating hazards and
risks normally incidental to handling, storing, transporting and otherwise
providing for use by consumers of combustible liquids such as propane. As a
result, the Company is, and the Partnership will be, a defendant in various
legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business.
The Partnership will maintain insurance policies with insurers in such amounts
and with such coverages and deductibles as the General Partner believes are
reasonable and prudent. However, there can be no assurance that such insurance
will be adequate to protect the Partnership from all material expenses related
to potential future claims for personal and property damage or that such levels
of insurance will be available in the future at economical prices. After taking
into account the pending and threatened matters against the Company that will
be assumed by the Partnership and the insurance coverage and reserves to be
maintained by the Partnership, the General Partner is of the opinion that there
are no known contingent claims or uninsured claims that are likely to have a
material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial condition of
the Partnership. See "Business--Litigation." The General Partner will neither
guarantee nor indemnify the Partnership against any claims, whether known or
unknown, or contingent liabilities. The occurrence of an event not fully
covered by insurance, or the occurrence of a large number of claims that are
self-insured, may have a material adverse effect on the results of operations
or financial position of the Partnership.
 
 The Partnership May Not Be Successful in Making Acquisitions
 
  The Company has historically expanded its business through acquisitions. The
Partnership intends to consider and evaluate opportunities for growth through
acquisitions in its industry, although it currently has no material
acquisitions under consideration. There can be no assurance that the
Partnership will find attractive acquisition candidates in the future, or that
the Partnership will be able to acquire such candidates on economically
acceptable terms.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
 
 Energy Efficiency and Technology Trends May Affect Demand For Propane
 
  Retail customers primarily use propane as a heating fuel. Increased
technological advances in energy efficiency, including the development of more
efficient heating devices, has slowed the growth of demand for propane by
retail gas customers. The Partnership is unable to predict the effect that any
technological advances in energy efficiency, conservation, energy generation or
other devices might have on the Partnership's operations.
 
 The Partnership Will Be Dependent Upon Key Personnel of the General Partner
 
  The Company believes its success has been, and the Partnership's success will
be, dependent to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of its
senior management team, in particular James E. Ferrell, President and Chairman
of the Board of the Company. The failure of the General Partner to retain Mr.
Ferrell and other executive officers could adversely affect the Partnership's
operations. Mr. Ferrell, who has been associated with the Company for nearly 30
years and who will indirectly own approximately 57.5% of the Partnership, has
indicated to the Company that he intends to continue as chief executive officer
of the General Partner.
 
 The General Partner and Its Affiliates May Have Conflicts of Interest with the
Partnership
 
  Conflicts of interest may arise between the Partnership, on the one hand, and
Ferrellgas and its affiliates, on the other hand. The directors and officers of
Ferrellgas have fiduciary duties to manage Ferrellgas in a manner beneficial to
the sole shareholder of Ferrellgas, Ferrell. At the same time, Ferrellgas, as
general partner, has fiduciary duties to manage the Partnership in a manner
beneficial to the Partnership. The duties of Ferrellgas, as general partner, to
the Partnership therefore may conflict with the duties of the directors and
officers of Ferrellgas to its sole shareholder. Such conflicts of interest
might arise in the following situations, among others: (i) the Partnership will
rely solely on employees of the General Partner and its affiliates, (ii) the
Partnership will reimburse the General Partner and its affiliates for costs
incurred in the Partnership's operations, (iii) the General Partner intends to
limit, whenever possible, its liability under contractual arrangements of the
Partnership, (iv) the contractual arrangements between the Partnership, on the
one hand, and the General Partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, may
not be the result of arms'-length negotiations (although the Indenture requires
that all transactions between the Partnership and its affiliates must be on
terms at least as favorable to the Partnership as those which could have been
obtained on an arms'-length basis), (v) the General Partner may redeem the
Common Units as provided in the Partnership Agreement provided that the
Partnership meets certain financial tests and conditions set forth in the
Indenture and (vi) the Partnership Agreement does not restrict the General
Partner and its affiliates from engaging in activities that may be in
competition with the Partnership, except that the General Partner and its
affiliates may not engage in the retail sale of propane to end users in the
continental United States. See "Description of Senior Notes--Certain
Covenants--Affiliate Transactions" and "--Restricted Payments." The General
Partner will have an audit committee consisting of independent members of its
Board of Directors which will be able, at the General Partner's discretion or
as required by the Indenture, to review matters involving potential conflicts
of interest.
 
 The General Partner Will Manage and Operate the Partnership
 
  The General Partner will manage and operate the Partnership. The control
exercised by the General Partner may make it more difficult for others to gain
control or influence the activities of the Partnership.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                                THE TRANSACTIONS
   
  Concurrently with the closing of this Offering, Ferrellgas will contribute
all of its propane business and assets to the Partnership in exchange for
1,000,000 Common Units, 16,118,559 Subordinated Units and the Incentive
Distribution Rights, as well as a 2% general partner interest in the Master
Partnership and the Partnership, on a combined basis (see "The Partnership--
Incentive Distribution Rights"). In connection with the contribution of such
business and assets by Ferrellgas, the Partnership will assume substantially
all of the liabilities, whether known or unknown, associated with such business
and assets (other than income tax liabilities). The Partnership intends to
maintain insurance and reserves at levels that it believes will be adequate to
satisfy such liabilities. In addition, the Partnership will assume the payment
obligations of Ferrellgas under (i) $50 million of Existing Floating Rate Notes
bearing interest at 5.5% per annum at April 30, 1994, (ii) $177.6 million of
Existing Fixed Rate Notes bearing interest at 12% per annum and (iii) $246.4
million of Existing Subordinated Debentures bearing interest at 11 5/8% per
annum. All of the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Subordinated
Debentures will be retired with the net proceeds from the sale by the Master
Partnership of the Common Units in the MLP Offering (estimated to be
approximately $260.3 million at an assumed initial public offering price of
$21.375 per Common Unit) and the net proceeds from the issuance of
approximately $250 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes
offered hereby (estimated to be approximately $245.3 million). The book value
of the assets being contributed to the Partnership will be approximately $83
million less than the liabilities to be assumed by the Partnership. Immediately
prior to the closing of this Offering, the Partnership expects to enter into
the $185 million Credit Facility. The Credit Facility will permit borrowings of
up to $100 million on a senior unsecured revolving line of credit basis to fund
working capital and general partnership requirements (of which $50 million will
be available to support letters of credit). In addition, up to $85 million of
borrowings will be permitted on a senior unsecured basis, at least $60 million
of which will be available solely to finance acquisitions and growth capital
expenditures.     
 
  Ferrellgas will retain and will not contribute to the Partnership
approximately $39 million in cash, approximately $17 million in receivables
from affiliates of Ferrell and Ferrell Class B Stock with a book value of
approximately $36 million. It is anticipated that following the closing of this
Offering, Ferrellgas will loan approximately $25 million to Ferrell and will
dividend to Ferrell the remainder of the cash, receivables and Ferrell Class B
Stock, as well as the Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive
Distribution Rights received by Ferrellgas in exchange for the contribution of
its propane business and assets to the Partnership.
 
  Concurrently with the closing of this Offering, the Company will consummate a
tender offer and consent solicitation with respect to its Existing Subordinated
Debentures. The consent solicitation is necessary to modify the indenture
related to the Existing Subordinated Debentures in order to permit the Company
to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Prospectus. As of the date
of this Prospectus, all of the outstanding Existing Subordinated Debentures
have been tendered to and will be retired by the Partnership, as described
above.
 
  Concurrently with the closing of this Offering, the Company will mail to the
holders of the Existing Senior Notes a notice of redemption of all outstanding
Existing Senior Notes, pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the
Existing Senior Notes Indenture. The redemption date will be 30 days after the
date of mailing of such notice. The Existing Senior Notes Indenture provides
for a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date plus in the case of the
Existing Fixed Rate Notes, a premium which is based on certain yield
information for U.S. Treasury securities as of three business days prior to the
redemption date. The Partnership will deposit with the trustee on the date of
closing of this Offering an amount expected to be more than sufficient to pay
the redemption price. As a result of the transactions contemplated hereby,
during the 30-day period prior to the redemption date, an event of default will
exist under the Existing Senior Notes Indenture. The holders of at least 25% of
the principal amount of Existing Senior Notes, therefore, will be entitled, by
notice to the Company and the trustee, to declare the unpaid principal of, and
accrued and unpaid interest and the applicable premium on, the Existing Senior
Notes to be immediately due and payable. The trustee under the Existing Senior
Notes Indenture has advised the Company that it intends to notify the holders
of the Existing Senior Notes of this right. In the event of such a declaration,
the amount already deposited by the Partnership in payment of the redemption
price would be applied to pay the amount so declared immediately due and
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
 
payable. The Partnership will incur an extraordinary loss of approximately
$20.4 million related to the retirement of the Existing Senior Notes,
approximately $31.2 million relating to the Existing Subordinated Debentures
resulting from consent and tender offer fees and approximately $11.2 million
relating to the writeoff of unamortized financing costs in accordance with
GAAP.
 
  At the closing of this Offering, it is anticipated that the Partnership will
borrow approximately $10 million under the Credit Facility which will enable
the Partnership to commence operations with an initial cash balance of at least
$20 million. To the extent that the initial public offering price per Common
Unit is less than $21.375, the Partnership may need to borrow additional funds
under the Credit Facility in order to commence operations with an initial cash
balance of at least $20 million. For a description of the Credit Facility, see
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation--Pro Forma Financial Condition--Credit Facility."
 
  The foregoing description assumes that the Underwriters' overallotment option
with respect to the MLP Offering is not exercised. If the Underwriters'
overallotment option is exercised in full, the Master Partnership will issue
1,965,000 additional Common Units. The Partnership will use the net proceeds
from any exercise of such Underwriters' overallotment option first to repay any
amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility or, if no such borrowings have been
made, to establish an initial cash balance of up to $20 million. Any remaining
net proceeds from the exercise of such Underwriters' overallotment option will
be used by the Master Partnership to repurchase for retirement up to 1,000,000
Common Units held by Ferrell at a price per Unit equal to the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. Any net
proceeds remaining after such repurchase, will be retained by the Partnership
for general partnership purposes.
 
  Immediately following this Offering, Ferrellgas will own an effective 2%
general partner interest in the Master Partnership and the Partnership on a
combined basis, and Ferrell will own 1,000,000 Common Units (if the
Underwriters' overallotment option with respect to the MLP Offering is
exercised in full all of such Common Units will be repurchased and retired by
the Master Partnership) and 16,118,559 Subordinated Units representing an
aggregate 55.5% limited partner interest in the Master Partnership (50.7% if
the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full) and the Incentive
Distribution Rights.
 
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds to the Partnership from the sale of the Senior Notes offered
hereby are estimated to be approximately $245.3 million after deducting the
underwriting discount and the expenses of this Offering. The net proceeds of
this Offering, together with the net proceeds from the issuance of the Common
Units in the MLP Offering (estimated to generate approximately $260.3 million),
will be used by the Partnership to repay indebtedness of Ferrellgas.
 
  The indebtedness to be repaid consists of $50 million of Existing Floating
Rate Notes, which have a floating rate of interest (5.5% per annum at April 30,
1994) and mature in August 1996, $177.6 million of Existing Fixed Rate Notes,
which have an interest rate of 12% per annum and mature in August 1996, and up
to $246.4 million of Existing Subordinated Debentures, which have an interest
rate of 11 5/8% per annum and mature in December 2003. See "Capitalization." If
the Underwriters' overallotment option with respect to the MLP Offering is
exercised in full, the estimated additional net proceeds to the Partnership
will be approximately $39.3 million. The Partnership will use the net proceeds
from any exercise of such Underwriters' option first to repay any amounts
borrowed under the Credit Facility (anticipated to be approximately $10
million) to enable the Partnership to commence operations with an initial cash
balance of at least $20 million or, if no such borrowings have been made, to
establish an initial cash balance of up to $20 million that will be used for
general partnership purposes. See "The Transactions." Any remaining net
proceeds from the exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment option will be
used by the Partnership to repurchase for retirement up to 1,000,000 Common
Units held by Ferrell at a price per Unit equal to the initial public offering
price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. Any net proceeds
remaining after such repurchase will be retained by the Partnership for general
partnership purposes.
 
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth: (i) the consolidated capitalization of
Ferrellgas at April 30, 1994, (ii) the pro forma adjustments required to
reflect the transactions to be consummated at the closing of this Offering,
including the issuance of Common Units pursuant to the MLP Offering at an
assumed offering price of $21.375 per Common Unit and (iii) the pro forma
capitalization of the Partnership at such date after giving effect thereto. The
table should be read in conjunction with the historical and pro forma
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          APRIL 30, 1994
                               --------------------------------------
                               FERRELLGAS   PRO FORMA     PARTNERSHIP
                               HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS(1)   PRO FORMA
                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                            <C>        <C>             <C>
Short-term debt, including
 current portion of long-term
 debt.........................  $  1,486    $     --       $  1,486
                                ========    =========      ========
Long-term debt:
  Senior Notes, interest at
      %, due in 2001..........       --       250,000(2)    250,000
  Existing Floating Rate
   Notes, interest at
   applicable LIBOR rate plus
   2.25% (5.5% at April 30,
   1994), due in August 1996..    50,000      (50,000)          --
  Existing Fixed Rate Notes,
   interest at 12%, due in
   August 1996................   177,600     (177,600)          --
  Existing Subordinated
   Debentures, interest at 11
   5/8%, due in December 2003.   246,430     (246,430)          --
  Other long-term debt........     2,441       15,000(3)     17,441
                                --------    ---------      --------
    Total long-term debt......   476,471     (209,030)      267,441
                                --------    ---------      --------
Stockholder's equity..........    30,848      (30,848)          --
Partners' capital:
  Limited partner(4)..............   --       143,022       143,022
  General partner.............       --         1,459         1,459
                                --------    ---------      --------
    Total stockholder's
     equity/partners' capital.    30,848      113,633       144,481
                                --------    ---------      --------
    Total capitalization......  $507,319    $ (95,397)     $411,922
                                ========    =========      ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Reflects the conveyance of the assets of Ferrellgas to the Partnership in
    return for the assumption of liabilities and the issuance of a 1.0101%
    general partner interest. In addition, the Partnership will issue a
    98.9899% limited partner interest to the Master Partnership in return for
    the net proceeds of the MLP Offering estimated to be $260.3 million.
 
(2) The Partnership's pro forma consolidated financial statements assume that
    the Partnership will issue $250 million of Senior Notes with a fixed
    interest rate of 9.75%. It is possible, however, that a portion of the
    Senior Notes, not anticipated to be in excess of $50 million, will bear
    interest at a floating rate.
 
(3) Represents borrowings at April 30, 1994 under the Credit Facility to enable
    the Partnership to commence operations with an initial cash balance of $20
    million. Assuming a closing date of June 30, 1994, the Partnership
    anticipates it will borrow approximately $10 million under the Credit
    Facility. Actual borrowings under the Credit Facility at the closing of
    this Offering will depend upon the Partnership's cash balances at such
    time, the initial offering price per Common Unit and the timing of any
    exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment option.
 
(4) Includes limited partnership capital resulting from the issuance of
    13,100,000 Common Units offered by the Master Partnership in the MLP
    Offering. Such limited partnership capital is less than the estimated net
    proceeds of the MLP Offering of $260.3 million due to the assets and
    liabilities contributed by Ferrellgas to the Partnership being recorded at
    historical cost by the Partnership, rather than fair value, in accordance
    with GAAP. Total capital of the Partnership is allocated to the limited
    partners based on their relative limited partner unit ownership percentage.
 
  It is anticipated that the Partnership will also enter into the Credit
Facility in the amount of $185 million. For a discussion of the Credit Facility
and other capital resources and liquidity of the Partnership, see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Pro
Forma Financial Condition."
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA
                   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
  The following tables set forth for the periods and the dates indicated,
selected historical financial and operating data for the Company and selected
pro forma financial and operating data for the Partnership after giving effect
to the transactions contemplated by this Prospectus. The selected historical
income statement and balance sheet data of the Company for the five years ended
July 31, 1993, and for the nine months ended April 30, 1994 is derived from
financial statements which have been audited by Deloitte & Touche, independent
auditors, certain of which appear elsewhere in this Prospectus. The historical
financial data for the nine-month period ended April 30, 1993, has been derived
from the unaudited financial statements appearing herein, and, in the opinion
of management of the Company, contain all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's
results of operation and financial condition. The Partnership's selected pro
forma financial data should be read in conjunction with such consolidated
financial statements and the pro forma financial information and notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The propane industry is seasonal in
nature with its peak activity during the winter months. Therefore, the results
for the interim period are not indicative of the results that can be expected
for a full fiscal year. The following should be read in conjunction with the
Financial Statements and Notes to Financial Statements contained elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PARTNERSHIP
                                             HISTORICAL                             PRO FORMA
                            --------------------------------------------------  --------------
                                        YEAR ENDED JULY 31,                     YEAR ENDED
                            --------------------------------------------------   JULY 31,
                              1989      1990      1991     1992         1993       1993
                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)
<S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>        
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
 Total revenues...........  $409,953  $467,641  $543,933 $501,129     $541,945   $541,945
 Depreciation and
  amortization............    32,528    33,521    36,151   31,196       30,840     30,840
 Operating income.........    53,425    54,388    63,045   56,408       58,553     58,053
 Interest expense.........    54,572    55,095    60,507   61,219       60,071     29,029
 Earnings (loss) from
  continuing operations...    (1,506)     (347)    1,979   (1,700)(1)      109     28,750
 Ratio of earnings to
  fixed charges(2)........       --        --       1.1x      --          1.0x       1.9x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END
 OF PERIOD):
 Working capital..........  $(39,708) $ 50,456  $ 53,403 $ 67,973     $ 74,408
 Total assets.............   487,631   554,580   580,260  598,613      573,376
 Payable to (receivable
  from) parent and
  affiliates..............    13,109    10,743     3,763    2,236         (916)
 Long-term debt...........   354,626   465,644   466,585  501,614      489,589
 Stockholder's equity.....     6,616    11,463    21,687    8,808       11,359
OPERATING DATA:
 Retail propane sales
  volume (in gallons).....   498,395   499,042   482,211  495,707      553,413    553,413
 Capital expenditures(3):
 Maintenance..............  $  7,271  $  5,428  $  7,958 $ 10,250     $ 10,527   $ 10,527
 Growth...................    10,062    10,447     2,478    3,342        2,851      2,851
 Acquisition..............    14,668    18,005    25,305   10,112          897        897
                            --------  --------  -------- --------     --------   --------
  Total...................  $ 32,001  $ 33,880  $ 35,741 $ 23,704     $ 14,275   $ 14,275
                            ========  ========  ======== ========     ========   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
 EBITDA(4)................  $ 85,953  $ 87,909  $ 99,196 $ 87,604     $ 89,393   $ 88,893
 Fixed charge coverage
  ratio(5)................                                                           3.0x
</TABLE>
 
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PARTNERSHIP
                                          HISTORICAL               PRO FORMA
                                       --------------------    -----------------
                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                           APRIL 30,               APRIL 30,
                                       --------------------          1994
                                         1993        1994
                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
 Total revenues......................  $468,302    $450,477        $450,477
 Depreciation and amortization.......    23,238      21,688          21,688
 Operating income....................    64,708      75,445          75,070
 Interest expense....................    45,056      44,233          21,187
 Earnings from continuing operations.    12,785      20,356          53,892
 Ratio of earnings to fixed
  charges(2).........................      1.4x       1.72x            3.2x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
 PERIOD):
 Working capital.....................  $100,645    $104,164        $ 54,304
 Total assets........................   602,063     600,113         478,254
 Payable to (receivable from) parent
  and affiliates.....................     2,076      (3,909)             91
 Long-term debt......................   500,227     476,471         267,441
 Stockholder's equity................    21,855      27,348
 Partners' capital:
 Limited Partner.....................                               143,022
 General partner.....................                                 1,459
OPERATING DATA:
 Retail Propane sales volumes (in
  gallons)...........................   483,489     490,254         490,254
 Capital expenditures(3):
 Maintenance.........................  $  9,260(6) $  3,377(6)     $  3,377
 Growth..............................     2,597       2,568           2,568
 Acquisition.........................                 2,472           2,472
                                       --------    --------        --------
  Total..............................  $ 11,829    $  8,417        $  8,417
                                       ========    ========        ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
 EBITDA(4)...........................  $ 87,946    $ 97,133        $ 96,758
 Fixed charge coverage ratio(5)......                                  3.3x
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) In August 1991, the Company revised the estimated useful lives of storage
    tanks from 20 to 30 years in order to more closely reflect expected useful
    lives of the assets. The effect of the change in accounting estimates
    resulted in a favorable impact on net loss from continuing operations of
    approximately $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1992.
(2) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
    earnings are defined as earnings (loss) from continuing operations before
    income taxes, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest
    expense on all indebtedness (including amortization of deferred debt
    issuance costs) and the portion of operating lease rental expense that is
    representative of the interest factor. For the fiscal years ended July 31,
    1989, 1990 and 1992, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by
    $2.4 million, $0.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Earnings before
    fixed charges for the periods presented were reduced by certain non-cash
    expenses, consisting principally of depreciation and amortization. Such
    non-cash charges totaled $34.7 million, $35.8 million, $38.5 million,
    $33.5 million and $33.0 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 1989,
    1990, 1991, 1992 and 1993, respectively, and totaled $24.8 million and
    $23.7 million for the nine months ended April 30, 1993 and 1994,
    respectively.
(3) The Company's capital expenditures fall generally into three categories:
    (1) maintenance capital expenditures, which include expenditures for major
    repair and replacement of property, plant and equipment; (ii) growth
    capital expenditures, which include expenditures for purchases of new
    propane tanks and other equipment to facilitate expansion of the Company's
    retail customer base; and (iii) acquisition capital expenditures, which
    include expenditures related to the acquisition of retail propane
    operations. Acquisition capital expenditures include a portion of the
    purchase price allocated to intangibles associated with the acquired
    businesses.
(4) EBITDA is calculated as operating income plus depreciation and
    amortization. EBITDA is not intended to represent cash flow and does not
    represent the measure of cash available for distribution. EBITDA is a non-
    GAAP measure, but provides additional information for evaluating the
    Partnership's ability to make the payments in respect of the Senior Notes.
    EBITDA is not intended as an alternative to earnings from continuing
    operations and net income.
   
(5) The term fixed charge coverage ratio is defined in the Indenture as the
    ratio of the Partnership's consolidated cash flow for the preceding four
    fiscal quarters to fixed charges for such period. Consolidated cash flow
    is defined in the Indenture as earnings from continuing operations before
    income taxes, plus interest expenses (including amortization of original
    issue discount) and depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization
    of prepaid cash expenses). The term fixed charges is defined in the
    Indenture as interest expense (including amortization of original issue
    discount). The Partnership will be prohibited from making any distribution
    to the Master Partnership if the fixed charge coverage ratio for the
    preceding four fiscal quarters does not exceed 2.25 to 1 after giving
    effect to such distribution.     
(6) The decrease in maintenance capital expenditures for the nine months ended
    April 30, 1993 to the nine months ended April 30, 1994 is primarily due to
    the purchase of the Company's corporate headquarters in Liberty, Missouri
    for its fair market value of $4.1 million in the first nine months of
    fiscal 1993.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following is a discussion of the historical and pro forma financial
condition and results of operations of the Company and the Partnership. The
discussion should be read in conjunction with the historical and pro forma
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
  The Partnership was recently formed to acquire and operate the business and
assets of the Company. The Company is engaged in the sale, distribution,
marketing and trading of propane and other natural gas liquids. The Company's
revenue is derived primarily from the retail propane marketing business. The
Company believes it is the third largest retail marketer of propane in the
United States, based on gallons sold, serving more than 600,000 residential,
industrial/commercial and agricultural customers in 45 states and the District
of Columbia through approximately 416 retail outlets and 226 satellite
locations. The Company's annual retail propane sales volume was approximately
553 million, 496 million and 482 million gallons during the fiscal years ended
July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
 
  The retail propane business of the Company consists principally of
transporting propane purchased in the contract and spot markets, primarily from
major oil companies, to its retail distribution outlets and then to tanks
located on the customers' premises as well as to portable propane cylinders. In
the residential and commercial markets, propane is primarily used for space
heating, water heating and cooking. In the agricultural market propane is
primarily used for crop drying, space heating, irrigation and weed control. In
addition, propane is used for certain industrial applications, including use as
an engine fuel which is burned in internal combustion engines that power
vehicles and forklifts and as a heating or energy source in manufacturing and
drying processes.
 
  The retail market for propane is seasonal because of its primary use for
heating in residential and commercial buildings. In addition, sales volumes
have traditionally been affected by various factors, including competitive
conditions, demand for product, variations in weather and fluctuations in
propane prices. The Company's results for its first fiscal quarter (August,
September and October) and fourth fiscal quarter (May, June and July) are
typically lower than the second and the third fiscal quarters, primarily as a
result of warmer weather in its first and fourth fiscal quarters. The following
tables set forth historical unaudited revenues and operating income for the
Company for the period from August 1, 1991 to July 31, 1993, for each quarter
in fiscal years 1992 and 1993:
 
                               QUARTERLY REVENUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             FISCAL YEAR       FISCAL YEAR
                                                1992       %      1993       %
                                             ----------- ----- ----------- -----
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                    <C>         <C>   <C>         <C>
      Quarter ended:
        October 31..........................  $114,263    22.8  $116,497    21.5
        January 31..........................   193,652    38.6   191,499    35.3
        April 30............................   122,658    24.5   160,306    29.6
        July 31.............................    70,556    14.1    73,643    13.6
                                              --------   -----  --------   -----
          Total.............................  $501,129   100.0  $541,945   100.0
                                              ========   =====  ========   =====
</TABLE>
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
 
                           QUARTERLY OPERATING INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FISCAL YEAR        FISCAL YEAR
                                              1992       %       1993       %
                                           ----------- -----  ----------- -----
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                  <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>
      Quarter ended:
        October 31........................   $ 5,488     9.7    $ 3,823     6.5
        January 31........................    39,194    69.5     39,186    66.9
        April 30..........................    16,777    29.7     21,699    37.1
        July 31...........................    (5,051)   (8.9)    (6,155)  (10.5)
                                             -------   -----    -------   -----
          Total...........................   $56,408   100.0    $58,553   100.0
                                             =======   =====    =======   =====
</TABLE>
 
  The Company is also engaged in the trading of propane and other natural gas
liquids, chemical feedstocks marketing and wholesale propane marketing. Through
its natural gas liquids trading operations and wholesale marketing, the Company
has become one of the largest independent traders of propane and natural gas
liquids in the United States. In fiscal year 1993, the Company's annual
wholesale and trading sales volume was approximately 1.2 billion gallons of
propane and other natural gas liquids, approximately 64% of which was propane.
This volume, when combined with the Company's retail volume, makes the Company
one of the largest purchasers of propane, which the General Partner believes
will help assure the Partnership favorable prices and supply of propane during
times of increased demand. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and
1991, the Company had net revenues of $6.7 million, $4.9 million and $9.9
million, respectively, from its trading activities.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 VERSUS APRIL 30, 1993
 
  Total Revenues. Total revenues decreased 3.8% to $450,477,000 as compared
with $468,302,000 for the prior year period. The overall decrease was
attributable to revenues from other operations (net trading operations,
wholesale propane marketing and chemical feedstocks marketing) decreasing 23.1%
to $56,237,000, and revenues from retail operations decreasing 0.2% to
$394,240,000.
 
  The decrease in revenues from other operations was primarily due to higher
sales of chemical feedstocks in the prior period resulting from sales of
chemical feedstocks that were designated for storage but were sold due to
storage limitations. Additional decreases were the result of lower product
costs for chemical feedstocks and wholesale propane marketing and decreased net
trading results due to reduced market volatility relative to the prior period.
 
  The decrease in revenues from retail operations was primarily due to a
decrease in selling price partially offset by an increase in sales volume due
to cooler temperatures than those which existed in the prior period. The volume
of gallons sold, excluding acquisitions, increased revenues by $3,339,000.
Fiscal year 1994 and 1993 acquisitions increased revenues in the nine months
ended April 30, 1994 by $1,659,000. These increases were offset by a $6,775,000
decrease in selling prices due to lower product costs.
 
  Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 4.5% to $221,151,000 as compared with
$211,566,000 for the prior period, primarily due to an increase in retail
operations gross profits. Retail operations results improved due to increased
sales volume as discussed previously and to margin increases as a result of
favorable changes in the competitive pressures of the industry and to normal
fluctuations in the Company's product mix. These increases were offset by a
decrease in net trading results due to reduced market volatility relative to
the prior period.
 
  Operating Expenses. Operating expenses increased 0.1% to $112,687,000 as
compared with $112,553,000, for the prior period, primarily due to (i) an
increase in incentive compensation expense and (ii)
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
 
an increase in overtime, variable labor and vehicle expenses due to increased
sales volume. These increases were primarily offset by a decrease in general
liability and workers compensation expense due to improved claims
administration and decreased sales and use tax audit assessments.
 
  General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses
increased 10.1% to $8,128,000 as compared with $7,385,000 for the prior period
due to increased incentive compensation expense. This increase was partially
offset by a reduction in facilities rent expense in the second and third
quarters of fiscal year 1993 due to the purchase of the Liberty, Missouri,
corporate offices.
 
  Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation expense decreased 6.7% to
$21,688,000 as compared with $23,238,000 for the prior period due primarily to
extending the use of the Company's vehicles beyond the depreciable life and to
the reduction in the number of Company owned vehicles.
 
  Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense decreased 3.0% to $41,442,000 as
compared with $42,723,000 for the prior period due to the reacquisition of
$11,900,000 and $10,500,000 of senior notes in the third quarter of fiscal year
1994 and in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1993, respectively, offset by
increased non-cash amortization of financing costs.
 
  Net Earnings. Net earnings increased 52.4% to $19,489,000 as compared with
$12,785,000 for the prior period primarily due to the increase in retail
operations sales volume and margins offset by increased operating, and general
and administrative expenses and the fiscal 1994 extraordinary loss from early
extinguishment of debt.
 
 FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1993 VERSUS JULY 31, 1992
 
  Total Revenues. Total revenues increased 8.1% to $541,945,000 as compared
with $501,129,000 for the prior year. This increase was attributable to an
increase in revenues from retail operations of 10.6% to $451,966,000 partially
offset by a decrease in revenues from other operations (net trading operations,
chemical feedstocks marketing and wholesale propane marketing) of 2.6% to
$89,979,000.
 
  The increase in revenues attributable to retail operations resulted from
increased sales volume. The sales volume increase was mainly due to a surge in
agricultural business from crop drying in farm belt states and cooler
temperatures than those which existed in the prior year. The volume of gallons
sold, excluding the effects of acquisitions, increased revenues by $42,648,000.
This increase was offset by a decrease in selling prices which reduced revenues
by $3,326,000. Acquisitions completed in fiscal 1993 and 1992 increased
revenues by $3,172,000.
 
  Total revenues attributable to other operations decreased as compared with
the prior year. Wholesale propane marketing revenues decreased as a result of a
change in focus and marketing strategy. This decrease was offset by an increase
in net trading operations as a result of increased market volatility relative
to the prior year.
 
  Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 4.3% to $243,912,000 as compared with
$233,850,000 for the prior year. The increase was primarily due to an increase
in retail operations' sales volume and an increase in net trading and wholesale
marketing operating results. These increases were offset by a decrease in
retail operations' margins due to competitive pricing pressures in the
industry.
 
  Operating Expenses. Operating expenses increased 4.1% to $139,617,000 as
compared with $134,165,000 for the prior year, due to (i) an increase in
personnel costs from increased sales volume and accrued incentive compensation
expense, (ii) an increase in vehicle expenses from increased sales volume,
(iii) an increase in other expenses from sales and use tax assessments on prior
year purchases and leases, and (iv) general increases in the cost of doing
business. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in general
liability expense due to improved claims administration and to a decrease in
bad debt expense due to improved credit and collections administration.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
 
  Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
decreased 1.1% to $30,840,000 as compared with $31,196,000 for the prior year
due to retirements and fully depreciated assets.
 
  General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses
increased 33.3% to $10,079,000 as compared with $7,561,000 for the prior year
period due to an increase in compensation expense related to the long-term
incentive plan and an increase in non-capitalized software maintenance costs.
 
  Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense of $56,805,000 remained
essentially unchanged as compared with $56,818,000 for the prior year.
Decreases in interest expense due to lower effective interest rates were offset
by a decrease in interest income as a result of lower interest rates on short-
term investments.
 
  Extraordinary Loss. The extraordinary loss of $886,000, net of $543,000
income tax benefit, was due to the early extinguishment of $10,500,000 of the
senior notes as discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial
statements.
 
  Net Loss. Net loss decreased to $777,000 as compared with a loss of
$11,679,000 for the prior year due to a $9,093,000 decrease in the
extraordinary loss from the early extinguishment of debt and to an increase in
net operating results.
 
 FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1992 VERSUS JULY 31, 1991
 
  Total Revenues. Total revenues decreased 7.9% to $501,129,000 as compared
with $543,933,000 for the prior year. This decrease was attributable to a
decrease in revenues from retail operations of 8.1% to $408,781,000 and a
decrease in revenues from other operations (net trading operations, chemical
feedstocks marketing and wholesale propane marketing) of 6.8% to $92,348,000.
 
  The decrease in revenues attributable to retail operations resulted mainly
from a decrease in selling prices related to the end of the Persian Gulf crisis
and to competitive pressures within the industry. In fiscal 1991, selling
prices were increased in response to product cost increases brought about by
the Persian Gulf crisis. The volume of gallons sold, excluding the effects of
acquisitions, decreased due to temperatures being warmer than normal and warmer
than the prior year in the primary heating months, along with competitive
pressures within the industry. The decrease in selling prices and volumes
reduced total revenues by $45,080,000 and $1,727,000, respectively.
Acquisitions in fiscal 1991 and 1992 increased fiscal 1992 revenues by
$10,120,000.
 
  The decrease in revenues attributable to other operations resulted from
declines in net trading operations and wholesale propane marketing revenues
offset by an increase in revenues from chemical feedstocks marketing. Net
trading operations decreased due to a less volatile market than that which
existed in fiscal 1991 during the Persian Gulf crisis. Wholesale propane
marketing revenues decreased as a result of changes in marketing strategy and
focus of the business and a decrease in selling price and volumes for the
reasons noted above for retail operations. Chemical feedstocks marketing
revenues increased due to additional emphasis on butane sales.
 
  Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased 4.9% to $233,850,000 as compared with
$245,965,000 for the prior year. Approximately half of the decrease was
attributable to retail operations as a result of competitive pressures in the
industry and warmer than normal and warmer than prior year temperatures in the
primary heating months. The remaining decrease was attributable to net trading
operations and wholesale propane marketing.
 
  Operating Expenses. Operating expenses increased 3.5% to $134,165,000 as
compared with $129,684,000 for the prior year. This increase was primarily due
to an increase in payroll expenses, general liability and workers' compensation
insurance and an increase in expenses due to acquisitions in fiscal 1992 and
1991. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in incentive
compensation expense.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
 
  Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
decreased 13.7% to $31,196,000 as compared with $36,151,000 for the prior year
due primarily to a change in the useful lives of certain assets as discussed in
the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The change was based on the
expected useful lives of the assets and industry practice.
 
  General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses
decreased 41.6% to $7,561,000 as compared with $12,953,000 for the prior year
due primarily to a reversal of expense previously provided related to the long-
term incentive plan and the elimination of certain management positions.
   
  Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense increased 0.3% to $56,818,000 as
compared with $56,666,000 for the prior year. In connection with the
refinancing of the subordinated debt, the Company borrowed an additional
$40,000,000. The impact of this additional borrowing on interest expense was
offset by a lower effective interest rate on the new subordinated debt and the
investment of the excess cash proceeds from the refinancing.     
 
  Extraordinary Loss. The extraordinary loss of $9,979,000, net of income tax
benefit, was due to the refinancing of the subordinated debt as discussed in
the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
  Net Earnings (Loss). Net earnings decreased to a net loss of $11,679,000 as
compared with net earnings of $1,979,000 for the prior year due primarily to
the decrease in gross profit and the extraordinary loss on the refinancing of
subordinated debt.
 
 FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1991 VERSUS JULY 31, 1990
 
  Total Revenues. Total revenues increased 16.3% to $543,933,000 as compared
with $467,641,000 for the prior year. This increase was attributable to (i) an
increase in revenues from retail operations of 12.6% to $444,886,000 and (ii)
an increase in revenues from other operations (wholesale propane marketing,
chemical feedstocks marketing and net trading operations) of 36.3% to
$99,047,000.
 
  The increase in revenues from retail operations resulted primarily from an
increase in selling prices in response to an increase in product costs brought
about by the Persian Gulf crisis. Selling prices were increased in order to
maintain normal operating margins. Increased retail selling prices resulted in
a $62,505,000 revenue variance. The acquisitions of retail propane businesses
increased revenues by approximately $18,484,000. A reduction in residential,
motor fuel applications and reseller sales volumes decreased revenues
approximately $30,236,000. Retail operations volumes decreased 3.4% compared to
the prior year due to temperatures being warmer than the prior year and warmer
than normal in addition to customers requesting smaller volume deliveries while
propane selling prices remained high.
 
  The increase in revenues from other operations resulted from increases in all
areas of other operations. Wholesale propane and chemical feedstocks marketing
revenues increased due primarily to an increase in selling prices in response
to increased product costs as noted above. Net trading operations revenues
increased due to increased volatility in the market generating a larger volume
of trades. Other operations volumes increased 35.2% compared to the prior year.
 
  Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 10.4% to $245,965,000 as compared with
$222,834,000 for the prior year. This increase was attributed to the
acquisitions of retail propane businesses in fiscal year 1991 and 1990 and an
increase in retail operations margins. Retail margins from existing business
increased to cover the increased costs of product delivery resulting from
smaller volume deliveries and increased carrying costs involved with higher
inventory and receivables balance. Also, gross profit for fiscal year 1990 was
adversely impacted by high product costs from inventory purchased in January
1990. Gross profit from other operations also increased primarily due to
increased wholesale propane marketing margins resulting from focusing marketing
efforts on higher margin sales and increased net trading operations volume and
margins resulting from the volatile propane market.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
 
  Operating Expenses. Operating expenses increased 13.1% to $129,684,000 as
compared with $114,639,000 for the prior period primarily due to (i) an
increase in full time payroll, incentive compensation expense and the related
payroll taxes as a result of increased retail operations margins and other
operations, (ii) an increase in vehicle expenses and in plant and office
expenses primarily from increases in vehicle fuel costs and customers
requesting more frequent, smaller volume deliveries and (iii) acquisitions of
retail propane businesses during fiscal year 1991 and 1990.
 
  General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses
decreased 19.6% to $12,953,000 as compared with $16,113,000 for the prior
period. A cost reduction program which was implemented March 1990 included
reductions of staff in non-critical areas and cuts in non-essential projects.
The results of this program and a reversal of expense previously provided
related to the long-term incentive plan contributed to the general and
administrative expense decrease.
 
  Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense increased 6.0% to $56,666,000 as
compared with $53,463,000 due to the issuance of senior notes in July of 1990.
The excess cash proceeds from the issuance of the senior notes were invested to
offset interest expense incurred.
 
  Net Earnings (Loss). Net earnings increased to $1,979,000 as compared with a
net loss of $3,814,000 for the prior period due to the increase in gross profit
which was offset partially by an increase in operating expenses and net
interest expense. Also in 1990, earnings were unfavorably impacted by an
extraordinary loss from refinancing of debt.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  For the nine months ended April 30, 1994 and the twelve months ended July 31,
1993, the Company's operating cash flow provided from operations (as measured
by operating income before depreciation and amortization, interest and taxes)
was sufficient to (i) make interest payments and required reductions to
existing debt and (ii) make purchases of property, plant and equipment.
   
  Cash Flows from Operating Activities. Cash provided by operating activities
increased to $58,246,000 for the nine months ended April 30, 1994, as compared
with $47,081,000 for the prior period. This increase was primarily attributable
to an increase in net earnings and accounts payable, which were offset by
increases in inventory and accounts and notes receivable. Cash provided by
operating activities increased to $36,961,000 for the twelve months ended July
31, 1993, as compared with $22,965,000 for the prior period. This increase was
primarily attributable to an increase in earnings and a decrease in inventory
purchases in anticipation of future propane requirements, offset by a decrease
in accounts payable.     
 
  Cash Flows From Investing Activities. During the nine months ended April 30,
1994, the Company made aggregate expenditures for intangible assets and
property, plant and equipment of $8,417,000. During the twelve months ended
July 31, 1993, the Company made aggregate expenditures for intangible assets
and property, plant and equipment of $14,275,000. Total capital expenditures
are essentially governed by the cash interest coverage ratio covenants
contained in the various debt agreements. These covenants limited capital
expenditures depending upon the amount of cash flow and cash interest expense
of the Company.
 
  The Company maintains its vehicle and transportation equipment fleet by
leasing light and medium duty trucks and tractors. The Company believes vehicle
leasing is a cost effective method for financing transportation equipment.
Capital requirements for repair and maintenance of property, plant and
equipment are relatively low since technological change is limited and the
useful lives of propane tanks and cylinders, the Company's principal physical
assets, are generally long.
 
  The Company invested in U.S. Treasury Bills and U.S. government obligations
with remaining maturities, as of April 30, 1994, ranging from four to ten
months. These investments are presented as short-term investments in the
Company's consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
 
  Cash Flows From Financing Activities. The Company currently has a $50 million
bank credit facility which terminates July 31, 1995. The facility provides for
a working capital facility and a letter of credit facility. At April 30, 1994,
there were no borrowings outstanding under the working capital facility and
letters of credit outstanding under the letter of credit facility, which are
used primarily to secure obligations under certain insurance and leasing
arrangements, totaled $32,778,000, resulting in an available bank credit
facility of $17,222,000. The Company does not have any significant commitments
for fixed asset acquisitions, unusual working capital commitments or contingent
liabilities which might materially affect short-term liquidity.
 
  Effects of Inflation. In the past the Company has been able to adjust its
sales price of product in response to market demand, cost of product,
competitive factors and other industry trends. Consequently, changing prices as
a result of inflationary pressures have not had a material adverse effect on
profitability although revenues may be affected. Inflation has not materially
impacted the results of operations and the Company does not believe normal
inflationary pressures will have a material adverse effect on the profitability
of the Partnership in the future.
 
  Adoption of New Accounting Standards. The Company provides postretirement
medical benefits to a closed group of approximately 400 retired employees and
their spouses. The plan requires the Company to provide primary medical
benefits to the participants until age 65, at which time the Company will only
pay a fixed amount of $55 per month per participant for medical benefits.
Effective August 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 106--Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions which requires accrual of postretirement benefits (such as health care
benefits) during the years an employee provides services. The Company elected
to amortize the postretirement benefit obligation over a period not to exceed
the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants (since all of
the plan participants are retired). The cumulative effect as of August 1, 1993,
and impact for the nine months ended April 30, 1994, of adopting this statement
was not material to the financial statements of the Company. The Company has
provided additional disclosure of the postretirement benefit obligation. See
Note L to the consolidated financial statements.
 
 
  The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 112--Employers' Accounting For Postemployment Benefits
which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1993. This
statement requires that employers recognize over the service lives of employees
the costs of postemployment benefits if certain conditions are met. The General
Partner does not believe that adoption of the statement will have a material
impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.
 
  The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 115--Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1993. The statement addresses the accounting and reporting for certain
investments in debt and equity securities and expands the use of fair value
accounting for those securities but retains the use of the amortized cost
method for investments that the Company has the positive intent and ability to
hold to maturity. The General Partner does not believe that the adoption of
this statement will have a material effect on the results of operations or
financial condition of the Partnership.
 
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
  The ability of the Partnership to satisfy its obligations will be dependent
upon future performance, which will be subject to prevailing economic
conditions and to financial, business and weather conditions and other factors,
many of which are beyond its control. For the fiscal year ending July 31, 1995,
the General Partner believes that the Partnership will generate sufficient
income to make all required payments in respect of the Senior Notes. Future
capital needs of the Partnership are expected to be provided by future
operations, existing cash balances and the working capital facility. The
Partnership may incur additional indebtedness in order to fund possible future
acquisitions.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
 
  Concurrent with the closing of the sale of the Senior Notes offered hereby,
the Master Partnership will sell in a registered public offering 13,100,000
Common Units for aggregate net proceeds of approximately $260.3 million, which
proceeds, along with the estimated $245.3 million net proceeds of the offering
of Senior Notes, will be used to retire substantially all of the approximately
$481.5 million of indebtedness of the Company to be assumed by the Partnership.
The sale of the Senior Notes offered hereby is subject to, among other things,
the sale of the Common Units. Upon the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Prospectus, the Partnership expects to have total
indebtedness of approximately $263.9 million. See "The Transactions."
 
  Credit Facility. Immediately prior to the closing of this Offering, the
Partnership expects to enter into a $185 million Credit Facility with Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association ("BofA"), a portion of which
will be syndicated to a group of financial institutions (together with BofA,
the "Banks"). The form of the loan agreement which will govern the Credit
Facility is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part.
 
  The Credit Facility will permit borrowings of up to $100 million on a senior
unsecured revolving line of credit basis (the "Working Capital Facility") and
up to $85 million on a senior unsecured basis (the "Expansion Facility"). The
Credit Facility will be committed for up to a three-year period, at which time
the Working Capital Facility will expire. The Expansion Facility may be
converted, at the option of the Partnership, to a three year term loan at the
end of the initial three-year period. Under the Working Capital Facility, up to
$100 million will be available to fund working capital and general partnership
requirements (of which up to $50 million will be available to support letters
of credit). Under the Expansion Facility, up to $25 million will be available
to retire existing indebtedness of the General Partner, the payment obligation
of which will be assumed by the Partnership, and up to $60 million (plus any
unused amount from the retirement of the existing assumed indebtedness and any
amount repaid with the proceeds from the exercise of the Underwriters'
overallotment option) will be available solely to finance acquisitions and
growth capital expenditures.
 
  At the Partnership's option, borrowings under the Credit Facility may bear
interest either at the Base Rate (i.e., the higher of the Federal funds rate
plus 1/2% per annum or BofA's reference rate) or the London Interbank Offered
Rate, in each case plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin will vary
from 62.5 basis points to 125 basis points for LIBOR and between zero basis
points and 25 basis points for the Base Rate, depending upon the Partnership's
"Leverage Ratio," which is defined generally as the ratio of all debt for
borrowed money to EBITDA. At the time of the closing of the Credit Facility,
the Partnership anticipates that, based upon the then applicable Leverage
Ratio, its applicable LIBOR margin will be 112.5 basis points and its
applicable Base Rate margin will be 12.5 basis points. There can be no
guarantee that the Partnership will be able to continue to maintain the
Leverage Ratio which it anticipates will exist at closing.
 
  The loan agreement for the Credit Facility will contain restrictive covenants
substantially similar to those for the Senior Notes including restrictions on
the Partnership's ability to make cash distributions and the requirement that
the Partnership repay all outstanding amounts under the Credit Facility within
30 days after the occurrence of a change of control thereunder. In the case of
the Credit Facility, however, there is an additional limitation in that the
occurrence of any transaction which results in James E. Ferrell and his
affiliates beneficially owning less than 20% of the equity interests of the
Partnership will constitute a "Change of Control," requiring repayment of the
Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also includes certain additional covenants
and restrictions relating to the activities of the Partnership which are
customary for similar credit facilities and are not expected to affect
materially and adversely the conduct of the Partnership's business as described
in this Prospectus.
 
  In connection with the transactions to be consummated at the closing of this
Offering, the Partnership may borrow up to $25 million under the Expansion
Facility. Assuming a closing date of June 30, 1994, the
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
 
Partnership anticipates it will borrow approximately $10 million if the
Underwriters' overallotment option is not exercised at the time of closing.
Actual borrowings under the Credit Facility at the closing of this Offering
will depend upon the Partnership's cash balances at such time, the initial
offering price per Common Unit and the timing of any exercise of the
underwriters' overallotment option. If the Underwriters' overallotment option
is exercised subsequent to the closing, the Partnership will use the net
proceeds therefrom first to repay any amounts borrowed under the Expansion
Facility and next to repurchase for retirement up to 1,000,000 Common Units
held by Ferrell.
 
  The closing of the Credit Facility is conditioned upon, among other things,
the successful public offering of the Common Units and the Senior Notes, the
cancellation of Ferrellgas' current $50 million revolving credit facility and
there having been no material adverse change in the financial markets in
general or the financial condition of the General Partner or the Partnership
prior to the closing of the Credit Facility.
 
TAX AUDIT
 
  The IRS has examined Ferrell's consolidated income tax returns for the years
ended July 31, 1987 and 1986, and has proposed to disallow $90 million of
deductions for amortization of customer relationships taken or to be taken on
Ferrell's consolidated income tax returns. On April 20, 1993, the United States
Supreme Court held in Newark Morning Ledger v. United States that a taxpayer
may amortize customer-based intangibles if that taxpayer can prove such
intangibles are capable of being valued and the value diminishes over time. The
Company contends it has met this burden of proof and feels this recent Supreme
Court decision supports the positions taken during the Company's allocation of
purchase price to customer relationships.
 
  The Company was originally made aware of the audit based on a letter received
from the IRS dated April 24, 1989. The Company received a closing conference
letter of the proposed adjustments on December 6, 1990, and finally, a 60-day
letter to act dated August 5, 1991. The 60-day letter has been extended through
December 31, 1994.
 
  The Company intends to vigorously defend against these proposed adjustments
and is in the process of protesting these adjustments through the appeals
process of the IRS. At this time, it is not possible to determine the ultimate
resolution of this matter.
 
  In connection with the formation of the Partnership, the Company will
contribute the customer relationships that are the subject of the IRS audit
together with additional customer relationships to the Partnership. The General
Partner intends to treat such customer relationships as amortizable assets of
the Partnership for federal income tax purposes. It is possible that the IRS
will challenge that treatment. If the IRS were to successfully challenge the
amortization of customer relationships by the Partnership, the ability of the
Partnership to make payments in respect of the Senior Notes and the other
indebtedness of the Partnership could be adversely affected, although the
Partnership does not believe the impact of such effect will be material.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
  The Partnership will be engaged in the sale, distribution, marketing and
trading of propane and other natural gas liquids. The discussion that follows
focuses on the Company's retail operations and its other operations, which
consist of propane and natural gas liquids trading operations, chemical
feedstocks marketing and wholesale propane marketing, all of which will be
conveyed to the Partnership. The Company believes it is the third largest
retail marketer of propane in the United States (as measured by gallons sold),
serving approximately 600,000 residential, commercial, agricultural and
industrial customers in 45 states and the District of Columbia through
approximately 416 retail outlets with 226 satellite locations in 36 states
(some outlets serve interstate markets). For the fiscal years ended July 31,
1993, 1992 and 1991, the Company's annual retail propane sales volumes were
approximately 553 million, 496 million and 482 million gallons, respectively.
EBITDA was $89.4 million, $87.6 million and $99.2 million for the fiscal years
ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. EBITDA for the twelve months
ended April 30, 1994 was $98.6 million. The Company's net losses for the fiscal
years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 were $0.8 million and $11.7 million,
respectively, and its net earnings for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1991 were
$2.0 million. Net earnings for the nine month periods ended April 30, 1994 and
1993 were $19.5 million and $12.8 million, respectively. The retail propane
business of the Company consists principally of transporting propane purchased
through various suppliers to its retail distribution outlets, then to tanks
located on its customers' premises, as well as to portable propane cylinders.
The Company also believes it is a leading natural gas liquids trading company.
The Company's annual propane and natural gas liquids trading, chemical
feedstocks and wholesale propane sales volumes were approximately 1.2 billion,
1.3 billion and 1.1 billion gallons during the fiscal years ended July 31,
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
 
RETAIL OPERATIONS
 
 FORMATION
   
  Ferrell, the parent of the Company, was founded in 1939 as a single retail
propane outlet in Atchison, Kansas and was incorporated in 1954. In 1984, a
subsidiary was formed under the name Ferrellgas, Inc. to operate the retail
propane business previously conducted by Ferrell. Ferrell is owned by James E.
Ferrell and his family. The Company's initial growth was largely the result of
small acquisitions in the rural areas of eastern Kansas, northern and central
Missouri, Iowa, Western Illinois, Southern Minnesota, South Dakota and Texas.
In July 1984, the Company acquired propane operations with annual retail sales
volumes of approximately 33 million gallons at a cost of approximately $13.0
million, and in December 1986, the Company acquired propane operations with
annual retail sales volumes of approximately 395 million gallons at a cost of
approximately $457.5 million. These major acquisitions and many other smaller
acquisitions have significantly expanded and diversified the Company's
geographic coverage.     
 
 BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Partnership's business strategy will be to continue the Company's
historical focus on residential and commercial retail propane operations and to
expand its operations through strategic acquisitions of smaller retail propane
operations located throughout the United States and through increased
competitiveness and efforts to acquire new customers. The propane industry is
relatively fragmented, with the ten largest retail distributors possessing less
than 35% of the total retail propane market and much of the industry consisting
of over 3,000 local or regional companies. The Company's retail operations
account for approximately 6% of the retail propane purchased in the United
States, as measured by gallons sold. Since 1986, and as of April 30, 1994, the
Company has acquired 67 smaller independent propane retailers which the Company
believes were not individually material. For the fiscal years ended July 31,
1989 to 1993 the Company spent approximately $14.7 million, $18.0 million,
$25.3 million, $10.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, for acquisitions
of operations with annual retail sales of approximately 7.3 million, 11.3
million, 18.0 million, 8.6 million and 0.7 million gallons of propane,
respectively. The General Partner believes that approximately $7.5 million of
capital expenditures will be required on an annual basis to maintain the
current business to be
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
 
acquired by the Partnership and that approximately $2.5 million in additional
capital expenditures will be required on an annual basis to sustain the modest
level of growth historically experienced generated by the business to be
acquired.
   
  The Partnership intends to initially concentrate its acquisition activities
in geographical areas in close proximity to the Company's existing operations
to acquire propane retailers that can be efficiently combined with such
operations to provide an attractive return on the Partnership's investment
after taking into account the efficiencies which may result from such
combination. The Partnership will, however, also pursue acquisitions which
broaden its geographic coverage. The Partnership's goal in any acquisition will
be to improve the operations and profitability of these smaller companies by
integrating them into the Partnership's established supply network and by
improving customer service. The Company regularly evaluates a number of propane
distribution companies which may be candidates for acquisition. The General
Partner believes that there are numerous local retail propane distribution
companies that are possible candidates for acquisition by the Partnership and
that the Partnership's geographic diversity of operations helps to create many
attractive acquisition opportunities for the Partnership. The Partnership
intends to fund acquisitions through internal cash flow, external borrowings or
the issuance of additional Partnership interests. The Partnership's ability to
accomplish these goals will be subject to the continued availability of
acquisition candidates at prices attractive to the Partnership. There is no
assurance the Partnership will be successful in increasing the level of
acquisitions or that any acquisitions that are made will prove beneficial to
the Partnership.     
 
  In addition to growth through acquisitions, the Company believes that it can
be successful in competing for new customers. Since 1989, the Company has
experienced modest internal growth in its customer base. During that same
period of time the quality of field management has been improved and
improvements in operating efficiencies have been implemented. The residential
and commercial retail propane distribution business has been characterized by a
relatively stable customer base, primarily due to the expense of switching to
alternative fuels, as well as the quality of service and personal relations. In
addition, since safety regulations adopted in most states in which the Company
operates prohibit propane retailers from filling tanks owned by other
retailers, customers that lease tanks generally develop long-term relationships
with their suppliers. The cost and inconvenience of switching tanks minimizes a
customer's tendency to switch among suppliers of propane and among alternative
fuels on the basis of minor variations in price. Based on its market surveys,
the Company believes that within the retail propane industry, approximately 12%
of all residential propane users switch suppliers annually. The Partnership's
aim will be to minimize losses of existing customers while attracting as many
new customers as possible. To achieve this objective extensive market research
was conducted by the Company to determine the critical factors that cause
customers to value their propane supplier. Based upon the results of such
surveys, the Company has designed and implemented a monthly process of
assessing customer satisfaction in each of its local retail markets. The
Company believes that these surveys give it an advantage over its competitors,
none of whom it is believed conduct comparable surveys. By highlighting
specific areas of customer satisfaction, the Company believes that it can move
quickly to both retain existing customers who are at risk, and gain new
customers. Specific measures have been and are continuing to be designed to
take advantage of the information gained regarding customer satisfaction. The
Company has also begun the process of upgrading computer equipment and software
in order to improve customer service and achieve efficiencies that enable local
market personnel to direct more efforts towards sales activities.
 
  Approximately 70% of the Company's customers lease their tanks from the
Company, as compared to approximately 60% of all propane customers nationwide.
The Company believes there is a significant growth opportunity in marketing to
the 40% of propane users that own their own tank. As a result, the Company has
directly sought to identify locations where it can achieve rapid growth by
marketing more effectively to these potential customers. The Company believes
that since the commencement of this effort in August 1992, it has added
thousands of new customers that own their own tank. For both customers who
lease their tank, and customers that own their tank, the Partnership's
continued ability to deliver propane to customers when
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
 
needed and during periods of extreme demand, especially in remote areas and
during inclement weather, will be critical to maintaining margins, maintaining
the loyalty of its retail customers and expanding its customer base.
 
 MARKETING
 
  Natural gas liquids are derived from petroleum products and sold in
compressed or liquefied form. Propane, the predominant type of natural gas
liquid, is typically extracted from natural gas or separated during crude oil
refining. Although propane is gaseous at normal pressures, it is compressed
into liquid form at relatively low pressures for storage and transportation.
Propane is a clean-burning energy source, recognized for its transportability
and ease of use relative to alternative forms of stand alone energy sources.
 
  The retail propane marketing business generally involves large numbers of
small volume deliveries averaging approximately 200 gallons each. The market
areas are generally rural but also include suburban areas where natural gas
service is not available. In the residential and commercial markets, propane is
primarily used for space heating, water heating and cooking. In the
agricultural market propane is primarily used for crop drying, space heating,
irrigation and weed control. In addition, propane is used for certain
industrial applications, including use as engine fuel, which is burned in
internal combustion engines that power vehicles and forklifts and as a heating
or energy source in manufacturing and drying processes.
 
  Profits in the retail propane business are primarily based on the cents-per-
gallon difference between the purchase price and the sales price of propane.
The Company generally purchases propane on a short-term basis; therefore, its
supply costs fluctuate with market price fluctuations. Should wholesale propane
prices decline in the future, the Company believes that the Partnership's
margins on its retail propane distribution business should increase in the
short-term because retail prices tend to change less rapidly than wholesale
prices. Should the wholesale cost of propane increase, for similar reasons
retail margins and profitability would likely be reduced at least for the
short-term until retail prices can be increased. The Company historically has
been able to maintain margins on an annual basis despite propane supply cost
changes. The General Partner is unable to predict, however, how and to what
extent a substantial increase or decrease in the wholesale cost of propane
would affect the Partnership's margins and profitability.
 
  The Company has a network of approximately 416 retail outlets and 226
satellite locations marketing propane under the "Ferrellgas" trade name to
approximately 600,000 customers located in 45 states and the District of
Columbia. The Company's largest market concentrations are in the Midwest, Great
Lakes and Southeast regions of the United States. The Company operates in areas
of strong retail market competition, which has required it to develop and
implement strict capital expenditure and operating standards in its existing
and acquired retail propane operations in order to control operating costs.
 
  The Company utilizes marketing programs targeting both new and existing
customers. The Company emphasizes its superior ability to deliver propane to
customers as well as its training and safety programs. During the fiscal year
ended July 31, 1993, sales to residential customers accounted for 44% of the
Company's retail propane sales volume, sales to industrial and other commercial
customers accounted for 33% of the Company's retail propane sales volume, sales
to agricultural customers accounted for 13% of the Company's retail propane
sales volume and sales to other customers accounted for 10% of the Company's
retail propane sales volume. Residential sales have a greater profit margin,
more stable customer base and tend to be less sensitive to price changes than
the other markets served by the Company. No single customer of Ferrellgas
accounts for 10% or more of the Company's consolidated revenues.
 
  The retail market for propane is seasonal because it is used primarily for
heating in residential and commercial buildings. Consequently, sales and
operating profits are concentrated in the second and third fiscal quarters
(November through April). Cash inflows from these quarters will be realized in
the third and fourth quarters. In addition, sales volume traditionally
fluctuates from year to year in response to variations in weather, prices and
other factors, although the Company believes that the broad geographic
distribution
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
 
of the Company's operations helps to minimize the Company's exposure to
regional weather or economic patterns. Long-term, historic weather data from
the National Climatic Data Center indicate that the average annual temperatures
have remained relatively constant over the last 30 years with fluctuations
occurring on a year-to-year basis only. During times of colder-than-normal
winter weather, such as the conditions experienced by certain regions served by
the Company in the second and third quarters of fiscal year 1994, the Company
has been able to take advantage of its larger and more efficient distribution
network to help avoid supply disruptions such as those experienced by some of
its competitors, thereby broadening its long-term customer base.
 
  The following chart illustrates the impact of annual variations in weather on
the Company's sales volumes. Set forth are (i) the average national degree days
(population weighted) (a measure of the relative warmth of a particular year in
which a larger number indicates a colder year), (ii) degree days as a
percentage of the average normal degree days as of 1993 (100.0% represents a
normal year with larger percentages representing colder-than-normal years and
smaller percentages representing warmer-than-normal years), (iii) the annual
retail propane sales volumes of the Company, and (iv) a retail gross margin
index for the Company (demonstrating changes in retail gross margins from a
base year of 100.0% in 1989) for the five fiscal years ended July 31, 1989 to
1993 and the nine months ended April 30, 1993 and 1994. The average degree days
in regions served by the Company have historically varied on an annual basis by
a greater amount than the average national degree days.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NINE MONTHS
                                                                     ENDED
                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 31,        APRIL 30,
                               ---------------------------------  ------------
                               1989   1990   1991   1992   1993   1993   1994
<S>                            <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
National Degree Days.......... 4,673  4,549  4,211  4,303  4,663  4,444  4,526
Degree Days as % of 1993 Nor-
 mal Degree Days(1)...........  99.7%  97.0%  89.8%  91.8%  99.4%  99.3% 101.1%
Sales Volumes (in millions of
 gallons)(2)..................   498    499    482    496    553    483    490
Retail gross margin index(3).. 100.0%  98.4% 114.5% 109.7% 101.1% 102.1% 105.8%
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) The normal average national degree days as of the fiscal year ended July
    31, 1993 were 4,689 and the normal average national degree days as of the
    nine months ended April 30, 1994 were 4,477.
(2) From 1989 through 1993, 49 acquisitions were completed at a total cost of
    approximately $69.0 million. The aggregate annual sales volumes
    attributable to these acquisitions (measured with respect to each
    acquisition on the date of the acquisition) were estimated to be 7.3
    million gallons, 11.3 million gallons, 18.0 million gallons, 8.6 million
    gallons and 0.7 million gallons for the fiscal years ended July 31, 1989
    through 1993, respectively.
(3) The Company's average retail gross margins, on a cents per gallon basis,
    are measured as a percentage of fiscal 1989 retail gross margins. Average
    retail gross margins in fiscal 1991 were affected by the Persian Gulf
    crisis.
 
 SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION
 
  The Company purchases propane primarily from major domestic oil companies.
Supplies of propane from these sources have traditionally been readily
available, although no assurance can be given that supplies of propane will be
readily available in the future. As a result of (i) the Company's ability to
buy large volumes of propane and (ii) the Company's large distribution system
and underground storage capacity, the Company believes that it is in a position
to achieve product cost savings and avoid shortages during periods of tight
supply to an extent not generally available to other retail propane
distributors. The Company is not dependent upon any single supplier or group of
suppliers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company. For the year ended July 31, 1993, no supplier at any single delivery
point provided more than 10% of the Company's total domestic propane supply. A
portion of the Company's propane inventory is purchased under supply contracts
which typically have a one year term and a fluctuating price relating to spot
market prices. Certain of the Company's contracts specify certain minimum and
maximum amounts of
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
 
propane to be purchased thereunder. The Company may purchase and store
inventories of propane in order to help insure uninterrupted deliverability
during periods of extreme demand. The Company owns three underground storage
facilities with an aggregate capacity of approximately 168 million gallons.
Currently, approximately 80 million gallons of this capacity is leased to third
parties, and approximately 6 million gallons of capacity is exchanged with
another company for approximately 6 million gallons of storage capacity at
Bumstead, Arizona. The remaining space is available for the Company's own use.
 
  Propane is generally transported from natural gas processing plants and
refineries, pipeline terminals and storage facilities to retail distribution
outlets and wholesale customers by railroad tank cars leased by the Company and
highway transport trucks owned or leased by the Company. The Company operates a
fleet of 62 transport trucks to transport propane from refineries, natural gas
processing plants or pipeline terminals to the Company's retail distribution
outlets. Common carrier transport trucks may be used during the peak delivery
season in the winter months or to provide service in areas where economic
considerations favor common carrier use. Propane is then transported from the
Company's retail distribution outlets to customers by the Company's fleet of
1,059 bulk delivery trucks, which are fitted generally with 2,000 to 3,000
gallon propane tanks. Propane storage tanks located on the customers' premises
are then filled from the delivery truck. Propane is also delivered to customers
in portable cylinders.
 
INDUSTRY AND COMPETITION
 
 INDUSTRY
 
  Based upon information contained in the Energy Information Administration's
Annual Energy Review 1993 magazine, propane accounts for approximately 3.0% of
household energy consumption in the United States, an average level which has
remained relatively constant for the past 10 years. It competes primarily with
natural gas, electricity and fuel oil as an energy source principally on the
basis of price, availability and portability. Propane serves as an alternative
to natural gas in rural and suburban areas where natural gas is unavailable or
portability of product is required. Propane is generally more expensive than
natural gas on an equivalent BTU basis in locations served by natural gas,
although propane is often sold in such areas as a standby fuel for use during
peak demands and during interruption in natural gas service. The expansion of
natural gas into traditional propane markets has historically been inhibited by
the capital costs required to expand distribution and pipeline systems.
Although the extension of natural gas pipelines tends to displace propane
distribution in the neighborhoods affected, the Company believes that new
opportunities for propane sales arise as more geographically remote
neighborhoods are developed. Propane is generally less expensive to use than
electricity for space heating, water heating and cooking and competes
effectively with electricity in those parts of the country where propane is
cheaper than electricity on an equivalent BTU basis. Although propane is
similar to fuel oil in application, market demand and price, propane and fuel
oil have generally developed their own distinct geographic markets. Because
residential furnaces and appliances that burn propane will not operate on fuel
oil, a conversion from one fuel to the other requires the installation of new
equipment. The Partnership's residential retail propane customers, therefore,
will have an incentive to switch to fuel oil only if fuel oil becomes
significantly less expensive than propane. Likewise, the Partnership may be
unable to expand its customer base in areas where fuel oil is widely used,
particularly the Northeast, unless propane becomes significantly less expensive
than fuel oil. Alternatively, many industrial customers who use propane as a
heating fuel have the capacity to switch to other fuels, such as fuel oil, on
the basis of availability or minor variations in price. Propane generally is
becoming increasingly favored over fuel oil and other alternative sources of
fuel as an environmentally preferred energy source.
 
 COMPETITION
 
  In addition to competing with marketers of other fuels, the Company competes
with other companies engaged in the retail propane distribution business.
Competition within the propane distribution industry stems from two types of
participants: the larger multi-state marketers, and the smaller, local
independent marketers. Based upon information contained in the National Propane
Gas Association's LP-Gas Market
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
 
Facts and the June 1993 issue of LP Gas magazine, the Company believes that the
ten largest multi-state retail marketers of propane, including the Company,
account for less than 35% of the total retail sales of propane in the United
States. Based upon information contained in industry publications, the Company
also believes no single marketer has a greater than 10% share of the total
market in the United States and that the Company is the third largest retail
marketer of propane in the United States, with a market share of approximately
6.0% as measured by volume of national retail propane sales.
 
  Most of the Company's retail distribution outlets compete with three or more
marketers or distributors. The principal factors influencing competition among
propane marketers are price and service. The Company competes with other retail
marketers primarily on the basis of reliability of service and responsiveness
to customer needs, safety and price. Each retail distribution outlet operates
in its own competitive environment because retail marketers locate in close
proximity to customers to lower the cost of providing service. The typical
retail distribution outlet has an effective marketing radius of approximately
25 miles.
 
OTHER OPERATIONS
 
  The other operations of the Company consist of: (1) trading, (2) chemical
feedstocks marketing, and (3) wholesale propane marketing. The Company, through
its natural gas liquids trading operations and wholesale marketing, has become
one of the largest independent traders of propane and natural gas liquids in
the United States. The Company owns no properties that are material to these
operations, but leases 371 railroad tank cars for use in its chemical
feedstocks marketing operations.
 
 TRADING
 
  The Company's traders are engaged in trading propane and other natural gas
liquids for the Company's account and for supplying the Company's retail and
wholesale propane operations. The Company primarily trades products purchased
from its over 200 suppliers, however, it also conducts transactions on the New
York Mercantile Exchange. Trading activity is conducted primarily to generate a
profit independent of the retail and wholesale operations, but is also
conducted to insure the availability of propane during periods of short supply.
Propane represents over 65% of the Company's total trading volume, with the
remainder consisting of various other natural gas liquids. The Company attempts
to minimize trading risk through the enforcement of its trading policies, which
include total inventory limits and loss limits, and attempts to minimize credit
risk through credit checks and application of its credit policies. However,
there can be no assurance that historical experience or the existence of such
policies will prevent trading losses in the future. For the fiscal years ended
July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, the Company had net revenues of $6.7 million,
$4.9 million and $9.9 million, respectively, from its trading activities.
 
 CHEMICAL FEEDSTOCKS MARKETING
 
  The Company is also involved in the marketing of refinery and petrochemical
feedstocks. Petroleum by-products are purchased from refineries and
petrochemical plants and sold to end users of such by-products. The Company had
revenues of $54.0 million, $50.6 million and $31.8 million from such activities
for the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
 
 WHOLESALE MARKETING
   
  The Company engages in the wholesale distribution of propane to other retail
propane distributors. During the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and
1991 the Company sold 73 million, 95 million and 129 million gallons,
respectively, of propane to wholesale customers and had revenues attributable
to such sales of $29.3 million, $37.7 million and $57.4 million, respectively.
    
                                       37
<PAGE>
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  At April 30, 1994, the Company had 2,342 full-time employees and 990
temporary and part-time employees. The number of temporary and part-time
employees is generally higher by approximately 500 people during the winter
heating season. At April 30, 1994, the Company's full-time employees were
employed in the following areas:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                  <C>
      Retail Market Locations............................................. 1,979
      Transportation and Storage..........................................   115
      Field Services......................................................    56
      Corporate Offices (Liberty & Houston)...............................   192
                                                                           -----
        Total............................................................. 2,342
                                                                           =====
</TABLE>
 
  Approximately two percent of the Company's employees are represented by nine
local labor unions, which are all affiliated with the International Brotherhood
of Teamsters. The Company has not experienced any significant work stoppages or
other labor problems.
 
  The Company's supply, trading, chemical feedstocks marketing, distribution
scheduling and product accounting functions are operated out of the Company's
offices located in Houston, Texas, by a total full time corporate staff of 60
people (which includes four traders as well as necessary support staff).
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION; ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS
 
  From August 1971 until January 1981, the United States Department of Energy
regulated the price and allocation of propane. The Company is no longer subject
to any similar regulation.
 
  Propane is not a hazardous substance within the meaning of federal and state
environmental laws. In connection with all acquisitions of retail propane
businesses that involve the purchase of real estate, the Company conducts a due
diligence investigation to attempt to determine whether any substance other
than propane has been sold from or stored on any such real estate prior to its
purchase. Such due diligence includes questioning the sellers, obtaining
representations and warranties concerning the sellers' compliance with
environmental laws and visual inspections of the properties, whereby Company
employees look for evidence of hazardous substances or the existence of
underground storage tanks.
 
  With respect to the transportation of propane by truck, the Company is
subject to regulations promulgated under the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Act.
These regulations cover the transportation of hazardous materials and are
administered by the United States Department of Transportation. National Fire
Protection Association Pamphlet No.58, which establishes a set of rules and
procedures governing the safe handling of propane, or comparable regulations,
have been adopted as the industry standard in a majority of the states in which
the Company operates. There are no material environmental claims pending and
the Company complies in all material respects with all material governmental
regulations and industry standards applicable to environmental and safety
matters.
 
SERVICE MARKS AND TRADEMARKS
 
  The Company markets retail propane under the "Ferrellgas" tradename and uses
the tradename "Ferrell North America" for its other operations. In addition,
the Company has a trademark on the name "Ferrellmeter," its patented gas leak
detection device. The Company will contribute all of its right, title and
interest to such tradenames and trademark in the continental United States to
the Partnership. The Company will have an option to purchase such tradenames
and trademark from the Partnership for a nominal value if the Company is
removed as general partner of the Partnership other than for cause. If the
Company ceases to serve as the general partner of the Partnership for any other
reason, it will have the option to purchase such tradenames and trademark from
the Partnership for fair market value.
 
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
 
  The Company has, in each of its retail outlets, a computer-based information
and control system. This system provides for remote billing of, and collections
from, customers and is designed to enhance the local outlets' responsiveness to
customers. Each outlet can be monitored by headquarters to determine volume of
sales, selling price and gross margin.
 
PROPERTIES
 
  At April 30, 1994, the Company owned or leased the following transportation
equipment which was utilized primarily in retail operations, except for
railroad tank cars, which are used primarily by chemical feedstocks operations:
 
  The highway transport trailers have an average capacity of approximately
9,000 gallons. The bulk delivery trucks are generally fitted with 2,000 to
3,000 gallon propane tanks. Each railroad tank car has a capacity of
approximately 30,000 gallons.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              OWNED LEASED TOTAL
   <S>                                                        <C>   <C>    <C>
   Truck tractors............................................   15    47      62
   Transport trailers........................................   69   --       69
   Bulk delivery trucks......................................  442   617   1,059
   Pickup and service trucks.................................  399   574     973
   Railroad tank cars........................................  --    371     371
</TABLE>
 
  A typical retail distribution outlet is located on one to three acres of land
and includes a small office, a workshop, bulk storage capacity of 18,000
gallons to 60,000 gallons and a small inventory of stationary customer storage
tanks and portable propane cylinders that the Company provides to its retail
customers for propane storage. The Company owns the land and buildings of about
50% of its retail outlets and leases the remaining facilities on terms
customary in the industry and in the applicable local markets.
 
  Approximately 500,000 propane tanks are owned by the Company, most of which
are located on customer property and leased to those customers. The Company
also owns approximately 545,000 portable propane cylinders, most of which are
leased to industrial and commercial customers for use in manufacturing and
processing needs, including forklift operations, and to residential customers
for home heating and cooking, and to local dealers who purchase propane from
the Company for resale.
 
  Ferrellgas owns underground storage facilities at Hutchinson, Kansas;
Adamana, Arizona; and Moab, Utah. At April 30, 1994, the capacity of these
facilities approximated 73 million gallons, 88 million gallons and 7 million
gallons, respectively (an aggregate of approximately 168 million gallons).
Currently, approximately 80 million gallons of this capacity is leased to third
parties, and approximately 6 million gallons of capacity is exchanged with
another company for approximately 6 million gallons of storage capacity at
Bumstead, Arizona. The remaining space is available for the Company's own use.
 
  The Company purchased, in fiscal year 1993, the land and two buildings
(50,245 square feet of office space) comprising its corporate headquarters in
Liberty, Missouri, from Ferrell Leasing Corp. The Company leases the 18,124
square feet of office space in Houston, Texas, where its trading, chemical
feedstocks marketing and wholesale marketing operations are located.
 
  The Company believes that it has satisfactory title to or valid right to use
all of its material properties and, although some of such properties are
subject to liabilities and leases and, in certain cases, liens for taxes not
yet currently due and payable and immaterial encumbrances, easements and
restrictions, the Company does not believe that any such burdens will
materially interfere with the continued use of such properties by the
Partnership in its business, taken as a whole. In addition, the Company
believes that it has, or is in the
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
 
process of obtaining, all required material approvals, authorizations, orders,
licenses, permits, franchises and consents of, and has obtained or made all
required material registrations, qualifications and filings with, the various
state and local governmental and regulatory authorities which relate to
ownership of the Company's properties or the operations of its business.
 
LITIGATION
 
  Propane is a flammable, combustible gas. Serious personal and property damage
can occur in connection with its transportation, storage or use. The Company,
in the ordinary course of business, is threatened with or is named as a
defendant in various lawsuits which, among other items, seek actual and
punitive damages for products liability, personal injury and property damage.
The Company maintains liability insurance policies with insurers in such
amounts and with such coverages and deductibles as management of the Company
believes is reasonable and prudent. However, there can be no assurance that
such insurance will be adequate to protect the Company from material expenses
related to such personal injury or property damage or that such levels of
insurance will continue to be available in the future at economical prices. It
is not possible to determine the ultimate disposition of these matters
discussed above; however, after taking into consideration the Company's
insurance coverage and existing reserves, management is of the opinion that
there are no known uninsured claims or known contingent claims that are likely
to have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial
condition of the Company. When the Partnership assumes all outstanding
liabilities relating to the business, it will assume such liabilities, whether
or not asserted against or known by the Company at the time of the transfer.
 
TRANSFER OF THE PARTNERSHIP ASSETS
 
  The Company will transfer its right, title and interest in its propane
business and assets to the Partnership at or shortly before the closing of this
offering, subject to the following. The assets include the Company's interests
in leases covering several types of assets, including railcars, trucks and
retail distribution centers. Many of these leases are transferable to the
Partnership only with the consent of the lessor. The Company expects to obtain,
prior to the closing of this offering, third party consents which are
sufficient to enable the Company to transfer to the Partnership the assets
necessary to enable the Partnership to conduct the Company's propane business
in all material respects as described in this Prospectus. In the event any such
consents are not obtained, the Company will enter into other agreements,
including the lease or purchase of other assets, in order to insure that the
Partnership has the assets necessary to enable it to conduct the Company's
propane business in all material respects as described in this Prospectus. In
addition, certain of the Company's licenses, permits and other similar rights
relating to the assets to be assigned to the Partnership are not transferable
or are transferable only with the consent of third parties. Such transferable
rights will not be transferred to the Partnership at the closing of this
offering unless applicable consents have been obtained. In the case of non-
transferable rights or rights where no consent has been obtained by the
closing, the Company will seek to obtain such consents in the normal course of
business after the closing or seek to have comparable rights granted to the
Partnership prior to the closing. Numerous licenses, permits and rights will be
required for the operation of the Partnership's business, and no assurance can
be given that the Partnership will obtain all licenses, permits and rights
which are required in connection with the ownership and operation of its
business. Although failure by the Partnership to obtain such licenses, permits
or rights could have a material adverse effect on the Partnership, the Company
believes that the Partnership will have the licenses, permits and rights which
will enable the Partnership to conduct its propane business in a manner which
is similar in all material respects to that which was conducted by the Company
prior to the closing of this offering and that any such failure to obtain
licenses, permits or rights will not have a material adverse impact on the
business of the Partnership as described in this Prospectus.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
PARTNERSHIP MANAGEMENT
 
  The General Partner will manage and operate the activities of the
Partnership, and the General Partner anticipates that its activities will be
limited to such management and operation. Notwithstanding any limitation on
obligations or duties, the General Partner will be liable, as the general
partner of the Partnership, for all the debts of the Partnership (to the extent
not paid by the Partnership), except to the extent that indebtedness incurred
by the Partnership is made specifically non-recourse to the General Partner.
 
  The General Partner will appoint two persons who are neither officers nor
employees of the General Partner or any affiliate of the General Partner to
serve on a committee of the Partnership (the "Audit Committee") with the
authority to review, at the request of the General Partner, specific matters as
to which the General Partner believes there may be a conflict of interest in
order to determine if the resolution of such conflict proposed by the General
Partner is fair and reasonable to the Partnership. The Audit Committee members
will be elected no later than three months after the date of this Prospectus.
The Audit Committee will only review matters relating to conflicts of interest
at the request of the General Partner, and the General Partner has sole
discretion to determine which matters, if any, to submit to the Audit
Committee. Any matters approved by the Audit Committee will be conclusively
deemed to be fair and reasonable to the Partnership, approved by all partners
of the Partnership and not a breach by the General Partner of any duties it may
owe the Partnership.
 
  The Partnership will not directly employ any of the persons responsible for
managing or operating the Partnership. The current management and workforce of
Ferrellgas will continue to manage and operate the Partnership's business as
officers and employees of the General Partner. At April 30, 1994, 2,342 full-
time and 990 temporary and part-time individuals were employed by the General
Partner.
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
directors and executive officers of the Company. Each of the persons named
below is elected to their respective office or offices annually. The executive
officers are not subject to employment agreements with their respective
employer or employers. The General Partner intends to promptly add additional
members to its Board of Directors, including at least two independent members.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                DIRECTOR
       NAME                 AGE  SINCE                    POSITION
<S>                         <C> <C>      <C>
James E. Ferrell...........  54   1984   President, Chairman of the Board and a
                                          Director of the Company
Bradley A. Cochennet.......  40    --    Executive Vice President and Chief
                                          Operating Officer of the Company
Danley K. Sheldon..........  35    --    Vice President and Chief Financial
                                          Officer/Treasurer of the Company
Rhonda E. Smiley...........  38    --    Vice President of Legal Affairs
                                         Vice President of Marketing and
Brian M. Smith(1)..........  43    --     Communications
</TABLE>
- --------
   
(1) Mr. Smith has indicated his intention to resign from the Company effective
    July 31, 1994.     
 
  James E. Ferrell--Mr. Ferrell has been with Ferrell or its predecessors and
its affiliates in various executive capacities since 1965.
 
  Bradley A. Cochennet--Mr. Cochennet has been Chief Operating Officer since
January, 1993 and has been a Vice President of the Company since 1985. Mr.
Cochennet joined the Company in 1980.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
 
  Danley K. Sheldon--Mr. Sheldon has been Chief Financial Officer of the
Company since January 1994 and has served as Treasurer since 1989. He joined
the Company in 1986.
 
  Rhonda E. Smiley--Ms. Smiley joined the Company in 1991 as Director of Legal
Affairs and has been a Vice President of the Company since April 1994. Prior to
joining the Company, Ms. Smiley practiced law with Shook, Hardy & Bacon for ten
years, the last five years as a partner.
 
  Brian M. Smith--Mr. Smith joined the Company in 1991 as Managing Director of
Marketing and Communications and has been a Vice President of the Company since
April 1994. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Smith was President and owner of
The Smith Group, Inc., a marketing communications firm.
 
COMPENSATION OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
  The General Partner will receive no management fee or similar compensation in
connection with its management of the Partnership and will receive no
remuneration other than:
 
    (i) distributions in respect of its 2% general partner interest, on a
  combined basis, in the Partnership and the Master Partnership; and
 
    (ii) reimbursement for all direct and indirect costs and expenses
  incurred on behalf of the Partnership, all selling, general and
  administrative expenses incurred by the General Partner for or on behalf of
  the Partnership and all other expenses necessary or appropriate to the
  conduct of the business of, and allocable to, the Partnership.
 
  In addition, Ferrell, the parent of the General Partner, will receive
1,000,000 Common Units, 16,118,559 Subordinated Units and the Incentive
Distribution Rights in connection with the transactions described in this
Prospectus and will be entitled to distributions thereon, as described under
"Cash Distributions Policy" above.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
  The following table sets forth the annual salary, bonuses and all other
compensation awards and payouts to the Chief Executive Officer and to named
executive officers of the Company, for the fiscal years ended July 31, 1991,
1992 and 1993.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                      -----------------------------
                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION         AWARDS         PAYOUTS
                               ---------------------- ------------------- ---------
                                               OTHER
                                              ANNUAL  RESTRICTED  STOCK   LONG-TERM    ALL OTHER
                                              COMPEN-   STOCK    OPTIONS/ INCENTIVE     COMPEN-
        NAME AND               SALARY  BONUS  SATION    AWARDS     SARS    PAYOUTS      SATION
   POTENTIAL POSITION     YEAR   ($)    ($)     ($)      ($)       (#)       ($)          ($)
<S>                       <C>  <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>
James E. Ferrell........  1993 480,000    --    --       --         --    1,502,080(1)  25,489(2)
 Chairman and Chief       1992 480,000 13,000   --       --         --          --      32,401
 Executive Officer        1991 246,000 20,000   --       --         --          --      18,439
Bradley A. Cochennet....  1993 150,000    --    --       --       2,762         --       9,315(3)
 Vice President and       1992 150,000    --    --       --         --          --      12,317
 Chief Operating Officer  1991 151,667    --    --       --         --          --      18,373
Geoffrey H. Ramsden (4).  1993 120,000    --    --       --       9,566         --       7,453(3)
 Vice President and       1992 120,000    --    --       --         --          --      12,000
 Chief Financial Officer  1991 120,000    --    --       --         --          --      17,550
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Early purchase of all the employee's 64,000 Equity Units under Ferrell's
    Long-Term Incentive Plan at a price per unit of $23.47.
(2) Includes (i) Company contributions of $13,787 to the employee's 401(k) and
    profit sharing plans and (ii) compensation of $11,702 resulting from the
    Company's payment of split dollar life insurance premiums.
(3) Company contributions to the employee's 401(k) and profit sharing plans.
(4) Mr. Ramsden resigned in January 1994.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
 
 STOCK OPTION TABLES
 
  The Board of Directors of Ferrell adopted the 1992 Key Employee Stock Option
Plan (the "Option Plan") on June 26, 1992. The Option Plan reserves 100,000
shares of Class M Common Stock of Ferrell for the purpose of allowing Ferrell
to offer options on the Class M Common Stock to officers and key employees of
Ferrell and the Company. The value of each share of Class M Common Stock is
determined by the Board of Directors of Ferrell and shall not be less than fair
market value of such stock on the date the option is granted. The following
table sets forth the option grants for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        INDIVIDUAL GRANT
                         -----------------------------------------------
                                                                          POTENTIAL REALIZED
                                                                           VALUE AT ASSUMED
                         NUMBER OF                                         ANNUAL RATES OF
                         SECURITIES    % OF TOTAL                        STOCK APPRECIATIONS
                         UNDERLYING  OPTIONS GRANTED EXERCISE             FOR OPTION TERM(2)
                          OPTIONS     TO EMPLOYEES    PRICE   EXPIRATION --------------------
       NAME               GRANTED    IN FISCAL YEAR   ($/SH)     DATE       5%        10%
<S>                      <C>         <C>             <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>
Bradley A. Cochennet....   2,762            22%       $36.20   12/30/02    $29,000   $106,000
Geoffrey H. Ramsden.....   3,836(1)         31%       $36.20   12/30/02    $41,000   $147,000
Geoffrey H. Ramsden.....   5,730(1)         47%       $89.36   01/08/03        --         --
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Options terminated as a result of Mr. Ramsden's resignation in January
    1994.
(2) These dollar amounts represent the potential realizable value of each grant
    of options assuming that the market price of the Class M Common Stock
    appreciates in value from the date of grant at 5% and 10% annual rates and
    are not intended to forecast possible future appreciation, if any, of the
    price of the Class M Common Stock.
 
  The following table lists information on the named executive officer's
exercised/unexercised options for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    VALUE OF
                                                    NUMBER OF     UNEXERCISED
                                                   UNEXERCISED    IN-THE-MONEY
                                                  OPTIONS/SARS    OPTIONS/SARS
                                                    AT FY-END      AT FY-END
                                                  ------------- ----------------
                          NUMBER OF
                           SHARES
                          ACQUIRED      VALUE     EXERCISABLE/    EXERCISABLE/
       NAME              ON EXERCISE REALIZED ($) UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE($)
<S>                      <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
Bradley A. Cochennet....     --          --         2,762/--       $57,357/--
Geoffrey H. Ramsden(1)..     --          --         9,566/--        79,674/--
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Options terminated as a result of Mr. Ramsden's resignation in January
    1994.
 
 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS
 
  The goal of Ferrell's Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to attract and
retain officers and key executives needed for the continued growth and success
of Ferrell and its affiliates through long-term incentives in the form of units
("Equity Units"). The plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (the
"Committee") of the Board of Directors of Ferrell. The Committee members who
hold an award under the Plan are ineligible to vote on matters relating to the
Plan. The Committee has the authority to determine, within the express
provisions of the Plan, the individuals to whom awards will be granted; the
amount, size and terms of each such award; the time when awards will be
granted; and the objectives and conditions for earning such awards. The
Committee has the full and final authority to interpret the provisions of the
Plan, to decide all questions of fact arising upon its application and to make
all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the
plan.
 
  The Equity Units awarded under the Plan, which were 100% vested as of July
31, 1993, are subject to purchase by Ferrell at a cash price related to the
increased value of Ferrell's common stock from 1986, as determined pursuant to
(i) an appraisal conducted by a nationally recognized investment banking firm,
(ii)
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
 
the mean of the closing bid and asked price of a class of Ferrell's common
stock if a class of Ferrell's common stock is publicly traded, or (iii) in
certain limited circumstances, including if the appraisal referred to in (i) is
more than 90 days old or if there is no public market as referred to in (ii),
the Committee shall determine the value of the Equity Units. Unless purchased
earlier, Ferrell will purchase all of the issued and outstanding Equity Units
as of July 31, 1996. The value of the Equity Units as of July 31, 1996 will be
the value of Ferrell's common stock as of such date, determined in accordance
with the valuation methods described above, less the "deemed" value of
Ferrell's common equity as of August 1, 1986.
 
  As of July 31, 1993, a total of 60,000 Equity Units, awarded in previous
years, were outstanding to the group of executive officers named in the Summary
Compensation Table as follows: Geoffrey H. Ramsden--30,000 Equity Units and
Bradley A. Cochennet--30,000 Equity Units. When Mr. Ramsden resigned in January
1994, all of his Equity Units were fully vested and were subsequently
repurchased by Ferrell. During fiscal 1993, James E. Ferrell had a total of
64,000 Equity Units repurchased by Ferrell. No additional Equity Units were
awarded under the Plan in fiscal 1993, therefore, no long-term incentive plan
awards table is presented.
 
  Compensation expense of $720,000 and $80,000 was recorded for the nine months
ended April 30, 1994 and for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1993, respectively,
pursuant to the Plan for the benefit of the Equity Unit holders. As of April
30, 1994, a liability totaling approximately $2,145,000 is recorded in the
financial statements of Ferrell as a result of the grants under this Plan.
 
 PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
  The Ferrell Profit Sharing Plan is a qualified defined contribution plan (the
"Profit Sharing Plan"). All full-time employees of Ferrell or any of its direct
or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries with at least one year of service are
eligible to participate in the Profit Sharing Plan. The Board of Directors of
Ferrell determines the amount of the annual contribution to the Profit Sharing
Plan, which is purely discretionary. This decision is based on the operating
results of Ferrell for the previous fiscal year and anticipated future cash
needs of the Company and Ferrell. The contributions are allocated to the Profit
Sharing Plan participant's based on each participant's wages or salary as
compared to the total of all participants' wages and salaries.
 
  Historically, the annual contribution to the Profit Sharing Plan has been 2%
to 7% of each participant's annual wage or salary. The Profit Sharing Plan also
has a cash-or-deferred, or 401(k), feature allowing plan participants to
specify a portion of their pre-tax and/or after-tax compensation to be
contributed to the Profit Sharing Plan.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
  The Company pays no additional remuneration to its employees (or employees
of, or legal counsel to, a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary) for
serving as directors. Directors who are not employees of the Company, a direct
or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, or counsel to any of the foregoing,
receive a fee per meeting of $500, plus reimbursement for out-of-pocket
expenses.
 
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENT
   
  On January 3, 1991, Warren Gfeller resigned as President of the Company and
as Director of Ferrell. In connection with such resignation, a severance
agreement was executed by and among Mr. Gfeller, the Company and Ferrell,
whereby Mr. Gfeller would receive $2.5 million, payable in four equal annual
installments commencing on or before January 11, 1991. As consideration for
these payments, Mr. Gfeller agreed not to compete with the Company and to the
termination and release of his participation in the Ferrell Long-Term Incentive
Plan and all bonus or performance plans maintained by the Company and Ferrell.
    
  In connection with Geoffrey H. Ramsden's resignation in January 1994, Ferrell
and Mr. Ramsden entered into a severance agreement dated March 23, 1994.
Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Mr.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
 
Ramsden received approximately $500,000 in exchange for the repurchase of his
Class M Stock and Equity Units and the termination of all rights under
Ferrell's bonus and performance plans.
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
  The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Ferrell. The following table sets
forth the beneficial ownership of the outstanding capital stock of Ferrell by
beneficial owners of five percent or more of any class of capital stock of
Ferrell, by directors of Ferrell and by all directors and officers of Ferrell
as a group as of May 31, 1994.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SHARES
        TITLE OF                                                BENEFICIALLY   PERCENT
         CLASS                  NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER          OWNED(1)     OF CLASS
<S>                       <C>                                   <C>            <C>
Class A Common Stock....  James E. Ferrell(2)                    2,562,680(3)    99.6%
                          All Directors and Officers as a Group  2,562,680       99.6%
Class M Common Stock(4).  James E. Ferrell                              --         --
                          Bradley A. Cochennet                       2,770       17.9%
                          All Directors and Officers as a Group      4,325       27.9%
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the foregoing table is defined by
    Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under
    that rule a person is generally considered to be the beneficial owner of a
    security if he has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof
    ("Voting Power") or to impose or direct the disposition thereof
    ("Investment Power") or has the right to acquire either of those powers
    within 60 days.
(2) The address for James E. Ferrell is c/o Ferrell Companies, Inc., One
    Liberty Plaza, Liberty, Missouri 64081.
(3) James E. Ferrell has sole Voting and Investment Power with respect to
    1,525,817 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Ferrell as Trustee of
    the James E. Ferrell Revocable Trust. Mr. Ferrell shares Voting and
    Investment Power with respect to 1,036,823 shares of Class A Common Stock
    held by himself and his wife, Elizabeth J. Ferrell, as joint tenants with
    rights of survivorship.
(4) The shares of Class M Common Stock are restricted to eligible employees of
    Ferrell and the Company and are non-voting and non-transferable. Ferrell
    will repurchase all of the shares of Class M Common Stock owned by such
    employees upon their death, disability, retirement, voluntary or
    involuntary termination of employment or bankruptcy. The purchase price for
    such shares is based on valuation formulas set forth in the Class M Stock
    Plan.
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
  Set forth below is a discussion of certain relationships and related
transactions among affiliates of the Company. Upon the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, the indebtedness set forth below will be
repaid and will no longer be outstanding.
 
  In the second and third quarter of fiscal year 1993, Ferrell Leasing Corp., a
subsidiary of Ferrell Properties, Inc., sold to the Company for the fair market
value of $4,100,000, the land and two buildings comprising the Company's
corporate headquarters in Liberty, Missouri. The purchase price was based on an
independent appraisal. The land and building were acquired by Ferrell Leasing
Corp. in December 1989. James E. Ferrell, a director and executive officer of
the Company, owns all of the issued and outstanding stock of Ferrell
Properties, Inc. Prior to the purchase of the buildings, the Company paid total
rent to Ferrell Leasing of $403,000.
 
  In fiscal year 1993, the Company received a capital contribution from
Ferrell. The contribution consisted of (i) the forgiveness of a $3,015,000
long-term note payable to an affiliate, including interest, and (ii) a $262,000
note receivable from an affiliate.
 
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
 
  During the three fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, the directors and
executive officers of the Company listed below have, or corporations in which
such directors or executive officers beneficially own ten percent or more of
any class of equity securities have, from time to time, been indebted to the
Company, Ferrell and/or their respective subsidiaries or affiliates in an
amount in excess of $60,000 as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 HIGHEST AMOUNT       AMOUNT
                                                OUTSTANDING SINCE OUTSTANDING AT
NAME                            RELATIONSHIP     APRIL 30, 1990   APRIL 30, 1994
<S>                           <C>               <C>               <C>
James E. Ferrell(1).........  Executive Officer    $8,895,810       $8,895,810
                               and Director
Ferrell Development,
 Inc.(2)....................  Affiliate            $1,500,000       $1,500,000
One Liberty Plaza, Inc.(2)..  Affiliate            $3,000,000       $3,000,000
Ferrell Properties, Inc.(2).  Affiliate            $1,757,946       $  262,199
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) All loans or advances to Mr. Ferrell are cash loans made by the Company for
    Mr. Ferrell's personal use. The loans or advances did not arise as a result
    of any transactions with the Company. All loans or advances to Mr. Ferrell
    are represented by a demand note which bears interest at the prime rate.
    The interest rate charged on this loan ranged from 6% to 8.5% during fiscal
    1993, from 8.5% to 10.5% during fiscal 1992, and 10.0% to 10.5% during
    fiscal 1991.
(2) Ferrell Development, Inc., and One Liberty Plaza, Inc. are wholly owned
    subsidiaries of Ferrell Properties, Inc. The indebtedness of Ferrell
    Development and One Liberty Plaza arose as a result of cash loans made by
    the Company. The indebtedness of Ferrell Properties, which was contributed
    to the Company by Ferrell in fiscal 1993, arose as a result of cash loans
    made by Ferrell. The loans did not arise as a result of any transactions
    with the Company or Ferrell. The terms of the loans, as fixed by the loan
    documents, are as favorable as could be obtained from a third party and the
    loans were approved by a majority of the Company's or Ferrell's independent
    directors. The interest income generated from the loans, which bear
    interest of the prime rate plus 1.125%, is not material to the Company or
    Ferrell.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
 
                               CASH DISTRIBUTIONS
 
  A principal objective of the Partnership is to generate cash from Partnership
operations and to distribute Available Cash to the General Partner and the
Master Partnership for distribution, in turn, to its partners. "Available Cash"
is defined in the glossary and generally means, with respect to any fiscal
period of the Partnership, the sum of all of the cash received by the
Partnership from all sources plus reductions to reserves less all of its cash
disbursements and net additions to reserves.
 
  The Partnership will make distributions to its partners with respect to each
fiscal quarter of the Partnership prior to liquidation in an amount equal to
100% of its Available Cash for such quarter. Distributions will also be made
upon liquidation of the Partnership as follows: (i) first to the creditors of
the Partnership (including the Holders of the Senior Notes) and to the creation
of a reserve for contingent liabilities and (ii) then to the General Partner
and the Master Partnership in accordance with the positive balance in their
respective capital accounts.
 
                                THE PARTNERSHIP
 
  The following paragraphs are a summary of certain provisions of the
Partnership Agreement. The form of the Partnership Agreement for the
Partnership is included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which
this Prospectus constitutes a part. The following discussion is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the Partnership Agreement. The General Partner
will serve as the general partner of the Partnership and will also serve as the
General Partner of the Master Partnership, collectively owning a 2% general
partner interest in the business and properties owned by the Partnership and
the Master Partnership on a combined basis. The Master Partnership will serve
as the sole limited partner of the Partnership, owning a 98.9899% limited
partner interest, and the General Partner, owning a 1.0101% general partner
interest, will manage and operate the Partnership. The control exercised by the
General Partner may make it more difficult for others to gain control over or
influence the activities of the Partnership.
 
THE PARTNERSHIP
 
  The Partnership and the Master Partnership were recently organized as
Delaware limited partnerships. Upon the sale of the Common Units offered
concurrently herewith, the General Partner will hold an aggregate 2% interest
as general partner, and the Unitholders (including Ferrell as an owner of
Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights) will hold a
98% interest as limited partners in the Partnership and the Master Partnership,
on a combined basis. The Partnership will dissolve on July 31, 2084, unless
sooner dissolved pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement.
 
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
  The General Partner has agreed not to voluntarily withdraw as general partner
of the Partnership prior to July 31, 2004, without obtaining the approval of
the limited partner, providing at least 90 days' written notice to the limited
partner of the Partnership, and furnishing an opinion of counsel that such
withdrawal will not result in the loss of limited liability of the limited
partner of the Partnership or cause the Partnership to be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for
federal income tax purposes (an "Opinion of Counsel"). On or after July 31,
2004, the General Partner may withdraw as general partner of the Partnership by
giving at least 90 days' advance written notice to the limited partner, and
such withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the Partnership Agreement.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
 
   
  Under the terms of both the Partnership Agreement and the Agreement of
Limited Partnership of the Master Partnership (the "Master Partnership
Agreement"), however, withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner of
the Master Partnership shall also constitute the withdrawal as general partner
of the Partnership. Under the terms of the Master Partnership Agreement, the
General Partner has agreed not to voluntarily withdraw as general partner of
the Master Partnership prior to July 31, 2004 (with limited exceptions
described below), without obtaining the approval of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding Units (excluding for purposes of such determination Units held by
the General Partner and its affiliates), providing 90 days' written notice to
the Master Partnership and its limited partners and furnishing an Opinion of
Counsel with respect to the Master Partnership and its limited partners. On or
after July 31, 2004, the General Partner may withdraw as general partner of the
Master Partnership by giving 90 days' written notice (without first obtaining
approval from the Unitholders), and such withdrawal will not constitute a
violation of the Master Partnership Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the General Partner may withdraw as general partner of the Master Partnership
without Unitholder approval upon 90 days' notice to the limited partners if
more than 50% of the outstanding Units are held or controlled by one person and
its affiliates (other than the General Partner and its affiliates). In
addition, the Master Partnership Agreement permits the General Partner (in
certain limited instances) to sell all of its general partner interest in the
Master Partnership and permits the parent corporation of the General Partner to
sell all or any portion of the capital stock of the General Partner to a third
party without the approval of the Unitholders. The transfer of all or any part
of the General Partner's partnership interest in the Master Partnership is
subject to such transferee agreeing to assume the rights and duties of the
General Partner under the Partnership Agreement and the Master Partnership
Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and
the Master Partnership Agreement, the receipt of an Opinion of Counsel and such
transferee agreeing to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if
applicable) of the partnership interest of the General Partner as the general
partner of the Partnership. Upon the withdrawal of the General Partner under
any circumstances (other than as a result of a transfer by the General Partner
of all or a part of its general partner interest in the Master Partnership),
the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units (excluding for purposes of
such determination Units held by the General Partner and its affiliates) may
select a successor to such withdrawing General Partner. Pursuant to the
Partnership Agreement, the Master Partnership, as the sole limited partner of
the Partnership, has agreed that any successor to the general partner of the
Master Partnership so elected shall also become the successor general partner
of the Partnership. If such a successor is not elected, or is elected but an
Opinion of Counsel cannot be obtained, the Master Partnership will be
dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within 180 days after such
withdrawal a majority of the Unitholders agree in writing to continue the
business of the Partnership and to the appointment of a successor General
Partner. See "--Termination and Dissolution."     
   
  The General Partner shall only be removed as general partner of the
Partnership upon the General Partner's removal as general partner of the Master
Partnership. The General Partner may not be removed as general partner of the
Master Partnership unless such removal is approved by the vote of the holders
of not less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding Units and the Master Partnership
receives an Opinion of Counsel. Any such removal is also subject to the
approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of not less
than a majority of the outstanding Units. Pursuant to the Partnership
Agreement, the Master Partnership, as the sole limited partner of the
Partnership, has agreed that any successor to the general partner of the Master
Partnership so approved shall also become the successor general partner of the
Partnership.     
 
  In the event of withdrawal of the General Partner from the Master Partnership
where such withdrawal violates the Master Partnership Agreement or removal of
the General Partner by the limited partners of the Master Partnership under
circumstances where cause exists, a successor general partner will have the
option to purchase the general partner interest of the departing General
Partner (the "Departing Partner") in the Partnership and the Master Partnership
for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of such interest. Under all
other circumstances where the General Partner withdraws or is removed by the
limited partners of the Master Partnership, the Departing Partner will have the
option to require the successor general partner
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
 
to purchase such general partner interest of the Departing Partner for such
amount. In each case such fair market value will be determined by agreement
between the Departing Partner and the successor general partner, or if no
agreement is reached, by an independent investment banking firm or other
independent experts selected by the Departing Partner and the successor general
partner (or if no expert can be agreed upon, by the expert chosen by agreement
of the experts selected by each of them). In addition, the Partnership would
also be required to reimburse the Departing Partner for all amounts due the
Departing Partner, including without limitation, all employee related
liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred in connection with the
termination of the employees employed by the Departing Partner for the benefit
of the Partnership.
 
  If the above-described option is not exercised by either the Departing
Partner or the successor general partner, as applicable, the Departing
Partner's general partner interest in the Partnership and the Master
Partnership will be converted into Common Units equal to the fair market value
of such interest as determined by an investment banking firm or other
independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.
 
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
  The General Partner may make amendments to the Partnership Agreement without
the consent of the limited partner if such amendments (i) do not adversely
affect the limited partner in any material respect, (ii) are necessary or
desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in
any opinion, directive, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or
judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute, (iii) are
required to conform the provisions of the Partnership Agreement with the
provisions of the Master Partnership Agreement or (iv) are required or
contemplated by the Partnership Agreement. In addition, the General Partner may
make certain other amendments to the Partnership Agreement without the approval
of the limited partner.
 
  All other amendments to the Partnership Agreement may be proposed only by or
with the consent of the General Partner and require the approval of the
Partnership's limited partner.
 
TERMINATION AND DISSOLUTION
 
  The Partnership will continue until July 31, 2084, unless sooner terminated
pursuant to the Partnership Agreement. The Partnership will be dissolved upon
(i) an election by the General Partner to dissolve the Partnership that is
approved by the limited partner, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of
the assets and properties of the Partnership, (iii) the entry of a decree of
judicial dissolution of the Partnership, (iv) the dissolution of the Master
Partnership or (v) withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or any other
event that results in its ceasing to be the General Partner (other than by
reason of a transfer in accordance with the Partnership Agreement or withdrawal
or removal following approval of a successor), provided that the Partnership
shall not be dissolved upon an event described in clause (v) if within a
specified period after such event the limited partner elects to continue the
business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in the
Partnership Agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical
to those set forth in the Partnership Agreement and having as a general partner
an entity approved by the limited partner of the Partnership. In addition, if
the Partnership is dissolved pursuant to an event described in clause (v) and
the Master Partnership is reconstituted pursuant to the Master Partnership
Agreement, the reconstituted Master Partnership may, as the limited partner of
the Partnership, within 180 days after such event of dissolution, elect to
reconstitute the Partnership. If such an election is made and the successor
General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the
former General Partner shall be purchased by the successor General Partner or
converted into Common Units. Such right to elect a successor general partner
and reconstitute the Partnership is subject to receipt by the Partnership of an
opinion of counsel that the exercise of such right will not result in the loss
of the limited liability of the limited partner or cause the Partnership or the
reconstituted limited partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal income
tax purposes.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
 
LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS
 
  Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is reconstituted
and continued as a new limited partnership, the person authorized to wind up
the affairs of the Partnership (the "Liquidator") will, acting with all of the
powers of the general partner that such Liquidator deems necessary or desirable
in its good faith judgment in connection therewith, liquidate the Partnership's
assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as follows: (i) first towards
the payment of all creditors of the Partnership and the creation of a reserve
for contingent liabilities and (ii) then to all partners in accordance with the
positive balance in their respective capital accounts. Under certain
circumstances and subject to certain limitations, the Liquidator may defer
liquidation or distribution of the Partnership's assets for a reasonable period
of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale
would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the partners.
   
INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS     
   
  All cash distributions from the Partnership will be made 1% to the General
Partner and 99% to the Master Partnership as limited partner.     
   
  As an incentive, if quarterly distributions of Available Cash by the Master
Partnership exceed certain specified target levels an affiliate of the General
Partner will receive distributions of Available Cash of the Master Partnership
as described below. The target levels are based on the amounts of Available
Cash distributed by the Master Partnership and incentive distributions will not
be made unless the Unitholders have received distributions at specified levels
above the minimum quarterly distribution of $.50 per Unit with respect to each
quarter, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances (the "Minimum
Quarterly Distribution"). The rights to receive incentive distributions are
referred to as "Incentive Distribution Rights."     
   
  For any quarter for which Available Cash is distributed by the Master
Partnership in respect of both the Common Units and the Subordinated Units in
an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, then any additional
Available Cash of the Master Partnership will be distributed among the
Unitholders, the General Partner and the holders of the Incentive Distribution
Rights in the following manner:     
     
    first, 99% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 1% to the General Partner,
  until the Unitholders have received a total of $0.55 for such quarter in
  respect of each Unit;     
     
    second, 86% to all Unitholders, pro rata, 13% to the holders of the
  Incentive Distribution Rights, pro rata, and 1% to the General Partner,
  until the Unitholders have received a total of $0.63 for such quarter in
  respect of each Unit;     
     
    third, 76% to all Unitholders, pro rata, 23% to the holders of the
  Incentive Distribution Rights, pro rata, and 1% to the General Partner,
  until the Unitholders have received a total of $0.82 for such quarter in
  respect of each Unit; and     
     
    fourth, 51% to all Unitholders, pro rata, 48% to the holders of the
  Incentive Distribution Rights, pro rata, and 1% to the General Partner.
         
  Because the General Partner also receives 1% from the Partnership, the
effective distribution to the General Partner will be 2% under all
circumstances and the effective distribution to all Unitholders will be reduced
by 1% in each instance.     
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
  The Senior Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture")
between the Issuers and Norwest Bank, Minnesota, National Association, as
trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the Senior Notes include those stated in
the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The Senior Notes
are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Senior Notes are referred to the
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement thereof. The following
summary of certain provisions of the Senior Notes and the Indenture does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
Senior Notes and the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain
terms used below. A copy of the proposed form of Indenture will be filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part and is
available as set forth under "Available Information." The definitions of
certain terms used in the following summary are set forth below under "Certain
Definitions."
 
  The Senior Notes will be unsecured general joint and several obligations of
the Issuers and will rank senior in right of payment to all subordinated
Indebtedness of the Issuers and on an equal basis in right of payment with all
senior Indebtedness of the Issuers, including the Partnership's borrowings
under the Credit Facility. The Senior Notes will be recourse to the property
and assets of the General Partner in its capacity as general partner of the
Partnership.
 
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
  The Senior Notes will be limited in aggregate principal amount to $250
million and will mature on           , 2001. Interest on the Senior Notes will
accrue at the rate of    % per annum and will be payable semi-annually in
arrears on            and           , commencing on           , 1994, to
Holders of record on the immediately preceding            and           .
Interest on the Senior Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of
original issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months. The Senior Notes will be payable both as to
principal and interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for
such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the
Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the
Senior Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders
of Senior Notes. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers' office
or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such
purpose. The Senior Notes will be issued in registered form, without coupons,
and in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
  The foregoing paragraph assumes that all Senior Notes issued in the Offering
will bear interest at a fixed rate. See the Partnership's pro forma
consolidated financial statements. It is possible, however, that a portion of
the Senior Notes, not anticipated to be in excess of $50 million, will bear
interest at a floating rate based on three month LIBOR.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
  The Senior Notes are not redeemable at the Issuers' option prior to
          , 1998. Thereafter, the Senior Notes will be subject to redemption at
the option of the Issuers, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to
the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period
beginning on       of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR                                                           PERCENTAGE
      <S>                                                            <C>
      1998..........................................................         %
      1999..........................................................         %
      2000..........................................................  100.000%
</TABLE>
 
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
  Except as set forth below under "Repurchase at the Option of Holders," the
Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments
with respect to the Senior Notes.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
 CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Senior Notes will
have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Senior Notes pursuant
to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price
in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control
Payment"). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will
mail a notice to each Holder stating: (1) that the Change of Control Offer is
being made pursuant to the covenant entitled "Change of Control" and that all
Senior Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and
the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 40 days
from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); (3)
that any Senior Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (4) that,
unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all
Senior Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will
cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that
Holders electing to have any Senior Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer will be required to surrender the Senior Notes, with the form
entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Senior
Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change
of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their
election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on
the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of Senior Notes delivered for purchase, and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Senior
Notes purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Senior Notes are being purchased
only in part will be issued new Senior Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion
must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.
The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange
Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Senior
Notes in connection with a Change of Control.
 
  On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent
lawful, (1) accept for payment Senior Notes or portions thereof tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the paying agent
therefor an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all
Senior Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Senior Notes so accepted together with an
officers' certificate stating the aggregate amount of the Senior Notes or
portions thereof tendered to the Issuers. The Paying Agent will promptly mail
to each Holder of Senior Notes so accepted the Change of Control Payment for
such Senior Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail to each
Holder a new Senior Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion
of the Senior Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Senior
Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.
The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer
on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
    "Change of Control" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
  disposition of all or substantially all of the Partnership's assets to any
  Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
  Act) other than James E. Ferrell, the Related Parties and any Person of
  which James E. Ferrell and the Related Parties beneficially own in the
  aggregate 51% or more of the voting Capital Interests (or if such Person is
  a partnership, 51% or more of the general partner interests), (ii) the
  liquidation or dissolution of the Partnership or the General Partner, (iii)
  the occurrence of any transaction, the result of which is that James E.
  Ferrell and the Related Parties beneficially own in the aggregate, directly
  or indirectly, less than 51% of the total voting power entitled to vote for
  the election of directors of the General Partner and (iv) the occurrence of
  any transaction, the result of which is that the General Partner is no
  longer the sole general partner of the Partnership.
 
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
 
    "Related Party" means (i) the spouse or any lineal descendant of James E.
  Ferrell, (ii) any trust for his benefit or for the benefit of his spouse or
  any such lineal descendants or (iii) any corporation, partnership or other
  entity in which James E. Ferrell and/or such other Persons referred to in
  the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) are the direct record and beneficial
  owners of all of the voting and nonvoting Equity Interests.
 
  Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture
does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Senior Notes to
require that the Issuers repurchase or redeem the Senior Notes in the event of
a takeover, recapitalization or similar restructuring.
 
  With respect to the sale of assets referred to in the definition of "Change
of Control" above, the phrase "all or substantially all" as used in the
Indenture varies according to the facts and circumstances of the subject
transaction, has no clearly established meaning under New York law (which
governs the Indenture) and is subject to judicial interpretation. Accordingly,
in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining
whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or
substantially all" of the assets of a person and therefore it may be unclear
whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether the Senior Notes are
subject to a Change of Control Offer.
 
  The agreement governing the Credit Facility will require the Partnership to
repay all amounts owing thereunder within 30 days following certain events
constituting a change of control thereunder (which are substantially similar to
the events constituting a Change of Control under the Indenture). In addition,
the exercise by the Holders of Senior Notes of their right to require the
Partnership to repurchase the Senior Notes could cause a default under the
Credit Facility, even if the occurrence of a Change of Control itself does not,
due to the financial effect of such repurchases on the Partnership. Finally,
the Partnership's ability to pay cash to the Holders of Senior Notes upon a
repurchase may be limited by the Partnership's then existing financial
resources. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Pro Forma Financial Condition--Credit Facility."
 
 ASSET SALES
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any
assets (including by way of a sale-and-leaseback) other than sales of inventory
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (provided that
the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Partnership shall be governed by the provisions of the
Indenture described above under the caption "Change of Control" and/or the
provisions described below under the caption "Merger, Consolidation or Sale of
Assets" and not by the provisions of this paragraph) or (ii) issue or sell
Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i)
or (ii) above, whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, (a) that have a fair market value in excess of $5 million, or (b)
for net proceeds in excess of $5 million (each of the foregoing, an "Asset
Sale"), unless (x) the Partnership (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be)
receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the
fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of and (y) at least
80% of the consideration therefor received by the Partnership or such
Subsidiary is in the form of cash; provided, however, that the amount of (A)
any liabilities (as shown on the Partnership's or such Subsidiary's most recent
balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Partnership or any Subsidiary
(other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of
payment to the Senior Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such
assets and (B) any notes or other obligations received by the Partnership or
any such Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately converted by the
Partnership or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received),
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and provided,
further, that the 80% limitation referred to in this clause (y) shall not apply
to any Asset Sale in which the cash portion of the consideration received
therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing proviso, is equal to or
greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale
complied with the aforementioned 80% limitation. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Asset Sales shall not be deemed to include (1) any transfer of assets by the
Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries to a Subsidiary of the Partnership that
is a Guarantor, (2) any transfer of assets by the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries to any Person in exchange for other assets used in a line of
business permitted under the "Line of Business" covenant
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
 
and having a fair market value not less than that of the assets so transferred
and (3) any transfer of assets pursuant to a Permitted Investment.
 
  Within 270 days after any Asset Sale, the Partnership may apply the Net
Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (a) permanently reduce Indebtedness
outstanding under the Credit Facility (with a permanent reduction of
availability in the case of revolving Indebtedness) or (b) an investment in
capital expenditures or other long-term/tangible assets, in each case, in the
same line of business as the Partnership was engaged in on the date of the
Indenture. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the
Partnership may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Credit Facility or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the
Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not applied or
invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to
constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
exceeds $15 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of Senior
Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of
Senior Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer
price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuers will comply with
the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Senior Notes in connection with an Asset
Sale Offer. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Senior Notes tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the
Partnership may use such deficiency for general business purposes. If the
aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes surrendered by Holders thereof
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Senior
Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of such offer to
purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
 
 Selection and Notice
 
  If less than all of the Senior Notes are to be redeemed at any time,
selection of Senior Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange,
if any, or the Nasdaq National Market on which the Senior Notes are listed or
quoted, as applicable, or, if the Senior Notes are not so listed or quoted,
then, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate, provided that no Senior Notes of $1,000 or less shall be
redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at
least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of
Senior Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Senior Note is to
be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Senior
Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A
new Senior Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof
will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the
original Senior Note. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on Senior Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
 
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership may, at any time that it
transfers or causes to be transferred to any of its Subsidiaries assets,
businesses or properties having a fair market value (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the General Partner, whose determination
shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of such Board) of $5 million
or more, cause such Subsidiary (each such Subsidiary, a "Guarantor") to
unconditionally guarantee (each such guarantee, a "Subsidiary Guarantee"),
jointly and severally, the Issuers' payment obligations under the Senior Notes.
Each Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture evidencing its Subsidiary Guarantee, together with an opinion of
counsel with respect to certain matters set forth in the Indenture. The
obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited so
as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See,
however, "Risk Factors--Fraudulent Conveyance Matters."
 
  The Indenture will provide that no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge
with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another
Person whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless (i) subject to the
provisions of the following paragraph, the Person formed by or surviving any
such
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
 
consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Senior Notes and
the Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default or Event of Default exists; and (iii) such Guarantor, or any Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, (A) would have
Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after giving effect to such transaction),
equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of such Guarantor
immediately preceding the transaction and (B) would be permitted by virtue of
the Partnership's pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to incur, immediately
after giving effect to such transaction, to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the
covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
  The Indenture will provide that in the event of a sale or other disposition
of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Interests of
any Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other
disposition, by way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the
Capital Interests of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property
(in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of such
Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other
disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
Indenture. See "Redemption or Repurchase at Option of Holders--Asset Sales."
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
 RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
   
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or make any
distribution or pay any dividend on account of the Partnership's or any
Subsidiary's Equity Interests (other than (x) distributions or dividends
payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Interests) of the
Partnership, (y) distributions or dividends payable to the Partnership or a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Partnership that is a Guarantor or (z)
distributions or dividends payable pro rata to all holders of Capital Interests
of any such Subsidiary); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire
for value any Equity Interests of the Partnership or any Subsidiary or other
Affiliate of the Partnership (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the
Partnership or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Partnership that is a
Guarantor); (iii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Senior Notes; or (iv) make any
Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses
(i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted
Payments"), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:     
 
    (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
  or would occur as a consequence thereof;
 
    (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Partnership for the
  Partnership's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
  internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date
  on which such Restricted Payment is made, calculated on a pro forma basis
  as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of such four-
  quarter period, would have been more than 2.25 to 1;
     
    (c) such Restricted Payment (the amount of any such payment, if other
  than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors of the General
  Partner, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a
  resolution in an Officer's Certificate delivered to the Trustee), together
  with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments (other than any
  Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of clauses (ii), (iii) or
  (iv) of the penultimate paragraph of this covenant) made by the Partnership
  and its Subsidiaries in the fiscal quarter during which such Restricted
  Payment is made shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of (i)
  Available Cash of the Partnership for the immediately preceding fiscal
  quarter (or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter during which
  Restricted Payments are made, the     
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
 
     
  amount of Available Cash of the Partnership for the period commencing on
  the date of the Indenture and ending on the last day of the immediately
  preceding fiscal quarter) plus (ii) the lesser of (x) the amount of
  Available Cash of the Partnership for the first 45 days of the fiscal
  quarter during which such Restricted Payment is made and (y) the amount of
  working capital Indebtedness that the Partnership could have incurred on
  the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter under the terms of
  the agreements and instruments governing its outstanding Indebtedness on
  such date; and     
     
    (d) the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and Non-Recourse Subsidiaries
  shall have in the aggregate (i) acquired, improved or repaired property,
  plant or equipment which is accounted for as a capital expenditure in
  accordance with GAAP or (ii) acquired, through merger or otherwise, all or
  substantially all of the outstanding Capital Interests, or all or
  substantially all of the assets, of any entity engaged in the business in
  which the Partnership is engaged on the date of the Indenture (each of the
  transactions referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, a "Capital
  Investment") for Aggregate Consideration since the date of the Indenture
  which, when added to all cash reserves then funded and maintained by the
  Partnership (the proceeds of which shall be used solely for Capital
  Investments) is no less than the amounts set forth in the table below, if
  such Restricted Payment is made in the 12-month period beginning August 1
  of the years indicated:     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        YEAR                                          AMOUNT
        ----                                       ------------
        <S>                                        <C>
        1994...................................... $0
        1995...................................... $15 million
        1996...................................... $30 million
        1997...................................... $45 million
        1998...................................... $70 million
        1999...................................... $95 million
        2000...................................... $120 million
</TABLE>
 
  For purposes of the foregoing, "Aggregate Consideration" at any date shall
mean all cash paid in connection with the all Capital Investments consummated
on or prior to such date, the fair market value of all Capital Interests of the
Master Partnership or the Partnership (determined by the General Partner in
good faith with reference to, among other things, the trading price of such
Capital Interests, if then traded on any national securities exchange or
automated quotation system) constituting all or a portion of the purchase price
of all Capital Investments consummated on or prior to such date, and the
aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the
Partnership in connection with all Capital Investments consummated on or prior
to such date.
 
  The foregoing provisions will not prohibit (i) the payment of any
distribution within 60 days after the date on which the Partnership becomes
committed to make such distribution, if at said date of commitment such payment
would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture; (ii) the redemption,
repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the
Partnership in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Partnership) of other Equity
Interests of the Partnership (other than any Disqualified Interests); (iii) the
defeasance, redemption or repurchase of subordinated Indebtedness with the
proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; and (iv) the defeasance,
redemption or repurchase of any Existing Subordinated Debentures of the Company
and the payment of all costs and expenses in connection therewith.
 
  Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the General Partner
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations required by the covenant "Restricted Payments" were computed,
which calculations may be based upon the Partnership's latest available
financial statements.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
 
 INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF DISQUALIFIED INTERESTS
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with
respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt)
and that the Partnership will not issue any Disqualified Interests and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock;
provided, however, that the Partnership may incur Indebtedness and any
Subsidiary of the Partnership may incur Acquired Debt if:
 
    (a) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Partnership's most recently
  ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
  available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
  Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.75 to 1 if such date is
  on or prior to           , 1996 and 3.00 to 1 if such date is after
            , 1996, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including
  a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the
  additional Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-
  quarter period; and
 
    (b) either (x) such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of
  payment to the Senior Notes and shall have a Weighted Average Life to
  Maturity greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of
  the Senior Notes or (y) such Indebtedness shall be Permitted Senior Debt
  and the Senior Debt Ratio Test shall have been met at the time of
  incurrence thereof.
 
  The foregoing limitations will not apply to: (i) the Indebtedness represented
by the Senior Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees; (ii) the incurrence by the
Partnership of Indebtedness pursuant to the Credit Facility in an aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $185 million; (iii)
revolving Indebtedness incurred solely for working capital purposes in an
aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $20 million at any time on
or prior to           , 1996 and $40 million thereafter, provided, in each
case, that the outstanding principal balance of such revolving Indebtedness
(or, if such revolving Indebtedness is incurred as an addition or extension to
the Credit Facility, the outstanding principal balance under the Credit
Facility in excess of the limits set forth in clause (ii) above) shall be
reduced to zero for a period of 30 consecutive days during each fiscal year;
(iv) the incurrence by the Partnership of Indebtedness in respect of
Capitalized Lease Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$15 million; (v) the Existing Indebtedness; (vi) the incurrence by the
Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in
exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew,
replace, defease or refund any then outstanding Indebtedness of the Partnership
or such Subsidiary not incurred in violation of the Indenture; (vii) Hedging
Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest
rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by
the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding; (viii) Indebtedness of any
Subsidiary of the Partnership to the Partnership or any of its Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries; (ix) the incurrence by the Partnership or the Insurance Company
Subsidiary of Indebtedness owing directly to its insurance carriers (without
duplication) in connection with the Partnership's, its Subsidiaries' or its
Affiliates' self-insurance programs or other similar forms of retained
insurable risks for their respective retail propane businesses, consisting of
reinsurance agreements and indemnification agreements (and guarantees of the
foregoing) secured by letters of credit, provided that the Indebtedness
evidence by such reinsurance agreements, indemnification agreements, guarantees
and letters of credit shall be counted (without duplication) for purposes of
all calculations pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test above; (x)
surety bonds and appeal bonds required in the ordinary course of business or in
connection with the enforcement of rights or claims of the Partnership or any
of its Subsidiaries or in connection with judgments that do not result in a
Default or Event of Default; (xi) the incurrence by the Partnership (or any
Subsidiary of the Partnership that is a Guarantor) of Indebtedness in
connection with acquisitions of retail propane businesses in favor of the
sellers of such businesses in a principal amount not to exceed $15 million in
any fiscal year or $45 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time,
provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred in connection
with any such acquisition shall not exceed the fair market value of the assets
so acquired; and (xii) in addition to the Indebtedness permitted under the
foregoing clauses (i) through (xi), the incurrence by the Partnership of
Indebtedness in an aggregate
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
 
principal amount outstanding not to exceed $15 million at any time, provided
that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xii) shall be
subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes and shall have a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to
Maturity of the Senior Notes.
 
  The "Senior Debt Ratio Test" will be met with respect to the incurrence of
any Indebtedness by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership if the
ratio of (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Senior Debt on the
date of and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (the
"Incurrence Date") to (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow for the Partnership's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available immediately preceding the Incurrence Date would have
been 2.50 to 1 or less. For purposes of the computation in clause (1) of the
foregoing sentence, the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness under the
Credit Facility shall be deemed to equal the principal amount of such
Indebtedness actually outstanding plus the maximum additional principal amount
of such Indebtedness available thereunder, and letters of credit shall be
deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of
the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder. The foregoing
calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow shall give pro forma effect to
acquisitions (including all mergers and consolidations), dispositions and
discontinuance of operations that have been made by the Partnership or any of
its Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to the Incurrence Date assuming that all such
acquisitions, dispositions and discontinuance of operations had occurred on the
first day of the four-quarter reference period in the same manner as described
under the definition of "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio."
 
  For purposes of the foregoing, any revolving Indebtedness (under the Credit
Facility or otherwise) shall be deemed to have been incurred only at such time
at which the agreements and instruments (or any amendments thereto that
increase the amount, reduce the Weighted Average Life to Maturity, change any
subordination provisions or create any additional obligor of such revolving
Indebtedness) are executed, in an amount equal to the maximum amount of such
revolving Indebtedness permitted to be borrowed thereunder, and the
Partnership's ability to borrow or reborrow such revolving Indebtedness up to
such maximum permitted amount shall not thereafter be limited by the foregoing
(other than the proviso set forth in clause (iii) of the second paragraph of
the description of such covenant contained herein).
 
 LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement with any Person
providing for the leasing by the Partnership or such Subsidiary of any property
that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Partnership or such
Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing, unless (a) the
Partnership or such Subsidiary would be permitted under the Indenture to incur
Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such property in an amount equal to the
Attributable Debt with respect to such sale and leaseback transaction or (b)
the lease in such sale and leaseback transaction is for a term not in excess of
the lesser of (i) three years and (ii) 60% of the useful remaining life of such
property.
 
 LIENS
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, or any
income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income
therefrom, except Permitted Liens.
 
 DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause
or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions
to the
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
 
   
Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Interests or (2) with
respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits,
(b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries,
(c) make loans or advances to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or (d)
transfer any of its properties or assets to the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of (i) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date of the Indenture,
(ii) the Credit Facility, as in effect on the date of the Indenture, the
Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, (iii) applicable law, (iv)
any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Interests of a Person acquired
by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such
acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection
with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction
is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person,
other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired,
provided that the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person to the extent that
dividends, distributions, loans, advances or transfers thereof is limited by
such encumbrance or restriction on the date of acquisition is not taken into
account in determining whether such acquisition was permitted by the terms of
the Indenture, (v) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into
in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, (vi)
purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (d) above
on the property so acquired, (vii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of any
Existing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more
restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness
being refinanced or (viii) agreements governing any Indebtedness that is
permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture and that is incurred to
extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness outstanding
pursuant to the Credit Facility, provided that the restrictions contained in
the agreements governing such refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive
than those contained in the Credit Facility, as in effect on the date of the
Indenture.     
 
 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership may not consolidate or merge
with or into (whether or not the Partnership is the surviving Person), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another
Person unless (i) the Partnership is the surviving Person, or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Partnership) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition shall have been made is a corporation or partnership
organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia; (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Partnership) or the Person to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall
have been made assumes all the obligations of the Partnership, pursuant to a
supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under
the Senior Notes and the Indenture; (iii) immediately after such transaction no
Default or Event of Default exists; and (iv) the Partnership or such other
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall
have been made (A) will have Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after the
transaction but prior to any purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the
transaction) equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
Partnership immediately preceding the transaction and (B) will, at the time of
such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant
entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
  The Indenture will also provide that Finance Corp. may not consolidate or
merge with or into (whether or not Finance Corp. is the surviving Person), or
sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related
transactions, to another Person unless (i) Finance Corp. is the surviving
Person, or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
(if other than Finance Corp.) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
 
disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia
and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Partnership; (ii) the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Finance Corp.) or the
Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of Finance Corp.,
pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, under the Senior Notes and the Indenture; and (iii) immediately after
such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists.
 
 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Partnership will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any
of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or
enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate, including any Non-Recourse
Subsidiary (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless (a) such
Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Partnership
or the relevant Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a
comparable transaction by the Partnership or such Subsidiary with an unrelated
Person and (b) with respect to (i) any Affiliate Transaction with an aggregate
value in excess of $500,000, a majority of the directors of the General Partner
having no direct or indirect economic interest in such Affiliate Transaction
determines by resolution that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause
(a) above and approves such Affiliate Transaction and (ii) any Affiliate
Transaction involving the purchase or other acquisition or sale, lease,
transfer or other disposition of properties or assets other than in the
ordinary course of business, in each case, having a fair market value or for
net proceeds in excess of $15 million, the Partnership delivers to the Trustee
an opinion as to the fairness to the Partnership or such Subsidiary from a
financial point of view issued by an investment banking firm of national
standing; provided, however, that (A) any employment agreement or stock option
agreement entered into by the Partnership (or the General Partner) in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practice of the
Partnership or such Subsidiary, (B) transactions permitted by the provisions of
the Indenture described above under the covenant "Restricted Payments," and (C)
transaction entered into by the Partnership or the Insurance Company Subsidiary
in the ordinary course of business in connection with reinsuring the self-
insurance programs or other similar forms of retained insurable risks of the
retail propane businesses operated by the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and its
Affiliates, in each case, shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions.
 
 RESTRICTIONS ON NATURE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ACTIVITIES OF FINANCE CORP.
 
  In addition to the restrictions set forth under the "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covenant above, the Indenture
will provide that Finance Corp. may not incur any Indebtedness unless (a) the
Partnership is a co-obligor or guarantor of such Indebtedness or (b) the net
proceeds of such Indebtedness are lent to the Partnership, used to acquire
outstanding debt securities issued by the Partnership or used directly or
indirectly to refinance or discharge Indebtedness permitted under the
limitations of this paragraph. The Indenture will also provide that Finance
Corp. may not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to
obtaining money or arranging financing for the Partnership.
 
 LINE OF BUSINESS
 
  The Indenture will provide that for so long as any Senior Notes are
outstanding, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries will not materially or
substantially engage in any business other than that in which the Partnership
and its Subsidiaries were engaged on the date of the Indenture.
 
 REPORTS
 
  Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), so long as any Senior Notes are
outstanding, the Issuers will furnish to the Holders of Senior
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
 
Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Issuers were required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with
respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Issuers'
certified independent accountants and (ii) all reports that would be required
to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuers were required to
file such reports. To the extent permitted under the rules and regulations of
the Commission, such information and reports with respect to the Master
Partnership may be filed in lieu of such information and reports with respect
to the Partnership. In addition, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Commission, the Issuers will file a copy of all such
information with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission
will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to investors
who request it in writing.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
  The Indenture will provide that each of the following constitutes an Event of
Default: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the
Senior Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium,
if any, on the Senior Notes; (iii) failure by the Issuers for 20 days to comply
with the provisions described under the covenants "Change of Control," "Asset
Sales," "Restricted Payments," "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock" or "Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets"; (iv) failure by
the Issuers or any Guarantor for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its
other agreements in the Indenture or the Senior Notes; (v) default under any
mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed
by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or
guarantee now exists or is created after the date of the Indenture, which
default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period
provided in such Indebtedness (a "Payment Default") or (b) results in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each
case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a
Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates
$10 million or more, excluding any acceleration of maturity of the Indebtedness
represented by the Company's Existing Floating Rate Notes and Existing Fixed
Rate Notes to the extent that such Indebtedness shall be redeemed on or prior
to the 40th day after the date of the Indenture; (vi) failure by the
Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in
excess of $10 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed
within 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary
Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or
invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any
Guarantor, or any Person acing on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or
disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (viii) certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Partnership or any of
its Subsidiaries.
 
  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes may
declare all the Senior Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events
of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to either Issuer, any Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Senior Notes will become due and
payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders of the Senior
Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Senior Notes except as provided in
the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes may direct the Trustee in
its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of
the Senior Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a
Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest)
if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
 
  In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action
(or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuers with the
intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuers
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
 
would have had to pay if the Issuers then had elected to redeem the Senior
Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an
equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the
extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Senior Notes. If an Event
of Default occurs prior to           , 1998, by reason of any willful action
(or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuers with the
intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Senior Notes prior
to such date, then the premium specified in the Indenture shall also become
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the
acceleration of the Senior Notes.
 
  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes
then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all
of the Senior Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
Senior Notes.
 
  The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF LIMITED PARTNERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
STOCKHOLDERS
 
  No limited partner of the Partnership or director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the General Partner or Finance Corp., as such,
shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor
under the Senior Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Senior Notes by accepting a Senior Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Senior Notes. Such waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the
view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
  The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their
obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Senior Notes ("Legal
Defeasance") except for (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Senior Notes
to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on such Senior Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the Issuers'
obligations with respect to the Senior Notes concerning issuing temporary
Senior Notes, registration of Senior Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Senior Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and
money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts,
duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers' obligations in
connection therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have
the obligations of the Issuers released with respect to certain covenants that
are described in the Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any
omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or
Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes. In the event Covenant
Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy,
receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under "Events of
Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the
Senior Notes.
 
  In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) the
Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders of the Senior Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants,
to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding
Senior Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as
the case may be, of such principal or installment of principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on the outstanding Senior Notes; (ii) in the case of Legal
Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that (A) the Issuers shall have received from, or there shall have been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of
the Indenture, there shall have been a change in the applicable federal income
tax law, in
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
 
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall
confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Senior Notes will not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal
Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the
Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United
States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
outstanding Senior Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject
to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(iv) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency
events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after
the date of deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material
agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuers or any
of their Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuers or any of their
Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an
opinion of counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit,
the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally; (vii) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the
intent of preferring the Holders of Senior Notes over the other creditors of
the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Issuers or others; and (viii) the Issuers shall have delivered
to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or
the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
  A Holder may transfer or exchange Senior Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or
exchange any Senior Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not
required to transfer or exchange any Senior Note for a period of 15 days before
a selection of Senior Notes to be redeemed.
 
  The registered Holder of a Senior Note will be treated as its owner for all
purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
  Except as provided in the next succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture or the
Senior Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of
at least a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
offer for Senior Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any
provision of the Indenture or the Senior Notes may be waived with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior
Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for Senior Notes).
 
  Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with respect to any Senior Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): (i) reduce
the principal amount of Senior Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the
fixed maturity of any Senior Note or alter the provisions with respect to the
redemption of the Senior Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants
described above under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (iii)
reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Senior
Note, (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of
or premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Notes (except a rescission of
acceleration of the Senior Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes and a waiver of the payment
default that resulted from such
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
 
acceleration), (v) make any Senior Note payable in money other than that stated
in the Senior Notes, (vi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture
relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Senior Notes
to receive payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Senior
Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Senior Note (other
than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption
"Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (viii) except as otherwise permitted in
the Indenture, release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee or change any Subsidiary Guarantee in any manner that would adversely
affect the rights of Holders of Senior Notes or (ix) make any change in the
foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of Senior
Notes, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
Senior Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Senior Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Senior
Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuers' obligations to Holders of
the Senior Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change
that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the
Senior Notes (including the creation of any Subsidiary Guarantees) or that does
not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder,
or to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
  The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Issuers, to obtain payment of claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any
such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in
other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must
eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission
to continue or resign.
 
  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to
certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default
shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the
conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture
at the request of any Holder of Senior Notes, unless such Holder shall have
offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any
loss, liability or expense.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
  Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Senior Note Indenture.
Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as
well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is
provided.
 
  "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) Indebtedness
of any other Person existing at the time such other Person merged with or into
or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging
with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person and (ii)
Indebtedness encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
  "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall
mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however,
that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person
shall be deemed to be control.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
 
  "Attributable Debt" means, in respect of a sale and leaseback arrangement of
any property, as at the time of determination, the present value (calculated
using a discount rate equal to the interest rate of the Senior Notes and annual
compounding) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during
the remaining term of the lease included in such arrangement (including any
period for which such lease has been extended).
 
  "Available Cash" has the meaning given to such term in the Partnership
Agreement, as amended to the date of the Indenture.
 
  "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is to
be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be so required to be capitalized on the balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Capital Interests" means any and all shares, interests, participations,
rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including,
without limitation, with respect to partnerships, partnership interests
(whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of,
or distributions of assets of, such partnership.
 
  "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities issued or
directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any
agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than eighteen
months from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and
overnight bank deposits, in each case with any lender party to the Credit
Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in
excess of $500 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better, (iv)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) entered into with
any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii)
above, (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation and in each case
maturing within nine months after the date of acquisition and (vi) investments
in money market funds all of whose assets consist of securities of the types
described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v).
 
  "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (a) an amount
equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with
an asset sale (to the extent such losses were deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income), plus (b) provision for taxes based on income or
profits of such Person for such period, to the extent such provision for taxes
was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (c) consolidated
interest expense of such Person for such period, whether paid or accrued
(including amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments
and the interest component of any payments associated with Capital Lease
Obligations and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the
extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (d)
depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other
intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid
in a prior period) of such Person for such period to the extent such
depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net
Income, in each case, for such period without duplication on a consolidated
basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such
period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided,
that (i) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is
accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the
extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent Person
or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof, (ii) the Net Income of any Person that is
a Subsidiary (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be included only to
the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent
Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof, (iii) the Net Income of any Person
acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
 
date of such acquisition shall be excluded (except to the extent otherwise
includable under clause (i) above) and (iv) the cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principles shall be excluded.
 
  "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the partners or common stockholders
of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii) the
respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with
respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Interests)
that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such
dividends may be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the
year of such declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash
received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (x) all
write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations
and write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business made within 12
months after the acquisition of such business) subsequent to the date of the
Indenture in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or a consolidated
Subsidiary of such Person, (y) all investments as of such date in
unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons that are not Subsidiaries (except,
in each case, Permitted Investments), and (z) all unamortized debt discount and
expense and unamortized deferred charges as of such date, all of the foregoing
determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Credit Facility" means the credit facility under that certain Credit
Agreement, dated as of           , 1994, by and among the Partnership, the
Insurance Company Subsidiary, the General Partner and Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association, as Agent for the financial institutions listed
therein, providing for up to $185 million of credit borrowings and letters of
credit, including any related notes, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded,
replaced or refinanced from time to time.
 
  "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
 
  "Disqualified Interests" means any Capital Interests which, by their terms
(or by the terms of any security into which they are convertible or for which
they are exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is
mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or
prior to           , 2001.
 
  "Equity Interests" means Capital Interests and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Interests (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for Capital Interests).
 
  "Existing Indebtedness" means up to $    million in aggregate principal
amount of Indebtedness of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries (other than
under the Credit Facility) in existence on the date of the Indenture, until
such amounts are repaid.
 
  "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period
to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the
reference Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees,
redeems or repays any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings)
subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date of the event for which
the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation
Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro
forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption or repayment
of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
reference period. The foregoing calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
shall also give pro forma effect to acquisitions (including all mergers and
consolidations), dispositions and discontinuance of businesses or assets that
have been made by the reference Person or any of its Subsidiaries during the
reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the
Calculation Date assuming that all such acquisitions, dispositions and
discontinuance of businesses or assets had occurred on the first day of the
reference period; provided, however, that (a) Fixed Charges shall be reduced by
amounts attributable to
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
 
businesses or assets that are so disposed of or discontinued only to the extent
that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges would no longer be
obligations contributing to the Partnership's Fixed Charges subsequent to the
Calculation Date and (b) Consolidated Cash Flow generated by an acquired
business or asset shall be determined by the actual gross profit (revenues
minus cost of goods sold) of such acquired business or asset during the
immediately preceding number of full fiscal quarters as in the reference period
minus the pro forma expenses that would have been incurred by the Partnership
in the operation of such acquired business or asset during such period computed
on the basis of (i) personnel expenses for employees retained by the
Partnership in the operation of the acquired business or asset and (ii) non-
personnel costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership on a per gallon basis
in the operation of the Partnership's business at similarly situated
Partnership facilities. If the applicable reference period for any calculation
of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio with respect to the Partnership shall
include a portion prior to the date of the Indenture, then such Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based upon the Consolidated Cash Flow and
the Fixed Charges of the General Partner for such portion of the reference
period prior to the date of the Indenture and the Consolidated Cash Flow and
the Fixed Charges of the Partnership for the remaining portion of the reference
period on and after the date of the Indenture, giving pro forma effect, as
described in the two foregoing sentences, to all applicable transactions
occurring on the date of the Indenture or otherwise.
 
  "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person for
such period, whether paid or accrued, to the extent such expense was deducted
in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue
discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations and net payments (if any) pursuant to
Hedging Obligations), (b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptances financing,
(c) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed
by such Person or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person and (d) the
product of (i) all cash dividend payments (and non-cash dividend payments in
the case of a Person that is a Subsidiary) on any series of preferred stock of
such Person, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the
denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and
local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case,
on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect in the United States of America on the date of
the Indenture.
 
  "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.
 
  "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.
 
  "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or representing Capital Lease
Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property or representing any Hedging Obligations, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of
the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all indebtedness of others secured
by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is
assumed by
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
 
such Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such
Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.
 
  "Insurance Company Subsidiary" means Stratton Insurance Company, a Vermont
corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership.
 
  "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including
Guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel
and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether
or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the
nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement
under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction).
 
  "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such
Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect
of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not loss),
together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss),
realized in connection with (a) any asset sale (including, without limitation,
dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions), or (b) the
disposition of any securities or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such
Person or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) any extraordinary gain (but not
loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain
(but not loss), provided, however, that all costs and expenses with respect to
the retirement of the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Subordinated
Debentures, including, without limitation, cash premiums, tender offer
premiums, consent payments and all fees and expenses in connection therewith,
shall be added back to the Net Income of the Company, the Partnership or their
Subsidiaries to the extent that the same were deducted from such Net Income in
accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Partnership
or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the direct
costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to
the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets the
subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the
sale price of such asset or assets.
 
  "Non-Recourse Subsidiary" means (1) the Insurance Company Subsidiary and (2)
any other Person that would otherwise be a Subsidiary of the Partnership but is
designated as a Non-Recourse Subsidiary in a resolution of the Board of
Directors of the General Partner, so long as (a) no portion of the Indebtedness
or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of such Person (i) is
guaranteed by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) is recourse or
obligates the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in any way or (iii)
subjects any property or asset of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries,
directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to satisfaction thereof, (b)
neither the Partnership nor any of its Subsidiaries has any contract,
agreement, arrangement or understanding or is subject to an obligation of any
kind, written or oral, with such Person other than on terms no less favorable
to the Partnership and its Subsidiaries than those that might be obtained at
the time from persons who are not Affiliates of the Partnership, (c) neither
the Partnership nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation with respect to
such Person (i) to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Stock or other
Equity Interests therein or (ii) maintain or preserve such Person's
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
 
financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve certain levels of
operating or other financial results, and (d) such Person has no more than
$1,000 of assets at the time of such designation.
 
  "Obligations" means any principal, premiums, interest, penalties, fees, in-
demnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the
documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
  "Permitted Investments" means (a) any Investments in Cash Equivalents; (b)
any Investments in the Partnership or in a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Partnership that is a Guarantor; (c) Investments by the Partnership or any
Subsidiary of the Partnership in a Person, if as a result of such Investment
(i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Partnership and a
Guarantor or (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or
into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Partnership or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Partnership that is a Guarantor; and (d) other Investments in Non-Recourse
Subsidiaries of the Partnership that do not exceed $30 million at any time
outstanding.
 
  "Permitted Liens" means (a) Liens existing on the date of the Indenture; (b)
Liens in favor of the Issuers or Liens to secure Indebtedness of a Subsidiary
of the Partnership to the Partnership or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Partnership; (c) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person
is merged into or consolidated with the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the
Partnership; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets
other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the
Partnership; (d) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof
by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership; provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; (e)
Liens on any property or asset acquired by the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries in favor of the seller of such property or asset and construction
mortgages on property, in each case, created within six months after the date
of acquisition, construction or improvement of such property or asset by the
Partnership or such Subsidiary to secure the purchase price or other obligation
of the Partnership or such Subsidiary to the seller of such property or asset
or the construction or improvement cost of such property in an amount up to 80%
of the total cost of the acquisition, construction or improvement of such
property or asset; provided that in each case, such Lien does not extend to any
other property or asset of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries; (f) Liens
incurred or pledges and deposits made in connection with worker's compensation,
unemployment insurance and other social security benefits and Liens to secure
the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance
bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the
ordinary course of business; (g) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental
charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently
concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be
required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (h) Liens
imposed by law, such as mechanics', carriers', warehousemen's, materialmen's,
and vendors' Liens, incurred in good faith in the ordinary course of business;
(i) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations,
restrictions on the use of real property or minor irregularities of title
incident thereto that do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the
value of the property or the assets of the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries or impair the use of such property in the operation of the
business of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries; (j) Liens of landlords
or mortgagees of landlords, arising solely by operation of law, on fixtures and
movable property located on premises leased by the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (k) financing statements
granted with respect to personal property leased by the Partnership and its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the owners of such personal
property, provided that such financing statements are granted solely in
connection with such leases and not the borrowing of money or the obtaining of
advances or credit; (l) judgment Liens to the extent that such judgments do not
cause or constitute a Default or an Event of Default; (m) Liens incurred in the
ordinary course of business of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the
Partnership with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5 million in the
aggregate at any one time outstanding and that (i) are not incurred in
connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit
(other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) do not in
the aggregate materially detract
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
 
from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the
operation of business by the Partnership or such Subsidiary; (n) Liens securing
Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien
permitted under the Indenture, provided that (i) any such Lien shall not extend
to or cover any assets or property not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced
and (ii) the refinancing Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall have been
permitted to be incurred under the "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock" covenant and shall not have a principal amount in excess of
the Indebtedness so refinanced; and (o) any extension or renewal, or successive
extensions or renewals, in whole or in part, of Liens permitted pursuant to the
foregoing clauses (a) through (m); provided that no such extension or renewal
Lien shall (i) secure more than the amount of Indebtedness or other obligations
secured by the Lien being so extended or renewed or (ii) extend to any property
or assets not subject to the Lien being so extended or renewed.
 
  "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the
Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership issued in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (other
than Indebtedness under the Credit Facility) or the Indebtedness represented by
the then outstanding existing Subordinated Debentures of the Company; provided
that (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred
in connection therewith); (b) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded; (c) such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the
Senior Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Senior Notes as
those, if any, contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and (d) such
Indebtedness (other than indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, renew,
replace, defease or refund the Existing Subordinated Debentures) is incurred by
the Partnership or the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
 
  "Permitted Senior Debt" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Acquired
Debt of such Person, (ii) any Indebtedness incurred by such Person, the
proceeds of which are applied solely to finance capital expenditures made to
improve or enhance the existing capital assets of such Person or to acquire or
construct new capital assets (but excluding capital expenditures necessary to
maintain the existing capital assets of such Person) and (iii) any Indebtedness
incurred by such Person, the proceeds of which are used solely for working
capital purposes.
 
  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
 
  "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
 
  "Senior Debt" means, without duplication, (i) the Senior Notes, (ii) all
other Indebtedness of the Partnership or Finance Corp., unless the instrument
under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (iii) all Indebtedness of
Subsidiaries of the Partnership, other than Finance Corp.
 
  "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Partnership that would
be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation
S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the
date hereof.
   
  "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association
or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of
shares of Capital Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof
or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the partners' Capital
Interests (considering all partners' Capital     
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
 
   
Interests as a single class), is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such
Person or a combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary
of the Partnership that is designated a Non-Recourse Subsidiary pursuant to the
definition thereof shall not thereafter be deemed a Subsidiary of the
Partnership.     
 
  "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse
between such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding
principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that with respect to
any revolving Indebtedness, the foregoing calculation of Weighted Average Life
to Maturity shall be determined based upon the total available commitments and
the required reductions of commitments in lieu of the outstanding principal
amount and the required payments of principal, respectively.
 
  "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all
of the outstanding Capital Interests or other ownership interests or, in the
case of a limited partnership, all of the partners' Capital Interests (other
than up to a 1% general partner interest), of which (other than directors'
qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
  The following summary describes the principal federal income tax consequences
of ownership and disposition of the Senior Notes to Holders who are initial
holders and who purchase the Senior Notes at the "issue price" (as defined
below) and certain federal income tax issues affecting the Partnership. This
summary represents the opinion of Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts, P.C., counsel to
the General Partner and the Issuers, insofar as it relates to matters of law
and legal conclusions. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended to the date hereof (the "Code"), administrative
pronouncements, judicial decisions and existing and proposed Treasury
Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this Prospectus
may affect the tax consequences described herein. This summary discusses only
Senior Notes that are held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221
of the Code. It does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be
relevant to a Holder in light of its particular circumstances or to Holders
subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, insurance
companies, dealers in securities and foreign persons. This summary also does
not discuss any aspects of state, local or foreign tax laws.
 
  PERSONS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF SENIOR NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX
ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR
PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF
ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTION.
 
CLASSIFICATION OF PARTNERSHIP
 
  Concurrently with the closing of this Offering, the Partnership will receive
an opinion of counsel that, based on certain representations by the General
Partner, under current law the Partnership will be classified as a partnership
for federal income tax purposes. No ruling has been requested from the Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") with respect to the classification of the Partnership
as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and there can be no assurance
that the IRS will not challenge this position or that a court would not sustain
such a challenge. In addition, the continued applicability of counsel's opinion
is conditioned upon continued compliance by the Partnership with certain
representations by the General Partner. If the Partnership were treated as an
association or otherwise taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, its
items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit would be reflected only on
its tax return rather than being passed through to the Unitholders, and the
Partnership would be taxable on its net income at corporate rates.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
 
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
 
  Interest paid on a Senior Note will generally be taxable to a Holder as
ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received in accordance
with the Holder's method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.
 
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
 
  If a Holder purchases a Senior Note for an amount that is greater than its
principal amount, such Holder will be considered to have purchased such Senior
Note with "amortizable bond premium" equal in amount to such excess, and may
elect (in accordance with applicable Code provisions) to amortize such premium,
using a constant-yield method, over the term of the Senior Note. Because the
Senior Notes are redeemable prior to maturity, the amount of amortizable bond
premium will be determined with reference to the amount payable on the earlier
redemption date if such determination results in a smaller premium attributable
to the period ending on the earlier redemption date. A Holder who elects to
amortize bond premium must reduce its tax basis in the Senior Note by the
amount of the premium amortizable in any year. Amortizable bond premium is
treated as an offset to interest received on the obligation rather than as an
interest deduction, except as provided in the Treasury Regulations. An election
to amortize bond premium applies to all taxable debt obligations then owned and
thereafter acquired by the taxpayer and may be revoked only with the consent of
the IRS.
 
SALE, RETIREMENT OR OTHER TAXABLE DISPOSITION OF THE SENIOR NOTES
 
  Upon the sale, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Senior Note, a
Holder will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between (a)
the amount of cash and the fair market value of property received (not
including any amount attributable to accrued interest not previously included
in income) in exchange therefor and (b) such Holder's adjusted tax basis in the
Senior Note. A Holder's adjusted tax basis in a Senior Note will equal the cost
of the Senior Note to such Holder reduced by any amortized premium and any
principal payments previously received by the Holder.
 
  Any gain or loss recognized on the sale, retirement or other taxable
disposition of a Senior Note will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term
capital gain or loss if at the time of such sale, retirement or other taxable
disposition the Senior Note has been held for more than one year.
 
SUBSEQUENT PURCHASERS
 
  The foregoing does not discuss special rules which may affect the treatment
of purchasers that acquire Senior Notes other than at the time of original
issuance at the issue price, including those provisions of the Code relating to
the treatment of "market discount" and "acquisition premium." For example, the
market discount provisions of the Code may require a subsequent purchaser of a
Senior Note at a market discount to treat all or a portion of any gain
recognized upon sale or other disposition of the Senior Note as ordinary income
and to defer a portion of any interest expense that would otherwise be
deductible on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such
Senior Note until the holder disposes of the Senior Note in a taxable
transaction.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
 
  Certain noncorporate Holders may be subject to backup withholding at a rate
of 31% on payments of principal, premium and interest on, and the proceeds of
disposition of, a Senior Note. Backup withholding will apply only if the Holder
(i) fails to furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") which, for an
individual, would be his Social Security number, (ii) furnishes an incorrect
TIN, (iii) is notified by the IRS that such Holder has failed to properly
report payments of interest and dividends or (iv) under certain circumstances,
fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN
and has not been
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
 
notified by the IRS that such Holder is subject to backup withholding for
failure to report interest and dividend payments. Holders should consult their
tax advisers regarding their qualification for exemption from backup
withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption if applicable.
 
  The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a Holder will be
allowed as a credit against such Holder's federal income tax liability and may
entitle such Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is
furnished to the IRS.
   
  THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE
DEPENDING UPON A HOLDER'S PARTICULAR SITUATION. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE OWNERSHIP
AND DISPOSITION OF THE SENIOR NOTES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER
STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN
FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.     
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement") between the Issuers, and Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ") and Goldman, Sachs & Co. as
underwriters (collectively, the "Underwriters"), the Issuers have agreed to
issue and sell to the Underwriters, and each Underwriter has severally agreed
to purchase from the Issuers, the respective principal amounts of Senior Notes
set forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PRINCIPAL
      UNDERWRITERS                                                    AMOUNT
      <S>                                                          <C>
      Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation......... $
      Goldman, Sachs & Co.........................................
                                                                   ------------
        Total..................................................... $250,000,000
                                                                   ============
</TABLE>
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel
and to certain other conditions. If any of the Senior Notes are purchased by
the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, all such Senior Notes
must be so purchased.
 
  The Underwriters have advised the Issuers that the Underwriters propose to
offer the Senior Notes to the public initially at the price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers (who may include the
Underwriters) at such offering price less a concession not to exceed    % of
the principal amount of the Senior Notes. The Underwriters may allow and such
dealers may reallow discounts not in excess of    % of such principal amount to
any other Underwriter and certain other dealers. After the initial public
offering, the public offering price and such concessions may be changed at any
time without notice. The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of Senior
Notes offered hereby to any account over which they exercise discretionary
authority.
 
  The Senior Notes will constitute a new class of securities with no
established trading market. The Issuers do not intend to list the Senior Notes
on any national securities exchange or to seek the admission of the Senior
Notes for quotation and trading in the Nasdaq National Market. The Issuers have
been advised by the Underwriters that following the completion of the Offering,
the Underwriters currently intend to make a market in the Senior Notes.
However, the Underwriters are not obligated to do so and any market-making
activities with respect to the Senior Notes may be discontinued at any time
without notice at the Underwriters' sole discretion. In addition, such market
making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of
or the trading market for the Senior Notes.
 
  The Issuers have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities in connection with the offer and sale of the Senior Notes,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments
that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
  Each of the Underwriters is acting as an underwriter in connection with the
concurrent offering of Common Units by the Master Partnership and will receive
underwriting discounts and commissions in connection therewith. See "The
Transactions." In addition, the Company has retained DLJ as Dealer/Manager for
the Tender Offer.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  Certain legal matters relating to the Senior Notes being offered hereby are
being passed upon for the Issuers by Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts, P.C., Kansas
City, Missouri. The validity of the Senior Notes is being passed upon for the
Underwriters by Latham & Watkins, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The consolidated financial statements of Ferrellgas, Inc. as of April 30,
1994 and July 31, 1993 and 1992 and for the nine months ended April 30, 1994
and for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 1993 included in
this Prospectus and the related financial statement schedules included
elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche,
independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere
in the Registration Statement (which reports expressed an unqualified opinion
and included an explanatory paragraph concerning an uncertainty involving an
income tax matter), and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of
such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
  The consolidated balance sheet of Ferrellgas, L.P. as of May 20, 1994,
included in this Prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche, independent
auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and has been so included
in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts
in accounting and auditing.
 
  The consolidated balance sheet of Ferrellgas Finance Corp. as of May 20,
1994, included in this Prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche,
independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and has been
so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
  The pro forma financial information of Ferrellgas, L.P. included in this
Prospectus has been examined by Deloitte & Touche, independent accountants, as
stated in their report appearing herein, and has been so included in reliance
upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in
accounting.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Issuers have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement (which term shall encompass all
amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto) on Form S-1 under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to the Senior
Notes being offered hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in
the Registration Statement, certain items of which are omitted in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Commission, and to which reference is
hereby made. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract, agreement or other document referred to herein are not necessarily
complete. With respect to each such contract, agreement or other document filed
as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit
for a more complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement
shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by this reference.
 
  Immediately following this Offering, the Issuers will be subject to the
informational requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), and in accordance therewith will be required to file reports
and other information with the Commission. In addition, the Issuers have
agreed, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission,
for so long as the Senior Notes are outstanding to file with the Commission (i)
all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuers
were required to file such forms, including a "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
 
Operations" and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon
by the Issuer's certified independent accountants and (ii) all reports that
would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuers
were required to file such reports. To the extent permitted under the rules and
regulations of the Commission, such information and reports with respect to the
Master Partnership may be filed in lieu of such information and reports with
respect to the Partnership.
 
  The Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, as well as
such reports and other information filed with the Commission, can be inspected
and copies at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and the following
regional offices of the Commission, 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, Suite 1400, 500 West Madison
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such information can also be
obtained by mail from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The Issuers
have agreed to furnish to the holders of the Senior Notes all such reports and
information required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the preceding
paragraph.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
<S>                                                                        <C>
Ferrellgas L.P. Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements:
  Independent Accountants' Report.........................................  F-2
  Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet--April 30, 1994....................  F-3
  Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Earnings--Nine Months Ended April
   30, 1994 and Year Ended July 31, 1993..................................  F-4
  Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements....................  F-5
Ferrellgas, L.P. Historical Consolidated Financial Statements:
  Independent Auditors' Report............................................  F-7
  Consolidated Balance Sheet--May 20, 1994................................  F-8
  Note to Consolidated Balance Sheet......................................  F-9
Ferrellgas Finance Corp. Historical Financial Statements:
  Independent Auditors' Report............................................ F-10
  Balance Sheet--May 20, 1994............................................. F-11
  Note to Balance Sheet................................................... F-12
 
 
Ferrellgas, Inc. Historical Consolidated Financial Statements:
  Independent Auditors' Report............................................ F-13
  Consolidated Balance Sheet--April 30, 1994 and July 31, 1993 and 1992... F-14
  Consolidated Statement of Operations--Nine Months Ended April 30, 1994
   and 1993
   (unaudited), and Years Ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991.............. F-15
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholder's Equity--Nine months Ended April
   30, 1994 and
   Years Ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991............................... F-16
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows--Nine Months Ended April 30, 1994
   and 1993
   (unaudited), and Years Ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991.............. F-17
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-18
</TABLE>
 
 
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                        INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors
Ferrellgas, L.P.
Liberty, Missouri
 
We have examined the pro forma adjustments reflecting the proposed transactions
described in the Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements and the
application of those adjustments to the historical amounts in the accompanying
pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Ferrellgas, L.P. as of April 30, 1994,
and the related pro forma consolidated statements of earnings for the nine-
month period ended April 30, 1994, and the year ended July 31, 1993. The
historical financial statements are derived from the historical financial
statements of Ferrellgas, Inc. and subsidiaries, which were audited by us (on
which we have issued our report dated June 3, 1994, which expressed an
unqualified opinion and included an explanatory paragraph concerning an
uncertainty involving an income tax matter) that appears elsewhere herein. Such
pro forma adjustments are based upon management's assumptions described in the
Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements. Our examination was made
in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants and, accordingly, included such procedures as we considered
necessary in circumstances.
 
The objective of this pro forma financial information is to show what the
significant effects on the historical financial information might have been had
the proposed transactions occurred at an earlier date. However, the pro forma
consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results
of operations or related effects on financial position that would have been
attained had the above-mentioned proposed transactions actually occurred
earlier.
 
In our opinion, management's assumptions provide a reasonable basis for
presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the above-mentioned
proposed transactions described in the Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Statements, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect
to those assumptions, and the pro forma column reflects the proper application
of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro
forma consolidated balance sheet of Ferrellgas, L.P. as of April 30, 1994, and
the related pro forma consolidated statements of earnings for the nine-month
period ended April 30, 1994, and the year ended July 31, 1993.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE
Kansas City, Missouri
June 3, 1994
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
 
                      PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 APRIL 30, 1994
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY                          PARTNERSHIP
                                   HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS             PRO FORMA
<S>                                <C>        <C>                    <C>
             ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and short-term invest-
   ments.........................   $ 88,151   $ 260,314 (A)          $ 21,680
                                                (254,001)(B)
                                                 (33,679)(C)
                                                 (39,105)(D)
  Accounts and notes receivable..     55,869        (500)(D)            55,369
  Inventories....................     29,781         --                 29,781
  Prepaid expenses and other cur-
   rent assets...................      3,272         --                  3,272
                                    --------   ---------              --------
    TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.........    177,073     (66,971)              110,102
  Property, plant and equipment..    295,423         --                295,423
  Intangible assets..............     65,569         --                 65,569
  Investment in Class B redeem-
   able common stock of parent...     36,031     (36,031)(D)               --
  Other assets...................     22,017     (14,857)(B),(C),(D)     7,160
  Note receivable from parent....      4,000      (4,000)(D)               --
                                    --------   ---------              --------
    TOTAL ASSETS.................   $600,113   $(121,859)             $478,254
                                    ========   =========              ========
     LIABILITIES AND SPONSOR
     EQUITY/PARTNERS' CAPITAL
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable...............   $ 34,266   $     --               $ 34,266
  Current portion of long-term
   debt..........................      1,486         --                  1,486
  Accrued interest expense.......     17,237     (17,111)(B),(C)           126
  Other current liabilities......     19,829         --                 19,829
  Payable to parent..............         91         --                     91
                                    --------   ---------              --------
    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES....     72,909     (17,111)               55,798
  Long-term debt.................    476,471    (209,030)(B),(C)       267,441
  Other liabilities..............     10,534         --                 10,534
  Deferred income taxes..........      9,351      (9,351)(D)               --
SPONSOR EQUITY/PARTNERS' CAPITAL:
  Equity of sponsor..............     30,848     260,314 (A)               --
                                                 (24,641)(B)
                                                 (38,597)(C)
                                                 (83,443)(D)
                                                (144,481)(E)
PARTNERS' CAPITAL:
  Limited partner................        --      143,022 (E)           143,022
  General partner................        --        1,459 (E)             1,459
                                    --------   ---------              --------
    TOTAL SPONSOR
     EQUITY/PARTNERS' CAPITAL....     30,848     113,633               144,481
                                    --------   ---------              --------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SPONSOR
     EQUITY/PARTNERS' CAPITAL....   $600,113   $(121,859)             $478,254
                                    ========   =========              ========
</TABLE>
 
           See notes to pro forma consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
 
                  PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS
                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIO)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1993         NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994
                          ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
                           COMPANY                 PARTNERSHIP  COMPANY                 PARTNERSHIP
                          HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA  HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
<S>                       <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>         
REVENUES:
  Gas liquids and
   related product
   sales................   $516,891    $   --       $516,891    $430,401    $   --       $430,401
  Other.................     25,054        --         25,054      20,076        --         20,076
                           --------    -------      --------    --------    -------      --------
    Total revenues......    541,945        --        541,945     450,477        --        450,477
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of product sold..    298,033        --        298,033     229,326        --        229,326
  Operating.............    139,617        --        139,617     112,687        --        112,687
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........     30,840        --         30,840      21,688        --         21,688
  General and
   administrative.......     10,079        500 (F)    10,579       8,128        375 (F)     8,503
  Vehicle leases........      4,823        --          4,823       3,203        --          3,203
                           --------    -------      --------    --------    -------      --------
    Total costs and
     expenses...........    483,392        500       483,892     375,032        375       375,407
                           --------    -------      --------    --------    -------      --------
OPERATING INCOME........     58,553       (500)       58,053      75,445       (375)       75,070
  Loss on disposal of
   assets...............     (1,153)       --         (1,153)       (888)       --           (888)
  Interest income.......      3,266     (2,387)(G)       879       2,791     (1,894)(G)       897
  Interest expense......    (60,071)    31,042 (H)   (29,029)    (44,233)    23,046 (H)   (21,187)
                           --------    -------      --------    --------    -------      --------
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME
 TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY
 ITEM...................        595     28,155        28,750      33,115     20,777        53,892
Income tax expense......        486       (486)(I)       --       12,759    (12,759)(I)       --
                           --------    -------      --------    --------    -------      --------
EARNINGS FROM CONTINUING
 OPERATIONS (BEFORE
 EXTRAORDINARY ITEM)....   $    109    $28,641        28,750    $ 20,356    $33,536        53,892
                           ========    =======                  ========    =======
GENERAL PARTNER'S
 INTEREST IN EARNINGS
 FROM CONTINUING
 OPERATIONS.............                                 290                                  544
                                                    --------                             --------
LIMITED PARTNERS'
 INTEREST IN NET
 EARNINGS FROM
 CONTINUING OPERATIONS..                            $ 28,460                             $ 53,348
                                                    ========                             ========
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO
 FIXED CHARGES..........        1.0x                     1.9x        1.7x                     3.2x
                           ========                 ========    ========                 ========
</TABLE>
            
         See notes to pro forma consolidated financial statements.     
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
   FERRELLGAS, L.P. NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NINE
            MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND YEAR ENDED JULY 30, 1993
 
  The pro forma financial statements are based upon the historical financial
position and results of operations of Ferrellgas, Inc. and its subsidiaries
("Ferrellgas"). The propane business of Ferrellgas will be owned and operated
by a newly formed limited partnership (the "Partnership").
 
  Ferrellgas will convey substantially all of its assets to the Partnership
(excluding cash, receivables from parent and affiliates and an investment in
the Class B Stock of parent) and the Partnership will assume all of the
liabilities, whether known or unknown, associated with the business that are
reflected or should be reflected on the balance sheet of the Company prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (excluding income
tax liabilities). In connection with the acquisition of the propane business,
the Master Partnership will issue Common Units, Subordinated Units and
Incentive Distribution Rights to Ferrellgas, as well as general partner
interests in the Partnership and the Partnership. Ferrellgas will make a
dividend of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution
Rights to its parent, Ferrell Companies, Inc.
 
  The Partnership has also agreed with Ferrellgas to be primarily responsible
for all obligations of Ferrellgas under the approximately $477,957,000 of
Ferrellgas long-term debt outstanding as of April 30, 1994. Substantially all
of this long-term debt will be retired with the net proceeds from the sale by
the Master Partnership of the Common Units (estimated to be approximately
$260,314,000) and the net proceeds from the issuance of an aggregate principal
amount of Senior Notes due 2001 (the "Senior Notes") (estimated to be
approximately $245,250,000 and assuming an interest rate of 9.75%) to be issued
by the Partnership. It is possible, however, that a portion of the Senior
Notes, not anticipated to be in excess of $50,000,000, will bear interest at a
floating rate.
 
  The following pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the transactions
to be effected at the closing of the offering of Senior Notes and the offering
of Common Units (assuming that the Underwriters' overallotment option is not
exercised) had taken place on April 30, 1994, in the case of the pro forma
consolidated balance sheet, or as of August 1, 1992, in the case of the pro
forma consolidated statement of income for the year ended July 31, 1993, or as
of August 1, 1993 in the case of the pro forma consolidated statement of income
for the nine months ended April 30, 1994. The adjustments are based upon
currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions, and
therefore the actual adjustments may differ from the pro forma adjustments.
However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis
for presenting the significant effects of the transactions as contemplated and
that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and
are properly applied in the pro forma financial information.
 
  (A) Reflects the net proceeds to the Master Partnership of approximately
$260,314,000 from the issuance and sale of 13,100,000 Common Units at an
assumed offering price of $21.375 per Common Unit, net of the Underwriters'
discount (estimated to be $18,202,000) and offering expenses (estimated to be
$1,500,000), and a concurrent transfer of such net proceeds to the Partnership
in return for an additional limited partnership interest in the Partnership to
the Master Partnership.
 
  (B) Reflects the retirement of $227,600,000 in aggregate principal amount of
Existing Senior Notes and the payment of related accrued interest of $6,051,000
and defeasance interest of $814,000 from the net proceeds from the sale by the
Partnership of the Common Units and existing cash balances of the Partnership.
The early extinguishment of the Existing Senior Notes results in an
extraordinary loss of approximately $24,641,000, resulting from prepayment
premiums of $19,536,000, the write-off of unamortized financing costs of
$4,291,000, and defeasance interest of $814,000.
 
  (C) Reflects the net proceeds to the Partnership of approximately
$245,250,000 from the issuance of $250,000,000 of Senior Notes, net of the
Underwriters' discount (estimated to be $4,250,000) and offering expenses
(estimated to be $500,000), and the proceeds from term loan borrowings on the
Partnership's Credit
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
   FERRELLGAS, L.P. NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NINE
            MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1993
 
Facility of approximately $15,000,000 (anticipated to be approximately
$10,000,000 at closing). The net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes
and existing cash balances of the Partnership are used to retire the
$250,000,000 face amount (carrying amount of $246,430,000) Existing
Subordinated Debentures, and the payment of related accrued interest of
$11,060,000. The early extinguishment of the Existing Subordinated Debentures
results in an extraordinary loss of approximately $38,597,000, resulting from
subordinated bondholder consent solicitation and tender offer fees of
$31,250,000, write-off of unamortized note discount of $3,570,000, and write-
off of unamortized financing costs of $3,777,000. The Operating Partnership
will incur estimated additional financing costs of approximately $6,369,000 in
connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes and entrance into the Credit
Facility, each of which will be deferred and amortized over the term of the
indebtedness.
 
  (D) Reflects elimination of the assets, liabilities and equity of the Company
that will not be conveyed to the Partnership, including approximately
$39,105,000 of cash, receivables from parent and affiliates of $17,658,000,
investment in Class B stock of Ferrell of $36,031,000, income tax liabilities
of $9,351,000 and equity of the Company of $83,443,000.
 
  (E) Reflects the allocation of Partnership equity resulting from the
completion of the transactions associated with the closing of this offering,
using the following relative partnership interests: (1) general partner
interest in the Partnership equal to 1.0101% of total partners' capital; and
(2) limited partner interest in the Partnership equal to 98.9899%.
 
  (F) Reflects estimated incremental general and administrative costs (e.g.
costs of tax return preparation and annual and quarterly reports to
Unitholders, investor relations and registrar and transfer agent fees)
associated with the Partnership at an annual rate of $500,000.
 
  (G) Reflects the reduction of interest income to the Partnership as a result
of the reduction in cash balances available for short-term investment
opportunity.
 
  (H) Reflects the adjustment to interest expense resulting from the
transactions described in (B) and (C) above, reconciled as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR      NINE
                                                              ENDED    MONTHS
                                                              JULY      ENDED
                                                               31,    APRIL 30,
                                                              1993      1994
<S>                                                          <C>      <C>
Historical interest expense attributable to retired debt:
  Interest expense on senior notes.......................... $26,741   $18,923
  Interest expense on subordinated debentures...............  29,063    21,797
  Amortization of note discount and financing costs.........   2,577     2,157
                                                             -------   -------
                                                              58,381    42,877
                                                             -------   -------
Pro forma interest expense applicable to the Partnership:
  Interest expense assuming 9.75% per annum on the Senior
   Notes.................................................... (24,375)  (18,281)
  Amortization of note discount and financing costs on all
   indebtedness.............................................    (912)     (684)
  Interest expense attributable to Credit Facility..........  (2,052)     (866)
                                                             -------   -------
                                                             (27,339)  (19,831)
                                                             -------   -------
  Pro forma interest expense reductions..................... $31,042   $23,046
                                                             =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
  If the interest rate on the Senior Notes were to fluctuate one-half of one
percent, pro forma interest expense would fluctuate approximately $1,250,000
for the year ended July 31, 1993 and approximately $938,000 for the nine months
ended April 30, 1994.
 
  (I) Reflects the elimination of the provision for current and deferred income
taxes as income taxes will be borne by the partners and not the Partnership.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors
Ferrellgas, L.P.
Liberty, Missouri
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Ferrellgas,
L.P. and subsidiary as of May 20, 1994. This financial statement is the
responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, such consolidated balance sheet presents fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Ferrellgas, L.P. and subsidiary as
of May 20, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE
Kansas City, Missouri
June 3, 1994
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                        FERRELLGAS, L.P., AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                  MAY 20, 1994
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
ASSETS
  Cash.................................................................. $1,000
                                                                         ------
    Total Assets........................................................ $1,000
                                                                         ======
PARTNERS' CAPITAL
  General Partner....................................................... $   10
  Limited Partner.......................................................    990
                                                                         ------
    Total Partners' Capital............................................. $1,000
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>
 
                    See note to consolidated balance sheet.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                        FERRELLGAS, L.P., AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                       NOTE TO CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                  MAY 20, 1994
 
  Ferrellgas, L.P. (the "Partnership") was formed April 22, 1994 as a Delaware
limited partnership. The Partnership was formed to acquire, own and operate
substantially all of the assets of Ferrellgas, Inc. ("Ferrellgas"). Ferrellgas
will convey substantially all of its assets to the Partnership (excluding cash,
receivables from parent and affiliates and an investment in the Class B Stock
of Parent) and all of the liabilities, whether known or unknown, associated
with such assets (other than income tax liabilities). The Partnership has
agreed with Ferrellgas to assume the payment obligations of Ferrellgas under
its Series A and Series C Floating Rate Notes (due 1996), the Series B and
Series D Fixed Rate Notes and its 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures. The
Partnership has not commenced operations.
 
  The sole limited partner of the Partnership, Ferrellgas Partners, L.P. (the
"Master Partnership") intends to offer Common Units, representing limited
partner interests in the Master Partnership, to third parties and to
concurrently issue Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution
Rights, representing additional limited partner interest in the Master
Partnership, to the general partner of the Master Partnership, Ferrellgas. The
Partnership intends to offer $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior
Notes. Such proceeds and the net proceeds of the Master Partnership's offering
of Common Units are intended to be utilized to retire substantially all of the
existing Senior Notes and existing Subordinated Debentures that the Partnership
will assume the related payment obligations from Ferrellgas.
 
  Ferrellgas, as general partner, contributed $10 and the Master Partnership,
as limited partner contributed $990 to the Partnership on May 20, 1994. There
have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of May 20, 1994.
 
  The consolidated balance sheet includes the accounts of the Partnership and
its wholly-owned subsidiary Ferrellgas Finance Corp. All material intercompany
balances have been eliminated.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors
Ferrellgas Finance Corp.
Liberty, Missouri
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Ferrellgas Finance Corp. (a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Ferrellgas, L.P.), as of May 20, 1994. This
financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on
our audit.
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Ferrellgas Finance Corp. as of May 20, 1994 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE
Kansas City, Missouri
June 3, 1994
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
 
                            FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELLGAS, L.P.)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
                                  MAY 20, 1994
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
ASSETS
  Cash................................................................... $1,000
                                                                          ------
    Total Assets......................................................... $1,000
                                                                          ======
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
  Common stock, $1.00 par value; 2,000 shares authorized;
   1,000 shares issued and outstanding................................... $1,000
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $1,000
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
                           See note to balance sheet.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
 
                          FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP. 
              (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELLGAS, L.P.) 

                           NOTE TO BALANCE SHEET 
                               
                               MAY 20, 1994 

  Ferrellgas Finance Corp. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, was formed
on April 28, 1994 and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ferrellgas, L.P. (the
"Partnership"). Ferrellgas, L.P. was formed April 19, 1994 as a Delaware
limited partnership. The Partnership was formed to acquire, own and operate
substantially all of the assets of Ferrellgas, Inc. ("Ferrellgas"). Ferrellgas
will convey substantially all of its assets to the Partnership (excluding cash,
receivables from parent and affiliates and an investment in the Class B Stock
of Parent) and all of the liabilities, whether known or unknown, associated
with such assets (other than income tax liabilities). The Partnership has
agreed with Ferrellgas to assume the payment obligations of Ferrellgas under
its existing floating rate notes, fixed rate notes and senior subordinated
debentures. 

  The Partnership intends to offer $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Senior Notes. The Company will serve as a co-obligor for the new Senior Notes
to be offered. 

  The Partnership contributed $1,000 to the Company on May 20, 1994. There have
been no other transactions involving the Company as of May 20, 1994. 
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors
Ferrellgas, Inc.
Liberty, Missouri
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Ferrellgas,
Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Ferrell Companies, Inc.) and subsidiaries as
of April 30, 1994 and July 31, 1993 and 1992, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholder's equity and cash flows for the nine
months ended April 30, 1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended
July 31, 1993. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Ferrellgas, Inc. and subsidiaries
as of April 30, 1994 and July 31, 1993 and 1992, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the nine months ended April 30, 1994 and
for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 1993, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
  As discussed in Note J to the consolidated financial statements, the Internal
Revenue Service has proposed certain adjustments to the Company's consolidated
income tax returns for the years ended July 31, 1987 and 1986. The ultimate
outcome of this matter cannot presently be determined. Accordingly, no
provision for any loss that may result upon resolution of this matter has been
made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE
Kansas City, Missouri
June 3, 1994
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JULY 31
                                                  APRIL 30,  ------------------
                     ASSETS                         1994       1993      1992
                     ------                       ---------  --------  --------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................... $ 58,806   $ 32,706  $ 27,959
  Short-term investments.........................   29,345     25,040    23,165
  Accounts and notes receivable including related
   party
   (1994--$500; 1993--$500; 1992--$1,000), less
   allowance for doubtful accounts (1994--$884;
   1993--$607; 1992--$837).......................   55,869     52,190    53,802
  Inventories....................................   29,781     23,652    33,881
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets......    3,272      1,898     3,020
  Receivable from parent and affiliate...........       --        916        26
                                                  --------   --------  --------
    TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.........................  177,073    136,402   141,853
Property, plant and equipment....................  295,423    303,816   313,126
Intangible assets................................   65,569     72,537    82,448
Other assets, including notes receivable from
 related parties
 (1994--$13,158; 1993--$10,909; 1992--$10,088)...   22,017     21,833    23,137
Investment in Class B redeemable common stock of
 parent..........................................   36,031     36,031    32,813
Deferred income taxes............................       --      2,757     2,094
Note receivable from parent......................    4,000         --     3,142
                                                  --------   --------  --------
    TOTAL ASSETS................................. $600,113   $573,376  $598,613
                                                  ========   ========  ========
<CAPTION>
      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
      ------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>       <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable............................... $ 34,266   $ 32,946  $ 44,864
  Other current liabilities......................   38,552     29,048    29,016
  Payable to parent..............................       91         --        --
                                                  --------   --------  --------
    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES....................   72,909     61,994    73,880
Long-term debt...................................  476,471    489,589   501,614
Other liabilities................................   10,534     10,434     8,907
Payable to parent................................       --         --     2,542
Note and accrued interest payable to parent and
 affiliate.......................................       --         --     2,862
Deferred income taxes............................    9,351         --        --
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common stock, one dollar par value; 10,000
   shares authorized; 990 shares issued..........        1          1         1
  Additional paid-in capital.....................   32,863     32,863    29,535
  Accumulated deficit............................   (2,016)   (21,505)  (20,728)
                                                  --------   --------  --------
    TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY...................   30,848     11,359     8,808
                                                  --------   --------  --------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY... $600,113   $573,376  $598,613
                                                  ========   ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           FOR THE NINE MONTHS    FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY
                                  ENDED                     31,
                          ---------------------- ----------------------------
                          APRIL 30,   APRIL 30,
                            1994        1993       1993      1992      1991
                          ---------  ----------- --------  --------  --------
                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
REVENUES:
  Gas liquids and related
   products.............. $430,401    $448,269   $516,891  $480,088  $515,507
  Other..................   20,076      20,033     25,054    21,041    28,426
                          --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
    Total revenues.......  450,477     468,302    541,945   501,129   543,933
                          --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of products sold..  229,326     256,736    298,033   267,279   297,968
  Operating..............  112,687     112,553    139,617   134,165   129,684
  Depreciation and
   amortization..........   21,688      23,238     30,840    31,196    36,151
  General and
   administrative........    8,128       7,385     10,079     7,561    12,953
  Vehicle leases.........    3,203       3,682      4,823     4,520     4,132
                          --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
    Total costs and
     expenses............  375,032     403,594    483,392   444,721   480,888
                          --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
OPERATING INCOME.........   75,445      64,708     58,553    56,408    63,045
Loss on disposal of
 assets..................     (888)       (947)    (1,153)   (1,959)   (2,842)
Interest income,
 including related
 parties ($787 and $539
 at April 30, 1994 and
 1993, respectively;
 $725, $890, and $696 at
 July 31, 1993, 1992 and
 1991, respectively).....    2,791       2,333      3,266     4,401     3,841
Interest expense,
 including parent and
 affiliate ($114 at April
 30, 1993; $153, $180 and
 $238 at July 31, 1993,
 1992, and 1991,
 respectively)...........  (44,233)    (45,056)   (60,071)  (61,219)  (60,507)
                          --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
Earnings (loss) before
 income taxes and
 extraordinary loss......   33,115      21,038        595    (2,369)    3,537
Income tax expense
 (benefit)...............   12,759       8,253        486      (669)    1,558
                          --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
Earnings (loss) before
 extraordinary loss......   20,356      12,785        109    (1,700)    1,979
Extraordinary loss on
 early extinguishment of
 debt, net of income
 taxes ($531 at April 30,
 1994; $543 and $6,116 at
 July 31, 1993 and 1992,
 respectively)...........      867          --        886     9,979        --
                          --------    --------   --------  --------  --------
NET EARNINGS (LOSS)...... $ 19,489    $ 12,785   $   (777) $(11,679) $  1,979
                          ========    ========   ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           NUMBER OF        ADDITIONAL                 TOTAL
                            COMMON   COMMON  PAID-IN   ACCUMULATED STOCKHOLDER'S
                            SHARES   STOCK   CAPITAL     DEFICIT      EQUITY
                           --------- ------ ---------- ----------- -------------
<S>                        <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>         <C>
BALANCE AUGUST 1, 1990...     990    $    1  $22,490    $(11,028)    $ 11,463
Capital contribution from
parent...................      --        --    6,687          --        6,687
Capital transaction--
 Ferrell Companies, Inc.
 Long-Term Incentive
 Plan....................      --        --    1,558          --        1,558
Net earnings.............      --        --       --       1,979        1,979
                              ---    ------  -------    --------     --------
BALANCE JULY 31, 1991....     990         1   30,735      (9,049)      21,687
Capital transaction--
 Ferrell Companies, Inc.
 Long-Term Incentive
 Plan....................      --        --   (1,200)         --       (1,200)
Net loss.................      --        --       --     (11,679)     (11,679)
                              ---    ------  -------    --------     --------
BALANCE JULY 31, 1992....     990         1   29,535     (20,728)       8,808
Capital contribution from
 parent..................      --        --    3,277          --        3,277
Capital transaction --
 Ferrell Companies, Inc.
 Long-Term Incentive
 Plan....................      --        --       51          --           51
Net loss.................      --        --       --        (777)        (777)
                              ---    ------  -------    --------     --------
BALANCE JULY 31, 1993....     990         1   32,863     (21,505)      11,359
Net earnings.............      --        --       --      19,489       19,489
                              ---    ------  -------    --------     --------
BALANCE APRIL 30, 1994...     990    $    1  $32,863    $ (2,016)    $ 30,848
                              ===    ======  =======    ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             FOR THE NINE MONTHS
                                    ENDED         FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
                            --------------------- -----------------------------
                            APRIL 30,  APRIL 30,
                              1994       1993       1993      1992       1991
                            --------- ----------- --------  ---------  --------
                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Earnings (loss) before
   extraordinary loss.....   $20,356    $12,785   $    109  $  (1,700) $  1,979
  Reconciliation of
   earnings (loss) to net
   cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation and
     amortization.........    21,688     23,238     30,840     31,196    36,151
    Other.................     4,127      4,664      5,236      7,007     8,141
    Decrease (increase) in
     assets:
      Accounts and notes
       receivable.........    (4,610)    (4,023)      (252)    (1,475)  (10,001)
      Inventories.........    (6,129)    13,730     10,229    (12,447)   (4,620)
      Prepaid expenses and
       other current
       assets.............    (1,374)       206        977       (801)     (218)
    Increase (decrease) in
     liabilities:
      Accounts payable....     1,320    (23,323)   (11,918)     3,742     7,851
      Other current
       liabilities........    10,278     11,959      1,729     (1,912)    9,780
      Other liabilities...       (49)       151        131        325       871
      Deferred income
       taxes..............    12,639      7,694       (120)      (970)    1,006
                             -------    -------   --------  ---------  --------
Net cash provided by
 operating activities.....    58,246     47,081     36,961     22,965    50,940
                             -------    -------   --------  ---------  --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures....    (8,330)   (11,816)   (14,188)   (20,392)  (25,942)
  Net short-term
   investment activity....    (4,305)   (25,894)    (1,875)   (23,165)       --
  Proceeds from asset
   sales..................       643      1,670      1,983      3,040     1,315
  Net additions to
   intangible assets......       (62)        (1)       (82)    (3,175)   (9,619)
  Net reductions
   (additions) to other
   assets.................      (271)        (2)         1       (520)      (14)
                             -------    -------   --------  ---------  --------
Net cash used in investing
 activities...............   (12,325)   (36,043)   (14,161)   (44,212)  (34,260)
                             -------    -------   --------  ---------  --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Additions to long-term
   debt...................        --         --         81    246,804     3,202
  Reductions of long-term
   debt...................   (13,336)    (1,863)   (12,796)  (212,637)   (2,964)
  Additional payments to
   retire debt............    (1,190)        --     (1,195)   (11,983)       --
  Additions to financing
   costs..................       (53)       (24)      (627)    (4,918)     (644)
  Investment in Class B
   redeemable common stock
   of parent..............        --     (3,218)    (3,218)    (9,092)   (7,249)
  Net advances to related
   party..................    (2,249)       585        (59)    (3,832)   (2,756)
  Net advances from (to)
   parent and affiliates..    (2,993)      (274)      (239)    (2,907)      718
                             -------    -------   --------  ---------  --------
Net cash provided by (used
 in) financing activities.   (19,821)    (4,794)   (18,053)     1,435    (9,693)
                             -------    -------   --------  ---------  --------
Increase (decrease) in
 cash and cash
 equivalents..............    26,100      6,244      4,747    (19,812)    6,987
Cash and cash
 equivalents--beginning of
 year.....................    32,706     27,959     27,959     47,771    40,784
                             -------    -------   --------  ---------  --------
CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS--END OF
 PERIOD...................   $58,806    $34,203   $ 32,706  $  27,959  $ 47,771
                             =======    =======   ========  =========  ========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
A. BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
 
  The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes present
the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of
Ferrellgas, Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries. The Company is a wholly-
owned subsidiary of Ferrell Companies, Inc. ("Ferrell" or "Parent"). These
consolidated financial statements are prepared in connection with the proposed
public offering of limited partner interests in Ferrellgas Partners, L.P. (the
"Master Partnership"), as described in Note B.
 
B. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF COMMON UNITS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
  The Master Partnership was formed April 19, 1994, as a Delaware limited
partnership. The Master Partnership was formed to acquire, own and operate the
propane business and substantially all of the assets of the Company. In order
to simplify the Master Partnership's obligations under the laws of several
jurisdictions in which the Master Partnership will conduct business, the Master
Partnership's activities will be conducted through a subsidiary operating
partnership, Ferrellgas, L.P. (the "Partnership"). The Company will convey
substantially all of the assets to the Partnership (excluding cash, payables to
or receivables from Parent and affiliates and an investment in Class B Stock of
Parent) and all of the liabilities, whether known or unknown, associated with
such assets (other than income tax liabilities).
 
  The Master Partnership intends to offer 13,100,000 Common Units, representing
limited partner interests in the Master Partnership, to third parties and to
concurrently issue Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution
Rights, representing additional limited partner interests in the Partnership,
to the Company, as well as a 2% general partner interest in the Master
Partnership and the Partnership, on a combined basis. The Company will make a
dividend of such Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution
Rights to its parent, Ferrell.
 
  The Partnership will assume the payment obligations of the Company under its
Series A and Series C Floating Rate Senior Notes due 1996 (the "Existing
Floating Rate Notes"), its Series B and Series D Fixed Rate Senior Notes (the
"Existing Fixed Rate Notes" and together with the Existing Floating Rate Notes
the "Existing Senior Notes") and its 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures
(the "Existing Subordinated Debentures"). All of this long-term debt will be
retired with the net proceeds from the sale by the Master Partnership of the
Common Units and the net proceeds from the issuance of approximately
$250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2001 to be
issued by the Partnership.
 
  Concurrent with the closing of the offering of Senior Notes, the Company will
consummate a tender offer and consent solicitation with respect to the Existing
Subordinated Debentures. The consent solicitation is necessary to modify the
indenture related to the Existing Subordinated Debentures in order to permit
the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Prospectus. As
of June 3, 1994, all outstanding Existing Subordinated Debentures have been
tendered and will be retired by the Partnership, as described above.
 
  Concurrent with the closing of this offering, the Company will mail to the
holders of the Existing Senior Notes a notice of redemption of all outstanding
Existing Senior Notes, pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the
indenture governing the Existing Senior Notes (the "Existing Senior Notes
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991

Indenture"). The redemption date will be 30 days after the date of mailing of
such notice. The Existing Senior Notes Indenture provides for a redemption
price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the redemption date plus, in the case of the Existing Fixed Rate
Notes, a premium which is based on certain yield information for U.S. Treasury
securities as of three business days prior to the redemption date. The
Partnership will deposit with the trustee on the date of closing of this
offering an amount expected to be more than sufficient to pay the redemption
price. As a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, during the 30-day
period prior to the redemption date, an event of default will exist under the
Existing Senior Notes Indenture. The holders of at least 25% of the principal
amount of Existing Senior Notes, therefore, will be entitled, by notice to the
Company and the trustee, to declare the unpaid principal of, and accrued and
unpaid interest and the applicable premium on, the Existing Senior Notes to be
immediately due and payable. In the event of such a declaration, the amount
already deposited by the Partnership in payment of the redemption price would
be applied to pay the amount so declared immediately due and payable.
 
C. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
(1) PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:
 
  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and
its subsidiaries. All material intercompany profits, transactions and balances
have been eliminated.
 
  The interim financial data for the nine months ended April 30, 1994 is
audited. The interim financial data for the nine months ended April 30, 1993 is
unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, the 1993 interim data
reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim period presented.
 
  The propane industry is seasonal in nature with peak activity during the
winter months. Therefore, the results of operations for the nine months ended
April 30, 1994 and 1993 are not indicative of the results to be expected for a
full fiscal year.
 
(2) RECLASSIFICATIONS:
 
  Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1992 consolidated balance
sheet and the 1993, 1992 and 1991 consolidated statement of cash flows in order
to conform with the 1994 and 1993 presentation.
 
(3) SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS:
 
  Short-term investments consist of U.S. Treasury Bills and U.S. government
obligations with remaining maturities as of April 30, 1994, ranging from
approximately four to ten months. Short-term investments are carried at cost
which approximates market value.
 
  The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 115--Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1993. The statement addresses the accounting and reporting for certain
investments in debt and equity securities and expands the use of fair value
accounting for those securities but retains the use of the amortized cost
method for investments that the Company has the positive intent and ability to
hold to maturity. The Company does not believe that the adoption of this
statement will have a material effect on the results of operations or financial
condition of the Company.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
(4) INVENTORIES:
 
  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using average cost and
actual cost methods.
 
  The Company enters into forward purchase/sale agreements and options
involving propane and related products which are for trading purposes. To the
extent such contracts are entered into at fixed prices and thereby subject the
Company to market risk, the contracts are accounted for on a mark-to-market
basis.
 
(5) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS:
 
  Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed by the straight-
line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from two to
thirty years. Expenditures for maintenance and routine repairs are expensed as
incurred.
 
  On August 1, 1991, the Company revised the estimated useful lives of storage
tanks from twenty to thirty years in order to more closely reflect expected
useful lives of the assets. The effect of this change in accounting estimate
resulted in a favorable impact on loss before extraordinary loss of $3,763,000
for the year ended July 31, 1992.
 
  Intangible assets, consisting primarily of customer location values and
goodwill, are stated at cost, net of amortization computed on the straight-line
method over fifteen years for customer location values and forty years for
goodwill. The Company evaluates its intangible assets for impairment by
calculating the anticipated cash flow attributable to each acquisition over its
expected remaining life. Such expected cash flows, on an undiscounted basis,
are compared to the carrying value of the tangible and intangible assets, and
if impairment is indicated, the carrying value of the intangible assets are
adjusted. Accumulated amortization of intangible assets totaled $66,211,000 as
of April 30, 1994, and $59,181,000 and $49,188,000 as of July 31, 1993 and
1992, respectively.
 
  Other assets consist primarily of non-current notes receivable and deferred
financing costs. The deferred financing costs are amortized using the effective
interest method over the terms of the respective debt agreements. Accumulated
amortization of other assets totaled $9,401,000 as of April 30, 1994 and
$7,592,000 and $5,286,000 as of July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.
 
(6) INCOME TAXES:
 
  The Company files a consolidated Federal income tax return with its parent
and affiliates. Income taxes are computed as though each company filed its own
income tax return in accordance with the Company's tax sharing agreement.
 
  Deferred income taxes are provided as a result of temporary differences
between financial and tax reporting as described in NOTE I.
 
  Effective August 1, 1992, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109--Accounting for Income Taxes. The adoption
of this statement changed the Company's method of
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
accounting for income taxes from the deferred method, under APB 11, to the
asset/liability method. Under SFAS No. 109, deferred income taxes are
recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and
liabilities. The statement was adopted on a prospective basis and prior year
amounts are not restated. The fiscal year 1993 and cumulative effects of
adopting the statement as of August 1, 1992, did not have a material impact on
earnings or cash flow and is therefore not disclosed separately.
 
(7) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS:
 
  For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, the Company
considers all highly liquid, debt instruments purchased with a maturity of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
  Interest paid totaled $35,062,000 and $35,853,000 for the nine months ended
April 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and $57,563,000, $59,054,000, and
$51,518,000 for the three fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991,
respectively.
 
  In 1993 and 1991, the Company received capital contributions, as described in
NOTE M, from its parent.
 
  In connection with the early extinguishment of certain senior notes in 1994
and 1993 and the refinancing of subordinated debentures in 1992, as described
in NOTE H, the Company recorded noncash extraordinary losses from the write-off
of financing costs, net of income tax benefits, of $129,000, $145,000 and
$2,550,000, respectively.
 
D. INVENTORIES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   JULY 31,
                                                       APRIL   -----------------
                                                      30, 1994   1993     1992
                                                      -------- -------- --------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
Liquified propane gas and related products...........  $25,055 $ 19,378 $ 29,658
Appliances, parts and supplies.......................    4,726    4,274    4,223
                                                      -------- -------- --------
                                                       $29,781 $ 23,652 $ 33,881
                                                      ======== ======== ========
 
  In addition to inventories on hand, the Company enters into contracts to buy
product for supply purposes. All such contracts have terms of less than one
year and call for payment based on market prices of less than one year and call
for payment based on market prices at date of delivery.
 
E. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                   JULY 31,
                                                       APRIL   -----------------
                                                      30, 1994   1993     1992
                                                      -------- -------- --------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
Land and improvements................................ $ 18,517 $ 18,459 $ 17,150
Buildings and improvements...........................   22,860   23,001   20,339
Vehicles.............................................   37,229   37,564   39,205
Furniture and fixtures...............................   17,368   16,402   14,194
Bulk equipment and market facilities.................   33,276   33,612   32,051
Tanks and customer equipment.........................  316,801  314,127  313,634
Other................................................    2,846    1,456       99
                                                      -------- -------- --------
                                                       448,897  444,621  436,672
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.......  153,474  140,805  123,546
                                                      -------- -------- --------
                                                      $295,423 $303,816 $313,126
                                                      ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
F. INVESTMENT IN CLASS B REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK OF PARENT:
 
  The investment in Class B redeemable common stock of parent represents all of
the authorized and issued shares of the parent's Class B redeemable common
stock. All shares were purchased from unrelated parties and are recorded at
historical cost. It is the intent of the parent to repay the Company the full
amount of its investment in Class B redeemable common stock with funds from
sources other than the Company. Upon redemption by the parent, the difference,
if any, between the Company's cost and the redemption amount received from the
parent will be recorded as a capital contribution from or dividend to the
parent.
 
G. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         APRIL     JULY 31,
                                                          30,   ---------------
                                                         1994    1993    1992
                                                        ------- ------- -------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>     <C>
Current portion of long-term debt...................... $ 1,486 $ 1,766 $ 1,912
Accrued insurance......................................   7,996   8,846  10,515
Accrued interest.......................................  17,237  10,374  10,759
Accrued payroll........................................   7,924   3,273   2,122
Other..................................................   3,909   4,789   3,708
                                                        ------- ------- -------
                                                        $38,552 $29,048 $29,016
                                                        ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
H. LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       APRIL       JULY 31,
                                                        30,    -----------------
                                                        1994     1993     1992
                                                      -------- -------- --------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
Fixed rate senior notes, interest at 12%, due in
 August 1996........................................  $177,600 $189,500 $200,000
Floating rate senior notes, interest at applicable
 LIBOR rate plus 2.25%
 (5.5% at April 30, 1994), due in August 1996.......    50,000   50,000   50,000
Senior subordinated debentures, interest at 11 5/8%,
 $250,000,000 face amount, due in December 2003.....   246,430  246,293  246,293
Notes payable, including approximately $2,329,000,
 $2,975,000 and $3,848,000 secured by property and
 equipment, interest rates ranging from noninterest-
 bearing to 12%, due on various dates through 2001..     3,927    5,562    7,233
                                                      -------- -------- --------
                                                       477,957  491,355  503,526
Less current portion................................     1,486    1,766    1,912
                                                      -------- -------- --------
                                                      $476,471 $489,589 $501,614
                                                      ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
 
  For the nine months ended April 30, 1994, the Company reacquired $11,900,000
of its fixed rate senior notes, at an approximate price of 110.00% of face
value together with accrued interest. The early extinguishment of senior notes
resulted in an extraordinary loss from debt premium and write-off of financing
costs of approximately $867,000, net of income tax benefit of $531,000.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
  In fiscal year 1993, the Company reacquired $10,500,000 of its fixed rate
senior notes, at an approximate aggregate price of 111.35% of face value,
together with accrued interest. The early extinguishment of senior notes
resulted in an extraordinary loss from debt premium and write-off of financing
costs of approximately $886,000, net of income tax benefit of $543,000.
 
  In December 1991, the Company issued, at 98.418% of face value, $250,000,000
of 11 5/8% senior subordinated debentures due 2003. A portion of the proceeds
was used to acquire the Company's existing subordinated debt, together with a
prepayment premium, leaving the remainder available to finance future
acquisitions and for additional working capital purposes. The refinancing of
the subordinated debt resulted in an extraordinary loss from prepayment premium
and write-off of financing costs of approximately $9,979,000, net of income tax
benefit of $6,116,000.
 
  The Company currently has a $50,000,000 bank credit facility which terminates
July 31, 1995. The facility provides for a working capital facility and a
letter of credit facility. At April 30, 1994, there were no borrowings
outstanding under the working capital facility and letters of credit
outstanding under the letter of credit facility, which are used primarily to
secure obligations under certain insurance and leasing arrangements, totaled
$32,778,000. Such letters of credit reduce the amount otherwise available for
borrowings under the facility.
 
  The various agreements for the senior notes and bank credit facility have
similar requirements for maintaining certain working capital and net worth
amounts and meeting interest coverage tests. These loan agreements and the
senior subordinated debentures also place various limitations on the Company,
the most restrictive relating to additional indebtedness and guarantees, sale
and disposition of assets, intercompany transactions, common stock issuance,
and essentially prohibit the payment of dividends. The Company is in compliance
with all requirements, tests, limitations and covenants related to the senior
notes and bank credit facility. The senior notes and bank credit agreement are
collateralized by the stock of the Company.
 
  Annual principal payments on long-term debt for each of the next five fiscal
years are $1,486,000 in 1995, $1,022,000 in 1996, $227,884,000 in 1997,
$125,000 in 1998 and $94,000 in 1999.
 
I. INCOME TAXES:
 
  Income tax expense (benefit) consists of (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NINE MONTHS
                                              ENDED        FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                            APRIL 30,           JULY 31,
                                          --------------- ----------------------
                                           1994     1993  1993    1992     1991
                                          -------  ------ -----  -------  ------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>
Current.................................. $   120  $  559 $ 606  $   301  $  552
Deferred.................................  12,108   7,694  (663)  (7,086)  1,006
                                          -------  ------ -----  -------  ------
                                          $12,228  $8,253 $ (57) $(6,785) $1,558
                                          =======  ====== =====  =======  ======
Allocated to:
  Operating activities................... $12,759  $8,253 $ 486  $  (669) $1,558
  Extraordinary loss.....................    (531)     --  (543)  (6,116)     --
                                          -------  ------ -----  -------  ------
                                          $12,228  $8,253 $ (57) $(6,785) $1,558
                                          =======  ====== =====  =======  ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
  Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of income
and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. The significant temporary
differences and related deferred tax provision (benefit) are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    NINE MONTHS
                                       ENDED        FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY
                                     APRIL 30,                31,
                                   ---------------  --------------------------
                                    1994     1993    1993     1992      1991
                                   -------  ------  -------  -------  --------
<S>                                <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Depreciation expense.............. $   (49) $1,175  $ 1,568  $ 7,010  $ 19,555
Net operating loss................  12,584   6,712   (1,975)  (9,055)  (15,539)
Net cash, accrual and other
 differences......................    (794)   (564)    (752)  (5,427)   (3,260)
Amortization......................     367     371      496      386       250
                                   -------  ------  -------  -------  --------
                                   $12,108  $7,694   $ (663) $(7,086) $  1,006
                                   =======  ======  =======  =======  ========
</TABLE>
 
  For Federal income tax purposes, the Company has net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $187,000,000 at April 30, 1994, available to
offset future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards expire at
various dates through 2009.
 
  A reconciliation between the effective tax rate and the statutory Federal
rate follows (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL
                                    30,                   FOR THE YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
                          -------------------------- ------------------------------------------
                              1994          1993         1993           1992           1991
                          -------------  ----------- -------------  --------------  -----------
                          AMOUNT    %    AMOUNT  %   AMOUNT    %    AMOUNT     %    AMOUNT  %
                          -------  ----  ------ ---- ------  -----  -------  -----  ------ ----
<S>                       <C>      <C>   <C>    <C>  <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>
Income tax expense (ben-
 efit) at statutory
 rate...................  $11,100  35.0  $7,153 34.0 $(284)  (34.0) $(6,278) (34.0) $1,202 34.0
Statutory surtax........     (317) (1.0)    --   --    --      --       --     --      --   --
State income taxes, net
 of Federal benefit.....    1,402   4.4     970  4.6   182    21.8     (518)  (2.7)    310  8.7
Nondeductible meal and
 entertainment expense..       30    .1      27   .1    36     4.3       42     .2      41  1.2
Other...................       13    --     103   .5     9     1.1      (31)   (.2)      5   .1
                          -------  ----  ------ ---- -----   -----  -------  -----  ------ ----
                          $12,228  38.5  $8,253 39.2 $ (57)   (6.8) $(6,785) (36.7) $1,558 44.0
                          =======  ====  ====== ==== =====   =====  =======  =====  ====== ====
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
  The significant components of the net deferred tax asset (liability) included
in the Consolidated Balance Sheet are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             APRIL
                                                              30,     JULY 31,
                                                              1994      1993
                                                            --------  --------
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
  Differences between book and tax basis of property and
   intangible assets....................................... $(98,788) $(86,533)
  Other....................................................       --    (3,267)
                                                            --------  --------
    Total deferred tax liabilities.........................  (98,788)  (89,800)
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
  Operating loss carryforwards.............................   72,871    85,790
  Reserves not currently deductible........................   14,764     6,767
  Other....................................................    1,802        --
                                                            --------  --------
    Total deferred tax assets..............................   89,437    92,557
                                                            --------  --------
NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET (LIABILITY)......................... $ (9,351) $  2,757
                                                            ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
J. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS:
 
  The Company is threatened with or named as a defendant in various lawsuits
which, among other items, claim damages for product liability. It is not
possible to determine the ultimate disposition of these matters; however, after
taking into consideration the Company's insurance coverage and its existing
reserves, management is of the opinion that there are no known uninsured claims
or known contingent claims that are likely to have a material adverse effect on
the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.
 
  The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has examined the Company's consolidated
income tax returns for the years ended July 31, 1987 and 1986, and has proposed
certain adjustments which relate principally to the purchase price allocations
for an acquisition made during 1987. The IRS has proposed to disallow $61
million of deductions taken or to be taken for depreciation of customer tanks
for which the Company asserts the methods and principles used during the
valuation of the customer tanks are defensible. Also, the IRS has proposed to
disallow $90 million of deductions for amortization of customer relationships
taken or to be taken in the Company's consolidated income tax returns. On April
20, 1993, the United States Supreme Court held in Newark Morning Ledger v.
United States that a taxpayer may amortize customer based intangibles if that
taxpayer can prove such intangibles are capable of being valued and the value
diminishes over time. The Company contends it has met this burden of proof and
feels this recent Supreme Court decision supports the positions taken during
the Company's allocation of purchase price to customer relationships. The
Company intends to vigorously defend against these proposed adjustments and is
in the process of protesting these adjustments through the appeals process of
the IRS. At this time, it is not possible to determine the ultimate resolution
of this matter.
 
  Certain property and equipment is leased under noncancellable operating
leases which require fixed monthly rental payments and which expire at various
dates through 2016. Rental expense under these leases totalled $7,822,000 and
$8,379,000 for the nine months ended April 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
$10,903,000, $10,317,000, and $9,334,000 for the three fiscal years ended July
31, 1993, 1992 and 1991. Future minimum lease commitments for such leases are
$7,939,000 in 1995, $5,703,000 in 1996, $3,694,000 in 1997, $1,707,000 in 1998,
and $441,000 in 1999.
 
K. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS:
 
  The Company and its parent have a defined contribution profit-sharing plan
which covers substantially all employees with more than one year of service.
Contributions are made to the plan at the discretion of the parent's Board of
Directors. This plan also provides for matching contributions under a cash or
deferred arrangement (401(k) plan) based upon participant salaries and employee
contributions to the plan. Company contributions under the profit sharing
provision of the plan were $1,200,000 and $1,000,000 for the nine months ended
April 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and were $1,000,000, $2,711,000 and
$2,200,000 for the three fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991,
respectively. Company matching contributions to the plan under the 401(k)
provision of the plan were $1,153,000 and $1,175,000 for the nine months ended
April 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and were $1,541,000, $1,420,000 and
$1,398,000 for the three fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991,
respectively.
 
  The Company has a defined benefit plan that provides participants who were
covered under a previously terminated plan with a guaranteed retirement benefit
at least equal to the benefit they would have received under the terminated
plan. Benefits under the terminated plan are determined by years of credited
service and salary levels. The Company's funding policy for this plan is to
contribute amounts deductible for Federal income tax purposes. Plan assets
consist primarily of corporate stocks and bonds, U.S. Treasury bonds and short-
term cash investments.
 
  The following table sets forth the plan's projected funded status for the
respective periods based on the most recent actuarial valuations:
 
ACTUARIALLY COMPUTED PENSION EXPENSE INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              NINE MONTHS     FOR THE YEAR
                                              ENDED APRIL         ENDED
                                                  30,           JULY 31,
                                              ------------  -------------------
                                              1994   1993   1993   1992   1991
                                              -----  -----  -----  -----  -----
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Service cost................................. $ 184  $ 213  $ 285  $ 318  $ 361
Interest on obligations......................   277    284    378    407    407
Actual return on plan assets.................   109   (500)  (448)  (320)    92
Amortization and deferral of:
  Prior service cost.........................   (23)   (23)   (31)     1      1
  Gain.......................................  (139)   (74)   (98)   (98)   (83)
  Deferred asset (gain)/loss.................  (347)   282    157    108   (310)
                                              -----  -----  -----  -----  -----
ACTUARIALLY COMPUTED PENSION EXPENSE......... $  61  $ 182  $ 243  $ 416  $ 468
                                              =====  =====  =====  =====  =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 JULY 31,
                                                    APRIL 30, ----------------
                                                      1994     1993     1992
                                                    --------- -------  -------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>      <C>
ACTUARIAL PRESENT VALUE OF BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
  Vested benefit obligation........................  $ 2,917  $ 2,215  $ 1,840
                                                     =======  =======  =======
  Accumulated benefit obligation...................  $ 3,520  $ 2,747  $ 2,378
                                                     =======  =======  =======
  Projected benefit obligation.....................  $ 5,556  $ 4,917  $ 4,981
  Less: plan assets at fair value..................   (3,142)  (3,605)  (2,727)
                                                     -------  -------  -------
  Benefit obligation in excess of plan assets......    2,414    1,312    2,254
  Unrecognized prior service cost..................      306      329      (12)
  Unrecognized gain................................    1,454    2,573    2,054
                                                     -------  -------  -------
ACCRUED BENEFIT OBLIGATION.........................  $ 4,174  $ 4,214  $ 4,296
                                                     =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
  The actuarial computations assumed a discount rate, annual salary increase
and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 7.5%, 5% and 9.5%,
respectively, for the nine months ended April 30, 1994, 8%, 5% and 9.5%,
respectively, for fiscal year 1993 and 1992 and 8.5%, 5.5% and 9.5%,
respectively, for fiscal year 1991.
 
  In fiscal 1987, Ferrell Companies, Inc. (Ferrell) established the Ferrell
Companies, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Plan). The Plan provides long-
term incentives to officers and executives of Ferrell and its subsidiaries in
the form of units (Equity Units). The Plan provides for the redemption of the
Equity Units after July 31, 1996, based upon the excess of an appraised value
as of July 31, 1996, over a minimum value established at Plan inception. Earned
awards are 100% vested by the participants at July 31, 1993.
 
  Because the participants are primarily employees of Ferrellgas, compensation
expense charges (credits) representing increases (decreases) in the estimated
value of the vested Equity Units are recorded by the Company. Compensation
expense charged (credited) to income was $720,000 and $0 for the nine months
ended April 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and was $80,000, $(1,934,000) and
$2,508,000, respectively, for the three fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992
and 1991.
 
L. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS:
 
  The Company provides postretirement medical benefits to a closed group of
approximately 400 retired employees and their spouses. The plan requires the
Company to provide primary medical benefits to the participants until age 65,
at which time the company only pays a fixed amount of $55 per month participant
for medical benefits. Effective August 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106--Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions which requires accrual of
postretirement benefits (such as health care benefits) during the years an
employee provides services. The Company elected to amortize the postretirement
benefit obligation over a period not to exceed the average remaining life
expectancy of the plan participants (since all of the plan participants are
retired). The cumulative effect as of August 1, 1993, and impact for the nine
months ended April 10, 1994, of adopting this statement was not material to the
financial statements of the Company.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
  The Company has expensed $560,000, $471,000 and $532,000 for the years ended
July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively, on a pay-as-you-go-basis relative
to this postretirement benefit obligation.
 
  The actuarial liabilities for these postretirement benefits, none of which
have been funded, are as follows at April 30, 1994:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation--Retirees....... $2,270,000
      <S>                                                            <C>
      Fair Value of Assets..........................................          0
                                                                     ----------
      Accrued Liability............................................. $2,270,000
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>
 
  Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the nine months ended April 30,
1994, included the following components:
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Interest Cost on Obligation..................................... $145,647
      <S>                                                              <C>
      Amortization of Transition Obligation...........................  171,320
                                                                       --------
      Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost........................ $316,967
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined using a
discount rate of 7.75% and a health care cost trend rate of 10% in fiscal year
1994, 8% in fiscal years 1995 through 1997 and 5% thereafter for any
individuals who have not attained the age of 65 by such cut-off dates.
 
  Benefits relate to a closed group of retirees whose benefits convert to a
fixed monthly supplement at age 65. Because of the nature of this group, a 1%
change in the assumed health care cost trend rates does not have a significant
impact on net periodic postretirement benefit cost or the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
  The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 112--Employers' Accounting For Postemployment Benefits
which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1993. This
statement requires that employers recognize over the service lives of employees
the costs of postemployment benefits if certain conditions are met. The Company
does not believe that adoption of the statement will have a material impact on
results of operations or financial condition of the Company.
 
M. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES:
 
  All notes receivable from related parties bear interest at the prime rate
plus 1.375% (8.125% at April 30, 1994) except for one note totaling $8,896,000
which bears interest at the prime rate (6.75% at April 30, 1994).
 
  In 1993 and 1991, the Company received capital contributions from its parent.
In 1993, the contribution consisted of (i) the forgiveness of a $3,015,000
long-term note payable to affiliate, including interest, and (ii) a $262,000
note receivable from affiliate. In 1991, the contribution consisted of
forgiveness of $6,687,000 long-term note payable to Parent, including interest.
 
  In the second and third quarter of fiscal year 1993, Ferrell Leasing
Corporation, a subsidiary of Ferrell Properties, Inc., sold to the Company for
the fair market value of $4,100,000, the land and two buildings comprising the
Company's corporate headquarters in Liberty, Missouri. James E. Ferrell, a
director and executive officer in the Company, owns all of the issued and
outstanding stock of Ferrell Properties, Inc. Prior to the purchase of the
buildings, the Company paid rent to Ferrell Leasing of $403,000, $692,000 and
$661,000 in fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
 
  A. Andrew Levison, a director of the parent, is a Managing Director of
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ"). DLJ acted as
placement agent with regard to the senior subordinated notes issued in December
1991 and was paid fees of $3,545,000.
 
  The law firm of Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts, a Professional Corporation, is
general counsel to the Company, the parent and their respective subsidiaries
and affiliates. David S. Mouber, a director of the Parent, is a member of such
law firm. The Company, the Parent and their respective subsidiaries paid such
firm fees of $987,000 and $899,000 for the nine months ended April 30, 1994 and
1993, respectively, and paid fees of $1,381,000, $2,189,000 and $2,776,000
during the three fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
 
N. DISCLOSURES ABOUT OFF BALANCE SHEET RISK AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS:
 
  In fiscal year 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 107--Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments which
requires disclosing the fair value of financial instruments which can be
reasonably determined.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
  The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate
that value:
 
    Current Assets. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents and
  short-term investments approximates fair value because of the short
  maturity of those instruments.
 
    Long-term Debt. The estimated fair value of the Company's long-term debt
  was $505,597,000 and $539,651,000 as of April 30, 1994 and July 31, 1993,
  respectively. The fair value is estimated based on quoted market prices and
  discounted cash flows.
 
  The Company is a party to certain option and forward contracts in connection
with its trading activities involving various liquified petroleum products.
Contracts are executed with private counterparties and to a lesser extent on
national mercantile exchanges. Open contract positions are summarized as
follows:
 
                              AS OF APRIL 30, 1994
                  (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PRICE PER GALLON DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   MARKET
                             VOLUME       PRICE          MATURITY       CONTRACT  VALUE OF  UNREALIZED
                          (IN GALLONS) (PER GALLON)        DATES        AMOUNTS   CONTRACTS GAIN/(LOSS)
                          ------------ ------------ ------------------- --------  --------- -----------
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>                 <C>       <C>       <C>
Exchange Traded Option
 Contracts
 to Buy.................      2,730    $       0.26  June - July 1994   $   723    $  820     $   97
Forward Contracts to
 Buy....................     61,893    $.19 to $.34 May - December 1994  15,717    16,093        376
Forward Contracts to
 (Sell).................    (30,142)   $.29 to $.37 May - December 1994 (10,180)   (9,588)       592
                            -------                                     -------    ------     ------
 Total..................     34,481                                     $ 6,260    $7,325     $1,065
                            =======                                     =======    ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
  Risks related to these contracts arise from the possible inability of
counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and changes in underlying
product prices. The Company attempts to minimize market risk through the
enforcement of its trading policies, which include total inventory limits and
loss limits, and attempts to minimize credit risk through application of its
credit policies.
 
  In connection with its trading activities, at July 31, 1993, the Company had
open forward and option contracts to buy $10,394 and sell ($11,347) of various
liquified petroleum products expressed in dollars based on contract prices. At
July 31, 1992, similar contracts to buy were $7,582 and to sell ($4,986). Net
unrealized gains/(losses) on those open positions were $281 and $0,
respectively, at July 31, 1993 and 1992.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
 
                                FERRELLGAS, INC.
             (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF FERRELL COMPANIES, INC.)
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1994 AND 1993 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
 
O. SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL DATA--FERRELL COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES:
 
  The Company is the sole operating subsidiary of Ferrell Companies, Inc.
Summarized consolidated financial information for Ferrell Companies, Inc. and
subsidiaries is presented below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               NINE MONTHS ENDED    FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY
                                   APRIL 30,                  31,
                              -------------------- ----------------------------
                                 1994       1993     1993      1992      1991
                              ----------- -------- --------  --------  --------
                                  (UNAUDITED))
<S>                           <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS:
  Operating revenues.........  $450,482   $468,308 $542,116  $501,297  $544,021
  Operating expenses.........   375,332    403,840  483,782   445,048   481,246
  Earnings (loss) before
   extraordinary loss........    20,142     12,784      174    (1,653)    2,102
  Extraordinary loss.........      (867)        --     (886)   (9,979)       --
  Net earnings (loss)........    19,275     12,784     (712)  (11,632)    2,102
<CAPTION>
                                                       JULY 31,
                               APRIL 30,           ------------------
                                 1994                1993      1992
                              -----------          --------  --------
                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL
 POSITION:
  Current assets.............  $180,648            $136,373  $142,161
  Non-current assets.........   384,095             401,702   423,906
  Current liabilities........    72,924              62,804    74,517
  Non-current liabilities and
   equity....................   491,819             475,271   491,550
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      APPENDIX A
 
                               GLOSSARY OF TERMS
 
  AVAILABLE CASH: Generally, for any period, all of the cash receipts of the
Partnership during such period (other than cash receipts that are attributable
to the liquidation of the Partnership) plus net reductions to reserves less all
of its cash disbursements and net additions to reserves during such period,
including, for the period from the closing of this offering through October 31,
1994, the cash balance of the Partnership on the date the Partnership commences
operations. The full definition of Available Cash is set forth in the
Partnership Agreement, a form of which is included as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The definition of
Available Cash permits the General Partner to maintain reserves for
distributions with respect to any of the next four succeeding quarters in order
to reduce quarter-to-quarter variations in distributions. The General Partner
has broad discretion in establishing reserves for other purposes, and its
decisions regarding reserves could have a significant impact on the amount of
Available Cash available for distribution.
 
  COMMON UNITS: The 13,100,000 Common Units (15,065,000 if the Underwriters'
overallotment option is exercised in full) of the Master Partnership offered
concurrently herewith and to be issued at the closing of this offering together
with the 1,000,000 Common Units (if the Underwriters' overallotment option is
exercised in full, all of such Common Units will be repurchased by the
Partnership) to be held by Ferrell at the closing of this offering. Each Common
Unit represents a fractional part of the partnership interests of all limited
partners and assignees and has the rights and obligations specified with
respect to Common Units in the Partnership Agreement.
 
  COMPANY: Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned
subsidiary of Ferrell. Also referred to in this Prospectus as "Ferrellgas" and
the "General Partner."
 
  CREDIT FACILITY: The credit facility to be entered into by the Partnership
and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent, which
will permit borrowings by the Partnership of up to $100 million on a senior
unsecured revolving line of credit basis and up to $85 million on a senior
unsecured basis.
 
  EBITDA: Earnings before interest, income taxes and depreciation and
amortization, calculated as operating income plus depreciation and amortization
excluding interest.
 
  FERRELL: Ferrell Companies, Inc., a Kansas corporation.
 
  FERRELLGAS: Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned
subsidiary of Ferrell. Also referred to in this Prospectus as the "Company" and
the "General Partner."
 
  GENERAL PARTNER: Ferrellgas, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ferrell, and its
successors as general partner of the Partnership.
 
  INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS: The right to receive specified incentive
distributions of Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations if quarterly
distributions of Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations exceed
certain specified target levels, issued to Ferrellgas in connection with the
transfer of its assets to the Partnership.
 
 
  MASTER PARTNERSHIP: Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership.
 
  PARTNERSHIP: Ferrellgas, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership of which the
Master Partnership will own a 99% limited partner interest and Ferrellgas will
own a 1% general partner interest. The Partnership will conduct the Master
Partnership's business and has been established to simplify the Partnership's
obligations under the laws of certain jurisdictions in which it will conduct
business.
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT: The partnership agreement for the Partnership (the
form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part), and unless the context requires otherwise,
references to the Partnership Agreement constitute references to the
Partnership Agreements of the Partnership and of the Master Partnership,
collectively.
 
  SUBORDINATED UNITS: The subordinated limited partner interests to be issued
to Ferrellgas in connection with the transfer of its assets to the Partnership.
 
  UNITHOLDERS: Holders of the Common Units and the Subordinated Units.
 
  UNITS: The Common Units and the Subordinated Units, collectively.
 
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY IN-
FORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST
NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE ISSUERS OR ANY UNDERWRIT-
ER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION
OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RE-
LATES, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER
TO BUY IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHO-
RIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALI-
FIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HERE-
UNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE ISSUERS SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                                  -----------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................    3
Risk Factors..............................................................   13
The Transactions..........................................................   18
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   19
Capitalization............................................................   20
Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating
 Data.....................................................................   21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   23
Business..................................................................   32
Management................................................................   41
Cash Distributions........................................................   47
The Partnership...........................................................   47
Description of Senior Notes...............................................   51
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences...................................   71
Underwriting..............................................................   73
Legal Matters.............................................................   74
Experts...................................................................   74
Additional Information....................................................   74
Index to Financial Statements.............................................  F-1
Glossary of Terms.........................................................  A-1
</TABLE>
 
                                  -----------
 
  UNTIL           , 1994 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                     LOGO
                                  Ferrellgas
 
                                 $250,000,000
 
                               FERRELLGAS, L.P.
 
                           FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.
 
                             % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2001
 
                                ---------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                                ---------------
 
 
 
                         DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                            SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
 
 
                             GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                                        , 1994
 
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
  Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and
commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and
distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD filing fee,
the amounts set forth below are estimates.
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                              <C>
      Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee............. $ 86,207
      NASD filing fee.................................................   25,500
      Rating agency fees..............................................   30,000
      Printing and engraving expenses.................................  100,000
      Legal fees and expenses.........................................  182,818
      Accounting fees and expenses....................................   68,750
      Blue Sky fees and expenses......................................   15,675
      Trustee fees and expenses.......................................   12,000
      Miscellaneous...................................................   19,593
                                                                       --------
        Total......................................................... $540,543
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
  The Section of the Prospectus entitled "The Partnership Agreement--
Indemnification" is incorporated herein by reference.
 
  Article VII of the Company's bylaws provides, with respect to
indemnification, as follows:
 
  "Section 7.01. Indemnification of Authorized Representatives in Third Party
Proceedings. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is an
"authorized representative" of the Corporation (which shall mean for purposes
of this Article a Director or officer of the Corporation, or a person serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, or trustee, of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and
who was or is a "party" (which shall include for purposes of this Article the
giving of testimony or similar involvement) or is threatened to be made a party
to any "third party proceeding" (which shall mean for purposes of this Article
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than an action by or in the
right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person was or is an
authorized representative of the Corporation, against expenses (which shall
include for purposes of this Article attorneys' fees), judgments, penalties,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such
person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in
good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any
criminal third party proceeding (which could or does lead to a criminal third
party proceeding) had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful.
The termination of any third party proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
indictment, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
shall not of itself create a presumption that the authorized representative did
not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with
respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe
that such conduct was unlawful.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
  Section 7.02. Indemnification of Authorized Representatives in Corporate
Proceedings. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is an
authorized representative of the Corporation and who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any "corporation proceeding" (which shall mean
for purposes of this Article any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor
or investigative proceeding by the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such
person was or is an authorized representative of the Corporation, against
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the
defense or settlement of such corporate action if such person acted in good
faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of such
person's duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court
of Chancery or the court in which such corporate proceeding was pending shall
determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, such authorized representative is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court
of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
  Section 7.03. Mandatory Indemnification of Authorized Representatives. To the
extent that an authorized representative of the Corporation has been successful
on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third party or corporate
proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person
shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such
person in connection therewith.
 
  Section 7.04. Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any
indemnification under Section 7.01, 7.02 or 7.03 of this Article (unless
ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the
specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the authorized
representative is proper in the circumstances because such person has either
met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 7.01 or 7.02 or
has been successful on the merits or otherwise as set forth in Section 7.03 and
that the amount requested has been actually and reasonably incurred. Such
determination shall be made:
 
    (1) By the Board of Directors by a majority of a quorum consisting of
  Directors who were not parties to such third party or corporate proceeding,
  or
 
    (2) If such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a
  majority vote of such a quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in
  a written opinion, or
 
    (3) By the stockholders.
 
  Section 7.05. Advancing Expenses. Expenses actually and reasonably incurred
in defending a third party or corporate proceeding shall be paid on behalf of
an authorized representative by the Corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such third party or corporate proceeding as authorized in the
manner provided in Section 7.04 of this Article upon receipt of an undertaking
by or on behalf of the authorized representative to repay such amount unless it
shall ultimately be determined that such person is entitled to be indemnified
by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. The financial ability of such
authorized representative to make such repayment shall not be a prerequisite to
the making of an advance.
 
  Section 7.06. Employee Benefit Plans. For purposes of this Article, the
Corporation shall be deemed to have requested an authorized representative to
serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of duties
to the Corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by,
such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise
taxes assessed on an authorized representative with respect to an employee
benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed "fines"; and action
taken or omitted by such person with respect to an employee benefit plan in the
performance of duties for a purpose reasonably believed to be in the interest
of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a
purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
  Section 7.07. Scope of Article. The indemnification of authorized
representatives, as authorized by this Article, shall (1) not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be
entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
Directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to
action in another capacity, (2) continue as to a person who has ceased to be an
authorized representative and (3) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors
and administrators of such a person.
 
  Section 7.08. Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as an
authorized representative of the Corporation shall be deemed to be doing so in
reliance upon rights of indemnification provided by this Article."
 
  Article EIGHTH of Ferrell's Articles of Incorporation provides, with respect
to indemnification, as follows:
 
  "Article EIGHTH. No Director shall be personally liable to this Corporation
or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director provided that nothing in this Article EIGHTH shall be construed so as
to eliminate or limit the liability of a director (A) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (B) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (C) under the provisions of K.S.A. 17-6424 and
amendments thereto, (D) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit or (E) for any act or omission occurring prior to the
effective date of this Article EIGHTH. No amendment to or repeal of this
Article EIGHTH shall adversely affect any right, benefit or protection of a
director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal
with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or
repeal."
 
  In addition, paragraph 22 of Ferrell's bylaws provides as follows:
 
  "22. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. (a) Subject to subparagraph
(c) below, the corporation shall indemnify every director and officer who is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation),
by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation, as a
director or officer, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by him
in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith
and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to
believe that his conduct was unlawful.
 
  (b) Subject to subparagraph (c) below, the corporation shall indemnify every
person who is a party or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened,
pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to
procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a
director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys'
fees, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall
have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance
of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in
which the action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite
the adjudication of liability and in view of all the circumstances of the case,
the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expense
which the court shall deem proper.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
  (c) Any indemnification under the subparagraphs (a) or (b) above, unless
ordered by a court, shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the
specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or
officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in this Section 22. The determination shall be
made by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of
directors who were not parties to the action, suit or proceeding, or if such a
quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested
directors so directs, by independent counsel in a written opinion, or by the
stockholders.
 
  (d) It is the intent of this Section 22 that the corporation shall be
obligated to indemnify every officer and director of this corporation to the
fullest extent permitted by law provided that the officer and director has met
the standard of conduct applicable by law which entitles such director and
officer to such indemnification. To such end:
 
    (i) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this
  Section 22 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
  seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under
  any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
  otherwise both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
  another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a
  person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the
  benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person; and
 
    (ii) In the event the matter with respect to which indemnification is
  sought under this Section 22 is required by law to be authorized in
  accordance with subparagraph (c) above, then the exercise of discretion in
  granting any such authorization shall be on the basis of the utmost good
  faith consistent with the intent of this Section 22 to indemnify every
  officer and director of this corporation to the fullest extent permitted by
  law.
 
  (e) Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition
of the action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on
behalf of the director or officer to repay such amounts if it is ultimately
determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by
the corporation as authorized in this Section 22.
 
  (f) Absent a vote by a majority of the Board of Directors or a determination
by independent legal counsel appointed by a majority of the Board of Directors
upon the facts of a specific case, indemnification described in this Section 22
will be limited to defensive application.
 
  (g) The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any
liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or
arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have
the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this
Section 22.
 
  (h) For purposes of this Section, references to "the corporation" shall
include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation
(including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consideration or
merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and
authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or
was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
shall stand in the same position under this Section with respect to the
resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to
such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
 
  (i) For purposes of this Section, reference to "other enterprises" shall
include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise
taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and
references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any
service as director or
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by,
such director or officer, with respect to an employee benefit plan, its
participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a
manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the
participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to
have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation"
as referred to in this Section."
 
  Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
authorizes the indemnification of directors and officers of a corporation
against liability incurred by reason of being a director or officer and against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) in connection with defending any action
seeking to establish such liability, in the case of third party claims, if the
director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and in the
case of action by or in the right of the corporation, if the director or
officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if such director or
officer shall not have been adjudged liable to the corporation, unless a court
otherwise determines. Indemnification is also authorized with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding where the director or officer had no reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
 
  Reference is made to Section 6 of the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit
1.1 to this Registration Statement.
 
  Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the Partnership
Agreements, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Limited Partnership Act
empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any
partner or other person from and against any and all claims and demands
whatsoever.
 
  Under insurance policies maintained by Ferrell, directors and officers of
Ferrell and its subsidiaries may be indemnified against losses arising from
certain claims, including claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
which may be made against such persons by reason of their being directors or
officers.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
  There has been no sale of securities of the Partnership within the past three
years.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
  (a) EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
     <C>    <S>
      **1.1 --Form of Underwriting Agreement
       *3.1 --Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership of Ferrellgas, L.P.
      **5.1 --Opinion of Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts, P.C. as to the legality
             of the securities being registered
      **8.1 --Opinion of Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts, P.C. relating to tax
             matters
      *10.1 --Form of Credit Agreement dated as of     , 1994 among Ferrellgas,
             L.P., Stratton Insurance Company, Ferrellgas, Inc., Bank of
             America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent, and the
             other financial institutions party thereto in the amount of
             $185,000,000
      *10.2 --Form of Indenture among Ferrellgas, L.P., and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, relating to   %
             Senior Notes due 2001
     **10.3 --$250,000,000 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Debenture Indenture due
             2003, dated as of December 1, 1991, between the Company and
             Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 
       
<TABLE>
     <S>     <C>
     **10.4  --Assignment and Agreement dated as of January 1, 1989 between BP Oil
              Company and Ferrell Petroleum, Inc.
     **10.5  --Ferrell Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated June 23, 1987, between Ferrell
              and the participants in the Plan
     **10.6  --Ferrell 1992 Key Employee Stock Option Plan
      *10.7  --Form of Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement between
              Ferrellgas, the Partnership and the Master Partnership
     **10.8  --First Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 1994 relating to $250,000,000
              11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures
     **12.1  --Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
     **21.1  --List of subsidiaries
      *23.1  --Consent of Deloitte & Touche
     **23.2  --Consent of Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
     **23.3  --Consent of Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts, P.C. (included in Exhibit 8.1)
     **24.1  --Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
     **25.1  --Statement of Eligibility of Trustee
</TABLE>
- --------
* Filed herewith
**Previously filed
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Index of Financial Statement Schedules..................................... S-1
Independent Auditors' Report............................................... S-2
Schedule I--Marketable Securities--Other Investments ...................... S-3
Schedule II--Amounts Receivable From Related Parties and Employees......... S-4
Schedule V--Property, Plant and Equipment.................................. S-5
Schedule VI--Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of Property, Plant
 and Equipment ............................................................ S-6
Schedule VIII--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts........................... S-7
Schedule IX--Short-Term Borrowings......................................... S-8
Schedule X--Supplementary Income Statement Information..................... S-9
</TABLE>
 
  All other financial statement schedules are omitted because the information
is not required, is not material or is otherwise included in the financial
statements or related notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers or
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the
  information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
  Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
  of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
  497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be a part of this Registration
  Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Act, each
  post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed
  to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered
  therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
  to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE
REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN
THE CITY OF LIBERTY, STATE OF MISSOURI, ON THE 23TH DAY OF JUNE, 1994.     
 
                                          Ferrellgas Finance Corp.
 
                                                           *
                                          By:
                                             ---------------------------------
                                                      JAMES E. FERRELL
                                                 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
 
              SIGNATURE                         TITLE                DATE
 
                *                       Director, Chairman         
- -------------------------------------    of the Board and       June 23, 1994
          JAMES E. FERRELL               Chief Executive                 
                                         Officer (Principal
                                         Executive Officer)
 
      /s/ Danley K. Sheldon             Chief Financial            
- -------------------------------------    Officer/Treasurer      June 23, 1994
          DANLEY K. SHELDON              (Principal                      
                                         Financial and
                                         Accounting Officer)
 
         /s/ Danley K. Sheldon
*By:
    ---------------------------------
           DANLEY K. SHELDON 
           ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE
REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN
THE CITY OF LIBERTY, STATE OF MISSOURI, ON THE 23RD DAY OF JUNE, 1994.     
 
                                          Ferrellgas, L.P.
 
                                          By: Ferrellgas, Inc., as General
                                           Partner
 
                                                           *
                                          By:
                                             ---------------------------------
                                                      JAMES E. FERRELL
                                                 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
 
              SIGNATURE                         TITLE                DATE
 
                *                       Director, Chairman         
- -------------------------------------    of the Board and       June 23, 1994
          JAMES E. FERRELL               Chief Executive                 
                                         Officer (Principal
                                         Executive Officer)
 
      /s/ Danley K. Sheldon             Chief Financial            
- -------------------------------------    Officer/Treasurer      June 23, 1994
          DANLEY K. SHELDON              (Principal                      
                                         Financial and
                                         Accounting Officer)
 
         /s/ Danley K. Sheldon
*By: ________________________________
            DANLEY K. SHELDON
            ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
 
                                      II-9
<PAGE>
 
                    INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Independent Auditors' Report............................................... S-2
Schedule I--Marketable Securities--Other Investments ...................... S-3
Schedule II--Amounts Receivable From Related Parties and Employees......... S-4
Schedule V--Property, Plant and Equipment.................................. S-5
Schedule VI--Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of Property, Plant
 and Equipment ............................................................ S-6
Schedule VIII--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts........................... S-7
Schedule IX--Short-Term Borrowings......................................... S-8
Schedule X--Supplementary Income Statement Information..................... S-9
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors
Ferrellgas, Inc.
Liberty, Missouri
 
  We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Ferrellgas, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of April 30, 1994 and July 31, 1993 and 1992, and for the nine
months ended April 30, 1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended
July 31, 1993, and have issued our report thereon dated June 3, 1994, which
expressed an unqualified opinion and included an explanatory paragraph
concerning an uncertainty involving an income tax matter. Our audits also
included the financial statement schedules listed at Item 16(b). These
financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In
our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to
the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in
all material respects the information therein set forth.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE
Kansas City, Missouri
June 3, 1994
 
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE I
 
                       FERRELLGAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                    MARKETABLE SECURITIES--OTHER INVESTMENTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SHARES/            MARKET       BALANCE
          ISSUANCE/ISSUER           PAR VALUE    COST    VALUE     SHEET VALUE
<S>                                 <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>
Year ended July 31, 1993
  United States Treasury Bills
    United States Government.......  $15,000    $14,497 $14,703      $14,497(1)
  United States Treasury Notes
    United States Government.......  $ 5,000    $ 5,116 $ 5,171      $ 5,116(1)
  Corporate Commercial Paper
    Beta Finance, Inc..............  $ 2,500    $ 2,474 $ 2,474      $ 2,474(1)
    General Electric Capital Corp..  $ 3,000    $ 2,953 $ 2,977      $ 2,953(1)
  Class B Redeemable Common Stock
    Ferrell Companies, Inc.........      643(4) $36,031 $36,031(2)   $36,031(3)
Year ended July 31, 1992
  United States Treasury Bills
    United States Government.......  $24,000    $23,165 $23,600      $23,165(1)
  Class B Redeemable Common Stock
    Ferrell Companies, Inc.........      576    $32,813 $32,813(2)   $32,813(3)
Year ended July 31, 1991
  Class B Redeemable Common Stock
    Ferrell Companies, Inc. .......      394    $23,721 $23,721(2)   $23,721(3)
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Short-term investments on Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(2) Class B redeemable common stock is not publicly traded. Therefore, market
    value was considered the same as cost for this schedule.
(3) Investment in Class B redeemable common stock of parent (eliminated in
    consolidation) on Balance Sheet.
(4) Total authorized and issued shares of Ferrell's Class B redeemable common
    stock.
 
 
                                      S-3
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                       FERRELLGAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTIES AND EMPLOYEES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           BALANCE AT END
                            BALANCE                           OF PERIOD
                              AT                           ---------------
                           BEGINNING              AMOUNTS            NOT
      NAME OF DEBTOR       OF PERIOD ADDITIONS   COLLECTED CURRENT CURRENT
<S>                        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>     <C>
Year ended July 31, 1993
  One Liberty Plaza, Inc.
   (1)....................  $3,000    $   --      $   --   $   --  $3,000
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
  Ferrell Development,
   Inc. (1)...............  $1,500    $   --      $   --   $   --  $1,500
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
  Ferrell Properties, Inc.
   (1)....................  $   --    $  262(3)   $   --   $   --  $  262
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
  James E. Ferrell (2)....  $6,588    $4,400      $4,341   $  500  $6,147
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
Year ended July 31, 1992
  One Liberty Plaza, Inc.
   (1)....................  $3,000    $   --      $   --   $   --  $3,000
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
  Ferrell Development,
   Inc. (1)...............  $1,500    $   --      $   --   $   --  $1,500
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
  James E. Ferrell (2)....  $2,756    $5,480      $1,648   $1,000  $5,588
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
Year ended July 31, 1991
  One Liberty Plaza, Inc.
   (1)....................  $3,000    $   --      $   --   $   --  $3,000
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
  Ferrell Development,
   Inc. (1)...............  $1,500    $   --      $   --   $   --  $1,500
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
  James E. Ferrell (2)....  $   --    $6,216      $3,460   $2,756  $   --
                            ======    ======      ======   ======  ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Notes are due December 31, 1997, and bear interest at the prime rate plus
    1.375%.
(2) Note is due on demand and bears interest at the prime rate.
(3) Contributed by Ferrell in fiscal year 1993.
 
 
                                      S-4
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE V
 
                       FERRELLGAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                         PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          YEAR ENDED    YEAR ENDED    YEAR ENDED
                         JULY 31, 1993 JULY 31, 1992 JULY 31, 1991
<S>                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Land and improvements...   $ 18,459      $ 17,150      $ 16,974
Buildings and
 improvements...........     23,001        20,339        18,560
Vehicles................     37,564        39,205        40,662
Furniture and fixtures..     16,402        14,194        11,182
Bulk equipment and
 market facilities......     33,612        32,051        30,462
Tanks and customer
 equipment..............    314,127       313,634       307,210
Other...................      1,456            99         1,790
                           --------      --------      --------
                           $444,621      $436,672      $426,840
                           ========      ========      ========
Additions, at cost......   $ 14,187      $ 20,392      $ 25,942
                           ========      ========      ========
Retirements.............   $  6,238      $ 10,560      $  9,854
                           ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
Note: See Notes to financial statements for a description of the methods and
      estimated useful lives used in computing depreciation and amortization.
      Detail of additions and retirements by major classification is not
      provided as the totals for such additions and retirements are less than
      10% of the total property, plant and equipment for each year.
 
 
                                      S-5
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE VI
 
                       FERRELLGAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                  ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION OF
                         PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ADDITIONS
                                                CHARGED TO
                                      BEGINNING COSTS AND               END OF
                                       OF YEAR   EXPENSES  RETIREMENTS   YEAR
<S>                                   <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
Year ended July 31, 1993
  Land and improvements.............. $  1,293   $   263     $    5    $  1,551
  Buildings and improvements.........    5,831       996        124       6,703
  Vehicles...........................   21,804     4,466      2,260      24,010
  Furniture and fixtures.............    8,162     2,433         92      10,503
  Bulk equipment and market
   facilities........................    9,186     1,712         92      10,806
  Tanks and customer equipment.......   77,270    10,579        617      87,232
                                      --------   -------     ------    --------
                                      $123,546   $20,449     $3,190    $140,805
                                      ========   =======     ======    ========
Year ended July 31, 1992
  Land and improvements.............. $  1,049   $   248     $    4    $  1,293
  Buildings and improvements.........    5,033       979        181       5,831
  Vehicles...........................   20,403     5,107      3,706      21,804
  Furniture and fixtures.............    6,742     2,072        652       8,162
  Bulk equipment and market
   facilities........................    7,955     1,507        276       9,186
  Tanks and customer equipment.......   67,455    10,573        758      77,270
                                      --------   -------     ------    --------
                                      $108,637   $20,486     $5,577    $123,546
                                      ========   =======     ======    ========
Year ended July 31, 1991
  Land and improvements.............. $    826   $   234     $   11    $  1,049
  Buildings and improvements.........    5,095     1,057      1,119       5,033
  Vehicles...........................   17,323     5,115      2,035      20,403
  Furniture and fixtures.............    5,301     1,978        537       6,742
  Bulk equipment and market
   facilities........................    6,263     1,826        134       7,955
  Tanks and customer equipment.......   52,521    15,775        841      67,455
                                      --------   -------     ------    --------
                                      $ 87,329   $25,985     $4,677    $108,637
                                      ========   =======     ======    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-6
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   SCHEDULE VIII
 
                       FERRELLGAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     BALANCE AT CHARGED   DEDUCTIONS   BALANCE
                                     BEGINNING  TO COST/   (AMOUNTS    AT END
            DESCRIPTION              OF PERIOD  EXPENSES CHARGED-OFF) OF PERIOD
<S>                                  <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>
Year ended July 31, 1993
  Allowance for uncollectible
   receivables......................  $   837   $ 1,343     $1,573     $   607
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
  Accumulated amortization of
   intangible assets................  $49,188   $ 9,993     $   --     $59,181
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
  Accumulated amortization of other
   assets...........................  $ 5,286   $ 2,538     $  232     $ 7,592
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
Year ended July 31, 1992
  Allowance for uncollectible
   receivables......................  $ 1,005   $ 2,071     $2,239     $   837
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
  Accumulated amortization of
   intangible assets................  $38,901   $10,306     $   19     $49,188
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
  Accumulated amortization of other
   assets...........................  $ 6,895   $ 2,654     $4,263     $ 5,286
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
Year ended July 31, 1991
  Allowance for uncollectible
   receivables......................  $ 1,005   $ 2,423     $2,423     $ 1,005
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
  Accumulated amortization of
   intangible assets................  $29,116   $ 9,785     $   --     $38,901
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
  Accumulated amortization of other
   assets...........................  $ 4,309   $ 2,586     $   --     $ 6,895
                                      =======   =======     ======     =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-7
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE IX
 
                       FERRELLGAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                             SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              MAXIMUM                WEIGHTED
                                   WEIGHTED   AMOUNT      AVERAGE     AVERAGE
                           BALANCE AVERAGE  OUTSTANDING OUTSTANDING  INTEREST
                           AT END  INTEREST   DURING      DURING    RATE DURING
         CATEGORY          OF YEAR   RATE    THE YEAR    THE YEAR    THE YEAR*
<S>                        <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>
Year ended July 31, 1993
  (There were no short-term borrowings during the fiscal year ended July 31,
   1993).
Year ended July 31, 1992
  Working capital loan....  $ --       --     $1,000      $  453       7.82%
                            ====     ====     ======      ======       ====
  Revolving loan..........  $ --       --     $4,275      $2,640       7.53%
                            ====     ====     ======      ======       ====
Year ended July 31, 1991
  (There were no short-term borrowings during the fiscal year ended July 31,
   1991).
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
* Based upon the actual rate in effect and the average daily outstanding
  balance.
 
                                      S-8
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE X
 
                       FERRELLGAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         CHARGED TO COSTS AND
                                                               EXPENSES
                                                        -----------------------
                                                         YEAR    YEAR    YEAR
                                                         ENDED   ENDED   ENDED
                                                         JULY    JULY    JULY
                                                          31,     31,     31,
                                                         1993    1992    1991
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>     <C>
1. Maintenance and repairs............................. $10,110 $ 9,855 $ 8,819
                                                        ======= ======= =======
2. Depreciation........................................ $20,472 $20,486 $25,985
   Amortization of intangibles.........................   9,993  10,306   9,785
   Amortization of other assets........................   2,538   2,654   2,586
                                                        ------- ------- -------
                                                        $33,003 $33,446 $38,356
                                                        ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
Note: Detail for the other items required for this schedule has been omitted
      since each of the other items is less than 1% of total revenues.
 
                                      S-9
<PAGE>
 
                            GRAPHICS APPENDIX LIST

PAGE WHERE
GRAPHIC          DESCRIPTION OF GRAPHIC OR CROSS-REFERENCE
- ------------     -----------------------------------------
INSIDE FRONT     A map depicting the locations of assets and operations of 
COVER PAGE       Ferrellgas, L.P. (the "Partnership") in the United States. The
OF PROSPECTUS    map is coded to reflect the locations of the following: (1)
(FOLDOUT)        retail markets; (ii) the headquarters; (iii) the Houston
                 headquarters; (iv) a service center; (v) owned underground
                 storage; and (vi) owned throughput terminals. The map also
                 depicts LPG common carrier pipelines not owned by the
                 Partnership and seaborne import terminals not owned by the
                 Partnership.

PAGE 8           A chart depicting the organization and ownership of
                 Ferrellgas Partners, L.P. (the "Master Partnership") and the
                 Master Partnership after giving effect to the sale of the
                 Common Units by the Master Partnership and related
                 transactions. The ownership interests as depicted are as
                 follow: (1) Ferrell Companies, Inc. ("Ferrell") will own
                 1,000,000 Common Units, 16,118,559 Subordinated Units and
                 Incentive Distribution Rights representing a 56.1% limited
                 partner interest in the Master Partnership; Ferrellgas, Inc.
                 ("Ferrellgas"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Ferrell, will own
                 a 1% general partner interest in the Master Partnership and a
                 1.0101% general partner interest in the Partnership; the Master
                 Partnership will own a 98.9899% limited partner interest in the
                 Partnership; and the public unitholders will own 13,100,000
                 Common Units representing a 42.9% limited partner interest in
                 the Master Partnership.


<PAGE>
 
                                                       DRAFT DATED JUNE 23,1994



                                   AGREEMENT


                                       OF


                              LIMITED PARTNERSHIP



                                       OF



                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                   ARTICLE I
                             ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                                                     <C>
1.1  Formation........................................................   1
1.2  Name.............................................................   1
1.3  Registered Office; Principal Office..............................   1
1.4  Power of Attorney................................................   1
1.5  Term.............................................................   2
1.6  Possible Restrictions on Transfer................................   2


                                   ARTICLE II
                                  DEFINITIONS

"Additional Limited Partner".........................................    3
"Adjusted Capital Account"...........................................    3
"Adjusted Property"..................................................    3
"Affiliate"..........................................................    3
"Agreed Allocation"..................................................    3
"Agreed Value".......................................................    4
"Agreement"..........................................................    4
"Audit Committee"....................................................    4
"Available Cash".....................................................    4
"Book-Tax Disparity".................................................    5
"Business Day".......................................................    5
"Capital Account"....................................................    5
"Capital Contribution"...............................................    5
"Capital Interests"..................................................    5
"Carrying Value".....................................................    5
"Certificate of Limited Partnership".................................    5
"Closing Date".......................................................    5
"Code"...............................................................    5
"Common Unit"........................................................    5
"Contributed Property"...............................................    5
"Contribution Agreement".............................................    6
"Curative Allocation"................................................    6
"Delaware Act".......................................................    6
"Departing Partner"..................................................    6
"Economic Risk of Loss"..............................................    6
"Event of Withdrawal"................................................    6
"Exchange Act".......................................................    6
"Ferrell"............................................................    6
"Ferrellgas".........................................................    6
"General Partner"....................................................    6
"IDR"................................................................    6
"Indemnitee".........................................................    6
"Initial Limited Partner"............................................    6
"Limited Partner"....................................................    6
"Liquidation Date"...................................................    6
"Liquidator".........................................................    6
"Merger Agreement"...................................................    7
"MLP"................................................................    7
"MLP Agreement"......................................................    7
"MLP Offering".......................................................    7
</TABLE> 
     

<PAGE>
 
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                                                    <C>

"MLP Registration Statement".........................................   7
"MLP Subsidiary".....................................................   7
"MLP Underwriting Agreement".........................................   7
"National Securities Exchange".......................................   7
"Net Agreed Value"...................................................   7
"Net Income".........................................................   8
"Net Loss"...........................................................   8
"Net Termination Gain"...............................................   8
"Net Termination Loss"...............................................   8
"Nonrecourse Built-in Gain"..........................................   8
"Nonrecourse Deductions".............................................   8
"Nonrecourse Liability"..............................................   8
"OLP Offering".......................................................   8
"OLP Registration Statement".........................................   8
"OLP Subsidiary".....................................................   8
"OLP Underwriting Agreement".........................................   8
"Opinion of Counsel".................................................   8
"Partners"...........................................................   8
"Partner Nonrecourse Debt"...........................................   8
"Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain"..............................   9
"Partner Nonrecourse Deductions".....................................   9
"Partnership"........................................................   9
"Partnership Interest"...............................................   9
"Partnership Minimum Gain"...........................................   9
"Percentage Interest"................................................   9
"Person".............................................................   9
"Quarter"............................................................   9
"Recapture Income"...................................................   9
"Registration Statements"............................................   9
"Required Allocations"...............................................   9
"Residual Gain" or "Residual Loss"...................................   9
"Restricted Activities"..............................................   9
"Securities Act".....................................................   9
"Senior Notes".......................................................  10
"Special Approval"...................................................  10
"Subsidiary".........................................................  10
"Substituted Limited Partner"........................................  10
"Surviving Business Entity"..........................................  10
"Termination Capital Transactions"...................................  10
"Underwriting Agreements"............................................  10
"Unit"...............................................................  10
"Unrealized Gain"....................................................  10
"Unrealized Loss"....................................................  10
"Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel"......................................  10

                                  ARTICLE III
                                    PURPOSE

3.1  Purpose and Business............................................  10
3.2  Powers..........................................................  11

</TABLE> 
     

                                     (ii)
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE IV
                             CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                                                   <C> 
4.1  Initial Contributions........................................... 11
4.2  Contributions by Ferrellgas and the MLP......................... 11
4.3  Additional Capital Contributions................................ 11
4.4  No Preemptive Rights............................................ 11
4.5  Capital Accounts................................................ 12
4.6  Interest........................................................ 14
4.7  No Withdrawal................................................... 14
4.8  Loans from Partners............................................. 14

                                   ARTICLE V
                         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1  Allocations for Capital Account Purposes........................ 14
5.2  Allocations for Tax Purposes.................................... 17
5.3  Requirement of Distributions.................................... 19

                                   ARTICLE VI
                      MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
 
6.1  Management...................................................... 19
6.2  Certificate of Limited Partnership.............................. 20
6.3  Restrictions on General Partner's Authority..................... 20
6.4  Reimbursement of the General Partner............................ 21
6.5  Outside Activities.............................................. 21
6.6  Loans to and from the General Partner; Contracts with Affiliates 22
6.7  Indemnification................................................. 23
6.8  Liability of Indemnitees........................................ 24
6.9  Resolution of Conflicts of Interest............................. 25
6.10  Other Matters Concerning the General Partner................... 26
6.11  Title to Partnership Assets.................................... 26
6.12  Reliance by Third Parties...................................... 26

                                  ARTICLE VII
                 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNER
 
7.1  Limitation of Liability......................................... 27
7.2  Management of Business.......................................... 27
7.3  Return of Capital............................................... 27
7.4  Rights of the Limited Partner Relating to the Partnership....... 27

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                     BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

8.1  Records and Accounting.......................................... 28
8.2  Fiscal Year..................................................... 28

</TABLE> 
     

                                     (iii)
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  TAX MATTERS

    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                                                   <C>
9.1  Preparation of Tax Returns...................................... 28
9.2  Tax Elections................................................... 28
9.3  Tax Controversies............................................... 28
9.4  Organizational Expenses......................................... 28
9.5  Withholding..................................................... 29
9.6  Opinions of Counsel............................................. 29

                                   ARTICLE X
                             TRANSFER OF INTERESTS
 
10.1  Transfer....................................................... 29
10.2  Transfer of the General Partner's Partnership Interest......... 30
10.3  Transfer of the Limited Partner's Partnership Interest......... 30

                                   ARTICLE XI
                             ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
 
11.1  Admission of Initial Partners.................................. 29
11.2  Admission of Ferrellgas as a Limited Partner................... 30
11.3  Admission of Substituted Limited Partners...................... 30
11.4  Admission of Successor General Partner......................... 30
11.5  Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership.. 30
11.6  Admission of Additional Limited Partners....................... 30

                                  ARTICLE XII
                       WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
 
12.1  Withdrawal of the General Partner.............................. 30
12.2  Removal of the General Partner................................. 32
12.3  Interest of Departing Partner and Successor General Partner.... 32
12.4  Reimbursement of Departing Partner............................. 32
12.5  Withdrawal of the Limited Partner.............................. 32

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                          DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
13.1  Dissolution.................................................... 32
13.2  Continuation of the Business of the Partnership after 
        Dissolution.................................................. 33
13.3  Liquidation.................................................... 33
13.4  Distributions in Kind.......................................... 34
13.5  Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership............. 34
13.6  Reasonable Time for Winding Up................................. 34
13.7  Return of Capital.............................................. 35
13.8  Capital Account Restoration.................................... 35
13.9  Waiver of Partition............................................ 35

</TABLE>
     
                                     (iv)
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XIV
                       AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                                                   <C>
14.1  Amendment to be Adopted Solely by General Partner.............. 35
14.2  Amendment Procedures........................................... 36

                                   ARTICLE XV
                                     MERGER
 
15.1  Authority...................................................... 36
15.2  Procedure for Merger or Consolidation.......................... 36
15.3  Approval by Limited Partner of Merger or Consolidation......... 37
15.4  Certificate of Merger.......................................... 37
15.5  Effect of Merger............................................... 37

                                  ARTICLE XVI
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
16.1  Addresses and Notices.......................................... 38
16.2  References..................................................... 38
16.3  Pronouns and Plurals........................................... 38
16.4  Further Action................................................. 38
16.5  Binding Effect................................................. 38
16.6  Integration.................................................... 38
16.7  Creditors...................................................... 38
16.8  Waiver......................................................... 38
16.9  Counterparts................................................... 38
16.10  Applicable Law................................................ 38
16.11  Invalidity of Provisions...................................... 38
 
</TABLE>
     
                                      (v)
<PAGE>
 
                      AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF
                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.


     THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF FERRELLGAS, L.P., dated as of
_________________________, 1994, is entered into by and among Ferrellgas, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation, as the General Partner, and Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership, as the Initial Limited Partner, together with any
other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership as provided herein.  In
consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                             ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

  1.1      Formation.  (a) The General Partner and the Initial Limited Partner
have previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the
provisions of the Delaware Act. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in
this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the
administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed
by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal
property of the owner thereof for all purposes.

  1.2      Name.  The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the
Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, "Ferrellgas, L.P."  The
Partnership's business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed
necessary or appropriate by the General Partner, including, without limitation,
the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof.  The words "Limited
Partnership," "L.P.," "Ltd." or similar words or letters shall be included in
the Partnership's name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the
laws of any jurisdiction that so requires.  The General Partner in its sole
discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to
time and shall notify the Limited Partner of such change in the next regular
communication to the Limited Partner.

  1.3      Registered Office; Principal Office.  Unless and until changed by
the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of
Delaware shall be located at The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for
service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such
registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office
of the Partnership and the address of the General Partner shall be One Liberty
Plaza, Liberty, Missouri 64068, or such other place as the General Partner may
from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partner. The Partnership
may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State
of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate.

  1.4      Power of Attorney. (a)  The Limited Partner hereby constitutes and
appoints each of the General Partner and, if a Liquidator shall have been
selected pursuant to Section 13.3, the Liquidator severally (and any successor
to either thereof by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and
each of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, with full power of
substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power
and authority in its name, place and stead, to:

           (i)       execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record
in the appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other
instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate
of Limited Partnership and all amendments or restatements thereof) that the
General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to form,
qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a
limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited
liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the
Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates,
documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems
necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any
amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement;

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
(C) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including, without
limitation, conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the General
Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the
dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement; (D) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the
admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or
other events described in, Article X, XI, XII or XIII or the Capital
Contribution of any Partner; (E) all certificates, documents and other
instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and
privileges of any class or series of Partnership Interests; and (F) all
certificates, documents and other instruments (including, without limitation,
agreements and a certificate of merger) relating to a merger or consolidation of
the Partnership pursuant to Article XV; and

    (ii)   execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots,
consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments
necessary or appropriate, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or the
Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent,
approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners
hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or is necessary or
appropriate, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, to
effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when the
consent or approval of the Limited Partner is required by any provision of this
Agreement, the General Partner or the Liquidator may exercise the power of
attorney made in this Section 1.4(a)(ii) only after the necessary consent or
approval of the Limited Partner is obtained.

Nothing contained in this Section 1.4(a) shall be construed as authorizing the
General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XIV or
as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

     (b)   The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable
and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected
by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution,
bankruptcy or termination of the Limited Partner and the transfer of all or any
portion of the Limited Partner's Partnership Interest and shall extend to the
Limited Partner's heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives.  The
Limited Partner hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the
General Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of
attorney; and the Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses that may be
available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or
the Liquidator taken in good faith under such power of attorney.  The Limited
Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator,
within 15 days after receipt of the General Partner's or the Liquidator's
request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other
instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary to
effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

     1.5  Term.  The Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate
of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in
existence until the close of Partnership business on July 31, 2084, or until the
earlier termination of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of
Article XIII.

     1.6  Possible Restrictions on Transfer.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event of (a) the enactment (or
imminent enactment) of any legislation, (b) the publication of any temporary or
final regulation by the Treasury Department, (c) any ruling by the Internal
Revenue Service or (d) any judicial decision, that, in any such case, in the
Opinion of Counsel, would result in the taxation of the Partnership as an
association taxable as a corporation or would otherwise result in the
Partnership being taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes, then, the
General Partner may impose such restrictions on the transfer of Partnership
Interests as may be required, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the
Partnership from being taxed as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise as an entity for federal income tax purposes, including, without
limitation, making any amendments to this Agreement as the General Partner in
its sole discretion may determine to be necessary or appropriate to impose such
restrictions.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE II
                                  DEFINITIONS

     The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise
clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

          "ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNER" means a Person admitted to the
     Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.6 and who is shown
     as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

          "ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means the Capital Account maintained for
     each Partner as of the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, (a)
     increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under
     the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or
     is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-
     2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)), and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses
     and deductions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably
     expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent years under Sections
     704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-
     1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end
     of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in
     subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or
     otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner's
     Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to)
     the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made
     (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to
     Section 5.1(d)(i) or 5.1(d)(ii)).  The foregoing definition of Adjusted
     Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury
     Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted
     consistently therewith.

          "ADJUSTED PROPERTY"  means any property the Carrying Value of which
     has been adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(i) or 4.5(d)(ii).  Once an
     Adjusted Property is deemed distributed by, and recontributed to, the
     Partnership for federal income tax purposes upon a termination thereof
     pursuant to Section 708 of the Code, such property shall thereafter
     constitute a Contributed Property until the Carrying Value of such property
     is subsequently adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(i) or 4.5(d)(ii).

          "AFFILIATE"  means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that
     directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common
     control with, the Person in question.  As used herein, the term "control"
     means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
     cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether
     through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

          "AGREED ALLOCATION"  means any allocation, other than a Required
     Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 5.1, including, without limitation, a Curative
     Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term "Agreed
     Allocation" is used).

          "AGREED VALUE"  of any Contributed Property means the fair market
     value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution
     as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of
     valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the Agreed Value of any
     property deemed contributed by the Partnership for federal income tax
     purposes upon termination and reconstitution thereof pursuant to Section
     708 of the Code shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.5(c)(i).
     Subject to Section 4.5(c)(i), the General Partner shall, in its sole
     discretion, use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate to
     allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed
     to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each
     separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each
     Contributed Property.

          "AGREEMENT"  means this Agreement of Limited Partnership of
     Ferrellgas, L.P., as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time
     to time.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          "AUDIT COMMITTEE"  means a committee of the Board of Directors of the
     General Partner composed entirely of two or more directors who are neither
     officers nor employees of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates.

          "AVAILABLE CASH"  means with respect to any period and without
     duplication:

          (a) the sum of:
    
              (i) all cash receipts of the Partnership during such period from
          all sources (including, without limitation, distributions of cash
          received by the Partnership from an OLP Subsidiary) plus, in the case
          of the Quarter ending October 31, 1994, the cash balance of the
          Partnership as of the close of business on the Closing Date ; and     
    
              (ii) any reduction with respect to such period in a cash reserve
          previously established pursuant to clause (b)(ii) below (either by
          reversal or utilization)from the level of such reserve at the end of
          the prior period;     

          (b) less the sum of:
    
              (i) all cash disbursements of the Partnership during such period,
          including, without limitation, disbursements for operating expenses,
          taxes, if any, debt service (including, without limitation, the
          payment of principal, premium and interest), redemption of Partnership
          Interests, capital expenditures, contributions, if any, to an OLP
          Subsidiary and cash distributions to Partners(but only to the extent
          that such cash distributions to Partners exceed Available Cash for the
          immediately preceding Quarter; and     
    
              (ii) any cash reserves established with respect to such period,
          and any increase with respect to such period in a cash reserve
          previously established pursuant to this clause (b)(ii) from the level
          of such reserve at the end of the prior period, in such amounts as the
          General Partner determines in its reasonable discretion to be
          necessary or appropriate (A) to provide for the proper conduct of the
          business of the Partnership (including, without limitation, reserves
          for future capital expenditures or capital contributions to an OLP
          Subsidiary)or (B) to provide funds for distributions to the Partners
          in repect of any one or more of the next four Quarters or (C) because
          the distribution of such amounts would be prohibited by applicable law
          or by any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt
          instrument or other agreement or obligation to which the Partnership
          is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject;     
    
provided, however, that for purposes of determining Available Cash for the
Quarter ending October 31, 1994, such Quarter shall be deemed to commence on the
Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing (x) disbursements (including,
without limitation, contributions to an OLP Subsidiary or disbursements on
behalf of an OLP Subsidiary) made or reserves established, increased or reduced
after the end of any Quarter but on or before the date on which the Partnership
makes its distribution of Available Cash in respect of such Quarter pursuant to
Section 5.3(a) shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or
reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, with respect to such
Quarter if the General Partner so determines and (y) "Available Cash" with
respect to any period shall not include any cash receipts or reductions in
reserves or take into account any disbursements made or reserves established
after the Liquidation Date.     

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
          "BOOK-TAX DISPARITY"  means with respect to any item of Contributed
     Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the
     difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or
     Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax
     purposes as of such date.  A Partner's share of the Partnership's Book-Tax
     Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will
     be reflected by the difference between such Partner's Capital Account
     balance as maintained pursuant to Section 4.5 and the hypothetical balance
     of such Partner's Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained
     strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

          "BUSINESS DAY"  means Monday through Friday of each week, except that
     a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States
     or the states of New York or Missouri shall not be regarded as a Business
     Day.

          "CAPITAL ACCOUNT"  means the capital account maintained for a Partner
     pursuant to Section 4.5.

          "CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION"  means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net
     Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the
     Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.5(c) or 13.8.

          "CAPITAL INTERESTS"  means, with respect to any corporation, any and
     all shares, participations, rights or other equivalent interests in the
     capital of the corporation, and with respect to any partnership, any and
     all partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other
     interests or participations that confer on a Person the right to receive a
     share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, such
     partnership.

          "CARRYING VALUE"  means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property,
     the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all
     depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the
     Partners' Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b)
     with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such
     property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of
     determination.  The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from
     time to time in accordance with Sections 4.5(d)(i) and  4.5(d)(ii) and to
     reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for
     dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed
     appropriate by the General Partner.

          "CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP"  means the Certificate of Limited
     Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as
     referenced in Section 6.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may
     be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

          "CLOSING DATE"  means the first date on which Common Units are sold by
     the MLP to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the MLP
     Underwriting Agreement.

          "CODE"  means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in
     effect from time to time, as interpreted by the applicable regulations
     thereunder.  Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the
     Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision
     of future law.

          "COMMON UNIT"  has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP
     Agreement.

          "CONTRIBUTED PROPERTY"  means each property or other asset, in such
     form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash,
     contributed to the Partnership (or deemed contributed to the Partnership on
     termination and reconstitution thereof pursuant to Section 708 of the
     Code).  Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted
     pursuant to Section 4.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a
     Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
          "CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT"  has the meaning assigned to such term in the
     MLP Agreement.

          "CURATIVE ALLOCATION"  means any allocation of an item of income,
     gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section
     5.1(d)(ix).

          "DELAWARE ACT"  means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership
     Act, 6 Del C. (S) 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated
     from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

          "DEPARTING PARTNER"  means a former General Partner, from and after
     the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General
     Partner pursuant to Section 12.1 or Section 12.2.

          "ECONOMIC RISK OF LOSS"  has the meaning set forth in Treasury
     Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

          "EVENT OF WITHDRAWAL"  has the meaning assigned to such term in
     Section 12.1(a).

          "EXCHANGE ACT"  means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
     supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such
     statute.

          "FERRELL"  means Ferrell Companies, Inc., a Kansas corporation.

          "FERRELLGAS"  means Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a
     wholly owned subsidiary of Ferrell.

          "GENERAL PARTNER"  means Ferrellgas, and its successors as general
     partner of the Partnership.

          "IDR"  has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP Agreement.

          "INDEMNITEE"  means the General Partner, any Departing Partner, any
     Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing
     Partner, any Person who is or was an officer, director, employee, partner,
     agent or trustee of the General Partner or any Departing Partner or any
     such Affiliate, or any Person who is or was serving at the request of the
     General Partner or any Departing Partner or any such Affiliate as a
     director, officer, employee, partner, agent or trustee of another Person.

          "INITIAL LIMITED PARTNER"  means the MLP.

          "LIMITED PARTNER"  means the Initial Limited Partner, Ferrellgas
     pursuant to Section 4.2, each Substituted Limited Partner, if any, each
     Additional Limited Partner and any Departing Partner upon the change of its
     status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.3,
     but excluding any such Person from and after the time it withdraws from the
     Partnership.

          "LIQUIDATION DATE"  means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to
     the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and
     (b) of the first sentence of Section 13.2, the date on which the applicable
     time period during which the Partners have the right to elect to
     reconstitute the Partnership and continue its business has expired without
     such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving
     rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event
     occurs.

          "LIQUIDATOR"  means the General Partner or other Person approved
     pursuant to Section 13.3 who performs the functions described therein.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          "MERGER AGREEMENT"  has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
     15.1.

          "MLP"  means Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
     partnership.

          "MLP AGREEMENT"  means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of
     Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., as it may be amended, supplemented or restated
     from time to time.

          "MLP OFFERING"  means the initial offering of Common Units to the
     public, as described in the MLP Registration Statement.

          "MLP REGISTRATION STATEMENT"  means the Registration Statement on Form
     S 1 (Registration No. 33-53383), as it has been or as it may be amended or
     supplemented from time to time, filed by the MLP with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and
     sale of the Common Units in the MLP Offering.

          "MLP SUBSIDIARY"  means a Subsidiary of the MLP.

          "MLP UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT" means the underwriting agreement dated
     ________, 1994, among the MLP, the General Partner, Ferrell and the
     Underwriters named in Schedule I thereto providing for the purchase of
     Common Units by such Underwriters.

          "NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE"  means an exchange registered with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act.

          "NET AGREED VALUE:  means, (a) in the case of any Contributed
     Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities
     either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such
     property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property
     distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership's Carrying
     Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(ii)) at the
     time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either
     assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is
     subject at the time of distribution, in either case, as determined under
     Section 752 of the Code.

          "NET INCOME"  means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of
     the Partnership's items of income and gain (other than those items
     attributable to dispositions constituting Termination Capital Transactions)
     for such taxable period over the Partnership's items of loss and deduction
     (other than those items attributable to dispositions constituting
     Termination Capital Transactions) for such taxable period.  The items
     included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance
     with Section 4.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated
     under Section 5.1(d).  Once an item of income, gain, loss or deduction that
     has been included in the initial computation of Net Income is subjected to
     a Required Allocation or a Curative Allocation, Net Income or Net Loss,
     whichever the case may be, shall be recomputed without regard to such item.

          "NET LOSS"  means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the
     Partnership's items of loss and deduction (other than those items
     attributable to dispositions constituting Termination Capital Transactions)
     for such taxable period over the Partnership's items of income and gain
     (other than those items attributable to dispositions constituting
     Termination Capital Transactions) for such taxable period.  The items
     included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance
     with Section 4.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated
     under Section 5.1(d).  Once an item of income, gain, loss or deduction that
     has been included in the initial computation of Net Loss is subjected to a
     Required Allocation or a Curative Allocation, Net Income, or Net Loss,
     whichever the case may be, shall be recomputed without regard to such item.

          "NET TERMINATION GAIN"  means, for any taxable period, the sum, if
     positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the
     Partnership (including, without limitation, such 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     amounts recognized through an OLP Subsidiary, if applicable) from
     Termination Capital Transactions occurring in such taxable period. The
     items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall be
     determined in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and shall not include any
     items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 5.1(d).
     Once an item of income, gain or loss that has been included in the initial
     computation of Net Termination Gain is subjected to a Required Allocation
     or a Curative Allocation, Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss,
     whichever the case may be, shall be recomputed without regard to such item.

          "NET TERMINATION LOSS"  means, for any taxable period, the sum, if
     negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the
     Partnership (including, without limitation, such amounts recognized through
     an OLP Subsidiary, if applicable) from Termination Capital Transactions
     occurring in such taxable period.  The items included in the determination
     of Net Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section
     4.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially
     allocated under Section 5.1(d).  Once an item of gain or loss that has been
     included in the initial computation of Net Termination Loss is subjected to
     a Required Allocation or a Curative Allocation, Net Termination Gain or Net
     Termination Loss, whichever the case may be, shall be recomputed without
     regard to such item.

          "NONRECOURSE BUILT-IN GAIN"  means with respect to any Contributed
     Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge
     securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would
     be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Sections 5.2(b)(i)(A),
     5.2(b)(ii)(A) or 5.2(b)(iii) if such properties were disposed of in a
     taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no
     other consideration.

          "NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS"  means any and all items of loss, deduction
     or expenditures (described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in
     accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-(2)(b),
     are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

          "NONRECOURSE LIABILITY"  has the meaning set forth in Treasury
     Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

          "OLP OFFERING"  means the initial offering of Senior Notes to the
     public, as described in the OLP Registration Statement.

          "OLP REGISTRATION STATEMENT"  means the Registration Statement on Form
     S 1 (Registration No. 33-53379), as it has been or as it may be amended or
     supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership and Ferrellgas
     Finance Corp. with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
     Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Senior Notes in the
     OLP Offering.

          "OLP SUBSIDIARY"  means a Subsidiary of the Partnership.

          "OLP UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT"  means the underwriting agreement dated
     ________, 1994, among the Partnership, Ferrellgas Finance Corp., the
     General Partner and the Underwriters named in Schedule A thereto providing
     for the purchase of Senior Notes by such Underwriters.

          "OPINION OF COUNSEL"  means a written opinion of counsel (who may be
     regular counsel to the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General
     Partner, or the Partnership) acceptable to the General Partner.

          "PARTNERS"  means the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

          "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT"  has the meaning set forth in Treasury
     Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
          "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT MINIMUM GAIN" has the meaning set forth in
     Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

          "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS"  means any and all items of loss,
     deduction or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure
     described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the
     principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a
     Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

          "PARTNERSHIP"  means Ferrellgas, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
     established by the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and any successor
     thereto.

          "PARTNERSHIP INTEREST"  means the interest of a Partner in the
     Partnership.

          "PARTNERSHIP MINIMUM GAIN"  means that amount determined in accordance
     with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

          "PERCENTAGE INTEREST"  means (a) as to the General Partner, in its
     capacity as such, 1.0101% and (b) as to the Limited Partner, 98.9899%.

          "ERSON"  means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust,
     unincorporated organization, association or other entity.

          "QUARTER"  means, unless the context requires otherwise, a three-month
     period of time ending on October 31, January 31, April 30, or July 31;
     provided, however, that the General Partner in its sole discretion may
     amend such period as it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with a
     change in the fiscal year of the Partnership.

          "RECAPTURE INCOME"  means any gain recognized by the Partnership
     (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Sections 734 or 743
     of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the
     Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it
     represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to
     such property or asset.

          "REGISTRATION STATEMENTS"  means the MLP Registration Statement and
     the OLP Registration Statement.

          "REQUIRED ALLOCATIONS"  means any allocation (or limitation imposed on
     any allocation) of an item of income, gain, deduction or loss pursuant to
     (a) Section 5.1(b)(i) or (b) Sections 5.1(d)(i)-(vi) and (viii), such
     allocations (or limitations thereon) being directly or indirectly required
     by the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code.

          "RESIDUAL GAIN"  or "RESIDUAL LOSS" means any item of gain or loss, as
     the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax
     purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a
     Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain
     or loss is not allocated pursuant to Sections 5.2(b)(i)(A) or
     5.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

          "RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES"  means the retail sale of propane to end users
     within the continental United States in the manner engaged in by Ferrellgas
     immediately prior to the Closing Date.

          "SECURITIES ACT"  means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
     supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such
     statute.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          "SENIOR NOTES"  means the ____% Senior Notes due 2001 in the aggregate
     principal amount of $250 million to be issued by the Partnership and
     Ferrellgas Finance Corp. and offered and sold in the OLP Offering.

          "SPECIAL APPROVAL"  means approval by the Audit Committee.
    
          "SUBSIDIARY"  means, with respect to any Person, (i) a corporation of
     which more than 50% of the voting power of shares of Capital Interests
     entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in
     the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is
     owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries
     of such Person, or a combination thereof, (ii) a partnership (whether
     general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is,
     at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such
     partnership, but only if more than 50% of the Capital Interests of such
     partnership (considering all of the Capital Interests of the partnership as
     a single class) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
     Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination
     thereof, or (iii) any other Person (other than a corporation or a
     partnership) in which such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of
     determination, has (x) at least a majority ownership interest or (y) the
     power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or
     other governing body of such Person.     

          "SUBSTITUTED LIMITED PARTNER"  means a Person who is admitted as a
     Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.3 in place of and
     with all the rights of a Limited Partner and who is shown as a Limited
     Partner on the books and records of the Partnership.

          "SURVIVING BUSINESS ENTITY"  has the meaning assigned to such term in
     Section 15.2(b).

          "TERMINATION CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS"  means any sale, transfer or other
     disposition of property of the Partnership occurring upon or incident to
     the liquidation and winding up of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIII.

          "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENTS"  means the MLP Underwriting Agreement and
     the OLP Underwriting Agreement.

          "UNIT"  has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP Agreement.

          "UNREALIZED GAIN"  attributable to any item of Partnership property
     means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair
     market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section
     4.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior
     to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.5(d) as of such date).

          "UNREALIZED LOSS"  attributable to any item of Partnership property
     means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the
     Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to
     be made pursuant to Section 4.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair
     market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section
     4.5(d)).

          "WITHDRAWAL OPINION OF COUNSEL"  has the meaning assigned to such term
     in Section 12.1(b).


                                   ARTICLE III
                                     PURPOSE

   3.1 Purpose and Business . The purpose and nature of the business to be
conducted by the Partnership shall be (a) to acquire, manage, and operate the
assets described in the Contribution Agreement as being transferred to the
Partnership and any similar assets or properties and to engage directly in, or
to enter into or form any corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
joint venture or other arrangement to engage

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
indirectly in, any type of business or activity engaged in by Ferrellgas
immediately prior to the Closing Date and, in connection therewith, to exercise
all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the
agreements relating to such assets, (b) to engage directly in, or enter into or
form any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or
other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is
approved by the General Partner and which may lawfully be conducted by a limited
partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith,
to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant
to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (c) to do anything
necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including, without limitation, the
making of capital contributions to any OLP Subsidiary or loans to the MLP, an
MLP Subsidiary or an OLP Subsidiary (including, without limitation, those
contributions or loans that may be required in connection with its involvement
in the activities referred to in clause (b) of this sentence). The General
Partner has no obligation or duty to the Partnership or the Limited Partner to
propose or approve, and in its sole discretion may decline to propose or
approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business.

     3.2 Powers.  The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts
and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or
convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business
described in Section 3.1 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.


                                  ARTICLE IV
                             CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     4.1 Initial Contributions. In connection with the formation of the
Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner has made an initial
Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $10.10 for an interest
in the Partnership and has been admitted as the general partner of the
Partnership, and the Initial Limited Partner has made an initial Capital
Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $989.90 for an interest in the
Partnership and has been admitted as a limited partner of the Partnership.

     4.2 Contributions by Ferrellgas and the MLP.  (a) On the Closing Date,
Ferrellgas shall, as a Capital Contribution, contribute, transfer, convey,
assign and deliver to the Partnership the property and other rights described in
the Contribution Agreement as being so contributed, transferred, conveyed,
assigned and delivered in exchange for (i) the continuation of its general
partner interest in the Partnership consisting of a Partnership Interest
representing a 1.0101% Percentage Interest, (ii) a limited partner interest in
the Partnership, which shall be contributed, transferred, conveyed, assigned and
delivered by the General Partner to the MLP as set forth in the Contribution
Agreement, and which, together with the Partnership Interest previously held by
the MLP, will represent a 98.9899% Percentage Interest in the Partnership, and
(iii) the Partnership's assumption of, or taking of assets subject to, certain
indebtedness and other liabilities, including, without limitation, the
Partnership's assumption of the payment obligations of certain indebtedness of
Ferrellgas, all as provided for in the Contribution Agreement.

     (b) On the Closing Date, the MLP shall contribute in respect of its
Partnership Interest [approximately $_____ million out of] the net proceeds to
the MLP from the issuance of the Common Units pursuant to the MLP Offering.

     4.3 Additional Capital Contributions.  With the consent of the General
Partner, the Limited Partner may, but shall not be obligated to, make additional
Capital Contributions to the Partnership.  Contemporaneously with the making of
any such additional Capital Contributions by the Limited Partner, the General
Partner shall be obligated to make an additional Capital Contribution to the
Partnership in an amount equal to 1.0102% of the additional Capital Contribution
then made by the Limited Partner.  Except as set forth in the immediately
preceding sentence and Section 13.8, the General Partner shall not be obligated
to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

     4.4 No Preemptive Rights.  Except as provided in Section 4.3, no Person
shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to
(a) additional Capital Contributions; (b) issuance 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
or sale of any class or series of Partnership Interests, whether unissued, held
in the treasury or hereafter created; (c) issuance of any obligations, evidences
of indebtedness or other securities of the Partnership convertible into or
exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied by any rights to receive, purchase
or subscribe to, any such Partnership Interests; (d) issuance of any right of
subscription to or right to receive, or any warrant or option for the purchase
of, any such Partnership Interests; or (e) issuance or sale of any other
securities that may be issued or sold by the Partnership.

     4.5 Capital Accounts.  (A) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner
owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such
Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).  Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of
all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such
Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items of
Partnership income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain
exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and allocated with
respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 5.1, and decreased by
(x) the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed
distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest
pursuant to this Agreement and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss
computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and allocated with respect to such
Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 5.1.

     (b)  For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss
or deduction to be reflected in the Partners' Capital Accounts, the
determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same
as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax
purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost
recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

          (i) Solely for purposes of this Section 4.5, the Partnership shall be
     treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the
     General Partner) of all property owned by any OLP Subsidiary that is
     classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

          (ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to
     promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be
     deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for
     purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction
     at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be
     allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 5.1.

          (iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section
     1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss
     and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section
     754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items
     described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without
     regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or
     are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax
     purposes.

          (iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition
     of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of
     such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the
     Partnership's Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

          (v) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code,
     any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable
     to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of
     such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to
     the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section
     4.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to
     depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for
     such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such
     property shall be determined (A) as if the adjusted basis of such property
     were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following
     such adjustment and (B) using a rate of depreciation, cost recovery or
     amortization derived from the same method and useful life (or, if
     applicable, the remaining

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     useful life) as is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided,
     however, that, if the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income
     tax purposes, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall
     be determined using any reasonable method that the General Partner may
     adopt.

          (vi) If the Partnership's adjusted basis in a depreciable or cost
    recovery property is reduced for federal income tax purposes pursuant to
    Section 48(q)(1) or 48(q)(3) of the Code, the amount of such reduction
    shall, solely for purposes hereof, be deemed to be an additional
    depreciation or cost recovery deduction in the year such property is placed
    in service and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section
    5.1. Any restoration of such basis pursuant to Section 48(q)(2) of the Code
    shall, to the extent possible, be allocated in the same manner to the
    Partners to whom such deemed deduction was allocated.

     (c)  A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata
portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership
Interest so transferred; provided, however, that, if the transfer causes a
termination of the Partnership under Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, the
Partnership's properties shall be deemed to have been distributed in liquidation
of the Partnership to the Partners (including any transferee of a Partnership
Interest that is a party to the transfer causing such termination) pursuant to
Sections 13.3 and 13.4 and recontributed by such Partners in reconstitution of
the Partnership.  Any such deemed distribution shall be treated as an actual
distribution for purposes of this Section 4.5.  In such event, the Carrying
Values of the Partnership properties shall be adjusted immediately prior to such
deemed distribution pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(ii) and such Carrying Values
shall then constitute the Agreed Values of such properties upon such deemed
contribution to the reconstituted Partnership.  The Capital Accounts of such
reconstituted Partnership shall be maintained in accordance with the principles
of this Section 4.5.

     (d) (i) Consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for
cash or Contributed Property, the Capital Account of all Partners and the
Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance
shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized
Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such
property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the
Partners at such time pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b). In determining
such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair
market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or
cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership
Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable
method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the General
Partner, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the fair
market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time. The
General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the
Partnership (in such manner as it determines in its sole discretion to be
reasonable) to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.

     (ii)  In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f),
immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any
Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in
redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all
Partners and the Carrying Value of such Partnership property shall be adjusted
upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior
to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been
allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 5.1.  Any
Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property shall be
allocated in the same manner as Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss
pursuant to Section 5.1(c); provided, however, that, in making any such
allocation, Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss actually realized shall
be allocated first.  In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the
aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets
(including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a
distribution shall (A) in the case of a deemed distribution occurring as a
result of a termination of the 

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     Partnership pursuant to Section 708 of the Code, be determined and
     allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 4.5(d)(i) or (B)
     in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 14.3 or 14.4,
     be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such reasonable method
     of valuation as it may adopt.

     4.6  Interest.  No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital
Contributions or on balances in Partners' Capital Accounts.

     4.7  No Withdrawal.  No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of
its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution
from the Partnership, except as provided in Articles V, VII, XII and XIII.

     4.8  Loans from Partners.  Loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not
constitute Capital Contributions.  If any Partner shall advance funds to the
Partnership in excess of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by it
to the capital of the Partnership, the making of such excess advances shall not
result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Partner.
The amount of any such excess advances shall be a debt obligation of the
Partnership to such Partner and shall be payable or collectible only out of the
Partnership assets in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such
advances are made.


                                   ARTICLE V
                         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     5.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. For purposes of maintaining
the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among
themselves, the Partnership's items of income, gain, loss and deduction
(computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b)) shall be allocated among the
Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided hereinbelow.

        (a) Net Income. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth
     in Section 5.1(d), Net Income for each taxable period and all items of
     income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income
     for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

           (i) First, 100% to the General Partner until the aggregate Net Income
        allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(i) for
        the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the
        aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to
        Section 5.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years; and

           (ii) Second, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner and the
        Limited Partner in accordance with their respective Percentage
        Interests.

        (b) Net Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth
     in Section 5.1(d), Net Losses for each taxable period and all items of
     income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Losses
     for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

           (i) First, 100% to the General Partner and the Limited Partner in
        accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided, that
        Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(i) to
        the extent that such allocation would cause any Limited Partner to have
        a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such
        taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted
        Capital Account); and

            (ii) Second, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
          (c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. After giving effect to the
     special allocations set forth in Section 5.1(d), all items of income, gain,
     loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or
     Net Termination Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated in the same
     manner as such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss is allocated
     hereunder. All allocations under this Section 5.1(c) shall be made after
     Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations
     provided under this Section 5.1 and after all distributions of Available
     Cash provided under Section 5.3 have been made with respect to the taxable
     period ending on the date of the Partnership's liquidation pursuant to
     Section 13.3.

              (i) If a Net Termination Gain is recognized (or deemed recognized
          pursuant to Section 4.5(d)) from Termination Capital Transactions,
          such Net Termination Gain shall be allocated between the General
          Partner and the Limited Partner in the following manner (and the
          Adjusted Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be increased by the
          amount so allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the order
          listed, before an allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding
          subclause):

                    (A) First, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its
               Adjusted Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit
               balance bears to the total deficit balances in the Adjusted
               Capital Accounts of all Partners, until each such Partner has
               been allocated Net Termination Gain equal to any such deficit
               balance in its Adjusted Capital Account; and

                    (B) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Limited
               Partner in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

              (ii) If a Net Termination Loss is recognized (or deemed recognized
          pursuant to Section 4.5(d)) from Termination Capital Transactions,
          such Net Termination Loss shall be allocated to the Partners in the
          following manner:

                    (A) First, 100% to the General Partner and the Limited
               Partner in proportion to, and to the extent of, the positive
               balances in their respective Adjusted Capital Accounts; and

                    (B) Second, the balance, if any, 100% to the General
               Partner.

          (d) Specials Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
     Section 5.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such
     taxable period:

              (i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other
          provision of this Section 5.1, if there is a net decrease in
          Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each
          Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for
          such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and
          amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-
          2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes
          of this Section 5.1(d), each Partner's Adjusted Capital Account
          balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain
          required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any
          other allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(d) with respect to such
          taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Sections
          5.1(d)(v) and (vi)). This Section 5.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with
          the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury
          Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently
          therewith.

              (ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain.
          Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.1 (other than
          Section 5.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section
          1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
          Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner
          with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning
          of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income
          and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in
          the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-
          2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For
          purposes of this Section 5.1(d), each Partner's Adjusted Capital
          Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or
          gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of
          any other allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(d), other than
          Section 5.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Sections
          5.1(d)(v) and (vi), with respect to such taxable period. This Section
          5.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of
          income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-
          2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

              (iii) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner
          unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions
          described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),
          1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of
          Partnership income and gain shall be specifically allocated to such
          Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent
          required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b)
          of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital
          Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as
          quickly as possible, unless such deficit balance is otherwise
          eliminated pursuant to Section 5.1(d)(i) or (ii).

              (iv) Gross Income Allocations. In the event any Partner has a
          deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of any
          Partnership taxable period such Partner shall be specially allocated
          items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such
          excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant
          to this Section 5.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent
          that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital
          Account after all other allocations provided in this Section 5.1 have
          been tentatively made as if this Section 5.1(d)(iv) were not in this
          Agreement.

              (v) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable
          period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their
          respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines in
          its good faith discretion that the Partnership's Nonrecourse
          Deductions must be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe
          harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under
          Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon
          notice to the Limited Partner, to revise the prescribed ratio to the
          numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

              (vi) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse
          Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the
          Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the
          Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions
          are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-
          2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with
          respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse
          Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among
          such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such
          Economic Risk of Loss.

              (vii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation
          Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities
          of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of
          Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse
          Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance
          with their respective Percentage Interests.

              (viii) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment
          to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section
          734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury
          Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
          account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment
          to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the
          adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the
          adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall
          be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the
          manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted
          pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

              (ix) Curative Allocation.

                    (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1,
              other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations
              shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so
              that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of income,
              gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the
              Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall
              be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been
              allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had
              the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not
              otherwise been provided in this Section 5.1. Notwithstanding the
              preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1)
              Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to
              the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum
              Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken
              into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease
              in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Allocations pursuant to
              this Section 5.1(d)(ix)(A) shall only be made with respect to
              Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner reasonably
              determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent
              with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further,
              allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(d)(ix)(A) shall be
              deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and
              (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner reasonably determines
              that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent
              Required Allocations.

                    (B) The General Partner shall have reasonable discretion,
              with respect to each taxable period, to (1) apply the provisions
              of Section 5.1(d)(ix)(A) in whatever order is most likely to
              minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from
              the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant
              to Section 5.1(d)(ix)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is
              likely to minimize such economic distortions.

     5.2  Allocations for Tax Purposes . (a) Except as otherwise provided
herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and
deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its
correlative item of "book" income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant
to Section 5.1.

     (b)  In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a
Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss,
depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for
federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:

          (i) (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable
     thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner provided under
     Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between
     the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of
     contribution; and (B) except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2(b)(iii),
     any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed
     Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its
     correlative item of "book" gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section
     5.1.

          (ii) (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1)
     first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the
     principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the
     Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the
     allocations

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     thereof pursuant to Section 4.5(d)(i) or (ii), and (2) second, in the event
     such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the
     Partners in a manner consistent with Section 5.2(b)(i)(A); and (B) except
     as otherwise provided in Section 5.2(b)(iii), any item of Residual Gain or
     Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among
     the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of "book" gain or
     loss is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1.

          (iii) The General Partner shall apply the principles of Temporary
     Regulation Section 1.704-3T to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

     (c) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the
preservation of uniformity of Units of the MLP (or any class or classes
thereof), the General Partner shall have sole discretion to (i) adopt such
conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation,
amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for
federal income tax purposes of income (including, without limitation, gross
income) or deductions; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as
appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations
under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve
or achieve uniformity of Units of the MLP (or any class or classes thereof).
The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make
such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.2(c) only if
such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse
effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Units of the MLP
issued and outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are
consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

     (d)  The General Partner in its sole discretion may determine to depreciate
or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code
attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent
of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from
the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the
Partnership's common basis of such property, despite the inconsistency of such
approach with Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.168-2(n), Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) or the legislative history of Section 197 of
the Code.  If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot
reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization
conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Units of the MLP in the same
month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the
same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the
Partnership's property.  If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such
aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other reasonable depreciation
and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax
characteristics of any class or classes of Units of the MLP that would not have
a material adverse effect on the Limited Partner or the holders of any class or
classes of Units of the MLP.

     (e)  Any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable
disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking
into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 5.2, be
characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent
as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any
deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as
Recapture Income.

     (f)  All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by
the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in
accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any
election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership;
provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted as
necessary or appropriate to take into account those adjustments permitted or
required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

     (g)  The General Partner may adopt such methods of allocation of income,
gain, loss or deduction between a transferor and a transferee of a Partnership
Interest as it determines necessary, to the extent permitted or required by
Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

                                       18
<PAGE>
     
     5.3  Requirement of Distributions . (a) Within 45 days following the end of
(i) the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on October 31, 1994  and
(ii) each Quarter commencing with the Quarter beginning on November 1, 1994, an
amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such period or Quarter
shall be distributed in accordance with this Article V by the Partnership to the
Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.  The
immediately preceding sentence shall not require any distribution of cash if and
to the extent such distribution would be prohibited by applicable law or by any
loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement
or obligation to which the Partnership is a party or by which it is bound or its
assets are subject.     

     (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the dissolution and
liquidation of the Partnership, all proceeds of such liquidation shall be
applied and distributed in accordance with, and subject to the terms and
conditions of, Sections 13.3 and 13.4


                                  ARTICLE VI
                      MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

    6.1 Management. (a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all
activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the
Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and the Limited
Partner shall have no right of control or management power over the business and
affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a
general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are
granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the
General Partner, subject to Section 6.3, shall have full power and authority to
do all things and on such terms as it, in its sole discretion, may deem
necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise
all powers set forth in Section 3.2 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in
Section 3.1, including, without limitation, (i) the making of any expenditures,
the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other
contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences
of indebtedness and the incurring of any other obligations; (ii) the making of
tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to
governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets
of the Partnership; (iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge,
encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the
Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into
another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject,
however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 6.3); (iv) the
use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on
hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including,
without limitation, the financing of the conduct of the operations of the
Partnership, the lending of funds to other Persons (including, without
limitation, an OLP Subsidiary), the repayment of obligations of the Partnership
and the making of capital contributions to an OLP Subsidiary; (v) the
negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other
instruments (including, without limitation, instruments that limit the liability
of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of
the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse
against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the
Partnership, even if same results in the terms of the transaction being less
favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case); (vi) the
distribution of Partnership cash; (vii) the selection and dismissal of employees
and agents (including, without limitation, employees having titles such as
"president," "vice president," "secretary" and "treasurer") and agents, outside
attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of
their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring; (viii) the
maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the
Partners (including, without limitation, the assets of the Partnership) as it
deems necessary or appropriate; (ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an
interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any
further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited
liability companies or other relationships; (x) the control of any matters
affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including, without
limitation, the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and
otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation and the incurring of legal
expense and the settlement of claims and litigation; and (xi) the
indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the
extent permitted by law.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the MLP
Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of
the Partners hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery
and performance by the parties thereto of the MLP Agreement, the Underwriting
Agreements, the Contribution Agreement, the agreements and other documents filed
as exhibits to the Registration Statements, and the other agreements described
in or filed as a part of the Registration Statements, and the engaging by any
Affiliate of the General Partner in business and activities (other than
Restricted Activities) that are in direct competition with the business and
activities of the MLP, the Partnership, any OLP Subsidiary and any MLP
Subsidiary; (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or through any
officer of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the
agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements,
acts, transactions and matters described in the Registration Statements on
behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the
Partners; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the
General Partner, the MLP, the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them of
this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement, or
the engaging by any Affiliate of the General Partner in any business and
activities (other than Restricted Activities) that are in direct competition
with the business and activities of the MLP, the Partnership, any OLP Subsidiary
and any MLP Subsidiary, shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of
any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited
Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or
of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.  The term "Affiliate" when used
in this Section 6.1(b) with respect to the General Partner shall not include the
Partnership, the MLP, any OLP Subidiary or any MLP Subsidiary.

     6.2  Certificate of Limited Partnership.  The General Partner has caused
the Certificate of Limited Partnership of Ferrellgas, L.P. to be filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act and
shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or
documents as may be determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to
be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation,
qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which
the Limited Partner has limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other
state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.  To the
extent that such action is determined by the General Partner in its sole
discretion to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner
shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited
Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited
partnership (or a partnership in which the Limited Partner has limited
liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in
which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.  Subject to the
terms of Section 7.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or
after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited
Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to the Limited
Partner.

     6.3  Restrictions on General Partner's Authority. (a) The General Partner
may not, without written approval of the specific act by the Limited Partner or
by other written instrument executed and delivered by the Limited Partner
subsequent to the date of this Agreement, take any action in contravention of
this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) any act that would make it
impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership, except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement; (ii) possess Partnership property, or
assign any rights in specific Partnership property, for other than a Partnership
purpose; (iii) admit a Person as a Partner, except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement; (iv) amend this Agreement in any manner, except as otherwise provided
in this Agreement; or (v) transfer its interest as general partner of the
Partnership, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

     (b) Except as provided in Articles XIII and XV, the General Partner may
not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the
Partnership's assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions
without the approval of the Limited Partner; provided, however, that this
provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner's ability to mortgage,
pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of
the Partnership's assets and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of
the Partnership's assets pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization
upon, any such encumbrance.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  Unless approved by the Limited Partner, the General Partner shall not
take any action or refuse to take any reasonable action the effect of which, if
taken or not taken, as the case may be, would be to cause the Partnership to be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as
an entity for federal income tax purposes; provided that this Section 6.3(c)
shall not be construed to apply to amendments to this Agreement (which are
governed by Article XIV) or mergers or consolidations of the Partnership with
any Person (which are governed by Article XV).
    
     (d)  At all times while serving as the general partner of the Partnership,
the General Partner shall not (except as provided below) make any dividend or
distribution on, or repurchase any shares of, its stock or take any other action
within its control unless it shall first receive an Opinion of Counsel that the
effect of such dividend, distribution, repurchase or other action would not
reduce its net worth below an amount such that the Partnership will be treated
as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax  purposes;
provided, however, to the extent the General Partner receives distributions of
cash from the Partnership or any other partnership of which the Partnership is,
directly or indirectly, a partner, the General Partner shall not use such cash
to make any dividend or distribution on, or repurchase any shares of, its stock
or take any other action within its control if the effect of such dividend,
distribution, repurchase or other action would be to reduce its net worth below
an amount necessary to receive an Opinion of Counsel that the Partnership will
be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.     

     6.4  Reimbursement of the General Partner. (a) Except as provided in this
Section 6.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be
compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.

     (b)  The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such
other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole discretion, for (i)
all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the
Partnership (including, without limitation, salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other amounts paid to any Person to perform services for the
Partnership or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the
Partnership) and (ii) all other necessary or appropriate expenses allocable to
the Partnership or otherwise reasonably incurred by the General Partner in
connection with operating the Partnership's business (including, without
limitation, expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates).  The
General Partner shall determine the fees and expenses that are allocable to the
Partnership in any reasonable manner determined by the General Partner in its
sole discretion.  Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be in
addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of
indemnification pursuant to Section 6.7.

     6.5  Outside Activities. (a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner,
for so long as it is the general partner of the Partnership, (i) agrees that its
sole business will be to act as the general partner of the Partnership, the MLP,
any OLP Subsidiary and any MLP Subsidiary and to undertake activities that are
ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited partner in the MLP),
(ii) shall not enter into or conduct any business or incur any debts or
liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance of
the activities required or authorized by this Agreement or the MLP Agreement or
described in or contemplated by the Registration Statements and (B) the
acquisition, ownership or disposition of partnership interests in the
Partnership, the MLP, any OLP Subsidiary and any MLP Subsidiary, except that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, employees of the General Partner may perform
services for Ferrell and its Affiliates and (iii) shall not and shall cause its
Affiliates not to engage in any Restricted Activities.

     (b)  Except as described or provided for in the MLP Agreement, the
Registration Statements or Section 6.5(a), no Indemnitee shall be expressly or
implicitly restricted or proscribed pursuant to the MLP Agreement or this
Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby or thereby from
engaging in other activities for profit, whether in the businesses engaged in by
the Partnership, an OLP Subsidiary, the MLP or an MLP Subsidiary or anticipated
to be engaged in by the Partnership, an OLP Subsidiary, the MLP, an MLP
Subsidiary or otherwise, including, without limitation, in the case of any
Affiliates of the General Partner those businesses and activities (other than
Restricted Activities) in direct competition with the business and activities of
the Partnership, the MLP, an OLP Subsidiary or an MLP Subsidiary or otherwise
described in or 

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
contemplated by the Registration Statements. Without limitation of and subject
to the foregoing each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the
right to engage in businesses of every type and description and to engage in and
possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or
description, independently or with others, including, without limitation, in the
case of any Affiliates of the General Partner, business interests and activities
(other than Restricted Activities) in direct competition with the business and
activities of the Partnership, the MLP, an OLP Subsidiary or an MLP Subsidiary,
and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty to
the Partnership, the MLP or any Partners. Neither the Partnership, the MLP, any
Limited Partner nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this
Agreement or the MLP Agreement or the partnership relationship established
hereby or thereby in any business ventures of any Indemnitee (subject, in the
case of the General Partner, to compliance with Section 6.5(c)) and such
Indemnitees shall have no obligation to offer any interest in any such business
ventures to the Partnership, the MLP, any Limited Partner or any other Person.

     (c)  Subject to the terms of Sections 6.5(a) and (b) but otherwise
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the competitive
activities of any Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) are hereby
approved by the Partnership and all Partners and (ii) it shall be deemed not to
be a breach of the General Partner's fiduciary duty or any other obligation of
any type whatsoever of the General Partner for the General Partner to permit an
Affiliate of the General Partner to engage, or for any such Affiliate to engage,
in business interests or activities (other than Restricted Activities) in
preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership.

     (d)  The term "Affiliates" when used in this Section 6.5 with respect to
the General Partner shall not include the Partnership, the MLP, an OLP
Subsidiary or an MLP Subsidiary.

     6.6  Loans to and from the General Partner; Contracts with Affiliates. (a)
(i) The General Partner, the Limited Partner, an OLP Subsidiary or any of their
Affiliates may lend to the Partnership, and the Partnership may borrow, funds
needed or desired by the Partnership for such periods of time as the General
Partner may determine and (ii) the General Partner, the Limited Partner, an OLP
Subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof may borrow from the Partnership, and the
Partnership may lend to such Persons, excess funds of the Partnership for such
periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine;
provided, however, that in either such case the lending party may not charge the
borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged
the borrowing party (without reference to the lending party's financial
abilities or guarantees) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans.  The
borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any
additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the
borrowing of such funds.  For purposes of this Section 6.6(a) and Section
6.6(b), the term "Partnership" shall include any Affiliate of the Partnership
that is controlled by the Partnership.

     (b)  The General Partner may itself, or may enter into an agreement with
any of its Affiliates to, render services to the Partnership or to the General
Partner in the discharge of its duties as general partner of the Partnership.
Any service rendered to the Partnership by the General Partner or any of its
Affiliates shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership;
provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 6.6(b) shall be deemed
satisfied as to (i) any transaction approved by Special Approval, (ii) any
transaction the terms of which are no less favorable to the Partnership than
those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
(iii) any transaction that, taking into account the totality of the
relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that
may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership), is equitable
to the Partnership. The provisions of Section 6.4 shall apply to the rendering
of services described in this Section 6.6(b).

     (c)  The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other
partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies or other business
entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and
subject to such conditions as are consistent with this Agreement and applicable
law.

     (d)  Neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall sell,
transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the
Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that 

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
are fair and reasonable to the Partnership; provided, however, that the
requirements of this Section 6.6(d) shall be deemed to be satisfied as to (i)
the transactions effected pursuant to Sections 4.2, the Contribution Agreement
and any other transactions described in or contemplated by the Registration
Statements, (ii) any transaction approved by Special Approval, (iii) any
transaction the terms of which are no less favorable to the Partnership than
those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
(iv) any transaction that, taking into account the totality of the relationships
between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be
particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership), is equitable to the
Partnership.

     (e)  The General Partner and its Affiliates will have no obligation to
permit the Partnership, an OLP Subsidiary or the MLP to use any facilities or
assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in
contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use, nor
shall there be any obligation on the part of the General Partner or its
Affiliates to enter into such contracts.

     (f)  Without limitation of Sections 6.6(a) through 6.6(e), and
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the existence of the
conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statements are hereby
approved by all Partners.

     6.7  Indemnification. (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but
subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, the General
Partner, any Departing Partner, any Person who is or was an officer or director
of the Partnership, the General Partner or any Departing Partner and all other
Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several,
expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses), judgments,
fines, penalties, interest, settlements and other amounts arising from any and
all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is
threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as
(i) the General Partner, a Departing Partner or any of their Affiliates, (ii) an
officer, director, employee, partner, agent or trustee of the Partnership, the
General Partner, any Departing Partner or any of their Affiliates or (iii) a
Person serving at the request of the Partnership in another entity in a similar
capacity, provided, that in each case the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in
a manner which such Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interests of the Partnership and, with respect to any criminal
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful;
provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be
available to the General Partner with respect to its obligations incurred
pursuant to the Contribution Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the
General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or the MLP).  The termination of
any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or
upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a
presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified
above.  Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be made only out
of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall
not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation
to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to
effectuate such indemnification.

     (b)  To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including, without
limitation, legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is
indemnified pursuant to Section 6.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action,
suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership
prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding
upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is
not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 6.7.

     (c)  The indemnification provided by this Section 6.7 shall be in addition
to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement,
pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as
to actions in the Indemnitee's capacity as (i) the General Partner, a Departing
Partner or an Affiliate thereof, (ii) an officer, director, employee, partner,
agent or trustee of the Partnership, the General Partner, any Departing Partner
or an Affiliate thereof or (iii) a Person serving at the request of the
Partnership in another entity in a similar capacity, and as to actions in any
other capacity (including, without limitation, any 

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
capacity under the Underwriting Agreements), and shall continue as to an
Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

     (d)  The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General
Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General
Partner and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against
any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by
such Person in connection with the Partnership's activities, regardless of
whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against
such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

     (e)  For purposes of this Section 6.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to
have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan
whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes
duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or
beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect
to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute "fines"
within the meaning of Section 6.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with
respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a
purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and
beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is in, or
not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership.

     (f)  In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partner to personal
liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this
Agreement.

     (g)  An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part
under this Section 6.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction
with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was
otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

     (h)  The provisions of this Section 6.7 are for the benefit of the
Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not
be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

     (i)  No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.7 or any
provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of
any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor
the obligation of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.7 as in effect immediately
prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising
from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such
amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or
be asserted.

     6.8  Liability of Indemnitees. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary
damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partner, or any other Persons who have
acquired interests in the Partnership, for losses sustained or liabilities
incurred as a result of any act or omission if such Indemnitee acted in good
faith.

     (b)  Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in
Section 6.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it
by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either
directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent
appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

     (c)  Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.8 or any
provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the
limitations on the liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partner of the
General Partner, its directors, officers and employees and any other Indemnitees
under this Section 6.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to
matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or
repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
     6.9  Resolution of Conflicts of Interest. (a) Unless otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement or the MLP Agreement, whenever a potential conflict
of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its
Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, the MLP or the Limited
Partner, on the other hand, any resolution or course of action in respect of
such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by the Limited
Partner, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of the MLP
Agreement or of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty
stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action is, or
by operation of this Agreement is deemed to be, fair and reasonable to the
Partnership.  The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in
connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special
Approval of a resolution of such conflict or course of action.  Any conflict of
interest and any resolution of such conflict of interest shall be conclusively
deemed fair and reasonable to the Partnership if such conflict of interest or
resolution is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) on terms no less favorable
to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from
unrelated third parties or (iii) fair to the Partnership, taking into account
the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the
Partnership).  The General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of
action that has not received Special Approval.  The General Partner (including
the Audit Committee in connection with Special Approval) shall be authorized in
connection with its determination of what is "fair and reasonable" to the
Partnership and in connection with its resolution of any conflict of interest to
consider (A) the relative interests of any party to such conflict, agreement,
transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interest;
(B) any customary or accepted industry practices and any customary or historical
dealings with a particular Person; (C) any applicable generally accepted
accounting or engineering practices or principles; and (D) such additional
factors as the General Partner (including such Audit Committee) determines in
its sole discretion to be relevant, reasonable or appropriate under the
circumstances.  Nothing contained in this Agreement, however, is intended to nor
shall it be construed to require the General Partner (including such Audit
Committee) to consider the interests of any Person other than the Partnership.
In the absence of bad faith by the General Partner, the resolution, action or
terms so made, taken or provided by the General Partner with respect to such
matter shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, the MLP Agreement or any
other agreement contemplated herein or a breach of any standard of care or duty
imposed herein or therein or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or
regulation.

    (b)   Whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby
provides that the General Partner or any of its Affiliates is permitted or
required to make a decision (i) in its "sole discretion" or "discretion," that
it deems "necessary or appropriate" or under a grant of similar authority or
latitude, the General Partner or such Affiliate shall be entitled to consider
only such interests and factors as it desires and shall have no duty or
obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting,
the Partnership, the MLP, an OLP Subsidiary, the Limited Partner or any limited
partner in the MLP, (ii) it may make such decision in its sole discretion
(regardless of whether there is a reference to "sole discretion" or
"discretion") unless another express standard is provided for, or (iii) in "good
faith" or under another express standard, the General Partner or such Affiliate
shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or
different standards imposed by this Agreement, the MLP Agreement, any other
agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule
or regulation.  In addition, any actions taken by the General Partner or such
Affiliate consistent with the standards of "reasonable discretion" set forth in
the definition of Available Cash shall not constitute a breach of any duty of
the General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partner.  The General
Partner shall have no duty, express or implied, to sell or otherwise dispose of
any asset of the Partnership or of an OLP Subsidiary, other than in the ordinary
course of business.  No borrowing by the Partnership or the approval thereof by
the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty of the
General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partner by reason of the fact
that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (A)
enable the holders of IDRs to receive distributions under the MLP Agreement or
increase the amount of any such distributions, (B) hasten the termination of the
"Subordination Period" under the MLP Agreement or (C) reduce the "Cumulative
Common Unit Arrearage" under the MLP Agreement in order to hasten the conversion
of the "Subordinated Units" in the MLP into Common Units.

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  Whenever a particular transaction, arrangement or resolution of a
conflict of interest is required under this Agreement to be "fair and
reasonable" to any Person, the fair and reasonable nature of such transaction,
arrangement or resolution shall be considered in the context of all similar or
related transactions.

     6.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner. (a) The General Partner
may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
parties.

     (b)  The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants,
appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and
advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance
upon the opinion (including, without limitation, an Opinion of Counsel) of such
Persons as to matters that such General Partner reasonably believes to be within
such Person's professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed
to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

     (c)  The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its
powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized
officers and a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact.  Each such attorney
shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney,
have full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and duty that
is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.

     (d)  Any standard of care and duty imposed by this Agreement or under the
Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation shall be modified, waived
or limited as required to permit the General Partner to act under this Agreement
or any other agreement contemplated by this Agreement and to make any decision
pursuant to the authority prescribed in this Agreement so long as such action is
not reasonably believed by the General Partner to be in, or not inconsistent
with, the best interests of the Partnership.

     6.11 Title to Partnership Assets.  Title to Partnership assets, whether
real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to
be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or
collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or
any portion thereof.  Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held
in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its
Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine.  The
General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for
which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of
its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or
such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the
General Partner shall use its reasonable efforts to cause record title to such
assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner
determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of
record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership
as soon as reasonably practicable; provided that, prior to the withdrawal or
removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General
Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to
the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of
such assets in a manner satisfactory to the Partnership.  All Partnership assets
shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records,
irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is
held.

     6.12 Reliance by Third Parties.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to
assume that the General Partner has full power and authority to encumber, sell
or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to
enter into any contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be
entitled to deal with the General Partner as if it were the Partnership's sole
party in interest, both legally and beneficially.  The Limited Partner hereby
waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such
Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in
connection with any such dealing.  In no event shall any Person dealing with the
General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms
of this 

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or
expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or its representatives.
Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of
the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be
conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming
thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such
certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and
effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or
instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the
Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed
and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
is binding upon the Partnership.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNER

     7.1  Limitation of Liability.  The Limited Partner shall have no liability
under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the
Delaware Act.

     7.2  Management of Business.  The Limited Partner, in its capacity as
such, shall not participate in the operation, management or control (within the
meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership's business, transact any
business in the Partnership's name or have the power to sign documents for or
otherwise bind the Partnership.  The transaction of any such business by the
Partnership, the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer,
director, employee, partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of
its Affiliates, in its capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate
the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partner under this Agreement.

     7.3  Return of Capital.  The Limited Partner shall not be entitled to the
withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any,
that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the
Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent
provided for in this Agreement.

     7.4  Rights of the Limited Partner Relating to the Partnership. (a) In
addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and
except as limited by Section 7.4(b), the Limited Partner shall have the right,
for a purpose reasonably related to the Limited Partner's interest as a limited
partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable demand and at the Limited Partner's
own expense:

          (i) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the
     business and financial condition of the Partnership;

          (ii) promptly after becoming available, to obtain a copy of the
     Partnership's federal, state and local tax returns for each year;

          (iii)  to have furnished to it, upon notification to the General
     Partner, a current list of the name and last known business, residence or
     mailing address of each Partner;

          (iv) to have furnished to it, upon notification to the General
     Partner, a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited
     Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the
     executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement,
     the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been
     executed;

          (v) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash
     and a description and statement of the Agreed Value of any other Capital
     Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to
     contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner; and

          (vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the
     Partnership as is just and reasonable.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
     (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General
Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partner for such period of time
as the General Partner deems reasonable, any information that the General
Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other
information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes
is not in the best interests of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership
or that the Partnership is required by law or by agreements with third parties
to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the General
Partner the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth
in this Section 7.4).


                                 ARTICLE VIII
                     BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

   8.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be
kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records
with respect to the Partnership's business, including, without limitation, all
books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partner any information,
lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section
7.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in
the regular course of its business, including, without limitation, books of
account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the
form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs,
micrographics or any other information storage device, provided, that the books
and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form
within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be
maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles.

     8.2  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be August 1 to
July 31.


                                  ARTICLE IX
                                  TAX MATTERS

   9.1 Preparation of Tax Returns. The General Partner shall arrange for the
preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gains,
deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and
state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish,
within 90 days of the close of each calendar year, the tax information
reasonably required by the Partners for federal and state income tax reporting
purposes. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain,
losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of
accounting for federal income tax purposes. The taxable year of the Partnership
shall be August 1 to July 31.

    9.2   Tax Elections.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the General
Partner shall, in its sole discretion, determine whether to make any available
election pursuant to the Code; provided, however, that the General Partner shall
make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable
regulations thereunder.  The General Partner shall have the right to seek to
revoke any such election (including, without limitation, the election under
Section 754 of the Code) upon the General Partner's determination in its sole
discretion that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partner.

    9.3 Tax Controversies. Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner
is designated the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code),
and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the
Partnership's expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership's
affairs by tax authorities, including, without limitation, resulting
administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for
professional services and costs associated therewith. The Limited Partner agrees
to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all
things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

    9.4   Organizational Expenses.  The Partnership shall elect to deduct
expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a
60-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
    9.5 Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines in its sole
discretion to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply
with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other
federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections
1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is
required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting
from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner (including, without
limitation, by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the amount withheld shall be
treated as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 5.3 in the amount of such
withholding from such Partner.

    9.6 Opinions of Counsel. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, if the Partnership is treated as an association taxable as a
corporation at any time or is otherwise taxable for federal income tax purposes
as an entity at any time and, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, an
Opinion of Counsel would otherwise be required to the effect that an action will
not cause the Partnership to become so treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes,
such requirement for an Opinion of Counsel shall be deemed automatically waived.


                                   ARTICLE X
                             TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

   10.1 Transfer. (a) The term "transfer," when used in this Article X with
respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by
which a Partner disposes of its Partnership Interest to another Person and
includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage,
exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise.

   (b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except
in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article X. Any
transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance
with this Article X shall be null and void.

   (c) Nothing contained in this Article X shall be construed to prevent a
disposition by the parent entity of the General Partner of any or all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of the General Partner.

   10.2 Transfer of the General Partner's Partnership Interest. If the general
partner of the MLP transfers its partnership interest as the general partner
therein to any Person in accordance with the provisions of the MLP Agreement,
the General Partner shall contemporaneously therewith transfer its Partnership
Interest as the general partner of the Partnership to such Person, and the
Limited Partner hereby expressly consents to such transfer. Except as set forth
in the immediately preceding sentence, the General Partner may not transfer all
or any part of its Partnership Interest as the general partner in the
Partnership.

   10.3 Transfer of the Limited Partner's Partnership Interest. If the Limited
Partner merges, consolidates or otherwise combines into any other Person or
transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another Person, such Person
may become a Substituted Limited Partner pursuant to Article XI. Except as set
forth in the immediately preceding sentence and except for the transfer by
Ferrellgas of its Partnership Interest as a limited partner in the Partnership
to the MLP as provided in the Contribution Agreement and contemplated by
Sections 4.2 and 11.2, a Limited Partner may not transfer all or any part of its
Partnership Interest or withdraw from the Partnership.


                                  ARTICLE XI
                             ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

   11.1 Admission of Initial Partners. Upon the formation of the Partnership
pursuant to the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, Ferrellgas was
admitted to the Partnership as the sole general partner and the MLP was admitted
to the Partnership as the sole limited partner.

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
   11.2 Admission of Ferrellgas as a Limited Partner. Upon the making by
Ferrellgas of the Capital Contributions described in Section 4.2, Ferrellgas
shall be admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner. Upon the transfer by
Ferrellgas of its Partnership Interest as a limited partner to the MLP as
provided in the Contribution Agreement, Ferrellgas shall cease to be a limited
partner of the Partnership.

   11.3 Admission of Substituted Limited Partners. Any person that is the
successor in interest to a Limited Partner as described in Section 10.3 shall be
admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner upon (a) furnishing to the
General Partner (i) acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of
all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (ii) such other documents
or instruments as may be required to effect its admission as a limited partner
in the Partnership and (b) obtaining the consent of the General Partner, which
consent may be withheld or granted in the sole discretion of the General
Partner. Such Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner
immediately prior to the transfer of the Partnership Interest, and the business
of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

   11.4 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner
approved pursuant to Section 12.1 or 12.2 or the transferee of or successor to
all of the General Partner's Partnership Interest as the general partner in the
Partnership pursuant to Section 10.2 who is proposed to be admitted as a
successor General Partner shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section
12.3, if applicable, be admitted to the Partnership as the successor General
Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General
Partner pursuant to Section 12.1 or 12.2 or the transfer of the General
Partner's Partnership Interest as the general partner of the Partnership
pursuant to Section 10.2. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof,
carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution. In each case, the
admission of such successor General Partner to the Partnership shall, subject to
the terms hereof, be subject to the successor General Partner executing and
delivering to the Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions
of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be required to
effect such admission.

    11.5 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To
effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner
shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend
the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to
prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement and, if required by
law, to prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership
and may for this purpose, among others, exercise the power of attorney granted
pursuant to Section 1.4.

    11.6 Admission of Additional Limited Partners. (a) A Person (other than the
General Partner, the Initial Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner)
who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this
Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner
only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance in form
satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, including, without limitation, the granting of the power of attorney
granted in Section 1.4, and (ii) such other documents or instruments as may be
required in the discretion of the General Partner to effect such Person's
admission as an Additional Limited Partner.

    (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.6, no Person
shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the
General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner's
sole discretion. The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner
shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is
recorded as such in the books and records of the Partnership, following the
consent of the General Partner to such admission.


                                  ARTICLE XII
                       WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

   12.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner. (a) The General Partner shall be
deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of
the following events (each such event herein referred to as an "Event of
Withdrawal");

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
     (i) the General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by
giving written notice to the Limited Partner;

     (ii) the General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner
pursuant to Section 10.2;

     (iii) the General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 12.2;

     (iv) the general partner of the MLP withdraws from the MLP;

     (v) the General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition; (C) files a petition or
answer seeking for itself a reorganization, arrangement, composition,
readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any law; (D)
files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material
allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of
the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 12.1(a)(v); or (E) seeks,
consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or
liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its
properties;

     (vi) a final and non-appealable judgment is entered by a court with
appropriate jurisdiction ruling that the General Partner is bankrupt or
insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief is entered by a court
with appropriate jurisdiction against the General Partner, in each case under
any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws as now or hereafter in
effect; or

     (vii) a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the
General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General
Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter,
under the laws of its state of incorporation.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 12.1(a)(v), (vi) or (vii) occurs,
the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partner within
30 days after such occurrence.  The Partners hereby agree that only the Events
of Withdrawal described in this Section 12.1 shall result in the withdrawal of
the General Partner from the Partnership.

    (b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the
occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this
Agreement under the following circumstances:

     (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending
at 12:00 Midnight, Central Standard Time, on July 31, 2004 the General Partner
voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days' advance notice of its
intention to withdraw to the Limited Partner, provided, that prior to the
effective date of such withdrawal the Limited Partner approves such withdrawal
and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel
("WITHDRAWAL OPINION OF COUNSEL") that such withdrawal (following the selection
of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited
liability of the Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for
federal income tax purposes;

     (ii) at any time on or after 12:00 Midnight, Central Standard Time, on July
31, 2004, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days'
advance notice to the Limited Partner, such withdrawal to take effect on the
date specified in such notice; or
    
     (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner
pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(ii), (iii) or (iv). If the General Partner gives a
notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(i) or Section 13.1(a)(i) of the
MLP Agreement, the Limited Partner may, prior to the effective date of such
withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner, provided, that such successor
shall be the same Person, if any, that is elected by the limited partners of the
MLP pursuant to Section     
                                       31
<PAGE>
 
13.1 of the MLP Agreement as the successor to the General Partner in its
capacity as general partner of the MLP. If, prior to the effective date of the
General Partner's withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Limited Partner
as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of
Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 13.1. Any
successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section
12.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.4.
    
   12.2 Removal of the General Partner.  The General Partner shall be removed
if such General Partner is removed as a general partner of the MLP pursuant to
Section 13.2 of the MLP Agreement.  Such removal shall be effective concurrently
with the effectiveness of the removal of such General Partner as the general
partner of the MLP pursuant to the terms of the MLP Agreement.  If a successor
to the General Partner  in its capacity as general partner of the MLP is elected
in connection with the removal of such General Partner as general partner of the
MLP, as provided in the MLP Agreement, then the Limited Partner shall elect such
successor as the successor General Partner of the Partnership and such successor
shall, upon admission pursuant to Article XI, automatically become a successor
General Partner of the Partnership.  The admission of any such successor General
Partner to the Partnership shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 11.4.     

   12.3 Interest of Departing Partner and Successor General Partner. The
Partnership Interest of a Departing Partner departing as a result of withdrawal
or removal pursuant to Section 12.1 or 12.2 shall (unless it is otherwise
required to be converted into Common Units pursuant to Section 13.3(b) of the
MLP Agreement) be purchased by the successor to the Departing Partner for cash
in the manner specified in the MLP Agreement. Such purchase (or conversion into
Common Units, as applicable) shall be a condition to the admission to the
Partnership of the successor as the General Partner. Any successor General
Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner as to all debts and
liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the effective date of the
removal of the Departing Partner.

   12.4 Reimbursement of Departing Partner. The Departing Partner shall be
entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing Partner pursuant to
Section 6.4, including, without limitation, any employee-related liabilities
(including, without limitation, severance liabilities), incurred in connection
with the termination of any employees employed by such departing Partner for the
benefit of the Partnership.

   12.5 Withdrawal of the Limited Partner. Without the prior consent of the
General Partner, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, the
Limited Partner shall not have the right to withdraw from the Partnership.


                                 ARTICLE XIII
                          DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

   13.1 Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of
Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission
of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner any successor General
Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall
dissolve and, subject to Section 13.2, its affairs should be wound up, upon:

     (a) the expiration of its term as provided in Section 1.5;

     (b) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section
12.1(a) (other than Section 12.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and an
Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 12.1(b) or 12.2 and such
successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.4;

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
      (c) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is
approved by the Limited Partner;

      (d) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant
to the provisions of the Delaware Act;

      (e) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of
the Partnership; or

      (f) the dissolution of the MLP.

   13.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership after Dissolution. Upon
(a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by
the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section
12.1(a)(i) or (iii) and following a failure of the Limited Partner to appoint a
successor General Partner as provided in Section 12.1 or 12.2, then within 90
days thereafter or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting
an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 12.1(a)(v), (vi) or (vii), then
within 180 days thereafter, the Limited Partner may elect to reconstitute the
Partnership and continue its business on the same terms and conditions set forth
in this Agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical to
those set forth in this Agreement and having as a general partner a Person
approved by the Limited Partner. In addition, upon dissolution of the
Partnership pursuant to Section 13.1(f), if the MLP is reconstituted pursuant to
Section 14.2 of the MLP Agreement, the reconstituted MLP may, within 180 days
after such event of dissolution, as the Limited Partner, elect to reconstitute
the Partnership in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. Upon any
such election by the Limited Partner, all Partners shall be bound thereby and
shall be deemed to have approved same. Unless such an election is made within
the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct
only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so
made, then:

      (i) the reconstituted Partnership shall continue until the end of the term
set forth in Section 1.5 unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this
Article XIII;

      (ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner,
then the interest of the former General Partner shall be purchased by the
successor General Partner or converted into Common Units of the MLP as provided
in the MLP Agreement; and

      (iii) all necessary steps shall be taken to cancel this Agreement and the
Certificate of Limited Partnership and to enter into and, as necessary, to file
a new partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, and the
successor General Partner may for this purpose exercise the powers of attorney
granted the General Partner pursuant to Section 1.4; provided, that the right to
approve a successor General Partner and to reconstitute and to continue the
business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the
Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the
right would not result in the loss of limited liability of the Limited Partner
and (y) neither the Partnership nor the reconstituted limited partnership would
be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as
an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to
continue.

      13.3 Liquidation. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the
Partnership is continued under an election to reconstitute and continue the
Partnership pursuant to Section 13.2, the General Partner, or in the event the
General Partner has been dissolved or removed, become bankrupt as set forth in
Section 12.1 or withdrawn from the Partnership, a liquidator or liquidating
committee approved by the Limited Partner, shall be the Liquidator. The
Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such
compensation for its services as may be approved by the Limited Partner. The
Liquidator shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days' prior notice
and (if other than the General Partner) may be removed at any time, with or
without cause, by notice of removal approved by the Limited Partner. Upon
dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and
substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and
duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved
by the Limited Partner. The right to

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall
be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved
in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article
XIII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may
exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto,
all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this
Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and
otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale
set forth in Section 6.3(b)) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good
faith judgment of the Liquidator to carry out the duties and functions of the
Liquidator hereunder for and during such period of time as shall be reasonably
required in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding-up
and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein. The Liquidator shall
liquidate the assets of the Partnership, and apply and distribute the proceeds
of such liquidation in the following order of priority, unless otherwise
required by mandatory provisions of applicable law:

      (a) the payment to creditors of the Partnership, including, without
limitation, Partners who are creditors, in the order of priority provided by
law; and the creation of a reserve of cash or other assets of the Partnership
for contingent liabilities in an amount, if any, determined by the Liquidator to
be appropriate for such purposes; and

      (b) to all Partners in accordance with the positive balances in their
respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital
Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of this clause) for the
taxable year of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership
occurs (with the date of such occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)); and such distribution shall be made by
the end of such taxable year (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of
such occurrence).

   13.4 Distributions in Kind. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
13.3, which require the liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but
subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon
dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale
of part or all of the Partnership's assets would be impractical or would cause
undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may, in its absolute discretion,
defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary
to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including, without limitation, those
to Partners as creditors) and/or distribute to the Partners or to specific
classes of Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance
with the provisions of Section 13.3, undivided interests in such Partnership
assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such
distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the
Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Limited
Partner, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and
management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable
and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time.
The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed
in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

   (b) In accordance with Section 704(c)(1)(B) of the Code, in the case of any
deemed distribution occurring as a result of a termination of the Partnership
pursuant to Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, to the maximum extent possible
consistent with the priorities of Section 13.3, the General Partner shall have
sole discretion to treat the deemed distribution of Partnership assets to
Partners as occurring in a manner that will not cause a shift of the Book-Tax
Disparity attributable to a Partnership asset existing immediately prior to the
deemed distribution to another asset upon the deemed contribution of assets to
the reconstituted Partnership, including, without limitation, deeming the
distribution of any Partnership assets to be made either to the Partner who
contributed such assets or to the transferee of such Partner.

   13.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership. Upon the completion
of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Sections
13.3 and 13.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the
Partnership shall be terminated and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and
all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in
jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be cancelled and such other
actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
   13.6 Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for
the orderly winding up of business and affairs of the Partnership and the
liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.3 in order to minimize any
losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up, and the provisions of this
Agreement shall remain in effect between the Partners during the period of
liquidation.

   13.7 Return of Capital. The General Partner shall not be personally liable
for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property
to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital
Contributions of the Limited Partner, or any portion thereof, it being expressly
understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

   13.8 Capital Account Restoration. No Limited Partner shall have any
obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon
liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to
restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its
interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership
during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the
date of such liquidation.

   13.9 Waiver of Partition. Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition
of the Partnership property.


                                  ARTICLE XIV
                      AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

   14.1 Amendment to be Adopted Solely by General Partner. The Limited Partner
agrees that the General Partner (pursuant to its powers of attorney from the
Limited Partner), without the approval of the Limited Partner, may amend any
provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file
and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to
reflect:

          (a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the
     principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the
     Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

          (b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in
     accordance with this Agreement;

          (c) a change that, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, is
     necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the
     Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited
     partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or that is
     necessary or advisable in the opinion of the General Partner to ensure that
     the Partnership will not be treated as an association taxable as a
     corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax
     purposes;

          (d) a change (i) that, in the sole discretion of the General Partner,
     does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect, (ii)
     that is necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or
     guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation
     of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any
     federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Delaware Act),
     compliance with any of which the General Partner determines in its sole
     discretion to be in the best interests of the Partnership and the Limited
     Partner, (iii) that is required to effect the intent of the provisions of
     this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or (iv) that
     is required to conform the provisions of this Agreement with the provisions
     of the MLP Agreement as the provisions of the MLP Agreement may be amended,
     supplemented or restated from time to time;

          (e) a change in the fiscal year and taxable year of the Partnership
     and any changes that, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, are
     necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in 

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
     the fiscal year and taxable year of the Partnership including, without
     limitation, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the
     definition of "Quarter" and the dates on which distributions are to be made
     by the Partnership;

          (f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to
     prevent the Partnership or the General Partner or its directors or officers
     from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment
     Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as
     amended, or "plan asset" regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement
     Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, whether or not substantially
     similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the
     United States Department of Labor;

          (g) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by
     the General Partner acting alone;

          (h) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger
     Agreement approved in accordance with Section 15.3;

          (i) an amendment that, in the sole discretion of the General Partner,
     is necessary or desirable to reflect, account for and deal with
     appropriately the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the
     Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited
     liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the
     Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 3.1; or

          (j) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

    14.2 Amendment Procedures. Except with respect to amendments of the type
described in Section 14.1, all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in
accordance with the following requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be
proposed only by or with the consent of the General Partner. Each such proposal
shall contain the text of the proposed amendment. A proposed amendment shall be
effective upon its approval by the Limited Partner.


                                  ARTICLE XV
                                    MERGER

    15.1 Authority. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with one or more
corporations, business trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts,
common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including, without limitation, a
general partnership or limited partnership, formed under the laws of the State
of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a
written agreement of merger or consolidation ("Merger Agreement") in accordance
with this Article.

    15.2 Procedure for Merger or Consolidation. Merger or consolidation of the
Partnership pursuant to this Article requires the prior approval of the General
Partner. If the General Partner shall determine, in the exercise of its sole
discretion, to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall
approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

      (a) The names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of
the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

      (b) The name and jurisdictions of formation or organization of the
business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the
"Surviving Business Entity");

      (c) The terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
     (d) The manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities
of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or general or
limited partnership interests, rights, securities or obligations of the
Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any general or limited partnership
interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be
exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited
partnership interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving
Business Entity, the cash, property or general or limited partnership interests,
rights, securities or obligations of any limited partnership, corporation, trust
or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of
such general or limited partnership interests, securities or rights are to
receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of, their general or limited partner
interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of securities represented
by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property
or general or limited partnership interests, rights, securities or obligations
of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership,
corporation, trust or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity),
or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

      (e) A statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the
adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of
incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement
of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing document) of the
Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

      (f) The effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing
of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 15.4 or a later date specified
in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if
the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of
the certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed no later than the
time of the filing of the certificate of merger and stated therein); and

      (g) Such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or
consolidation as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner.

   15.3 Approval by Limited Partner of Merger or Consolidation. (a) The General
Partner of the Partnership, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement, shall
direct that a copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement be submitted to the
Limited Partner for its approval.

   (b) The Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving the consent of
the Limited Partner.  After such approval by the Limited Partner, and at any
time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 15.4,
the merger or consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if
any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.

   15.4 Certificate of Merger. Upon the required approval by the General Partner
and the Limited Partner of a Merger Agreement, a certificate of merger shall be
executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in
conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.

   15.5 Effect of Merger. (a) At the effective time of the certificate of
merger:

      (i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business
entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and
mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things
and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities shall be
vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation
shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were
of each constituent business entity;

      (ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of
those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way
impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
      (iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interest in
property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved
unimpaired; and

      (iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business
entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity, and may be enforced
against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been
incurred or contracted by it.

    (b) A merger or consolidation effected pursuant to this Article shall not be
deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one
entity to another having occurred.



                                  ARTICLE XVI
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

   16.1 Addresses and Notices. Any notice, demand, request or report required or
permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given or made when received by it at the principal
office of the Partnership referred to in Section 1.3.

   16.2 References. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to
"Articles" and "Sections" are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

   16.3 Pronouns and Plurals. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used
in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter
forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the
plural and vice versa.

   16.4 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents,
provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be
necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

   16.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

   16.6 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the
parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

   16.7 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the
benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

   16.8 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of
any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any
right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any
such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

   16.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of
which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto,
notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the
same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately
upon affixing its signature hereto, independently of the signature of any other
party.

   16.10 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the
principles of conflicts of law.

   16.11 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement is or
becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be
affected thereby.

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first written above.

                                    GENERAL PARTNER:

                                    FERRELLGAS, INC.



                                    By: _______________________________________



                                    INITIAL LIMITED PARTNER:

                                    FERRELLGAS PARTNERS, L.P.

                                    BY: Ferrellgas, Inc., as general partner



                                    By: ________________________________________



                                    LIMITED PARTNER:

                                    FERRELLGAS, INC.


                                    By: ________________________________________

                                       39

<PAGE>
 
                                                        OH&S DRAFT--6/22/94     
================================================================================
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                      DATED AS OF __________________, 1994

                                     AMONG


                               FERRELLGAS, L.P.,


                      STRATTON INSURANCE COMPANY, INC.,     


                               FERRELLGAS, INC.,


                         BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                            AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,

                                   AS AGENT,


                                      AND


                 THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO


                                  ARRANGED BY


                              BA SECURITIES, INC.


================================================================================
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

     
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                     Page 
<S>                                                         <C>
1.01  Certain Defined Terms.................................   1
1.02  Other Interpretive Provisions.........................  31
1.03  Accounting Principles.................................  32

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  THE CREDITS

2.01  Amounts and Terms of Commitments......................  32
       (a)  Facility A Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans
            and Letters of Credit...........................  32
       (b)  Facility B Term Loans, Revolving Loans
            and Takeout Loans...............................  33
2.02  Loan Accounts.........................................  34
2.03  Procedure for Borrowing...............................  35
2.04  Conversion and Continuation Elections.................  35
2.05  Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments.....  37
2.06  Optional Prepayments..................................  37
2.07  Mandatory Prepayments of Loans;Mandatory Commitment
      Reductions............................................  38
2.08  Repayment.............................................  40
       (a)  Facility A Revolving Loans and Swingline      
            Loans...........................................  40
       (b)  Facility B Term Loans and Facility B          
            Revolving Loans.................................  40
     (c)    Facility B Takeout Loans........................  40
2.09  Interest..............................................  40
2.10  Fees..................................................  41
       (a)  Arrangement, Agency Fees........................  41
       (b)  Commitment Fees.................................  41
2.11  Computation of Fees and Interest......................  42
2.12  Payments by the Borrower..............................  42
2.13  Payments by the Banks to the Agent....................  43
2.14  Sharing of Payments, Etc..............................  44
2.15  Discretionary Swingline Loans.........................  44

                                  ARTICLE III

                             THE LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.01  The Letter of Credit Subfacility......................  46
3.02  Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit..  47
3.03  Existing Letters of Credit; Risk Participations,
       Drawings and Reimbursements..........................  50
3.04  Repayment of Participations...........................  52
3.05  Role of the Issuing Banks.............................  52
     
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
Section                                                       Page
<S>                                                           <C>
3.06  Obligations Absolute..................................  53
3.07  Cash Collateral Pledge................................  54
3.08  Letter of Credit Fees.................................  55
3.09  Uniform Customs and Practice..........................  55

                                   ARTICLE IV

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

4.01  Taxes.................................................  57
4.02  Illegality............................................  58
4.03  Increased Costs and Reduction of Return...............  58
4.04  Funding Losses........................................  59
4.05  Inability to Determine Rates..........................  60
4.06  Survival..............................................  60

                                   ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.01  Conditions of Initial Credit Extensions...............  61
     (a)    Credit Agreement and any Notes..................  61
     (c)    Resolutions; Incumbency.........................  61
     (d)    Organization Documents; Good Standing...........  61
     (e)    Legal Opinions..................................  62
     (f)    Payment of Fees.................................  62
     (g)    Certificate.....................................  62
     (h)    Cancellation of Existing Revolving Credit.......  63
     (i)    Due Diligence Review............................  63
     (j)    No Material Change..............................  63
     (k)    Insurance Certificate...........................  63
     (l)    Reorganization..................................  63
     (m)    Trading Policies................................  64
     (n)    Other Documents.................................  64
5.02  Conditions to All Credit Extensions...................  64
     (a)    Notice, Application.............................  64
     (b)    Continuation of Representations and Warranties..  64
     (c)    No Existing Default.............................  64

                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.01  Corporate or Partnership Existence and Power..........  65
6.02  Corporate or Partnership Authorization;
      No Contravention......................................  65
6.03  Governmental Authorization............................  66
6.04  Binding Effect........................................  66
6.05  Litigation............................................  67
6.06  No Default............................................  67
</TABLE> 
     
                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
Section                                                          Page
<S>                                                              <C>
6.07  ERISA Compliance.........................................  67
6.08  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations......................  68
6.09  Title to Properties......................................  68
6.10  Taxes....................................................  68
6.11  Financial Condition......................................  69
6.12  Environmental Matters....................................  69
6.13  Regulated Entities.......................................  69
6.14  No Burdensome Restrictions...............................  70
6.15  Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc........  70
6.16  Subsidiaries and Affiliates..............................  70
6.17  Insurance................................................  70
6.18  Tax Status...............................................  70
6.19  Full Disclosure..........................................  70
6.20  Fixed Price Supply Contracts.............................  71
6.21  Trading Policies.........................................  71

                                  ARTICLE VII

                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

7.01  Financial Statements.....................................  71
7.02  Certificates; Other Information..........................  73
7.03  Notices..................................................  74
7.04  Preservation of Corporate or Partnership Existence, Etc..  75
7.05  Maintenance of Property..................................  76
7.06  Insurance................................................  76
7.07  Payment of Obligations...................................  76
7.08  Compliance with Laws.....................................  76
7.09  Inspection of Property and Books and Records.............  76
7.10  Environmental Laws.......................................  77
7.11  Use of Proceeds..........................................  77
7.12  Financial Covenants......................................  77
7.13  Trading Policies.........................................  78
7.14  Other General Partner Obligations........................  78
7.15  Other Stratton Obligations...............................  79
7.16  Monetary Judgments.......................................  79
7.17  Maintenance of Subsidiary................................  79

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS
 
8.01  Limitation on Liens......................................  80
8.02  Asset Sales..............................................  82
8.03  Consolidations and Mergers...............................  83
8.04  Acquisitions.............................................  84
8.05  Limitation on Indebtedness...............................  84
8.06  Transactions with Affiliates.............................  86
8.07  Use of Proceeds..........................................  87

</TABLE>
     
                                      iii
<PAGE>

     
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
Section                                                    Page
<S>                                                        <C>
8.08  Use of Proceeds - Ineligible Securities............  87
8.09  Contingent Obligations.............................  88
8.10  Joint Ventures.....................................  88
8.11  Lease Obligations..................................  88
8.12  Restricted Payments................................  88
8.13  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
      Affecting Subsidiaries.............................  91
8.14  Change in Business.................................  91
8.15  Accounting Changes.................................  91
8.16  Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions......  92
8.17  Restrictions On Nature Of Indebtedness And
      Activities Of Finance Corp.........................  92
8.18  Amendments of Organization Documents or Indenture..  92
8.19  Fixed Price Supply Contracts.......................  92
8.20  Operations through Subsidiaries....................  93
8.21  Operations of MLP..................................  93

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

9.01  Event of Default...................................  94
     (a)    Non-Payment..................................  94
     (b)    Representation or Warranty...................  94
     (c)    Specific Defaults............................  94
     (d)    Other Defaults...............................  94
     (e)    Cross-Default................................  94
     (f)    Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings............  95
     (g)    Involuntary Proceedings......................  95
     (h)    ERISA........................................  95
     (i)    Monetary Judgments...........................  96
     (j)    Non-Monetary Judgments.......................  96
     (k)    Loss of Licenses.............................  96
     (l)    Adverse Change...............................  96
     (m)    Indenture Cross-Defaults.....................  96
9.02  Remedies...........................................  96
9.03  Rights Not Exclusive...............................  97
9.04  Certain Financial Covenant Defaults................  97

                                   ARTICLE X

                                   THE AGENT

10.01  Appointment and Authorization....................   98
10.02  Delegation of Duties.............................   98
10.03  Liability of Agent and Issuing Banks.............   98
10.04  Reliance by Agent and Issuing Banks..............   99
10.05  Notice of Default................................   99
10.06  Credit Decision..................................  100
10.07  Indemnification..................................  100

</TABLE>
     

                                       iv
<PAGE>
 
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
Section                                                    Page
<S>                                                        <C>
10.08  Agent in Individual Capacity......................  101
10.09  Successor Agent...................................  101
10.10  Withholding Tax...................................  102

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

11.01  Amendments and Waivers............................  103
11.02  Notices...........................................  104
11.03  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies....................  105
11.04  Costs and Expenses................................  105
11.05  Indemnity.........................................  106
11.06  Payments Set Aside................................  106
11.07  Successors and Assigns............................  107
11.08  Assignments, Participations, Etc..................  107
11.09  Set-off...........................................  109
11.10  Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc...  110
11.11  Counterparts......................................  110
11.12  Severability......................................  110
11.13  No Third Parties Benefited........................  110
11.14  Governing Law and Jurisdiction....................  110
11.15  Waiver of Jury Trial..............................  111
11.16  Entire Agreement..................................  111
</TABLE>
     
                                       v
<PAGE>
 
                             SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

    
 Schedule 2.01       Commitments
 Schedule 3.03       Existing Letters of Credit
 Schedule 6.05       Litigation
 Schedule 6.07       ERISA
 Schedule 6.10       Taxes
 Schedule 6.11       Permitted Liabilities
 Schedule 6.12       Environmental Matters
 Schedule 6.15       Litigation
 Schedule 6.16       Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
 Schedule 6.17       Insurance Matters
 Schedule 7.13       Affiliates
 Schedule 8.01       Permitted Liens
 Schedule 8.05       Existing Indebtedness
 Schedule 8.09       Contingent Obligations
 Schedule 8.19       Tradenames and Trademarks
 Schedule 11.02      Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices
     

 EXHIBITS

  Exhibit A      Form of Notice of Borrowing
  Exhibit B      Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
  Exhibit C      Form of Compliance Certificate
  Exhibit D      Form of Legal Opinion of Borrower's Counsel
  Exhibit E      Form of Assignment and Acceptance
  Exhibit F-1    Form of Facility A Revolving Loan Note
  Exhibit F-2    Form of Facility B Term Loan Note
  Exhibit F-3    Form of Facility B Revolving Loan Note
  Exhibit F-4    Form of Facility B Takeout Loan Note
  Exhibit G      Form of Subsidiary Guaranty
  Exhibit H      Form of Commercial Letter of Credit
  Exhibit I      Form of Standby Letter of Credit
  Exhibit J      Alternate Form of Standby Letter of Credit
  Exhibit K      Maximum Amount Certificate

                                       vi
<PAGE>
 
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

    
  This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of_________, 1994, among FERRELLGAS,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Borrower"), STRATTON INSURANCE
COMPANY, INC., a Vermont corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the
Borrower ("Stratton"), FERRELLGAS, INC., a Delaware corporation and the sole
general partner of the Borrower (the "General Partner"), the several financial
institutions from time to time party to this Agreement (collectively, the
"Banks"; individually, a "Bank"), BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
ASSOCIATION ("BofA"), as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent").
      
  WHEREAS, the Banks have agreed to make available to the Borrower and Stratton
certain revolving and term loan credit facilities with a letter of credit
subfacility on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement;

  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

  1.01 Certain Defined Terms. The following terms have the following meanings:

            "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
     Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person
     merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person,
     including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of,
     such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such
     specified Person and (ii) Indebtedness encumbering any asset acquired by
     such specified Person.

            "Acquisition" means any transaction or series of related
     transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in
     (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person,
     or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in
     excess of 50% of the capital stock, partnership interests or equity of any
     Person or otherwise causing any Person, to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a
     merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other
     than a Person that is a Subsidiary) provided that the Borrower or the
     Subsidiary is the surviving entity.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
            "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which,
     directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under
     common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control
     another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly,
     the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies
     of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
     contract, or otherwise.

            "Agent" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.
     References to the "Agent" shall include BofA in its capacity as agent for
     the Banks hereunder, and any successor agent arising under Section 10.09.

            "Agent-Related Persons" means BofA and any successor Agent arising
     under Section 10.09, together with their respective Affiliates (including,
     in the case of BofA, the Arranger), and the officers, directors, employees,
     agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

            "Agent's Payment Office" means the address for payments set forth on
     the signature page hereto in relation to the Agent, or such other address
     as the Agent may from time to time specify.

            "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement.    

            "Applicable Margin" means, for each Type of Loan, effective as of
     the first day of each fiscal quarter, the percentage per annum (expressed
     in basis points) set forth below opposite the Level of the Leverage Ratio
     applicable to such fiscal quarter as set forth herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Leverage Ratio    Base Rate Loans  Eurodollar Loans
- ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>               <C>              <C>
 
     Level 1               0 b.p.         62.5 b.p.
     Level 2               0 b.p.         87.5 b.p.
     Level 3            12.5 b.p.        112.5 b.p.
     Level 4              25 b.p.          125 b.p.
</TABLE>

          "Arranger" means BA Securities, Inc., a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of
     BankAmerica Corporation.  The Arranger is a registered broker-dealer and
     permitted to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities.

          "Asset Sale" has the meaning specified in Section 8.02.

          "Assignee" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.08(a).     

          "Attorney Costs" means and includes all reasonable and itemized fees
     and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel, the allocated
     cost of internal legal services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          "Attributable Debt" means, in respect of a sale and leaseback
     arrangement of any property, as at the time of determination, the present
     value (calculated using a discount rate equal to the interest rate of the
     Senior Notes and annual compounding) of the total obligations of the lessee
     for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such
     arrangement (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

          "Available Cash" has the meaning given to such term in the Partnership
     Agreement, as amended to the date of this Agreement; provided, that (i)
     Available Cash shall not include any amount of Net Proceeds of Asset Sales
     until the 270-day period following the consummation of the applicable Asset
     Sale, (ii) investments, loans and other contributions to a Non-Recourse
     Subsidiary are to be treated as "cash disbursements" when made for purposes
     of determining the amount of Available Cash and (iii) cash receipts of a
     Non-Recourse Subsidiary shall not constitute cash receipts of the Borrower
     for purposes of determining the amount of Available Cash until cash is
     actually distributed by such Non-Recourse Subsidiary to the Borrower.

          "Bank" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.
     References to the "Banks" shall include BofA and any other Bank designated
     by the Agent as an Issuing Bank from time to time, including in their
     respective capacities as Issuing Banks; for purposes of clarification only,
     to the extent that an Issuing Bank may have any rights or obligations in
     addition to those of a Bank due to its status as an Issuing Bank, its
     status as such will be specifically referenced.

          "Bankruptcy Code" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11
     U.S.C. (S)101, et seq.).

          "Base Rate" means, for any day, the higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum
     above the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day; and (b) the rate of
     interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by
     BofA in San Francisco, California, as its "reference rate." (The "reference
     rate" is a rate set by BofA based upon various factors including BofA's
     costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors,
     and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be
     priced at, above, or below such announced rate.) Any change in the
     reference rate announced by BofA shall take effect at the opening of
     business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change or
     if no day is so specified, on the day of the announcement.

          "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base
     Rate.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          "BofA" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.

          "Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans of the
     same Type made to the Borrower on the same day by the Banks (or, in the
     case of Swingline Loans, by BofA) and, for Eurodollar Rate Loans, having
     the same Interest Period, in either case under Article II.

          "Borrowing Date" means any date on which a Borrowing occurs.

          "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
     day on which commercial banks in San Francisco are authorized or required
     by law to close and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any
     Eurodollar Rate Loan, means such a day on which dealings are carried on in
     the London interbank dollar market.

          "Capital Adequacy Regulation" means any guideline, request or
     directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other
     law, rule or regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each
     case, regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation
     controlling a bank.

          "Capital Interests" means, with respect to any corporation, any and
     all shares, participations, rights or other equivalent interests in the
     capital of the corporation, and with respect to any partnership, any and
     all partnership interests (whether general or limited) and other interests
     or participations that confer on a Person the right to receive a share of
     the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, such partnership.

          "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination
     thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital
     lease that would at such time be so required to be capitalized on the
     balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

          "Cash Collateralize" means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to
     the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Banks,
     as collateral for the L/C Obligations or any outstanding Loan, cash or
     deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Agent (which documents are hereby consented to by the
     Banks). Derivatives of such term shall have corresponding meaning. The
     Borrower hereby grants to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent, the
     Issuing Banks and the Banks, a security interest in all such cash and
     deposit account balances. Cash collateral shall be maintained in blocked,
     non-interest bearing deposit accounts at BofA. Such collateral may be
     invested from time to time

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     in short-term money market instruments and other investments with the
     consent of the Agent and the Majority Banks (which consent may be given or
     withheld in their sole and absolute discretion) provided that the Agent,
     the Issuing Banks and the Banks shall at all times have a first priority
     perfected security interest in such collateral and the proceeds thereof.

          "Cash Costs" means, with respect to any Acquisition, the total costs
     thereof to the acquiring Person in such Acquisition, excluding the
     aggregate amount of Acquired Debt and all financing provided by the selling
     Person or Persons in connection therewith.

          "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities
     issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
     government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of
     not more than eighteen months from the date of acquisition, (iii)
     certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six
     months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with
     maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each
     case with any Bank or with any other domestic commercial bank having
     capital and surplus in excess of $500 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating
     of "B" or better, (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than
     seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii)
     and (iii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the
     qualifications specified in clause (iii) above, (v) commercial paper or
     direct obligations of a Person, provided such Person has publicly
     outstanding debt having the highest short-term rating obtainable from
     Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation and
     provided further that such commercial paper or direct obligation matures
     within 270 days after the date of acquisition, and (vi) investments in
     money market funds all of whose assets consist of securities of the types
     described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v).

          "Change of Control" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
     disposition of all or substantially all of the Borrower's assets to any
     Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
     Act) other than James E. Ferrell, the Related Parties and any Person of
     which James E. Ferrell and the Related Parties beneficially own in the
     aggregate 51% or more of the voting Capital Interests (or if such Person is
     a partnership, 51% or more of the general partner interests), (ii) the
     liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower or the General Partner, (iii)
     the occurrence of any transaction, the result of which is that James E.
     Ferrell and the Related Parties beneficially own in the aggregate, directly
     or indirectly, less than 51% of the total voting power entitled to vote for

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     the election of directors of the General Partner or less than 20% of the
     Capital Interests of the Borrower, and (iv) the occurrence of any
     transaction, the result of which is that the General Partner is no longer
     the sole general partner of the Borrower.

          "Class" means, with respect to any Loan, whether such Loan is a
     Facility A Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan, Facility B Term Loan, Facility B
     Revolving Loan or Facility B Takeout Loan.
    
          "Closing Date" means the date on which all conditions precedent set
     forth in Section 5.01 and Section 5.02 are satisfied or waived by all Banks
     (or, in the case of subsection 5.01(f), waived by the Persons entitled to
     receive such payments).     

          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "Commercial Letters of Credit" means commercial documentary letters of
     credit issued by an Issuing Bank pursuant to Article III.

          "Commitment Fee Rate" means, as of any date and based upon the Level
     of the Leverage Ratio on such date, the percent per annum (expressed in
     basis points) set forth below opposite such Level:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
          Leverage Ratio            Commitment Fee Rate
          --------------            -------------------
          <S>                       <C> 
          Level 1                        27.5 b.p.
          Level 2                        32.5 b.p.
          Level 3                        37.5 b.p.
          Level 4                        37.5 b.p.
</TABLE> 

          "Commitments" means, as to each Bank, collectively, its Facility A
     Commitment and its Facility B Commitment.
    
          "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate signed by a Responsible
     Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C,
     demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained herein, including
     Sections 7.12, 7.13, 7.16 and 8.12 and the 30 day clean-up period contained
     in subsection 2.01(a)(ii).     

          "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any
     period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus
     (a) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in
     connection with an asset sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in
     computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (b) provision for taxes based on
     income or profits of such Person for such

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     period, to the extent such provision for taxes was deducted in computing
     Consolidated Net Income, plus (c) Consolidated Interest Expense of such
     Person for such period, whether paid or accrued (including amortization of
     original issue discount, non-cash interest payments and the interest
     component of any payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations and net
     payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent such
     expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (d)
     depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other
     intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were
     paid in a prior period) of such Person for such period, to the extent such
     depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net
     Income, in each case, for such period without duplication on a consolidated
     basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, as of the last day of any
     fiscal period, on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) all interest, fees
     (including Letter of Credit fees), charges and related expenses paid or
     payable (without duplication) for that fiscal period to the Banks hereunder
     or to any other lender in connection with borrowed money or the deferred
     purchase price of assets that are considered "interest expense" under GAAP,
     plus (b) the portion of rent paid or payable (without duplication) for that
     fiscal period under Capital Lease Obligations that should be treated as
     interest in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement
     No. 13, on a consolidated basis.

          "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any
     period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries
     for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with
     GAAP; provided, that (i) the Net Income of any Person that is not a
     Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting
     shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
     distributions paid to the referent Person or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
     thereof, (ii) the Net Income of any Person that is a Subsidiary (other than
     a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) shall be included only to the extent of the
     amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent Person or a
     Wholly-Owned Subsidiary thereof, (iii) the Net Income of any Person
     acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the
     date of such acquisition shall be excluded except to the extent otherwise
     includable under clause (i) above and (iv) the cumulative effect of a
     change in accounting principles shall be excluded.

          "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any
     date, the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders or
     partners of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date,
     plus

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     (ii) the respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of
     such date with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than
     Disqualified Interests) that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of
     dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid only out of net
     earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only
     to the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such
     preferred stock, less (x) all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting
     from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible assets of a
     going concern business made within 12 months after the acquisition of such
     business) subsequent to the Closing Date in the book value of any asset
     owned by such Person or a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person, (y) all
     investments as of such date in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons
     that are not Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments),
     and (z) all unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred
     charges as of such date, all of the foregoing determined in accordance with
     GAAP.

          "Contingent Obligation" means, as to any Person, any direct or
     indirect liability of that Person, whether or not contingent, with or
     without recourse, (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend,
     distribution, letter of credit or other obligation (the "primary
     obligations") of another Person (the "primary obligor"), including any
     obligation of that Person (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire
     such primary obligations or any security therefor, (ii) to advance or
     provide funds for the payment or discharge of any such primary obligation,
     or to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
     otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet item,
     level of income or financial condition of the primary obligor, (iii) to
     purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of
     assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the
     primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (iv)
     otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of any such primary
     obligation against loss in respect thereof (each, a "Guaranty Obligation");
     (b) with respect to any Surety Instrument (other than any Letter of Credit)
     issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is
     otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or payments; (c) to purchase
     any materials, supplies or other property from, or to obtain the services
     of, another Person if the relevant contract or other related document or
     obligation requires that payment for such materials, supplies or other
     property, or for such services, shall be made regardless of whether
     delivery of such materials, supplies or other property is ever made or
     tendered, or such services are ever performed or tendered; or (d) in
     respect of any Hedging Obligation.  The amount of any Contingent Obligation
     shall, in the case of Guaranty

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     Obligations, be deemed equal to the stated or determinable amount of the
     primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made or,
     if not stated or if indeterminable, the maximum reasonably anticipated
     liability in respect thereof, and in the case of other Contingent
     Obligations, shall be equal to the maximum reasonably anticipated liability
     in respect thereof.

          "Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any
     security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract,
     indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or
     agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its
     property is bound.

          "Conversion/Continuation Date" means any date on which, under Section
     2.04, the Borrower (a) converts Loans of one Type to another Type, or (b)
     continues as Loans of the same Type, but with a new Interest Period, Loans
     having Interest Periods expiring on such date.

          "Credit Extension" means and includes (a) the making of any Loans
     hereunder and (b) the Issuance of any Letters of Credit hereunder.

          "Default" means any event or circumstance which, with the giving of
     notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise
     remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

          "Disqualified Interests" means any Capital Interests which, by their
     terms (or by the terms of any security into which they are convertible or
     for which they are exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event,
     mature or are mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation
     or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole
     or in part, on or prior to December 31, 2000.

          "Dollars", "dollars" and "$" each mean lawful money of the United
     States.

          "Effective Amount" means (i) with respect to any Loans on any date,
     the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to
     any Borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such
     date; and (ii) with respect to any outstanding L/C Obligations on any date,
     the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any
     Issuances of Letters of Credit occurring on such date and any other changes
     in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including
     as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any
     Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for
     drawing under

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.  For purposes of Section
     2.07, the Effective Amount shall be determined without giving effect to any
     mandatory prepayments to be made under such Section 2.07.

          "Eligible Assignee" means (i) a commercial bank organized under the
     laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having a combined
     capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000; (ii) a commercial bank
     organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the
     Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a
     political subdivision of any such country, and having a combined capital
     and surplus of at least $200,000,000, provided that such bank is acting
     through a branch or agency located in the United States; and (iii) a Person
     that is primarily engaged in the business of commercial banking and that is
     (A) a Subsidiary of a Bank, (B) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Bank is
     a Subsidiary, or (C) a Person of which a Bank is a Subsidiary.

          "Environmental Claims" means all claims, however asserted, by any
     Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability or
     responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, or for release or
     injury to the environment.

          "Environmental Laws" means all federal, state or local laws, statutes,
     common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with
     all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses,
     authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental
     Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety and
     land use matters.

          "Equity Interests" means Capital Interests and all warrants, options
     or other rights to acquire Capital Interests (but excluding any debt
     security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Interests).

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "ERISA Event" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension
     Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or the General Partner from a
     Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which
     it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA)
     or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under
     Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) the filing of a notice of intent to
     terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section
     4041 or 4041A of ERISA or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to
     terminate a Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; (d) a failure by the
     Borrower or the General Partner to make

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     required contributions to a Pension Plan or other Plan subject to Section
     412 of the Code; (e) an event or condition which might reasonably be
     expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the
     termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension
     Plan; (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other
     than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon
     the Borrower or the General Partner; or (g) an application for a funding
     waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412
     of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan.

          "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, for each Interest Period in respect of
     Eurodollar Rate Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest
     rate per annum (rounded, if necessary, upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%)
     determined pursuant to the following formula:

     Eurodollar Rate =                   LIBOR
                         ------------------------------------
                         1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

     The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective
     date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

          "Eurodollar Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the
     Eurodollar Rate.

          "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" shall mean the maximum reserve
     percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded, if necessary, upward to the
     nearest 1/100th of 1%) in effect on the date LIBOR for such Interest Period
     is determined (whether or not applicable to any Bank) under regulations
     issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board for determining the
     maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other
     marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding
     (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities") having a term
     comparable to such Interest Period.  Without limiting the effect of the
     foregoing, the Eurodollar Reserve shall include any other reserves required
     to be maintained by any Bank with respect to (a) any category of
     liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the Eurodollar
     Rate is to be determined as provided in the definition of "Eurodollar Rate"
     in this Section 1.01 or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other
     assets that includes Eurodollar Rate Loans.

          "Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances specified
     in Section 9.01.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
          "Existing Fixed Rate Notes" means the Series B and D Fixed Rate Senior
     Notes due 1996 of the General Partner.

          "Existing Floating Rate Notes" means the Series A and C Floating Rate
     Senior Notes due 1996 of the General Partner.

          "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries (other than the Obligations) and certain Indebtedness of the
     General Partner with respect to which the Borrower has assumed the General
     Partner's repayment obligations, in each case in existence on the Closing
     Date and as more fully set forth on Schedule 8.05.

          "Existing Letters of Credit" means the letters of credit issued and
     outstanding on the Closing Date which are described in Schedule 3.03.  Each
     of the Existing Letters of Credit is designated on such schedule as a
     standby letter of credit or a commercial documentary letter of credit.

          "Existing Senior Notes" means the Existing Fixed Rate Notes and the
     Existing Floating Rate Notes.

          "Existing Subordinated Debentures" means the General Partner's 11 5/8%
     Senior Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2003.

          "Facility A Commitment", as to each Bank, means the amount set forth
     opposite such Bank's name on Schedule 2.01 hereof under the caption
     "Facility A Commitment", as the same may be reduced under Section 2.05 or
     2.07 or as a result of one or more assignments under Section 11.08;
     provided, that the maximum aggregate Facility A Commitment of all Banks
     shall not exceed $100,000,000 at any time.

    
          "Facility A Revolving Loan" has the meaning specified in subsection
     2.01(a), and may be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.     

          "Facility B Commitment", as to each Bank, means the amount set forth
     opposite such Bank's name on Schedule 2.01 hereof under the caption
     "Facility B Commitment - Total", as such amount may be reduced under
     Section 2.05 or 2.07 or as a result of one or more assignments under
     Section 11.08; provided, that the maximum aggregate Facility B Commitment
     of all Banks shall not exceed $85,000,000 at any time.

          "Facility B Loans" means, collectively, the Facility B Revolving Loans
     and the Facility B Term Loans and, after the Revolving Termination Date if
     made in accordance with the terms hereof, the Facility B Takeout Loans.

          "Facility B Maximum Amount" as of any date means the excess, if any,
     on such date of (x) the sum of (i) the aggregate Cash Costs of all
     Permitted Acquisitions by the

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the period from the Closing Date
     through the date of calculation plus (ii) the aggregate Growth-Related
     Capital Expenditures by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such
     period, over (y) the sum of (i) the aggregate Net Proceeds of Asset Sales
     during the period from the Closing Date to the date that is 270 days prior
     to the date of calculation plus (ii) the aggregate Net Proceeds of MLP New
     Unit Sales from the Closing Date through the calculation date.

    
          "Facility B Revolving Loan" has the meaning specified in subsection
     2.01(b), and may be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.     

          "Facility B Revolving Loan Commitment", as to each Bank, means the sum
     of (i) the amount set forth opposite such Bank's name on Schedule 2.01
     hereof under the caption "Facility B Commitment - Revolving Loans" plus
     (ii) from and after the date 45 days after the Closing Date, the excess, if
     any, of such Bank's Facility B Term Loan Commitment over the amount of its
     Facility B Term Loan outstanding as of the date 45 days after the Closing
     Date, as such sum may be reduced under Section 2.05 or 2.07 or as a result
     of one or more assignments under Section 11.08.

    
          "Facility B Takeout Loan" has the meaning specified in subsection
     2.01(b).     

    
          "Facility B Term Loan" has the meaning specified in subsection
     2.01(b).     

          "Facility B Term Loan Commitment", as to each Bank, means the amount
     set forth opposite such Bank's name on Schedule 2.01 hereof under the
     caption "Facility B Commitment - Term Loan", as the same may be reduced
     under Section 2.05 or 2.07 or as a result of one or more assignments under
     Section 11.08.

          "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate set forth in the
     weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor
     publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including
     any such successor, "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the
     caption "Federal Funds (Effective)"; or, if for any relevant day such rate
     is not so published on any such preceding Business Day, the rate for such
     day will be the arithmetic mean as determined by the Agent of the rates for
     the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m.
     (New York City time) on that day by each

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     of three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York City
     selected by the Agent.

          "Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.10(a).

          "Finance Corp." means Ferrellgas Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation
     and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

          "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio"  means with respect to any Person for
     any period, the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such
     period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.  In the event
     that the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes,
     guarantees, redeems or repays any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit
     borrowings including, with respect to the Borrower, Swingline Loans,
     Facility A Revolving Loans and Facility B Revolving Loans) subsequent to
     the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
     being calculated but prior to the date of the event for which the
     calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation
     Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro
     forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption or
     repayment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of
     the applicable reference period.  The foregoing calculation of the Fixed
     Charge Coverage Ratio shall also give pro forma effect to Acquisitions
     (including all mergers and consolidations), dispositions and
     discontinuances of businesses or assets that have been made by the referent
     Person or any of its Subsidiaries during the reference period or subsequent
     to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date assuming
     that all such Acquisitions, dispositions and discontinuances of businesses
     or assets had occurred on the first day of the reference period; provided,
     however, that with respect to the Borrower, (a) Fixed Charges shall be
     reduced by amounts attributable to businesses or assets that are so
     disposed of or discontinued only to the extent that the obligations giving
     rise to such Fixed Charges would no longer be obligations contributing to
     the Fixed Charges of the Borrower subsequent to the Calculation Date and
     (b) Consolidated Cash Flow generated by an acquired business or asset shall
     be determined by the actual gross profit (revenues minus costs of goods
     sold) of such acquired business or asset during the immediately preceding
     number of full fiscal quarters as are in the reference period minus the pro
     forma expenses that would have been incurred by the Borrower in the
     operation of such acquired business or asset during such period computed on
     the basis of (i) personnel expenses for employees retained by the Borrower
     in the operation of the acquired business or asset and (ii) non-personnel
     costs and expenses incurred by the Borrower on a

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
     per gallon basis in the operation of the Borrower's business at similarly
     situated Borrower facilities.  If the applicable reference period for any
     calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio with respect to the Borrower
     shall include a portion prior to the Closing Date, then such Fixed Charge
     Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based upon the Consolidated Cash Flow
     and the Fixed Charges of the General Partner for such portion of the
     reference period prior to the Closing Date and the Consolidated Cash Flow
     and the Fixed Charges of the Borrower for the remaining portion of the
     reference period on and after the Closing Date, giving pro forma effect, as
     described in the two foregoing sentences, to all applicable transactions
     occurring on the date of this Agreement or otherwise.

          "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
     sum, without duplication, of (a) consolidated interest expense of such
     Person for such period, whether paid or accrued, to the extent such expense
     was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization
     of original issue discounts, non-cash interest payments, the interest
     component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations and net
     payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations permitted hereunder), (b)
     commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred with respect to
     letters of credit, (c) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another
     Person that is guaranteed by such Person or secured by a Lien on assets of
     such Person, and (d) the product of (i) all cash dividend payments (and
     non-cash dividend payments in the case of a Person that is a Subsidiary) on
     any series of preferred stock of such Person, times (ii) a fraction, the
     numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the
     then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such
     Person, expressed as a decimal, determined, in each case, on a consolidated
     basis and in accordance with GAAP.

          "FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and
     any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "Funded Debt" means all Indebtedness of Borrower, excluding all
     Contingent Obligations of Borrower under or in connection with Letters of
     Credit outstanding from time to time.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from
     time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
     Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
     and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
     Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and
     authority within the U.S. accounting

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
     profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of
     determination.

          "General Partner" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause
     hereto.

          "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any state or
     other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary
     or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive,
     legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
     pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or
     controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the
     foregoing.

          "Growth-Related Capital Expenditures" means, with respect to any
     Person, all capital expenditures by such Person made to improve or enhance
     the existing capital assets or to increase the customer base of such Person
     or to acquire or construct new capital assets (but excluding capital
     expenditures made to maintain, up to the level thereof that existed at the
     time of such expenditure, the operating capacity of the capital assets of
     such Person as such assets existed at the time of such expenditure).

          "Guarantor" means each Person that executes a Guaranty and its
     successors and assigns, and includes Finance Corp.

          "Guaranty" means a continuing guaranty of the Obligations in favor of
     the Agent on behalf of the Banks, in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Agent.

          "Guaranty Obligation" has the meaning specified in the definition of
     "Contingent Obligation."

          "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
     obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements,
     interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii)
     other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
     fluctuations in interest rates.

          "Honor Date" has the meaning specified in subsection 3.03(c).

          "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all
     indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or
     assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than
     trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business on ordinary
     terms); (c) all non-contingent reimbursement or payment obligations with
     respect to Surety Instruments; (d) all obligations evidenced by notes,
     bonds,

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
     debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced
     incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or
     businesses; (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional
     sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in
     either case with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though
     the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the
     event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f)
     all Capital Lease Obligations; (g) all Hedging Obligations; (h) all
     indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or
     for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent
     or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including
     accounts and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even though such
     Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such
     Indebtedness; and (i) all Guaranty Obligations in respect of indebtedness
     or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through
     (h) above.

          "Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section 11.05.

          "Indemnified Person" has the meaning specified in Section 11.05.

          "Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of ______________, 1994,
     among the Borrower, Finance Corp. and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
     Association, pursuant to which the Senior Notes are to be issued, as it may
     be amended from time to time.

          "Independent Auditor" has the meaning specified in subsection 7.01(a).

          "Ineligible Securities" means securities which may not be underwritten
     or dealt in by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16
     of the Banking Act of 1933 (12 U.S.C. (S) 24, Seventh), as amended.

          "Insolvency Proceeding" means (a) any case, action or proceeding
     before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy,
     reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution,
     winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the
     benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or
     other, similar arrangement in respect of a Person's creditors generally or
     any substantial portion of a Person's creditors; undertaken under U.S.
     Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

          "Interest Payment Date" means, as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
     last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, as to any
     Base Rate Loan, the first

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     Business Day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, provided, however,
     that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three
     months, the date that is three months after the beginning of such Interest
     Period and after each Interest Payment Date thereafter is also an Interest
     Payment Date, provided, that if there is no numerically corresponding day
     in the calendar month during which an Interest Payment Date is to occur,
     such Interest Payment Date shall occur on the last Business Day of such
     calendar month.

          "Interest Period" means, as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period
     commencing on the Borrowing Date of such Loan or on the
     Conversion/Continuation Date on which the Loan is converted into or
     continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and ending on the date one, two, three
     or six months thereafter as selected by the Borrower in its Notice of
     Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation;

     provided that:

               (i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is
          not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the
          following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
          carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event
          such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

               (ii)  any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of
          a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
          corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest
          Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at
          the end of such Interest Period;

               (iii)  no Interest Period for any Facility A Revolving Loan,
          Facility B Term Loan or Facility B Revolving Loan shall extend beyond
          June 30, 1997; and

               (iv)  no Interest Period applicable to a Facility B Takeout Loan
          or portion thereof shall extend beyond any date upon which is due any
          scheduled principal payment in respect thereof unless the aggregate
          principal amount of Facility B Takeout Loans represented by Base Rate
          Loans, or by Eurodollar Rate Loans having Interest Periods that will
          expire on or before such date, equals or exceeds the amount of such
          principal payment.

          "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental
     Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
          "Issuance Date" has the meaning specified in subsection 3.01(a).

          "Issue" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, to issue or to
     extend the expiry of, or to renew or increase the amount of, such Letter of
     Credit; and the terms "Issued," "Issuing" and "Issuance" have corresponding
     meanings.

          "Issuing Banks" means BofA and any other Bank designated by the Agent
     to Issue Letters of Credit, in their respective capacities as issuers of
     one or more Letters of Credit hereunder, together with any replacement
     Letter of Credit issuer arising under subsection 10.01(b) or Section 10.09.

          "Joint Venture" means a single-purpose corporation, partnership, joint
     venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether created by contract or
     conducted through a separate legal entity) now or hereafter formed by the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with another Person in order to conduct
     a common venture or enterprise with such Person.

          "L/C Advance" means each Bank's participation in any L/C Borrowing in
     accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

          "L/C Amendment Application" means an application form for amendment of
     outstanding Standby Letters of Credit or Commercial Letters of Credit as
     shall at any time be in use at the applicable Issuing Bank, as such Issuing
     Bank shall request.

          "L/C Application" means an application form for issuances of Standby
     Letters of Credit or Commercial Letters of Credit as shall at any time be
     in use at the applicable Issuing Bank, as such Issuing Bank shall request.

          "L/C Borrowing" means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing
     under any Letter of Credit which shall not have been reimbursed on the date
     when made nor converted into a Borrowing of Facility A Revolving Loans
     under subsection 3.03(c).

          "L/C Commitment" means the commitment of the Issuing Banks to Issue,
     and the commitment of the Banks severally to participate in, Letters of
     Credit from time to time Issued or outstanding under Article III, in an
     aggregate amount not to exceed on any date the lesser of $50,000,000 and
     the aggregate Facility A Commitment, as such amount may be reduced as a
     result of a reduction in the L/C Commitment pursuant to Section 2.05;
     provided that the L/C Commitment is a part of the aggregate Facility A
     Commitment, rather than a separate, independent commitment.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
     "L/C Obligations" means at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn
     amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, plus (b) the amount of
     all unreimbursed drawings under all Letters of Credit, including all
     outstanding L/C Borrowings, plus (c) all other Obligations of the Borrower
     and Stratton under or in connection with the L/C-Related Documents, to the
     extent not included within clauses (a) and (b) hereof.

          "L/C-Related Documents" means the Letters of Credit, the L/C
     Applications, the L/C Amendment Applications and any other document
     relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Banks'
     standard form reimbursement agreements and other documents for letter of
     credit issuances.

          "Lending Office" means, as to any Bank, the office or offices of such
     Bank specified as its "Lending Office" or "Domestic Lending Office" or
     "Eurodollar Lending Office", as the case may be, on Schedule 11.02, or such
     other office or offices as such Bank may from time to time notify the
     Borrower and the Agent.

          "Letters of Credit" means, collectively, Standby Letters of Credit and
     Commercial Letters of Credit.

          "Level" means, at any time, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 or Level 4,
     based on the amount of the Leverage Ratio at such time.  For purposes of
     this Agreement, the following "Levels" of Leverage Ratio (LR) shall apply:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
       Level                    Leverage Ratio
      ----------               ---------------
      <S>                      <C>
       Level 1                       LR ( 2.0
       Level 2                 2.0 ( LR ( 2.5
       Level 3                 2.5 ( LR ( 3.25
       Level 4                       LR ( 3.25
</TABLE>

     The level of the Leverage Ratio for the period from the Closing Date to the
     end of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower during which the Closing Date
     occurs shall be equal to Level 3.  Any change in the Level of the Leverage
     Ratio shall be determined by the Agent based upon the financial information
     required to be contained in the Compliance Certificates delivered by the
     Borrower to the Agent with respect to each fiscal quarter of the Borrower
     and shall become effective as of the first day of the fiscal quarter
     following the fiscal quarter for which such Compliance Certificate was
     delivered.  Upon any failure of the Borrower to deliver a Compliance
     Certificate for any fiscal quarter prior to 10 days after the date on which
     such Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to the Agent, and
     without limiting the other rights and remedies of the Agent and the Banks
     hereunder, the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
     to be Level 4 as of the first day of the fiscal quarter beginning after the
     fiscal quarter for which such Compliance Certificate was due.

          "Leverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
     ratio of Funded Debt of such Person to Consolidated Cash Flow of such
     Person.  In the event that the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries
     incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems or repays any Indebtedness (other than
     revolving credit borrowings) subsequent to the commencement of the period
     for which the Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on
     which the calculation of the Leverage Ratio is made (the "Leverage Ratio
     Calculation Date"), then the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro
     forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption or
     repayment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of
     the applicable reference period.  The foregoing calculation of the Leverage
     Ratio shall also give pro forma effect to Acquisitions (including all
     mergers and consolidations), Asset Sales and other dispositions and
     discontinuances of businesses or assets that have been made by the
     reference Person or any of its Subsidiaries during the reference period or
     subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Leverage Ratio
     Calculation Date assuming that all such Acquisitions, Asset Sales and other
     dispositions and discontinuances of businesses or assets had occurred on
     the first day of the reference period; provided, however, that with respect
     to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (a) Funded Debt shall be reduced by
     amounts attributable to businesses or assets that are so disposed of or
     discontinued only to the extent that the Indebtedness included within such
     Funded Debt would no longer be an obligation of the Borrower or its
     Subsidiaries subsequent to the Leverage Ratio Calculation Date and (b)
     Consolidated Cash Flow generated by an acquired business or asset shall be
     determined by the actual gross profit (revenues minus costs of goods sold)
     of such acquired business or asset during the immediately preceding number
     of full fiscal quarters as in the reference period minus the pro forma
     expenses that would have been incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     in the operation of such acquired business or asset during such period
     computed on the basis of (i) personnel expenses for employees retained by
     the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the operation of the acquired business
     or asset and (ii) non-personnel costs and expenses incurred by the Borrower
     and its Subsidiaries on a per gallon basis in the operation of the
     Borrower's business at similarly situated facilities of the Borrower.  If
     the applicable reference period for any calculation of the Leverage Ratio
     with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall include a portion
     prior to the Closing Date, then such Leverage Ratio shall be calculated
     based upon the Consolidated Cash Flow and Funded Debt of the

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such portion of the reference period
     prior to the Closing Date and the Consolidated Cash Flow and the Funded
     Debt of the Borrower for the remaining portion of the reference period on
     and after the Closing Date, giving pro forma effect, as described in the
     two foregoing sentences, to all applicable transactions occurring on the
     Closing Date or otherwise.

          "LIBOR" means the rate of interest per annum determined by the Agent
     to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to the next 1/16th of 1%) of the
     rates of interest per annum notified to the Agent by BofA as the rates of
     interest at which dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the amount
     of the Loan to be made or continued as, or converted into, a Eurodollar
     Rate Loan by BofA and having a maturity comparable to such Interest Period
     would be offered to major banks in the London interbank market at their
     request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior
     to the commencement of such Interest Period.

          "Lien" means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
     hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
     (statutory or other) or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
     whatsoever in respect of any property (including those created by, arising
     under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention
     agreement, the interest of a lessor under a capital lease, any financing
     lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
     foregoing, or the filing of any financing statement naming the owner of the
     asset to which such lien relates as debtor, under the Uniform Commercial
     Code or any comparable law) and any contingent or other agreement to
     provide any of the foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor
     under an operating lease.

          "Loan" means an extension of credit by a Bank to the Borrower under
     Article II or Article III in the form of a Facility A Revolving Loan, L/C
     Advance, Facility B Term Loan, Facility B Revolving Loan, Facility B
     Takeout Loan or (in the case of BofA) Swingline Loan.

          "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, any Notes, the Fee Letters, the
     L/C-Related Documents, the Guaranties and all other documents delivered to
     the Agent or any Bank in connection herewith.

          "Majority Banks" means at any time Banks then holding  51% or more of
     the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans (other than the
     Swingline Loans), or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding,
     Banks then having 51% or more of the aggregate Commitments.

          "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
     Regulation U of the FRB.

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
     "Material Adverse Effect" means (a) a material adverse change in, or a
     material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties,
     condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower or the
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment
     of the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to perform under any Loan
     Document or otherwise to avoid any Event of Default; or (c) a material
     adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or
     enforceability against the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Loan Document.

          "Maximum Amount Certificate" means a certificate delivered to the
     Agent pursuant to subsection 7.02(c).

          "MLP" means Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
     and the sole limited partner of the Borrower.

          "MLP New Units" means any units of limited partner interests of the
     MLP sold by the MLP other than those registered pursuant to the MLP
     Registration Statement (including the overallotment provisions thereof).

          "MLP Registration Statement" means the Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., Form
     S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-53383, as amended from time to time.

          "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss)
     of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction
     in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (a) any gain
     (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain
     (but not loss), realized in connection with (i) any asset sale (including,
     without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback
     transactions), or (ii) the disposition of any securities or the
     extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its
     Subsidiaries, and (b) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with
     any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss),
     provided, however, that all costs and expenses with respect to the
     retirement of the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Subordinated
     Debentures, including, without limitation, cash premiums, tender offer
     premiums, consent payments and all fees and expenses in connection
     therewith, shall be added back to the Net Income of the Borrower, the
     General Partner or their Subsidiaries to the extent that they were deducted
     from such Net Income in accordance with GAAP.

          "Net Proceeds from MLP New Unit Sales" means the aggregate amount of
     all cash proceeds of the sale of any MLP New Units sold after the Closing
     Date net of the direct costs relating to such sale (including, without
     limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
     commissions) and taxes paid or payable as a result thereof to the extent
     such net amount is contributed or invested in the Borrower, other than the
     issuance of up to 500,000 MLP New Units (as adjusted to reflect
     distributions of equity and similar transactions) upon the exercise of
     options to purchase such units granted to employees of the General Partner
     from time to time pursuant to an option plan.

          "Net Proceeds of Asset Sale" means the aggregate cash proceeds
     received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset
     Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including,
     without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and
     sales commissions) and any relocation expenses incurred as a result
     thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into
     account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
     arrangements), and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of
     Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets the subject of such
     Asset Sale.

          "Non-Recourse Subsidiary" means any Person that would otherwise be a
     Subsidiary of the Borrower but is designated as a Non-Recourse Subsidiary
     in a resolution of the Board of Directors of the General Partner, so long
     as each of the following remains true:  (a) no portion of the Indebtedness
     or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of such Person (i) is a
     Contingent Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) is
     recourse or obligates the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any way or
     (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to
     satisfaction thereof, (b) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
     has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding or is subject to
     an obligation of any kind, written or oral, with such Person other than on
     terms no less favorable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than those
     that might be obtained at the time from persons who are not Affiliates of
     the Borrower, (c) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any
     obligation with respect to such Person (i) to subscribe for additional
     shares of capital stock, Capital Interests or other Equity Interests
     therein or (ii) maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or
     to cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating or other
     financial results, (d) such Person has no more than $1,000 of assets at the
     time of such designation, (e) such Person is in compliance with the
     restrictions applicable to Affiliates of the MLP under Section 8.21 hereof
     and (f) such Person takes steps designed to assure that neither the
     Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries will be liable for any portion of the
     Indebtedness or other obligations of such Person, including maintenance of
     a corporate or limited partnership structure and observance of applicable
     formalities such as regular

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
     meetings and maintenance of minutes, a substantial and meaningful
     capitalization and the use of a corporate or partnership name, trade name
     or trademark not misleadingly similar to those of the Borrower.

          "Note" means a promissory note executed by the Borrower in favor of a
     Bank pursuant to subsection 2.02(b), in substantially the form of Exhibit
     F-1, F-2, F-3 or F-4.

          "Notice of Borrowing" means a notice in substantially the form of
     Exhibit A.

          "Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice in substantially
     the form of Exhibit B.

          "Obligations" means all advances, debts, liabilities, obligations,
     covenants and duties arising under any Loan Document, owing by the Borrower
     to any Bank, the Agent, or any Indemnified Person, whether direct or
     indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent,
     due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising including, without
     limitation, all Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Banks for the payment
     of principal of and interest on all outstanding Loans and all obligations
     of the Borrower to the Issuing Banks for reimbursement of drawings under
     Letters of Credit from time to time.

          "Organization Documents" means, for any corporation, the certificate
     or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of determination
     or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such
     corporation, any shareholder rights agreement, and all applicable
     resolutions of the board of directors (or any committee thereof) of such
     corporation and, for any general or limited partnership, the partnership
     agreement of such partnership  and all amendments thereto and any
     agreements otherwise relating to the rights of the partners thereof.

          "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes
     or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which
     arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or
     registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other
     Loan Documents.

          "Participant" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.08(d).

          "Partners' Equity" means the partners' equity as shown on a balance
     sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP for any partnership.

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
          "Partnership Agreement" shall mean the Agreement of Limited
     Partnership of the Borrower dated ________, 1994, as amended from time to
     time.

          "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under
     ERISA.

          "Pension Plan" means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of
     ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA which the Borrower or the General
     Partner sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes, is making, or is
     obligated to make contributions, or in the case of a multiple employer plan
     (as described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA) has made contributions at any
     time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

          "Permitted Acquisitions" means Acquisitions by the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries which comply with the provisions of Section 8.04.

          "Permitted Investments" means (a) any Investments in Cash Equivalents;
     (b) any Investments in the Borrower or in a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the
     Borrower that is a Guarantor; (c) Investments by the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary of the Borrower in a Person, if as a result of such Investment
     (i) such Person becomes a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and a
     Guarantor or (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with
     or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
     liquidated into, the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower
     that is a Guarantor; and (d) other Investments in Non-Recourse Subsidiaries
     of the Borrower that do not exceed $30 million in the aggregate.

          "Permitted Liens" has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

          "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the
     Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower issued in exchange for, or the
     net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace,
     defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Notes) or the
     Indebtedness represented by the then outstanding Existing Subordinated
     Debentures; provided that (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness
     does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so extended,
     refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (the "Prior
     Indebtedness") (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in
     connection therewith), and the effective interest rate per annum on such
     Indebtedness does not or is not likely to exceed the effective interest
     rate per annum of the Prior Indebtedness, as determined by the

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
     Agent in its sole discretion; (b) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average
     Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to
     Maturity of the Prior Indebtedness; (c) such Indebtedness is subordinated
     in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to
     the Banks as those, if any, contained in the documentation governing the
     Prior Indebtedness; and (d) such Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
     incurred to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund the
     Existing Subordinated Debentures) is incurred by the Borrower or the
     Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Prior Indebtedness.

          "Permitted Senior Debt" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any
     Acquired Debt of such Person, (ii) any Indebtedness incurred by such
     Person, the proceeds of which are applied solely to finance Growth-Related
     Capital Expenditures and (iii) any Indebtedness incurred by such Person,
     the proceeds of which are used solely for working capital purposes.

          "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, business
     trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, Joint
     Venture or Governmental Authority.

          "Plan" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of
     ERISA) which the Borrower sponsors or maintains or to which the Borrower or
     the General Partner makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions
     and includes any Pension Plan.

          "Pro Rata Share" means, as to any Bank at any time, the percentage set
     forth on Schedule 2.01 hereto as its "Pro Rata Share", as such amount may
     be adjusted by assignments under Section 11.08.

          "Registration Statements" means, collectively, the MLP Registration
     Statement and the Senior Note Registration Statement.

          "Related Party" means (i) the spouse or any lineal descendant of James
     E. Ferrell, (ii) any trust for his benefit or for the benefit of his spouse
     or any such lineal descendants or (iii) any corporation, partnership or
     other entity in which James E. Ferrell and/or such other Persons referred
     to in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) are the direct record and
     beneficial owners of all of the voting and nonvoting Equity Interests.

          "Reorganization" has the meaning specified in subsection 5.01(l).

          "Reportable Event" means, any of the events set forth in Section
     4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than any such event
     for which the 30-day notice

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
     requirement under ERISA has been waived in regulations issued by the PBGC.

          "Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or
     common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of
     a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the
     Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property
     is subject.
    
          "Responsible Officer" means the chief executive officer or the
     president of the General Partner or any other officer having substantially
     the same authority and responsibility to act for the General Partner on
     behalf of the Borrower; or, with respect to actions taken or to be taken
     under Articles II and III and compliance with financial covenants, the
     chief financial officer or the treasurer of the General Partner or any
     other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility to
     act for the General Partner on behalf of the Borrower or any other employee
     of the General Partner designated in a certificate of a Responsible Officer
     to have authority in such matters.     

          "Revolving Commitment" means, as to each Bank, collectively, its
     Facility A Commitment and its Facility B Revolving Loan Commitment.

          "Revolving Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of:

               (a)  June 30, 1997; and

               (b)  the date on which the Facility A Commitment and the Facility
          B Revolving Loan Commitment terminate in accordance with the
          provisions of this Agreement.

          "Risk Participation Percentage" means, as of any date and based upon
     the Level of the Leverage Ratio on such date, the percent per annum
     (expressed in basis points) set forth below opposite such Level:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
          Leverage Ratio            Risk Participation Percentage
          --------------            -----------------------------
          <S>                       <C> 
             Level 1                             50 b.p.
             Level 2                             75 b.p.
             Level 3                            100 b.p.
             Level 4                          112.5 b.p.
</TABLE> 

          "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "Senior Debt" means, without duplication, (i) the Obligations, (ii)
     all other Indebtedness of the Borrower or

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
     Finance Corp., unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is
     incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to
     the Obligations and (iii) all Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Borrower,
     other than Finance Corp.

          "Senior Note Registration Statement" means the Ferrellgas, L.P., and
     Ferrellgas Finance Corp. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-53379, as
     amended from time to time.

          "Senior Notes" means the ____% Senior Notes due 2001, as amended or
     supplemented from time to time, offered and sold by the Borrower and
     Finance Corp., as issuers, pursuant to the Senior Note Registration
     Statement and the Indenture.

          "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that
     would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of
     Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in
     effect on the date hereof.

          "Solvent" shall mean, with respect to any Person on any date, that on
     such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than
     the fair value of the liabilities (including, without limitation,
     contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) such Person does not intend to,
     and does not believe that it will, incur debts and liabilities beyond such
     Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (c) such
     Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to
     engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person's property
     would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

          "Standby Letters of Credit" means standby letters of credit Issued by
     an Issuing Bank pursuant to Article III.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
     association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total
     voting power of shares of Capital Interests entitled (without regard to the
     occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors,
     managers or trustees thereof (or, in the case of a limited partnership,
     more than 50% of either the general partners' Capital Interests or the
     limited partners' Capital Interests) is at the time owned or controlled,
     directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other
     Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is designated a Non-Recourse
     Subsidiary pursuant to the definition thereof shall, for so long as all of
     the statements in the definition thereof remain true, not be deemed a
     Subsidiary of the Borrower.

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
         "Subsidiary Note Guarantee" means each guarantee of the Senior Notes
     made pursuant to the Indenture.

          "Surety Instruments" means all letters of credit (including standby
     and commercial), bankers' acceptances, bank guaranties, shipside bonds,
     surety bonds and similar instruments.

          "Swingline Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15.

          "Tax Audit" means the adjustments and disallowances proposed by the
     IRS relating to its audit of the General Partner's 1986 and 1987
     consolidated income tax returns.

          "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
     deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect
     thereto, excluding, in the case of each Bank and the Agent, such taxes
     (including income taxes or franchise taxes) as are imposed on or measured
     by each Bank's net income by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision
     thereof) under the laws of which such Bank or the Agent, as the case may
     be, is organized or maintains a lending office.

          "Type" means, with respect to any Loan, whether such Loan is a Base
     Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

          "UCP" has the meaning specified in Section 3.09.

          "Unfunded Pension Liability" means the excess of a Plan's benefit
     liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of
     that Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for
     funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the
     applicable plan year.

          "United States" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.

          "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
     Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the
     sum of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then
     remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required
     payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect
     thereof, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth)
     that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (b)
     the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided,
     however, that with respect to any revolving Indebtedness, the foregoing
     calculation of Weighted Average Life to Maturity shall be determined based
     upon the total available commitments and the required reductions of
     commitments in

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
     lieu of the outstanding principal amount and the required payments of
     principal, respectively.

          "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of which all of the
     outstanding Capital Interests or other ownership interests (other than
     directors' qualifying shares) or, in the case of a limited partnership, all
     of the partners' Capital Interests (other than up to a 1% general partner
     interest), is owned, beneficially and of record, by the Borrower, a Wholly-
     Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower or both.

     1.02  Other Interpretive Provisions.

          (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

          (b)  The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and similar words refer
to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement; and subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this
Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          (c)  (i)  The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,
     documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other
     writings, however evidenced.

               (ii)  The term "including" is not limiting and means "including
     without limitation."

               (iii)  In the computation of periods of time from a specified
     date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including";
     the words "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding", and the word
     "through" means "to and including."

          (d)  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to
agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be
deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but
only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by
the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation
are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions
consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or
regulation.

          (e)  The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience
of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

          (f)  This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several different
limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters.  All
such limitations, tests and

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their
terms.

          (g) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, financial calculations
applicable to the Borrower shall be made on a consolidated basis.

          (h) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of
negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Agent, the Borrower
and the other parties, and are the products of all parties.  Accordingly, they
shall not be construed against the Banks or the Agent merely because of the
Agent's or Banks' involvement in their preparation.

     1.03  Accounting Principles.

          (a) Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all accounting
terms not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all financial
computations required under this Agreement shall be made, in accordance with
GAAP, consistently applied.  In the event that GAAP changes during the term of
this Agreement such that the covenants contained in Section 7.12 would then be
calculated in a different manner or with different components, (i) the Borrower
and the Banks agree to amend this Agreement in such respects as are necessary to
conform those covenants as criteria for evaluating Borrower's financial
condition to substantially the same criteria as were effective prior to such
change in GAAP and (ii) the Borrower shall be deemed to be in compliance with
the covenants contained in Section 7.12 during the 90-day period following any
such change in GAAP if and to the extent that the Borrower would have been in
compliance therewith under GAAP as in effect immediately prior to such change.

          (b) References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer to
such fiscal periods of the Borrower.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  THE CREDITS
                                        
     2.01  Amounts and Terms of Commitments.

     (a) Facility A Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit.

               (i)  Each Bank severally agrees, on the terms and subject to the
     conditions set forth herein, to make loans to the Borrower (each such loan,
     a "Facility A Revolving Loan") from time to time on any Business Day during
     the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date, in an
     aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding such
     Bank's Facility A Commitment as in effect from time to time; provided,
     however, that, after giving

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
     effect to any Borrowing of Facility A Revolving Loans, the sum of the
     Effective Amount of all outstanding Facility A Revolving Loans plus the
     Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the Effective Amount of all
     Swingline Loans shall not at any time exceed the combined Facility A
     Commitments, and the Effective Amount of the Facility A Revolving Loans of
     any Bank plus the participation of such Bank in the Effective Amount of all
     L/C Obligations plus such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Effective Amount of
     all outstanding Swingline Loans shall not at any time exceed such Bank's
     Facility A Commitment.

    
               (ii)  Within the limits of each Bank's Facility A Commitment and
     on the other terms and subject to the other conditions hereof, the Borrower
     may borrow under this subsection 2.01(a), prepay under Section 2.06 and
     reborrow under this subsection 2.01(a); provided, that the Borrower shall
     cause the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Facility A Revolving
     Loans and Swingline Loans not to exceed $25,000,000 for at least one period
     of 30 consecutive days during each fiscal year of Borrower, commencing with
     its fiscal year beginning August 1, 1994.     

               (iii)  As a subfacility of the Banks' Facility A Commitments, the
     Borrower and Stratton may request the Issuing Banks to Issue Letters of
     Credit from time to time pursuant to Article III.

               (iv)  In addition, the Borrower may request BofA to make
     Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time pursuant to Section 2.15.

     (b) Facility B Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Takeout Loans.

          (i)  Tranche I - Facility B Term Loans.  Each Bank severally agrees,
on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to make a single
loan to the Borrower (each such loan, a "Facility B Term Loan") on the Closing
Date in a principal amount not to exceed such Bank's Facility B Term Loan
Commitment.  Amounts borrowed as Facility B Term Loans which are repaid or
prepaid by the Borrower may not be reborrowed.

          (ii)  Tranche II - Facility B Revolving Loans.  Each Bank severally
agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to make
loans to the Borrower (each such loan, a "Facility B Revolving Loan") from time
to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the
Revolving Termination Date, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at
any time outstanding the lesser of (x) such Bank's Facility B Revolving Loan
Commitment as in effect at such time, and (y) such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the
Facility B Maximum Amount as in effect at such time; provided, however, that,
after giving effect to any Borrowing of Facility B Revolving Loans, the

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
    
Effective Amount of all outstanding Facility B Revolving Loans shall not at any
time exceed the lesser of (a) the aggregate Facility B Revolving Loan
Commitments, and (b) the Facility B Maximum Amount, and the Effective Amount of
all outstanding Facility B Revolving Loans of any Bank shall not at any time
exceed the lesser of (A) such Bank's Facility B Revolving Loan Commitment, and
(B) such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Facility B Maximum Amount then in effect.
Within the limits of each Bank's Facility B Revolving Loan Commitment, and on
the other terms and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the
Borrower may borrow under this subsection 2.01(b)(ii), prepay under Section 2.06
and reborrow under this subsection 2.01(b)(ii).     

          (iii)  Facility B Takeout Loan.  Each Bank severally agrees, on the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to make a single loan to
the Borrower (each such loan, a "Facility B Takeout Loan") on the Revolving
Termination Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of (x) the
aggregate outstanding Effective Amount of such Bank's Facility B Loans on the
Revolving Termination Date and (y) such Bank's Facility B Commitment.  Amounts
borrowed as Facility B Takeout Loans which are repaid or prepaid by the Borrower
may not be reborrowed.

     2.02  Loan Accounts.  (a) The Loans made by each Bank and the Letters of
Credit Issued by the Issuing Banks shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or
records maintained by such Bank or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in the
ordinary course of business.  The accounts or records maintained by the Agent,
the Issuing Banks and each Bank shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the
amount of the Loans made by the Banks to the Borrower and the Letters of Credit
Issued for the account of the Borrower, and the interest and payments thereon.
Any failure so to record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or
otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount
owing with respect to the Loans or any Letter of Credit.

          (b) Upon the request of any Bank made through the Agent, the Loans
made by such Bank may be evidenced by one or more Notes, instead of loan
accounts.  Each such Bank shall endorse on the schedules annexed to its Note(s)
the date, amount and maturity of each Loan made by it and the amount of each
payment of principal made by the Borrower with respect thereto.  Each such Bank
is irrevocably authorized by the Borrower to endorse its Note(s) and each Bank's
record shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided, however, that the
failure of a Bank to make, or an error in making, a notation thereon with
respect to any Loan shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the
Borrower hereunder or under any such Note to such Bank.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
    
     2.03  Procedure for Borrowing.  (a) Each Borrowing of Loans shall be made
upon the Borrower's irrevocable written notice delivered to the Agent in the
form of a Notice of Borrowing (which notice must be received by the Agent prior
to 11:00 a.m. San Francisco time (i) three Business Days prior to the requested
Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (ii) one Business Day
prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans,
specifying:     

                    (A)  the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in an
          aggregate minimum amount of $3,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000
          in excess thereof for Eurodollar Loans, or $1,000,000 or any multiple
          of $100,000 in excess thereof for Base Rate Loans;

                    (B) the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business
          Day;

                    (C) the Type and Class of Loans comprising the Borrowing;
          and

                    (D) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any
          Eurodollar Rate Loans included in such notice.  If the Notice of
          Borrowing fails to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any
          Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Interest Period
          shall be one month.

          (b) The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of the Agent's receipt of
any Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of that
Borrowing.

          (c) Each Bank will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of each
Borrowing available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Agent's
Payment Office by 11:00 a.m. San Francisco time on the Borrowing Date requested
by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Agent.  The proceeds of
all such Loans will then be made available to the Borrower by the Agent at such
office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of BofA with the
aggregate of the amounts made available to the Agent by the Banks and in like
funds as received by the Agent.

          (d) After giving effect to any Borrowing, there may not be more than
ten different Interest Periods in effect with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

     2.04  Conversion and Continuation Elections.  (a) The Borrower may, upon
irrevocable written notice to the Agent in accordance with subsection 2.04(b):

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
               (i)  elect, as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate
     Loans, or as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, in the case
     of Eurodollar Rate Loans, to convert any such Loans (or any part thereof in
     an amount not less than $3,000,000, or that is in an integral multiple of
     $1,000,000 in excess thereof) into Loans of the other Type; or

               (ii)  elect as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period,
     to continue as Eurodollar Rate Loans any Loans having Interest Periods
     expiring on such day (or any part thereof in an amount not less than
     $3,000,000, or that is in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
     thereof);

provided, that if at any time the aggregate amount of Eurodollar Rate Loans in
respect of any Borrowing is reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of
part thereof to be less than $3,000,000, such Eurodollar Rate Loans shall
automatically convert into Base Rate Loans, and on and after such date the right
of the Borrower to continue such Loans as, and convert such Loans into,
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall terminate.

          (b) The Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to
be received by the Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. San Francisco time at least
(i) three Business Days in advance of the Conversion/Continuation Date, if the
Loans are to be converted into or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans; and (ii)
one Business Day in advance of the Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans
are to be converted into Base Rate Loans, specifying:

                    (A)  the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

                    (B)  the aggregate amount and Class of Loans to be converted
          or renewed;

                    (C)  the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed
          conversion or continuation; and

                    (D)  other than in the case of conversions into Base Rate
          Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period.

          (c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to
Eurodollar Rate Loans, the Borrower has failed to select a new Interest Period
within the time period specified in subsection 2.04(b) to be applicable to such
Eurodollar Rate Loans, or if any Default or Event of Default then exists, the
Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Eurodollar Rate Loans
into Base Rate Loans effective as of the expiration date of such Interest
Period.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
          (d) The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of a
Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or, if no notice is provided by the Borrower
within the time period specified in subsection 2.04(b), the Agent will promptly
notify each Bank of the details of any automatic conversion.  All conversions
and continuations shall be made ratably according to the respective outstanding
principal amounts of the Loans with respect to which the notice was given held
by each Bank.

          (e) Unless the Majority Banks otherwise agree, during the existence of
a Default or Event of Default, the Borrower may not elect to have a Loan
converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

          (f) After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of Loans,
there may not be more than ten different Interest Periods in effect.

     2.05  Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

    
          (a)  The Borrower may, not later than 11:00 a.m. San Francisco time at
least three Business Days prior to its effective date by notice to the Agent,
terminate or permanently reduce the Facility A Commitments by an aggregate
minimum amount of $5,000,000 or any multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof;
unless, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of Loans made on the
effective date thereof, (i) the Effective Amount of all Facility A Revolving
Loans, Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations together would exceed the amount of
the combined Facility A Commitments then in effect, or (ii) the Effective Amount
of all L/C Obligations then outstanding would exceed the L/C Commitment.     

          (b)  The Borrower may, not later than 11:00 a.m. San Francisco time at
least three Business Days prior to its effective date by notice to the Agent,
terminate or permanently reduce the Facility B Commitments by an aggregate
minimum amount of $5,000,000 or any multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof;
unless, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of Loans made on the
effective date thereof, the Effective Amount of all Facility B Term Loans and
all Facility B Revolving Loans together would exceed the amount of the combined
Facility B Commitments then in effect.

          (c)  Once reduced in accordance with this Section, the Commitments may
not be increased.  Any reduction of the Facility A Commitments or the Facility B
Commitments shall be applied to each Bank according to its Pro Rata Share.

     2.06  Optional Prepayments.  (a) Subject to Section 4.04, the Borrower may,
at any time or from time to time, not later than 10:00 a.m. San Francisco time
at least three (3) Business Days prior to its effective date by irrevocable
notice to the Agent, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, and not later than

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
10:00 a.m. San Francisco time at least one (1) Business Day prior to its
effective date by irrevocable notice to the Agent, in the case of Base Rate
Loans, ratably prepay Loans in whole or in part, in minimum amounts of
$3,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, for Eurodollar Rate
Loans, and in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 or any multiple of $100,000 in
excess thereof, for Base Rate Loans.

          (b) Any such notice of prepayment shall specify the date and amount of
such prepayment and the Type(s) and, with respect to voluntary prepayments
occurring on or prior to the Revolving Termination Date, the Class(es), of Loans
to be prepaid.  Prepayments of Base Rate Loans of any Class may be made
hereunder on any Business Day.  Prepayments of Eurodollar Rate Loans of any
Class may be made hereunder only on the last day of any applicable Interest
Period; provided, that prepayments of Eurodollar Rate Loans may be made on a day
other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period only with payment by
the Borrower of the aggregate amount of any associated funding losses of any
affected Banks pursuant to Section 4.04.  The Agent will promptly notify each
Bank of its receipt of any such notice, and of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of
such prepayment.

          (c) If any such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall
make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be
due and payable on the date specified therein, together, in the case of a
Eurodollar Rate Loan, with accrued interest to each such date on the amount
prepaid and any amounts required pursuant to Section 4.04.  Optional prepayments
occurring after the Revolving Termination Date shall be applied to the Facility
B Takeout Loan in inverse order of maturity.

     2.07  Mandatory Prepayments of Loans; Mandatory Commitment Reductions.  (a)
If on any date the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the L/C
Commitment, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize on such date the outstanding
Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the excess of the aggregate maximum
amount then available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit over the L/C
Commitment.  Subject to Section 4.04, if on any date after giving effect to any
Cash Collateralization made on such date pursuant to the preceding sentence, the
Effective Amount of all Swingline Loans and Facility A Revolving Loans then
outstanding plus the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the
combined Facility A Commitments, the Borrower shall immediately, and without
notice or demand, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Swingline
Loans, Facility A Revolving Loans and any L/C Advances by an aggregate amount
equal to the applicable excess.

          (b) Subject to Section 4.04, if on any date on or prior to the
Revolving Termination Date the Effective Amount of the Facility B Revolving
Loans exceeds the lesser of (i) the aggregate Facility B Revolving Loan
Commitment, and (ii) the

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
Facility B Maximum Amount then in effect, then the Borrower shall immediately,
and without notice or demand, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the
Facility B Revolving Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.  If on
any date after the Revolving Termination Date, the Effective Amount of Facility
B Takeout Loans exceeds the Facility B Maximum Amount, then the Borrower shall
immediately, and without notice or demand, prepay the outstanding principal
amount of the Facility B Takeout Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such
excess, in the inverse order of maturity.

          (c)  If on any date, (x) the sum of (i) aggregate Net Proceeds from
MLP New Unit Sales from the Closing Date through such date plus (ii) aggregate
Net Proceeds of Asset Sales during the period from the Closing Date through the
date that is 270 days prior to such date, exceeds (y) the aggregate Cash Costs
of Permitted Acquisitions during the period from the Closing Date through such
date plus aggregate Growth-Related Capital Expenditures of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries during such period (any such excess being referred to herein as a
"Downsize Amount"), then (A) if such date is on or prior to the Revolving
Termination Date and after giving effect to any mandatory Cash Collateralization
or prepayment of outstanding Facility B Revolving Loans under subsection 2.07(b)
above, the Borrower shall immediately, and without notice or demand, prepay the
Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to the Downsize Amount as follows:
first, Facility B Term Loans, second, Swingline Loans, third, Facility A
Revolving Loans, and fourth, L/C Obligations; and (B) if such date is after the
Revolving Termination Date, the Borrower shall immediately, and without notice
or demand, prepay payments due under the Facility B Takeout Loan in an aggregate
amount equal to the Downsize Amount, in the inverse order of maturity.

          (d)  In the event that prior to the Revolving Termination Date any
portion of the Downsize Amount remains after the Facility B Maximum Amount has
been reduced to zero, the Facility A Commitment shall be automatically reduced
by an aggregate amount equal to such remaining portion of the Downsize Amount.

          (e) The Borrower shall immediately, and without notice or demand,
prepay the Obligations in full, including, without limitation, the aggregate
principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all accrued and unpaid interest
thereon and all amounts payable under Section 4.04 hereof, and all of the
Commitments shall be automatically reduced to zero, in each case on the 30th day
after any Change in Control shall have occurred and be continuing.

          (f)  If and to the extent that the Facility A Commitment and the
Facility B Revolving Commitment are not equal to zero on the Revolving
Termination Date, each such amount shall

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
be automatically reduced to zero on the Revolving Termination Date.

     2.08  Repayment.

          (a) Facility A Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.  The Borrower
shall repay to the Banks in full on the Revolving Termination Date the aggregate
principal amount of Facility A Revolving Loans outstanding on such date together
with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.  The Borrower shall repay to BofA
in full on the Revolving Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of
Swingline Loans outstanding on such date, together with all accrued and unpaid
interest thereon.

          (b) Facility B Term Loans and Facility B Revolving Loans.  Subject to
the provisions of subsection 2.08(c), the Borrower shall repay in full on the
Revolving Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of Facility B Term
Loans and Facility B Revolving Loans outstanding on such date together with all
accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

    
          (c) Facility B Takeout Loans.  At the Borrower's option, to be
exercised by the giving of an appropriate Notice of Borrowing to the Agent in
the manner set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth in
subsection 2.01(b)(iii), the Borrower may request the Banks to make Facility B
Takeout Loans to the Borrower on the Revolving Termination Date in repayment of
up to all of the aggregate principal amount of Facility B Term Loans and
Facility B Revolving Loans outstanding on such date.  If and to the extent that
the Borrower shall have borrowed the Facility B Takeout Loan on the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Borrower shall repay the
aggregate principal amount of the Facility B Takeout Loan in twelve (12) equal
quarterly installments commencing on September 30, 1997, and continuing on the
last day of every third calendar month thereafter through June 30, 2000;
provided, that all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the
Facility B Takeout Loans shall be repaid in full on or prior to June 30, 2000.
     

     2.09  Interest.  (a) Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a rate per annum
equal to the Eurodollar Rate (other than with respect to Swingline Loans) or the
Base Rate, as the case may be (and subject to the Borrower's right to convert to
other Types of Loans under Section 2.04), plus the Applicable Margin.

          (b) Interest on each Loan shall be paid in arrears on each applicable
Interest Payment Date.  Interest in all cases shall also be paid on the date of
any prepayment of Loans under subsection 2.07(e) and interest on Eurodollar Rate
Loans shall also be paid on the date of prepayment of Loans in all other
circumstances under Section 2.06 or 2.07, in each case for the

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
portion of the Loans so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full
thereof and, during the existence of any Event of Default, interest shall be
paid on demand of the Agent at the request or with the consent of the Majority
Banks.

          (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, while any Event of
Default exists or after acceleration, the Borrower shall pay interest (after as
well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the
principal amount of all outstanding Obligations, at a rate per annum which is
determined by adding 2% per annum to the Applicable Margin then in effect for
such Loans and, in the case of Obligations not subject to an Applicable Margin,
including, without limitation, all letter of credit and commitment fees provided
herein, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin
plus 2%; provided, however, that, on and after the expiration of any Interest
Period applicable to any Eurodollar Rate Loan outstanding on the date of
occurrence of such Event of Default or acceleration, the principal amount of
such Loan shall, during the continuation of such Event of Default or after
acceleration, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the
Applicable Margin plus 2%.

          (d)  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations
of the Borrower to any Bank hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that
payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest is
computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for
or receiving such payment by such Bank would be contrary to the provisions of
any law applicable to such Bank limiting the highest rate of interest that may
be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Bank, and in such event
the Borrower shall pay such Bank interest at the highest rate permitted by
applicable law.

     2.10  Fees.  In addition to certain fees described in Section 3.08:

          (a)  Arrangement, Agency Fees.  The Borrower shall pay an arrangement
fee to the Arranger for the Arranger's own account, and shall pay an agency fee
to the Agent for the Agent's own account, as required by the letter agreement
                                                                             
("Fee Letter") between the Borrower and the Arranger and Agent dated May 11,
1994.

          (b)  Commitment Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
account of each Bank a commitment fee with respect to such Bank's Facility A
Commitment equal to the Commitment Fee Rate per annum times the daily average
amount by which such Bank's Facility A Commitment exceeded the sum of the
aggregate Effective Amount of its Facility A Revolving Loans plus its Pro Rata
Share of the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations (other than with respect to
Commercial Letters of Credit).  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
account of each Bank a commitment

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
fee with respect to such Bank's Facility B Commitment, equal to the Commitment
Fee rate per annum times the daily average amount by which such Bank's Facility
B Revolving Commitment exceeded the aggregate Effective Amount of its Facility B
Revolving Loans.  Such commitment fees shall accrue from the date of this
Agreement to the Revolving Termination Date and shall be due and payable
quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each fiscal quarter following
the quarter for which payment is to be made, commencing on August 1, 1994
through the Revolving Termination Date, with the final payment to be made on the
Revolving Termination Date; provided that, in connection with the full
termination of Commitments under Section 2.05 or Section 2.07, the accrued
commitment fees calculated for the period ending on such date shall also be paid
on the date of such termination.  The commitment fees provided in this
subsection shall accrue at all times after the above-mentioned commencement
date, including at any time during which one or more conditions in Article V are
not met.

     2.11  Computation of Fees and Interest.  (a) All computations of interest
for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by BofA's "reference rate"
shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and
actual days elapsed.  All other computations of fees and interest shall be made
on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more
interest being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Interest
and fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or such fees are
computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

          (b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent shall be
conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Banks in the absence of manifest
error.

     2.12  Payments by the Borrower.  (a) All payments to be made by the
Borrower shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim.  Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower shall be made
to the Agent for the account of the Banks at the Agent's Payment Office, and
shall be made in dollars and in immediately available funds, no later than 10:00
a.m. (San Francisco time) on the date specified herein.  The Agent will promptly
distribute to each Bank its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as
expressly provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received.  Any
payment received by the Agent later than 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) shall
be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable
interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

          (b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of "Interest
Period" herein, whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day,
such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and such extension of
time

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the
case may be.

          (c) Unless the Agent receives notice from the Borrower prior to the
date on which any payment is due to the Banks that the Borrower will not make
such payment in full as and when required, the Agent may assume that the
Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date in immediately
available funds and the Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance
upon such assumption, distribute to each Bank on such due date an amount equal
to the amount then due such Bank.  If and to the extent the Borrower has not
made such payment in full to the Agent, each Bank shall repay to the Agent on
demand such amount distributed to such Bank, together with interest thereon at
the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to
such Bank until the date repaid.

     2.13  Payments by the Banks to the Agent.  (a) Unless the Agent receives
notice from a Bank on or prior to the Closing Date or, with respect to any
Borrowing after the Closing Date, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the
date of such Borrowing, that such Bank will not make available as and when
required hereunder to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount of
that Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, the Agent may assume that each Bank
has made such amount available to the Agent in immediately available funds on
the Borrowing Date and the Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance
upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
corresponding amount.  If and to the extent any Bank shall not have made its
full amount available to the Agent in immediately available funds and the Agent
in such circumstances has made available to the Borrower such amount, that Bank
shall on the Business Day following such Borrowing Date make such amount
available to the Agent, together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate for
each day during such period.  A notice of the Agent submitted to any Bank with
respect to amounts owing under this subsection (a) shall be conclusive, absent
manifest error.  If such amount is so made available, such payment to the Agent
shall constitute such Bank's Loan on the date of Borrowing for all purposes of
this Agreement.  If such amount is not made available to the Agent on the
Business Day following the Borrowing Date, the Agent will notify the Borrower of
such failure to fund and, upon demand by the Agent, the Borrower shall pay such
amount to the Agent for the Agent's account, together with interest thereon for
each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to
the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing.

          (b) The failure of any Bank to make any Loan on any Borrowing Date
shall not relieve any other Bank of any obligation hereunder to make a Loan on
such Borrowing Date, but no Bank shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Bank to make the Loan to be made by such other Bank on any Borrowing Date.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
     2.14  Sharing of Payments, Etc.  If, other than as expressly provided
elsewhere herein, any Bank shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any
payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of
set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its Pro Rata Share, such Bank shall
immediately (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other
Banks such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to
cause such purchasing Bank to share the excess payment pro rata with each of
them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is
thereafter recovered from the purchasing Bank, such purchase shall to that
extent be rescinded and each other Bank shall repay to the purchasing Bank the
purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying
Bank's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such
paying Bank's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the
purchasing Bank) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the
purchasing Bank in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Borrower
agrees that any Bank so purchasing a participation from another Bank may, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including
the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such
Bank were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such
participation.  The Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and
binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this
Section and will in each case notify the Banks following any such purchases or
repayments.

     2.15  Discretionary Swingline Loans.

          (a) From time to time, subject to the conditions set forth below, at
the request of the Borrower, made through the Agent as set forth below, BofA in
its sole and absolute discretion may make short-term loans to the Borrower not
to exceed in the aggregate at any one time outstanding the principal sum of
$10,000,000, to be used by the Borrower to cover overdrafts, for cash management
purposes, or for other general working capital needs of the Borrower (each, a
"Swingline Loan").  The availability of Swingline Loans is conditioned on the
satisfaction of each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be in the sole
and absolute discretion of BofA, on each occasion that a Swingline Loan is
requested, whether to make such Swingline Loan; (ii) each Swingline Loan shall
bear interest from the time made until the time repaid, or until the time, if
any, that such Swingline Loan is converted into a Base Rate Loan as provided
below, at the rate(s) from time to time applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder;
(iii) at the time of making of any Swingline Loan, the aggregate Effective
Amount of all Swingline Loans, together with the aggregate Effective Amount of
all Facility A Revolving Loans and the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations,
without duplication, shall not exceed the aggregate Facility A Commitment; (iv)
each Swingline Loan, when made, all interest accrued thereon, and all
reimbursable costs and expenses incurred or payable in connection therewith,
shall constitute an

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
Obligation of Borrower hereunder; and (v) each request for a Swingline Loan from
BofA pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall be made by the Borrower to the Agent,
shall be funded by BofA through the Agent, and shall be repaid by the Borrower
through the Agent (in order that the Agent may keep an accurate record of the
outstanding balance at any time of Swingline Loans so as to monitor compliance
with the terms and provisions hereof), and each such request shall be in writing
unless the Agent in its sole discretion accepts an oral or telephonic request.
Each Swingline Loan shall be made upon the Borrower's irrevocable written notice
delivered to the Agent substantially in the form of a Notice of Borrowing (which
notice must be received by the Agent prior to 1:00 p.m. (San Francisco time) on
the requested date of such Swingline Loan, specifying:

                    (i)  the amount of the Swingline Loan, which shall be in a
          minimum amount of $250,000 or any multiple of $100,000 in excess
          thereof; and

                    (ii) the requested date of such Swingline Loan, which shall
          be a Business Day;

          (b) If any Swingline Loan made pursuant to this Section 2.15, and in
compliance with the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph
of this Section 2.15, is not repaid by the Borrower on or before the seventh
calendar day following the day that it was funded by BofA, BofA shall have the
right in BofA's sole and absolute discretion, by giving notice to the Borrower
and the Banks, to cause such Swingline Loan automatically upon the giving of
such notice to be converted into a Facility A Revolving Loan which is a Base
Rate Loan, and upon receipt of such notice each Bank shall fund to the Agent,
for the account of BofA, such Bank's ratable share of such Facility A Revolving
Loan, based on such Bank's Pro Rata Share; provided, that if any Insolvency
Proceeding has been commenced with respect to the Borrower on or prior to the
date on which such Swingline Loan is due, and in lieu of funding its Pro Rata
Share of a Facility A Revolving Loan, each Bank shall be deemed to, and hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from BofA a participation in
such Swingline Loan equal to the product of such Bank's Pro Rata Share times the
amount of such Swingline Loan.

          (c)  Each Bank's obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make
Facility A Revolving Loans upon the failure of a Swingline Loan to be repaid in
full when due, or to purchase participations in such Swingline Loans, shall, in
each case, be absolute and unconditional and without recourse to BofA and shall
not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim,
recoupment, defense or other right which such Bank may have against BofA, the
Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or
continuance of a Default, an Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect; or

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
(iii) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not
similar to any of the foregoing.


                                  ARTICLE III

                             THE LETTERS OF CREDIT

     3.01  The Letter of Credit Subfacility.  (a) On the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth herein and as a subfacility of the Facility A
Commitment, (i) the Issuing Banks agree, from time to time on any Business Day
during the period from the Closing Date to the date that is 30 days prior to the
Revolving Termination Date to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the
Borrower and Stratton and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued
by them, in each case in accordance with subsections 3.02(c) and 3.02(d); and
(ii) the Banks severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit Issued for
the account of the Borrower and Stratton; provided, that the Issuing Banks shall
not be obligated to Issue, and no Bank shall be obligated to participate in, any
Letter of Credit if, as of the date of Issuance of such Letter of Credit (the
"Issuance Date"), (1) the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the
Effective Amount of all Facility A Revolving Loans plus the Effective Amount of
all Swingline Loans exceeds the combined Facility A Commitments, or (2) the
Effective Amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the L/C Commitment.  Within the
foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the
ability of the Borrower and Stratton to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully
revolving, and, accordingly, the Borrower and Stratton may, during the foregoing
period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit which have expired
or which have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

          (b) No Issuing Bank is under any obligation to Issue any Letter of
Credit if:

               (i)  any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority
     or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing
     Bank from Issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law
     applicable to such Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not
     having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction
     over such Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that such Issuing Bank
     refrain from, the Issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of
     Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to
     such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for
     which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in
     effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any
     unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing
     Date and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it;

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)  such Issuing Bank has received written notice from any Bank, the
     Agent, the Borrower or Stratton, on or prior to the Business Day prior to
     the requested date of Issuance of such Letter of Credit, that one or more
     of the applicable conditions contained in Article V is not then satisfied;

               (iii)  the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit is (A)
     with respect to Commercial Letters of Credit supporting the purchase of
     inventory by the Borrower, more than (1) 180 days after the date of
     Issuance or (2) 30 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date, unless the
     Majority Banks have approved such expiry date in writing, or (B) with
     respect to any other Letter of Credit, 30 days prior to the Revolving
     Termination Date, unless all of the Banks have approved such expiry date in
     writing;

               (iv)  the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit is prior
     to the maturity date of any financial obligation to be supported by the
     requested Letter of Credit;

               (v)  any requested Letter of Credit does not provide for drafts
     (unless there is a demand for payment in the documentation required to be
     delivered in connection with any drawing), or is not otherwise in form and
     substance acceptable to such Issuing Bank, or the Issuance of a Letter of
     Credit shall violate any applicable policies of such Issuing Bank;

               (vi)  any Standby Letter of Credit is for the purpose of
     supporting the issuance of any letter of credit by any other Person other
     than with respect to any Existing Letter of Credit so designated in
     Schedule 3.03; or

               (vii)  such Letter of Credit is to be used for a purpose other
     than working capital or any permitted use of the proceeds of Facility B
     Revolving Loans as set forth in Section 7.11.

     3.02  Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit.  (a) Each
Letter of Credit shall be issued upon the irrevocable written request of the
Borrower and, if Stratton is the applicant, Stratton, received by the Issuing
Bank (with a copy sent by the Borrower or Stratton to the Agent) prior to 10:00
a.m. (San Francisco time) on the proposed date of Issuance for Letters of Credit
in the form of Exhibit H, I or J hereto and at least four days prior to the
proposed date of Issuance for other forms of Letters of Credit.  Each such
request for issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be by facsimile, confirmed by
telephone, in the form of an L/C Application, and shall specify in form and
detail satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank: (i) the proposed date of
issuance of the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (ii) the face
amount of the Letter of Credit;

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
(iii) the expiry date of the Letter of Credit; (iv) the name and address of the
beneficiary thereof; (v) the documents to be presented by the beneficiary of the
Letter of Credit in case of any drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any
certificate to be presented by the beneficiary in case of any drawing
thereunder; and (vii) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may require.

          (b) Prior to the Issuance of any Letter of Credit, the applicable
Issuing Bank will confirm with the Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the
Agent has received a copy of the L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application
from the Borrower and, if Stratton is the applicant, from Stratton and, if not,
such Issuing Bank will provide the Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless such
Issuing Bank has received notice on or before 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on
the date such Issuing Bank is to issue a requested Letter of Credit from the
Agent (A) directing such Issuing Bank not to issue such Letter of Credit because
such issuance is not then permitted under subsection 3.01(a) as a result of the
limitations set forth in clauses (1) or (2) thereof or subsection 3.01(b)(ii);
or (B) that one or more conditions specified in Article V are not then
satisfied; then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Issuing Bank
shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit in accordance with such
Issuing Bank's usual and customary business practices.

          (c) From time to time while a Letter of Credit is outstanding and
prior to the Revolving Termination Date, any Issuing Bank will, upon the written
request of the Borrower and, if Stratton is the applicant, Stratton, received by
such Issuing Bank (with a copy sent by the Borrower or Stratton to the Agent) at
least four days (or such shorter time as such Issuing Bank may agree in a
particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of
amendment, amend any Letter of Credit issued by it.  Each such request for
amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be made by facsimile, confirmed by
telephone, made in the form of an L/C Amendment Application and shall specify in
form and detail satisfactory to such Issuing Bank:  (i) the Letter of Credit to
be amended; (ii) the proposed date of amendment of the Letter of Credit (which
shall be a Business Day); (iii) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (iv)
such other matters as such Issuing Bank may require.  The applicable Issuing
Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if:  (A) such
Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of
Credit in its amended form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the
beneficiary of any such letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment
to the Letter of Credit.  The Agent will promptly notify the Banks of the
receipt by it of any L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application.

          (d) The Issuing Banks and the Banks agree that, while a Letter of
Credit is outstanding and prior to the Revolving Termination Date, at the option
of the Borrower and Stratton and 

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
upon the written request of the Borrower and, if Stratton is the applicant,
Stratton, received by the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy sent by the
Borrower or Stratton to the Agent) at least four days (or such shorter time as
such Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion)
prior to the proposed date of notification of renewal, such Issuing Bank shall
be entitled to authorize the automatic renewal of any Letter of Credit issued by
it. Each such request for renewal of a Letter of Credit shall be made by
facsimile, confirmed by telephone, in the form of an L/C Amendment Application,
and shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to such Issuing Bank: (i) the
Letter of Credit to be renewed; (ii) the proposed date of notification of
renewal of the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the
revised expiry date of the Letter of Credit; and (iv) such other matters as such
Issuing Bank may require. The applicable Issuing Bank shall be under no
obligation so to renew any Letter of Credit if: (A) such Issuing Bank would have
no obligation at such time to issue or amend such Letter of Credit in its
renewed form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of any
such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed renewal of the Letter of
Credit. If any outstanding Letter of Credit shall provide that it shall be
automatically renewed unless the beneficiary thereof receives notice from the
applicable Issuing Bank that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed, and if
at the time of renewal such Issuing Bank would be entitled to authorize the
automatic renewal of such Letter of Credit in accordance with this subsection
3.02(d) upon the request of either or both of the Borrower and Stratton, as
applicable, but such Issuing Bank shall not have received any L/C Amendment
Application with respect to such renewal or other written direction by either or
both of the Borrower and Stratton, as applicable, with respect thereto, such
Issuing Bank shall nonetheless be permitted to allow such Letter of Credit to
renew, and the Borrower and Stratton and the Banks hereby authorize such
renewal, and, accordingly, such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have received an
L/C Amendment Application from either or both of the Borrower and Stratton, as
applicable, requesting such renewal.

          (e) The Issuing Banks may, at their election (or as required by the
Agent at the direction of the Majority Banks), deliver any notices of
termination or other communications to any Letter of Credit beneficiary or
transferee, and take any other action as necessary or appropriate, at any time
and from time to time, in order to cause the expiry date of such Letter of
Credit to be a date not later than the Revolving Termination Date.

          (f) This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any
L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).

          (g)  The Issuing Banks will also deliver to the Agent, concurrently or
promptly following delivery of a Letter of Credit, or amendment to or renewal of
a Letter of Credit, to an 

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
advising bank or a beneficiary, a true and complete copy of each such Letter of
Credit or amendment to or renewal of a Letter of Credit.

    
     3.03  Existing Letters of Credit; Risk Participations, Drawings and
Reimbursements.  (a)  On and after the Closing Date, the Existing Letters of
Credit shall be deemed for all purposes, including for purposes of the fees to
be collected pursuant to subsections 3.08(a) and 3.08(c), and reimbursement
costs and expenses to the extent provided herein, Letters of Credit outstanding
under this Agreement and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and shall be governed by the applications and agreements
pertaining thereto and by this Agreement.  Each Existing Letter of Credit
designated as a "standby letter of credit" on Schedule 3.03 shall be deemed to
be a Standby Letter of Credit, and each Existing Letter of Credit designated as
a "commercial documentary letter of credit" on Schedule 3.03 shall be deemed to
be a Commercial Letter of Credit.  Each Bank shall be deemed to, and hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Banks on
the Closing Date a participation in each such Letter of Credit and each drawing
thereunder in an amount equal to the product of (i) such Bank's Pro Rata Share
times (ii) the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit
and the amount of such drawing, respectively.  For purposes of subsection
2.01(a) and subsection 2.10(b), the Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed
to utilize the Pro Rata Share of each Bank.     

          (b) Immediately upon the Issuance of each Letter of Credit in addition
to those described in subsection 3.03(a), each Bank shall be deemed to, and
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable
Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and each drawing
thereunder in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Pro Rata Share of such
Bank, times (ii) the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of
Credit and the amount of such drawing, respectively.  For purposes of subsection
2.01(a), each Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to utilize the
Facility A Commitment of each Bank by an amount equal to the amount of such
participation.

          (c) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of Credit
by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank will
promptly notify the Borrower and, if Stratton is the applicant, Stratton.  The
Borrower or Stratton shall reimburse such Issuing Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. (San
Francisco time), on each date that any amount is paid by such Issuing Bank under
any Letter of Credit (each such date, an "Honor Date"), in an amount equal to
the amount so paid by such Issuing Bank.  In the event the Borrower or Stratton
fails to reimburse such Issuing Bank of any Letter of Credit for the full amount
of any drawing under such Letter of Credit by 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on
the Honor Date, such Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Agent and the Agent
will 

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
promptly notify each Bank thereof, and the Borrower shall be deemed to have
requested that Base Rate Loans be made by the Banks to be disbursed on the Honor
Date under such Letter of Credit, subject to the conditions set forth in Section
5.02 (including, without limitation, the condition that no Insolvency Proceeding
shall have been commenced by or against the Borrower or Stratton on the Honor
Date). Any notice given by an Issuing Bank or the Agent pursuant to this
subsection 3.03(c) may be oral if immediately confirmed in writing (including by
facsimile); provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not
affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

          (d)  Each Bank shall upon any notice pursuant to subsection 3.03(c)
make available to the Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank an
amount in Dollars and in immediately available funds equal to its Pro Rata Share
of the amount of the drawing, whereupon the participating Banks shall (subject
to subsection 3.03(e)) each be deemed to have made a Facility A Revolving Loan
consisting of a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in that amount.  If any Bank so
notified fails to make available to the Agent for the account of the applicable
Issuing Bank the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the amount of the
drawing by no later than 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on the Honor Date, then
interest shall accrue on such Bank's obligation to make such payment, from the
Honor Date to the date such Bank makes such payment, at a rate per annum equal
to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time during such period.  The
Agent will promptly give notice of the occurrence of the Honor Date, but failure
of the Agent to give any such notice on the Honor Date or in sufficient time to
enable any Bank to effect such payment on such date shall not relieve such Bank
from its obligations under this Section 3.03.

          (e) With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted
into Facility A Revolving Loans consisting of Base Rate Loans to the Borrower in
whole or in part, because of the Borrower's failure to satisfy the conditions
set forth in Section 5.02 or for any other reason, the Borrower and Stratton
shall be deemed to have incurred from an Issuing Bank an L/C Borrowing in the
amount of such drawing, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand
(together with interest) and shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin plus 2% per annum, and each Bank's
payment to such Issuing Bank pursuant to subsection 3.03(d) shall be deemed
payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall
constitute an L/C Advance from such Bank in satisfaction of its participation
obligation under this Section 3.03.

          (f)  Each Bank's obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make
the Facility A Revolving Loans or L/C Advances, as contemplated by this Section
3.03, as a result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute and
unconditional and without recourse to the Issuing Banks and shall not be
affected 

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which such Bank may have against any Issuing Bank, the
Borrower, Stratton or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the
occurrence or continuance of a Default, an Event of Default or a Material
Adverse Effect; or (iii) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever,
whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

     3.04  Repayment of Participations.  (a) Upon (and only upon) receipt by the
Agent for the account of an Issuing Bank of immediately available funds from the
Borrower or Stratton (i) in reimbursement of any payment made by such Issuing
Bank under the Letter of Credit with respect to which any Bank has paid the
Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank for such Bank's participation in the
Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.03 or (ii) in payment of interest
thereon, the Agent will pay to each Bank, in the same funds as those received by
the Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank, the amount of such Bank's Pro
Rata Share of such funds, and such Issuing Bank shall receive the amount of the
Pro Rata Share of such funds of any Bank that did not so pay the Agent for the
account of such Issuing Bank.

          (b) If the Agent or any Issuing Bank is required at any time to return
to the Borrower or Stratton, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian,
or any official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of the payments made
by the Borrower or Stratton to the Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank
pursuant to subsection 3.04(a) in reimbursement of a payment made under the
Letter of Credit or interest or fee thereon, each Bank shall, on demand of the
Agent, forthwith return to the Agent or such Issuing Bank the amount of its Pro
Rata Share of any amounts so returned by the Agent or such Issuing Bank plus
interest thereon from the date such demand is made to the date such amounts are
returned by such Bank to the Agent or such Issuing Bank, at a rate per annum
equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time.

     3.05  Role of the Issuing Banks.  (a) Each Bank, the Borrower and Stratton
agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the applicable
Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other
than any sight draft and certificates expressly required by the Letter of
Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such
document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such
document.

          (b)  No Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents,
participants or assignees of an Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Bank for:
(i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with
the approval of the Banks (including the Majority Banks, as applicable); (ii)
any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or
enforceability of any L/C-Related Document.

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
          (c) The Borrower and Stratton hereby assume all risks of the acts or
omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter
of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall
not, preclude the Borrower's or Stratton's pursuing such rights and remedies as
either may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other
agreement.  No Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents,
participants or assignees of any Issuing Bank, shall be liable or responsible
for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 3.06;
provided, however, anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding,
that the Borrower and Stratton may have a claim against an Issuing Bank, and an
Issuing Bank may be liable to the Borrower and Stratton, to the extent, but only
to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages
suffered by the Borrower and Stratton which the Borrower and Stratton prove were
caused by an Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence or an Issuing
Bank's willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation
to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying
with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in
limitation of the foregoing: (i) an Issuing Bank may accept documents that
appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; and (ii)
an Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any
instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a
Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in
whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

     3.06  Obligations Absolute.  The obligations of the Borrower and Stratton
under this Agreement and any L/C-Related Document to reimburse the Issuing Banks
for drawings under Letters of Credit, and to repay any L/C Borrowing and any
drawings under Letters of Credit converted into Facility A Revolving Loans,
shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement and each such other L/C-Related Document under
all circumstances, including the following:

               (i)  any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or
     any L/C-Related Document;

               (ii)  any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or
     in any other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Borrower and
     Stratton in respect of any Letter of Credit or any other amendment or
     waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the L/C-Related
     Documents;

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
               (iii)  the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other
     right that the Borrower or Stratton may have at any time against any
     beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for
     whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), an Issuing
     Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the
     transactions contemplated hereby or by the L/C-Related Documents or any
     unrelated transaction;

               (iv)  any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented
     under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or
     insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
     inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or
     otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any
     Letter of Credit;

               (v)  any payment by an Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit
     against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly
     comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit; or any payment made by an
     Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a
     trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of
     creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to
     any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any
     arising in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding;

               (vi)  any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral,
     or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any
     other guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Borrower or
     Stratton in respect of any Letter of Credit; or

               (vii)  any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or
     not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that
     might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the
     Borrower, Stratton or a guarantor.

     3.07  Cash Collateral Pledge.  Upon (i) the request of the Agent, (A) if an
Issuing Bank has honored any full or partial drawing request on any Letter of
Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing hereunder, or (B) if,
as of the Revolving Termination Date, any Letters of Credit may for any reason
remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, or (ii) the occurrence of
the circumstances described in subsection 2.07(a) requiring the Borrower to Cash
Collateralize Letters of Credit, then, the Borrower shall immediately Cash
Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount equal to the L/C Obligations.

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
     3.08  Letter of Credit Fees.  (a) The Borrower and Stratton jointly and
severally agree to pay to the Agent for the account of each of the Banks based
on their respective Pro Rata Shares a letter of credit fee with respect to the
Standby Letters of Credit equal to the Risk Participation Percentage of the
average daily maximum amount available to be drawn of the outstanding Standby
Letters of Credit, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business
Day of each fiscal quarter based upon Standby Letters of Credit outstanding for
that quarter as calculated by the Agent.  Such letter of credit fees shall be
due and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day following each
fiscal quarter during which Standby Letters of Credit are outstanding,
commencing on the first such quarterly date to occur after the Closing Date,
through the Revolving Termination Date, with the final payment to be made on the
Revolving Termination Date.

          (b)  The Borrower and Stratton jointly and severally agree to pay to
the applicable Issuing Bank for its sole account a letter of credit fronting fee
for each Standby Letter of Credit Issued by such Issuing Bank, equal to 0.15%
per annum of the face amount (or increased face amount, as the case may be) of
such Standby Letter of Credit.  Such Letter of Credit fronting fee shall be due
and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day following each fiscal
quarter during which such Letter of Credit is outstanding, commencing on the
first such quarterly date to occur after the Closing Date.

          (c)  The Borrower and Stratton jointly and severally agree to pay to
the Issuing Banks from time to time on demand the normal issuance, presentation,
amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of
the Issuing Banks relating to Standby Letters of Credit and Commercial Letters
of Credit as from time to time in effect.

     3.09  Uniform Customs and Practice.  The Uniform Customs and Practice for
Documentary Credits as published by the International Chamber of Commerce
("UCP") most recently at the time of issuance of any Letter of Credit shall
(unless otherwise expressly provided in the Letters of Credit) apply to such
Letter of Credit.

     3.10  Acknowledgment of Accommodation; Waiver of Defenses.  (a)  For the
purposes of implementing the provisions of this Article III, the Borrower and
Stratton each irrevocably appoints the other as its agent and attorney-in-fact
for all purposes, including the giving and receiving of notices and other
communications.

          (b)  Each of the Borrower and Stratton acknowledges and agrees that
the Letter of Credit subfacility provided for herein has been established on a
joint and several basis as an accommodation to the Borrower and Stratton and at
their request, and that each is benefited thereby.

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  The Borrower shall be absolutely and unconditionally liable for
the repayment of all L/C Obligations, whether incurred by the Borrower or
Stratton, all as if the Borrower was the primary beneficiary of all Letters of
Credit.

          (d)  Each of the Borrower and Stratton authorizes the Agent and the
Banks, without notice or demand and without affecting the liability of either
hereunder, from time to time, either before or after the termination of this
Agreement, to (i) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the
time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the L/C Obligations or any
other Obligation or any part thereof including any increase or decrease of the
rate of interest thereon; (ii) receive and hold security for the payment of the
L/C Obligations or any other Obligation, and exchange, enforce, waive, release,
fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such security; (iii) apply
such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Agent in its
discretion may determine; and (iv) release Stratton or any other party and hold
the Borrower liable for all L/C Obligations or other Obligations or other
Obligations of Stratton.

          (e) Each of the Borrower and Stratton waives any right to require the
Agent to (i) proceed against the Borrower or Stratton in any particular order or
proceed first or concurrently against any other party; (ii) proceed against or
exhaust any security held from the Borrower or Stratton or any other party; or
(iii) pursue any other remedy in the Agent's or the Banks' power whatsoever.
Each of the Borrower and Stratton waives any defense arising by reason of any
disability or other defense, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the
liability of the Borrower or Stratton or any other party, or any claim that the
obligations of one exceed or are more burdensome than those of the other.  Each
of the Borrower and Stratton waives any right of subrogation, reimbursement,
indemnification and contribution (contractual, statutory or otherwise),
including without limitation, any claim or right of subrogation under the
Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the U.S. Code) or any successor statute, arising
from the existence or performance of its obligations hereunder, and each waives
any right to enforce any remedy which the Agent or the Banks now have or may
hereafter have against either of them, and waives any benefit of and any right
to participate in any security now or hereafter held by the Agent or the Banks.
Each of the Borrower and Stratton waives all presentments, demands for
performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of
dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence,
creation, or incurrence of new or additional indebtedness.

          (f)  Each of the Borrower and Stratton warrants and agrees that the
waivers and consents set forth in this Section 3.10 are made with full knowledge
of their significance and with the understanding that events giving rise to any
defense waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
the Borrower or Stratton may have against each other, the Agent, the Banks or
others.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

     4.01  Taxes. (a)  Any and all payments by the Borrower to each Bank or the
Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be made free and
clear of, and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes.  In addition, the
Borrower shall pay all Other Taxes.

          (b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Bank and
the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including any Taxes or
Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section)
paid by the Bank or the Agent and any liability (including interest, additions
to tax and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not
such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.  Payment under
this indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date the Bank or the
Agent makes written demand therefor.

          (c) If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any
Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Bank
or the Agent, then:

               (i)  the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that
     after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions
     and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section)
     such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the
     sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been
     made;

               (ii)  the Borrower shall make such deductions and withholdings;

               (iii)  the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or
     withheld to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance
     with applicable law; and

               (iv)  the Borrower shall also pay to each Bank or the Agent for
     the account of such Bank, at the time interest is paid, all additional
     amounts which the respective Bank specifies as necessary to preserve the
     after-tax yield the Bank would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes
     had not been imposed.

          (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Borrower of
Taxes or Other Taxes, the Borrower shall furnish the Agent the original or a
certified copy of a receipt

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory to the
Agent.

          (e) If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to any Bank
or the Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, then such Bank shall
use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to
change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office so as to eliminate any such
additional payment by the Borrower which may thereafter accrue, if such change
in the judgment of such Bank is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.

     4.02  Illegality.  (a) If any Bank determines that the introduction of any
Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the
interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it
unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has asserted
that it is unlawful, for any Bank or its applicable Lending Office to make
Eurodollar Rate Loans, then, on notice thereof by the Bank to the Borrower
through the Agent, any obligation of that Bank to make Eurodollar Rate Loans
shall be suspended until the Bank notifies the Agent and the Borrower that the
circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.

          (b) If a Bank determines that it is unlawful to maintain any
Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Borrower shall, upon its receipt of notice of such
fact and demand from such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), prepay in full such
Eurodollar Rate Loans of that Bank then outstanding, together with interest
accrued thereon and amounts required under Section 4.04, either on the last day
of the Interest Period thereof, if the Bank may lawfully continue to maintain
such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if the Bank may not
lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loan.  If the Borrower is
required to so prepay any Eurodollar Rate Loan, then concurrently with such
prepayment, the Borrower shall borrow from the affected Bank, in the amount of
such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

          (c) If the obligation of any Bank to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate
Loans has been so terminated or suspended, the Borrower may elect, by giving
notice to the Bank through the Agent that all Loans which would otherwise be
made by the Bank as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be instead Base Rate Loans.

          (d) Before giving any notice to the Agent under this Section, the
affected Bank shall designate a different Lending Office with respect to its
Eurodollar Rate Loans if such designation will avoid the need for giving such
notice or making such demand and will not, in the judgment of the Bank, be
illegal or otherwise disadvantageous to the Bank.

     4.03  Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.  (a) If any Bank determines
that, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change (other than any change
by way of imposition of or

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
increase in reserve requirements included in the calculation of the Eurodollar
Rate or in respect of the assessment rate payable by any Bank to the FDIC for
insuring U.S. deposits) in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or
(ii) the compliance by that Bank with any guideline or request from any central
bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law),
there shall be any increase in the cost to such Bank of agreeing to make or
making, funding or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loans or participating in
Letters of Credit, or, in the case of any Issuing Bank, any increase in the cost
to such Issuing Bank of agreeing to issue, issuing or maintaining any Letter of
Credit or of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any unpaid
drawing under any Letter of Credit, then the Borrower shall be liable for, and
shall from time to time, upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to
the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Bank, additional amounts as
are sufficient to compensate such Bank for such increased costs.

          (b) If any Bank shall have determined that (i) the introduction of any
Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation,
(iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy
Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by the Bank (or its
Lending Office) or any corporation controlling the Bank with any Capital
Adequacy Regulation, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or
expected to be maintained by the Bank or any corporation controlling the Bank
and (taking into consideration such Bank's or such corporation's policies with
respect to capital adequacy and such Bank's desired return on capital)
determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a consequence of its
Commitments, loans, credits or obligations under this Agreement, then, upon
demand of such Bank to the Borrower through the Agent, the Borrower shall pay to
the Bank, from time to time as specified by the Bank, additional amounts
sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increase.

     4.04  Funding Losses.  The Borrower shall reimburse each Bank and hold each
Bank harmless from any loss or expense which the Bank may sustain or incur as a
consequence of:

          (a) the failure of the Borrower to make on a timely basis any payment
of principal of any Eurodollar Rate Loan;

          (b) the failure of the Borrower to borrow, continue or convert a Loan
after the Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of Borrowing
or a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation;

          (c) the failure of the Borrower to make any prepayment in accordance
with any notice delivered under Section 2.06;

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
          (d) the prepayment (including pursuant to Section 2.07) or other
payment (including after acceleration thereof) of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a
day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; or

          (e) the automatic conversion under Section 2.04 of any Eurodollar Rate
Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant
Interest Period;

including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans or from fees
payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.  For
purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Banks under this
Section and under subsection 4.03(a), each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by a Bank
(and each related reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) shall be
conclusively deemed to have been funded at the LIBOR used in determining the
Eurodollar Rate for such Eurodollar Rate Loan by a matching deposit or other
borrowing in the interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a
comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan is in fact so
funded.

     4.05  Inability to Determine Rates.  If the Agent determines that for any
reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar
Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar
Rate Loan or that the Eurodollar Rate applicable pursuant to subsection 2.09(a)
for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate
Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Banks of funding
such Loan, the Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Bank.
Thereafter, the obligation of the Banks to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate
Loans, hereunder shall be suspended until the Agent upon the instruction of the
Majority Banks revokes such notice in writing.  Upon receipt of such notice, the
Borrower may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation
then submitted by it.  If the Borrower does not revoke such Notice, the Banks
shall make, convert or continue the Loans, as proposed by the Borrower, in the
amount specified in the applicable notice submitted by the Borrower, but such
Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate Loans instead of
Eurodollar Rate Loans.

     4.06  Survival.  The agreements and obligations of the Borrower in this
Article IV shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE V

                             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     5.01  Conditions of Initial Credit Extensions.  The obligation of each Bank
to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to the condition that
the Agent have received on or before the Closing Date all of the following, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and each Bank, and in sufficient
copies for each Bank:

          (a) Credit Agreement and any Notes.  This Agreement and any Notes
requested by the Banks, executed by each party thereto;

          (b) Guaranty.  A Guaranty in the form of Exhibit G hereto executed by
Finance Corp.;

          (c)  Resolutions; Incumbency.

               (i)  Copies of partnership authorizations for the Borrower and
     resolutions of the board of directors of the General Partner, Stratton and
     Finance Corp. authorizing the transactions contemplated hereby and by the
     Guaranties, certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or an
     Assistant Secretary of the General Partner, Stratton and Finance Corp.;

               (ii)  A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
     the General Partner certifying the names and true signatures of the
     officers of the General Partner authorized to execute, deliver and perform,
     as applicable, on behalf of the Borrower and the General Partner, this
     Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be delivered by the Borrower and
     the General Partner hereunder;

               (iii) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
     Stratton certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of
     Stratton authorized to execute, deliver and perform, as applicable, on
     behalf of Stratton, this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be
     delivered by Stratton hereunder;

               (iv)  A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
     Finance Corp. certifying the names and the signatures of the officers of
     Finance Corp. authorized to execute, deliver and perform, as applicable,
     the Guaranty and all other Loan Documents required to be delivered by
     Finance Corp. hereunder;

          (d) Organization Documents; Good Standing. Each of the following
documents:

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
               (i)  the articles or certificate of incorporation and the bylaws
     of the General Partner, Stratton and Finance Corp. and the Certificate of
     Limited Partnership and the Limited Partnership Agreement of the Borrower,
     in each case as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary
     or Assistant Secretary of the General Partner, Stratton or Finance Corp.,
     as applicable, as of the Closing Date;
    
               (ii)  a good standing and tax good standing certificate for the
     General Partner, Stratton, Finance Corp. and the Borrower from the
     Secretary of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its
     state of incorporation or organization, as applicable, and each state where
     the General Partner, Stratton, Finance Corp. or the Borrower conducts
     significant business as of a recent date, together with bring-down
     certificates by facsimile, dated the Closing Date;     

          (e)  Legal Opinions.

               (i)  opinions of Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts, P.C. and of Andrews
     & Kurth L.L.P., counsel to the Borrower, the General Partner, Stratton and
     the Guarantor, addressed to the Agent and the Banks, substantially in the
     form of Exhibit D;

               (ii)  a favorable opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe,
     special counsel to the Agent;

               (iii)  opinions delivered in connection with the Reorganization,
     upon which the Agent and the Banks may rely;

          (f) Payment of Fees.  Evidence of payment by the Borrower of all
accrued and unpaid fees, costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable
on the Closing Date, together with Attorney Costs of the Agent to the extent
invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of
Attorney Costs as shall constitute the Agent's reasonable estimate of Attorney
Costs incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided
that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude final settling of accounts
between the Borrower and the Agent); including any such costs, fees and expenses
arising under or referenced in the Fee Letter or otherwise in Sections 2.10 and
11.04;

          (g) Certificate.  A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer and an
officer of Stratton, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that:

               (i)  the representations and warranties contained in Article VI
     are true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of
     such date;

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  no Default or Event of Default exists or would result from
     the Credit Extension;

               (iii)  there has occurred since April 30, 1994, no event or
     circumstance that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in
     a Material Adverse Effect; and

               (iv)  the Reorganization has been consummated.

          (h)  Cancellation of Existing Revolving Credit.  Evidence that all
outstanding obligations and other liabilities of the General Partner under the
Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of May 10, 1993 among the General
Partner, certain of its subsidiaries, Ferrell Companies, Inc. and One Liberty
Oil Company, as guarantors, the banks listed therein and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as agent, have been paid in full and the obligations of
all parties under each of the documents executed and delivered in connection
therewith have been terminated, except for such provisions as shall by their
terms survive such termination;

          (i) Due Diligence Review.  The Agent, BA Securities and each of the
Banks shall have completed their normal and customary due diligence for
transactions in the nature contemplated by the Loan Documents, including,
without limitation, review of the terms and conditions of each of the
Organizational Documents of the Borrower and each of its Affiliates, the
Registration Statements, the Indenture and the Senior Notes, and the proposed
capital structure of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and such due diligence
review shall be satisfactory to each of them in their sole and absolute
discretion;

          (j) No Material Change.  There shall have been no Material Adverse
Effect between April 30, 1994 and the Closing Date, and there shall have been no
material adverse change in the financial markets since May 12, 1994;

          (k) Insurance Certificate.  A certificate from the Borrower's
insurance broker, dated the Closing Date, setting forth in such detail as the
Agent or any Bank shall reasonably request the types, amounts, deductibles,
principal exclusions and other material terms of the insurance then in effect
for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

          (l) Reorganization.  Each of the transactions contemplated by the
Registration Statements to be consummated on the Closing Date has been
consummated and remains in effect according to the terms and conditions
described in the Registration Statements and all applicable laws, including,
without limitation, the contribution by the General Partner to the Borrower of
substantially all of its assets and liabilities in connection with the business
of the General Partner as operated on the Closing Date, and the issuance and
sale of the

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
Senior Notes and the MLP Units in amounts and on such terms and conditions as
are acceptable to the Agent and the Banks in their sole and absolute discretion
(collectively, the "Reorganization").
    
          (m)  Trading Policies.  The trading position policy and the supply
inventory position policy as in effect on the Closing Date, as evidenced by the
written policies delivered to the Agent, shall be satisfactory to the Agent and
the Majority Banks.     

          (n) Other Documents.  Such other approvals, opinions, documents or
materials as the Agent or any Bank may request.

     5.02  Conditions to All Credit Extensions.  The obligation of each Bank to
make any Loan to be made by it (including its initial Loan) or to continue or
convert any Loan under Section 2.04 and the obligation of the Issuing Banks to
Issue any Letters of Credit (including any initial Letters of Credit) is subject
to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the relevant
Borrowing Date, Conversion/Continuation Date or Issuance Date:

          (a)  Notice, Application.  The Agent shall have received (with, in the
case of the initial Loans only, a copy for each Bank) a Notice of Borrowing or a
Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as applicable, or in the case of any Issuance
of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Agent shall have
received an L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application, as required under
Section 3.02;

          (b)  Continuation of Representations and Warranties.  The
representations and warranties in Article VI shall be true and correct on and as
of such Borrowing Date, Conversion/Continuation Date or Issuance Date with the
same effect as if made on and as of such Borrowing Date, Conversion/Continuation
Date or Issuance Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties
expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct
as of such earlier date);

          (c)  No Existing Default.  No Default or Event of Default shall exist
or shall result from such Borrowing, continuation or conversion or Issuance; and
    
          (d) Facility B Revolving Loans.  With respect only to Borrowings of
Facility B Revolving Loans and in addition to all other terms and conditions set
forth herein, the amount of such Borrowing shall not exceed the excess, if any,
of (i) the sum of the aggregate Cash Costs of Permitted Acquisitions by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the Closing Date through and including the
Borrowing Date plus the aggregate Growth-Related Capital Expenditures by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, over (ii) the sum of (x) the
aggregate Net Proceeds      

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
of Asset Sales received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the period
from the Closing Date through the Borrowing Date plus (y) the aggregate Net
Proceeds from MLP New Unit Sales from the Closing Date through the Borrowing
Date plus (z) the Effective Amount of Facility B Revolving Loans outstanding on
the Borrowing Date (without regard to such Borrowing), and the Borrower shall
have delivered to the Agent a Maximum Amount Certificate dated the Borrowing
Date which shall demonstrate compliance with the foregoing test.

Each Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Conversion/Continuation and L/C Application
or L/C Amendment Application submitted by the Borrower hereunder shall
constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower hereunder, as of the
date of each such notice and as of each Borrowing Date, Conversion/Continuation
Date or Issuance Date, as applicable, that the conditions in Section 5.02 are
satisfied.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     Each of the Borrower, the General Partner and Stratton represents and
warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:

     6.01  Corporate or Partnership Existence and Power.  The General Partner,
Stratton, the MLP, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries:

          (a) is a corporation or partnership duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation;

          (b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals to own its assets, carry on its business
in the manner contemplated by the Registration Statements and to execute,
deliver, and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and such
additional obligations as are contemplated by the Registration Statements;

          (c)  is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or partnership and is
licensed and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its
ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business
requires such qualification or license or where the failure so to qualify would
not have a Material Adverse Effect; and

          (d) is in compliance with all material Requirements of Law.

     6.02  Corporate or Partnership Authorization; No Contravention.  The
execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower, the General Partner and
Stratton of this Agreement and 

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
each other Loan Document to which the General Partner, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership
action on behalf of the Borrower and all necessary corporate action on behalf of
the General Partner and any Subsidiary, and do not and will not:

          (a) contravene the terms of any of the General Partner's, the MLP's,
the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's Organization Documents;

          (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the
creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any Contractual Obligation
to which the General Partner, the MLP, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party
or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which
such Person or its property is subject where such conflict, breach,
contravention or Lien could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; or

          (c) violate any material Requirement of Law.

     6.03  Governmental Authorization.  No approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any
Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with (a) the
consummation of the Reorganization according to the terms and conditions
described in the Registration Statements and in accordance with applicable law,
(b) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the
General Partner, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, or (c) the continued operation of Borrower's business as
contemplated to be conducted after the date hereof by the Loan Documents and the
Registration Statements except in each case such approvals, consents,
exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings (i) as have been
obtained, (ii) as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws, (iii)
as are of a routine or administrative nature and are either (A) not customarily
obtained or made prior to the consummation of transactions such as the
transactions described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) or (B) expected in the
judgment of the Borrower to be obtained in the ordinary course of business
subsequent to the consummation of the transactions described in clauses (a), (b)
or (c), or (iv) that, if not obtained, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     6.04  Binding Effect.  This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which
the General Partner, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party constitute the
legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person, enforceable against such
Person in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may
be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating
to enforceability.

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
     6.05  Litigation.  Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.05, there
are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to the best
knowledge of the Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in
arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against the General Partner,
the MLP, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
properties which:

          (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, the Registration Statements or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby; or

          (b) if determined adversely to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No injunction, writ,
temporary restraining order or any order of any nature has been issued by any
court or other Governmental Authority purporting to enjoin or restrain the
execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document
or any of the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statements, or
directing that the transactions provided for herein or therein not be
consummated as herein or therein provided.

     6.06  No Default.  No Default or Event of Default exists or would result
from the incurring, continuing or converting of any Obligations by the Borrower.
As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any Affiliate of the Borrower
is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect
which, individually or together with all such defaults, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or that would, if such default had
occurred after the Closing Date, create an Event of Default under subsection
9.01(e) other than a default under Section 4.09 of the Indenture relating to the
Existing Senior Notes.

     6.07  ERISA Compliance.  (a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material
respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or
state law.  Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the
Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the best
knowledge of the Borrower and the General Partner, nothing has occurred which
would cause the loss of such qualification.

          (b) There are no pending, or to the best knowledge of Borrower and the
General Partner, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any
Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  There has been
no prohibited transaction or other violation of the fiduciary responsibility
rule with respect to any Plan which could reasonably result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

          (c) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur
with respect to any Pension Plan.

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
          (d) No Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability.

          (e) The Borrower has not incurred, nor does it reasonably expect to
incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan
(other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA).

          (f) The Borrower has not transferred any Unfunded Pension Liability to
any Person or otherwise engaged in a transaction that could be subject to
Section 4069 of ERISA.

          (g) Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.07, no trade or
business (whether or not incorporated under common control with the Borrower
within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code) maintains or
contributes to any Pension Plan or other Plan subject to Section 412 of the
Code.  Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.07, neither the Borrower
nor any Person under common control with the Borrower (as defined in the
preceding sentence) has ever contributed to any multiemployer plan within the
meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

     6.08  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.  The proceeds of the Loans are
to be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted by Section 7.11
and Section 8.07.  Neither the Borrower nor any Affiliate of the Borrower is
generally engaged in the business of purchasing or selling Margin Stock or
extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

     6.09  Title to Properties.  Except as provided for in Section 7.05, the
Borrower and each Subsidiary have (or will have within the time period specified
in Section 7.05) good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid
leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary
conduct their respective businesses, except for such defects in title as could
not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of
the Closing Date and subject to the preceding sentence, the property of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

     6.10  Taxes.  The General Partner has filed all Federal and other material
tax returns and reports required to be filed, for itself and for the Borrower,
and has paid all Federal and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other
governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or
assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been
provided in accordance with GAAP.  There is no proposed tax assessment against
the Borrower that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect except with
respect to the Tax Audit as described in Schedule 6.10 hereof.

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
     6.11  Financial Condition.  (a) The audited consolidated financial
statements of the General Partner and its Subsidiaries dated April 30, 1994, and
the pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Borrower dated April 30,
1994, in each case together with the related consolidated statements of income
or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal periods ended
on those respective dates:

               (i)  were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
     throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted
     therein, subject to ordinary, good faith year end audit adjustments;

               (ii)  fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and
     its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and results of operations for the
     period covered thereby; and

               (iii)  except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.11, show
     all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of
     the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof,
     including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Contingent
     Obligations.

          (b) Since April 30, 1994, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

          (c)  The General Partner, the MLP, the Borrower and each of the other
Subsidiaries of the Borrower are each Solvent, both before and after giving
effect to the consummation of the Reorganization and each of the other
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, and any Acquisitions; and each
of such Persons delivered fair consideration for all assets acquired by it in
connection with the Reorganization and such transactions and Acquisitions, in
each case in arm's length transactions.

     6.12  Environmental Matters.  The Borrower conducts in the ordinary course
of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and existing
Environmental Claims on its business, operations and properties, and as a result
thereof the Borrower has reasonably concluded that, except as specifically
disclosed in Schedule 6.12, such Environmental Laws and Environmental Claims
could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     6.13  Regulated Entities.  None of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the
Borrower, is an "Investment Company" within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940.  The Borrower is not subject to regulation under the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate
Commerce Act, any state public utilities code, or any other Federal or state
statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
     6.14  No Burdensome Restrictions.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
is a party to or bound by any Contractual Obligation, or subject to any
restriction in any Organization Document, or any Requirement of Law, which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.15  Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. The Borrower or
its Subsidiaries own or are licensed or otherwise has the right to use all of
the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, contractual
franchises, authorizations and other rights that are reasonably necessary for
the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights
of any other Person.  To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other
advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material
now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person.  Except as
specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.15, no claim or litigation regarding any of
the foregoing is pending or threatened, and no patent, invention, device,
application, principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard or code
is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, proposed, which, in either
case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.16  Subsidiaries and Affiliates.  The Borrower has no Subsidiaries or
other Affiliates other than those specifically disclosed in part (a) of Schedule
6.16 hereto and has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity
other than those Permitted Investments specifically disclosed in part (b) of
Schedule 6.16.

     6.17  Insurance.  Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.17, the
properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially
sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such
amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily
carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties
in localities where the Borrower or such Subsidiary operates.

     6.18  Tax Status.  The Borrower is subject to taxation under the Code only
as a partnership and not as a corporation.

     6.19  Full Disclosure.  None of the representations or warranties made by
the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower in the Loan Documents or any of
the Registration Statements as of the date such representations and warranties
are made or deemed made, and none of the statements contained in any exhibit,
report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or
any Affiliate of the Borrower in connection with the Loan Documents or the
Registration Statements (including the other offering and disclosure materials
delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Banks prior to the Closing
Date), contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading
as of the time when made or delivered.

     6.20  Fixed Price Supply Contracts.  None of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries is a party to any contract for the supply of propane or other
product except where (a) the purchase price is set with reference to a spot
index or indices substantially contemporaneously with the delivery of such
product or (b) delivery of such propane or other product is to be made no more
than one year after the purchase price is agreed to.

     6.21  Trading Policies.  The Borrower has provided to the Agent an accurate
and complete summary of its trading position policy and supply inventory
position policy and the Borrower has complied in all respects with such
policies.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as any Bank shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit
shall remain outstanding, unless the Majority Banks waive compliance in writing:

     7.01  Financial Statements.  The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, in
form and detail satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Banks and consistent
with the form and detail of financial statements and projections provided to the
Agent by the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date, with
sufficient copies for each Bank:

          (a) as soon as available, but not later than 100 days after the end of
each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ended July 31, 1994), a copy
of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
as at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements of income or
operations, partners' or shareholders' equity and cash flows for such year,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
fiscal year, and accompanied by the opinion of a nationally-recognized
independent public accounting firm ("Independent Auditor") which report shall
state that such consolidated financial statements present fairly the financial
position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis
consistent with prior years.  Such opinion shall not be qualified or limited in
any manner, including on account of any limitation on it because of a restricted
or limited examination by the Independent Auditor of any material portion of the
Borrower's or any Subsidiary's records;

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
          (b) as soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of
each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (commencing with the
fiscal quarter ended October 31, 1994), a copy of the unaudited consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter
and the related consolidated statements of income, partners' or shareholders'
equity and cash flows for the period commencing on the first day and ending on
the last day of such quarter, and certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly
presenting, in accordance with GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith year-end
audit adjustments), the financial position and the results of operations of the
Borrower and the Subsidiaries;

          (c) as soon as available, but not later than 100 days after the end of
each fiscal year (commencing with the first fiscal year during all or any part
of which the Borrower had one or more Significant Subsidiaries), a copy of an
unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at
the end of such year and the related consolidating statement of income,
partners' or shareholders' equity and cash flows for such year, certified by a
Responsible Officer as having been developed and used in connection with the
preparation of the financial statements referred to in subsection 7.01(a);

          (d) as soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of
each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (commencing with the
first fiscal quarter during all or any part of which the Borrower had one or
more Significant Subsidiaries), a copy of the unaudited consolidating balance
sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the related consolidating
statements of income, partners' or shareholders' equity and cash flows for such
quarter, all certified by a Responsible Officer as having been developed and
used in connection with the preparation of the financial statements referred to
in subsection 7.01(b);

          (e)  as soon as available, but not later than 60 days after the end of
each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year beginning August 1, 1994),
projected consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at
the end of each of the current and following two fiscal years and related
projected consolidated statements of income, partners' or shareholders' equity
and cash flows for each such fiscal year, including therein a budget for the
current fiscal year, certified by a Responsible Officer as having been developed
and prepared by the Borrower in good faith and based upon the Borrower's best
estimates and best available information;

          (f) as soon as available, but not later than 100 days after the end of
each fiscal year of the General Partner, commencing with the fiscal year ended
July 31, 1994, a copy of the unaudited (or audited, if available) consolidated
balance sheets of the General Partner as of the end of such fiscal year and the
related consolidated statements of income, shareholders'

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
    
equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, certified by a Responsible Officer
as fairly presenting, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the
results of operations of the General Partner and its Subsidiaries (or, if
available, accompanied by an opinion of an Independent Auditor as described in
subsection 7.01(a)); and     

          (g) as soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of
each fiscal quarter, a trading position report as of the last day of each fiscal
quarter, certified by a Responsible Officer.

     7.02  Certificates; Other Information.  The Borrower shall furnish to the
Agent, with sufficient copies for each Bank:

          (a)  concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsection 7.01(a), a certificate of the Independent Auditor
stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was
obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such
certificate;

          (b)  concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsections 7.01(a) and (b), a Compliance Certificate executed by
a Responsible Officer with respect to the periods covered by such financial
statements together with supporting calculations and such other supporting
detail as the Agent and Majority Banks shall require;

          (c) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsections 7.01(a) and (b), and at such other times as the Agent
shall request in its sole discretion from time to time or as the Borrower shall
provide in its discretion, a certificate in the form of Exhibit K hereto (a
"Maximum Amount Certificate") executed by a Responsible Officer pursuant to
which the Borrower shall certify to the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks and
in such form and detail as the Agent shall request and in each case, compared to
the applicable amounts set forth in the previously delivered Maximum Amount
Certificate, (i) the aggregate Cash Costs of all Permitted Acquisitions by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries (together with the aggregate amount of any
Acquired Debt and seller financing associated therewith and the amount of such
Cash Costs which were or could have been financed with Facility B Revolving
Loans) during the periods from the Closing Date to the date that is 270 days
prior to the date of such Maximum Amount Certificate (the "Hold Period Date"),
and from the Hold Period Date through the date of the such Maximum Amount
Certificate, and the total amount; (ii) the aggregate Growth-Related Capital
Expenditures by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the period from the
Closing Date through the date of such Maximum Amount Certificate; (iii) the
aggregate Net Proceeds of Asset Sales during the periods from the Closing Date
through the Hold Period Date and from the Hold Period Date through the date of
such Maximum Amount Certificate, and the total; (iv) the aggregate Net Proceeds
of

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
MLP New Unit Sales during the period from the Closing Date through the date of
such Maximum Amount Certificate; and (v) a calculation of the Facility B Maximum
Amount as of the date of such Maximum Amount Certificate, based on the
information contained therein;

          (d) promptly, copies of all financial statements and reports that the
Borrower, the General Partner, the MLP or Finance Corp. or any other Subsidiary
sends to its partners or shareholders, and copies of all financial statements
and regular, periodic or special reports (including Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K)
that the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower, the General Partner, the MLP
or Finance Corp. or any other Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC; and

          (e)  promptly, such additional information regarding the business,
financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower, the General Partner, the MLP or
Finance Corp. or any other Subsidiary as the Agent, at the request of any Bank,
may from time to time request.

     7.03  Notices.  The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent and each Bank:

          (a)  of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, and of the
occurrence or existence of any event or circumstance that foreseeably will
become a Default or Event of Default;

          (b) of any matter that has resulted or may reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of,
or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower, the General
Partner, the MLP or Finance Corp. or any other Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute,
litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower, the
General Partner, the MLP or Finance Corp. or any other Subsidiary and any
Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material
development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower, the General
Partner, the MLP or Finance Corp. or any other Subsidiary, including pursuant to
any applicable Environmental Laws;

          (c) of any of the following events affecting the Borrower, the General
Partner, the MLP or Finance Corp. or any other Subsidiary, together with a copy
of any notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a
Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to
such Person with respect to such event:

               (i)   an ERISA Event;

               (ii)  if any of the representations and warranties in Section
     6.07 ceases to be true and correct;

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
               (iii) the adoption of any new Pension Plan or other Plan subject
     to Section 412 of the Code;

               (iv)  the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan or other
     Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, if such amendment results in a
     material increase in contributions or Unfunded Pension Liability; or

    
               (v)   the commencement of contributions to any Pension Plan or
     other Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code;     

    
          (d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial
reporting practices by the Borrower or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries; and
     

    
          (e) not later than five Business Days after the effective date of a
change in the Borrower's trading position policy or inventory supply position
policy, of any change in either policy.     

          Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written
statement by a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein, and stating what action the Borrower or any affected
Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time.  Each notice
under subsection 7.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all clauses
or provisions of this Agreement or other Loan Document that have been (or
foreseeably will be) breached or violated.

     7.04  Preservation of Corporate or Partnership Existence, Etc.  The General
Partner and the Borrower shall, and the Borrower shall cause each Subsidiary to:

          (a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its partnership or
corporate existence and good standing under the laws of its state or
jurisdiction of organization or incorporation;

          (b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all governmental
rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary
or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except in connection with
transactions permitted by Section 8.03 and sales of assets permitted by Section
8.02;

          (c) use reasonable efforts, in the ordinary course of business, to
preserve its business organization and goodwill; and

          (d) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade
names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
     7.05  Maintenance of Property.  The Borrower shall maintain, and shall
cause each Subsidiary to maintain, and preserve all its property which is used
or useful in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and
tear excepted.  The Borrower and each Subsidiary shall use the standard of care
typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.  By
December 31, 1994, the Borrower shall have good and marketable title to all
material properties and other assets which by the terms of the Reorganization
are to be transferred to the Borrower.

     7.06  Insurance.  The Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to maintain, with financially sound and reputable independent
insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or
damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same
or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily
carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

     7.07  Payment of Obligations.  The Borrower, the General Partner and
Stratton shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, pay and discharge as the
same shall become due and payable (except to the extent the failure to so pay
and discharge could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect), all their respective obligations and liabilities, including:

          (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or
levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance
with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary;

          (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien
upon its property, unless such claims are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being
maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary; and

          (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any
subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing
such Indebtedness.

     7.08  Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower shall comply, and shall cause
each Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects with all Requirements of Law
of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business
(including the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act), except such as may be
contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may exist.

     7.09  Inspection of Property and Books and Records.  The Borrower shall
maintain and shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain proper books of record and
account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP
consistently applied

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and
business of the Borrower and such Subsidiary.  The Borrower shall permit, and
shall cause each Subsidiary to permit, representatives and independent
contractors of the Agent or any Bank to visit and inspect any of their
respective properties, to examine their respective corporate, financial and
operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to
discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective
directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of
the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as
often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the
Borrower; provided, however, when an Event of Default exists the Agent or any
Bank may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time
during normal business hours and without advance notice.

     7.10  Environmental Laws.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, conduct its operations and keep and maintain its property in
compliance with all Environmental Laws.

     7.11  Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower (and Stratton, with respect to Letters
of Credit) shall use the proceeds of the Facility A Revolving Loans and Facility
B Revolving Loans for working capital and other general partnership purposes, in
each case not in contravention of any Requirement of Law or of any Loan
Document; the Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Facility B Term Loan for
the purpose of repaying up to $25,000,000 in outstanding amount of Existing Debt
on the Closing Date; and the Borrower shall use the proceeds of all Facility B
Takeout Loans to repay up to all of the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of the Facility B Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.

     7.12  Financial Covenants.

          (a) Leverage Ratio.  The Borrower shall maintain as of the last day of
each fiscal quarter a Leverage Ratio for the fiscal period consisting of such
fiscal quarter and the three immediately preceding fiscal quarters, equal to or
less than 4.00 to 1.00; provided, that to the extent the Borrower borrows Loans
to make Restricted Payments within 45 days after the end of any fiscal quarter,
the aggregate amount of Loans so borrowed shall be added to the amount of Funded
Debt outstanding at the end of such quarter for purposes of determining the
Leverage Ratio at the end of such quarter.

          (b) Minimum Partners' Equity.  The Borrower shall maintain at all
times a minimum Partners' Equity of not less than $50,000,000.

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
    
     7.13  Trading Policies.  The Borrower and its Affiliates shall comply with
the Borrower's trading position policy and supply inventory position policy as
in effect on the Closing Date, copies of which have been provided to the Agent
on or prior to the Closing Date, provided, however, that the Borrower and its
Affiliates may, during any period of four successive fiscal quarters, (a)
increase the stop loss limit specified in either policy by up to 100% and (b)
increase the volume limit specified in either policy on the number of barrels of
a single product or of all products in the aggregate by up to 100%; and provided
further, however, that the Borrower and its Affiliates shall not, during any
fiscal year, (i) increase the stop loss limit specified in either policy by more
than 100% or (ii) increase the volume limit specified in either policy on the
number of barrels of a single product or of all products in the aggregate by
more than 100%.  If the Borrower proposes to increase any such amounts in excess
of the amounts specified in the preceding sentence, the Borrower shall first
obtain the consent of the Agent and the Majority Banks.     

     7.14  Other General Partner Obligations.

          (a) The General Partner shall cause the Borrower to pay and perform
each of its Obligations when due.  The General Partner acknowledges and agrees
that it is executing this Agreement as a principal as well as the general
partner on behalf of the Borrower, and that its obligations hereunder as general
partner are full recourse obligations to the same extent as those of the
Borrower.

    
          (b) The General Partner represents, warrants and covenants that it is
Solvent, both before and after giving effect to the consummation of the
Reorganization and each of the other transactions contemplated by the Loan
Documents, and that it will remain Solvent until all Obligations hereunder shall
have been repaid in full and all commitments shall have terminated, and will
retain sufficient assets upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated
by the Registration Statements and from time to time thereafter to pay, in full,
the maximum potential liability of the General Partner under or in connection
with the Tax Audits.  The General Partner shall advise the Agent in writing from
time to time of all material developments in connection with the Tax Audit,
including, without limitation, any material change in the maximum potential
liability of the General Partner in connection therewith or any material change
in the amount of assets retained by the General Partner regarding such liability
pursuant to this Section 7.14.     

          (c) The General Partner, for so long as it is the general partner of
the Borrower, (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as the general
partner of the Borrower, the MLP and any further limited partnership of which
the Borrower or the MLP is, directly or indirectly, a limited partner and to
undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
(including being a limited partner in the Borrower), (ii) shall not enter into
or conduct any business or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection
with or incidental to (A) its performance of the activities required or
authorized by the MLP Partnership Agreement or the Borrower's Partnership
Agreement or described in or contemplated by the MLP Registration Statement and
(B) the acquisition, ownership or disposition of Partnership Interests in the
Borrower or partnership interests in the MLP or any further limited partnership
of which the Borrower or the MLP is, directly or indirectly, a limited partner,
except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, employees of the General Partner may
perform services for Ferrell and its Affiliates.

          (d) The General Partner agrees that, until all Obligations hereunder
shall have been repaid in full and all commitments shall have terminated, it
will not exercise any rights it may have (at law, in equity, by contract or
otherwise) to terminate, limit or otherwise restrict (whether through repurchase
or otherwise and whether or not the General Partner shall remain a general
partner in the Borrower) the ability of the Borrower to use the name
"Ferrellgas".

          (e) The General Partner shall not take any action or refuse to take
any reasonable action the effect of which, if taken or not taken, as the case
may be, would be to cause the Borrower to be treated as an association taxable
as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity other than a partnership
for federal income tax purposes.

    
     7.15  Other Stratton Obligations.  Stratton shall not engage in any
business other than insuring potential worker's compensation liabilities of the
Borrower and/or the General Partner.     

     7.16  Monetary Judgments.  If one or more judgments, orders, decrees or
arbitration awards is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary involving
in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by independent third-
party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage other than
through a standard reservation of rights letter) as to any single or related
series of transactions, incidents or conditions, of more than $10 million, then
the Borrower shall reserve for such amount in excess of $10 million, on a
quarterly basis, with each quarterly reserve being at least equal to one-twelfth
of such amount in excess of $10 million.  Such amount so reserved shall be
treated as establishment of a reserve for purposes of calculating Available Cash
hereunder.

     7.17  Maintenance of Subsidiary.  The Borrower agrees at all times to
maintain Stratton as a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE VIII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as any Bank shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit
shall remain outstanding, unless the Majority Banks waive compliance in writing:

     8.01  Limitation on Liens.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of its property or
sell any of its accounts receivable, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
other than the following ("Permitted Liens"):

          (a) Liens existing on the Closing Date set forth in Schedule 8.01;

          (b) Liens in favor of the Borrower or Liens to secure Indebtedness of
a Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

          (c) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is
merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that
such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or
consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated with the Borrower;

          (d) Liens on property existing at the time acquired by the Borrower or
any Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than
those of the Person acquired;

          (e) Liens on any property or asset acquired by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary in favor of the seller of such property or asset and construction
mortgages on property, in each case, created within six months after the date of
acquisition, construction or improvement of such property or asset by the
Borrower or such Subsidiary to secure the purchase price or other obligation of
the Borrower or such Subsidiary to the seller of such property or asset or the
construction or improvement cost of such property in an amount up to 80% of the
total cost of the acquisition, construction or improvement of such property or
asset; provided that in each case, such Lien does not extend to any other
property or asset of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

          (f) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits made in connection with
worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security benefits
and Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal
bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case,
incurred in the ordinary course of business;

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
          (g) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims
that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided
that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

          (h) Liens imposed by law, such as mechanics', carriers',
warehousemen's, materialmen's, and vendors' Liens, incurred in good faith in the
ordinary course of business with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if a reserve or other
appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been
made therefor;

          (i) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations,
restrictions on the use of real property or minor irregularities of title
incident thereto that do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the
value of the property or the assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
or impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

          (j) Liens of landlords or mortgages of landlords, arising solely by
operation of law, on fixtures and movable property located on premises leased by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

          (k) financing statements filed or recorded with respect to personal
property leased by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business to the owners of such personal property, provided that such financing
statements are filed or recorded solely in connection with such leases and not
the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit or Capital Lease
Obligations;

          (l) judgment Liens to the extent that such judgments do not cause or
constitute a Default or an Event of Default;

          (m) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower
or any Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5,000,000 in
the aggregate at any one time outstanding and that (i) are not incurred in
connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit
(other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) do not in
the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially
impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary;

          (n) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness
that has been secured by a Lien otherwise permitted under this Agreement,
provided that (i) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets or
property not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced and (ii) the refinancing
Indebtedness

                                       81
<PAGE>
 
secured by such Lien shall have been permitted to be incurred under Section 8.05
hereof and shall not have a principal amount in excess of the Indebtedness so
refinanced;

          (o) any extension or renewal, or successive extensions or renewals, in
whole or in part, of Liens permitted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a)
through (n); provided that no such extension or renewal Lien shall (i) secure
more than the amount of Indebtedness or other obligations secured by the Lien
being so extended or renewed or (ii) extend to any property or assets not
subject to the Lien being so extended or renewed; and

          (p) Liens in favor of the Agent, any Issuing Bank and the Banks
relating to the Cash Collateralization of the Borrower's Obligations.

       8.02  Asset Sales.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, (i) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets
(including by way of a sale-and-leaseback) other than sales of inventory in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (provided that the
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Borrower shall be governed by the provisions of Section 8.03
hereof and not by the provisions of this Section 8.02), or (ii) issue or sell
Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or
(ii) above, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,
(A) that have a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000, or (B) for net
proceeds in excess of $5,000,000 (each of the foregoing, an "Asset Sale"),
unless (X) the Borrower (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market
value (evidenced by a resolution of the board of directors of the General
Partner (and, if applicable, the audit committee of such board of directors) set
forth in a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer and delivered to the
Agent) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of and (Y) at least 80% of the
consideration therefor received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary is in the
form of cash; provided, however, that the amount of (1) any liabilities (as
shown on the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the
notes thereto), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than liabilities that
are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations
hereunder) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and (2) any
notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary from
such transferee that are immediately converted by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received), shall be deemed to be
cash for purposes of this provision; and provided, further, that the 80%
limitation referred to in this clause (Y) shall not apply to any Asset Sale in
which the cash portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in
accordance with the foregoing proviso, is equal to or greater than what the
after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the

                                       82
<PAGE>
 
aforementioned 80% limitation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Asset Sales shall
not be deemed to include (x) any transfer of assets by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries to a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Guarantor, (y) any
transfer of assets by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person in
exchange for other assets used in a line of business permitted under Section
8.14 hereof and having a fair market value not less than that of the assets so
transferred and (z) any transfer of assets pursuant to a Permitted Investment.

     8.03  Consolidations and Mergers.

          (a) The Borrower shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether
or not the Borrower is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties
or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless (i) the
Borrower is the surviving Person, or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made is a corporation or partnership organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; and (ii) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Borrower) or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the Obligations
of the Borrower pursuant to an assumption agreement in a form reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent, under this Agreement; (iii) immediately after such
transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and (iv) the Borrower or any
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, or to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have
been made (A) shall have Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after the
transaction but prior to any purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the
transaction) equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Borrower
immediately preceding the transaction and (B) shall, at the time of such
transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test.

          (b) Finance Corp. may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether
or not Finance Corp. is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or
assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless such
transaction shall be permitted under the terms and conditions of the Indenture.

                                       83
<PAGE>
 
          (c) The Borrower or Finance Corp., as the case may be, shall deliver
to the Agent prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction pursuant to
the foregoing paragraphs (a) and (b) an officers' certificate to the foregoing
effect signed by a Responsible Officer and an opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the Agent stating that the proposed transaction complies with this Agreement.
The Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon such
officer's certificate and opinion of counsel.

          (d) Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Borrower in accordance with this Section 8.03, the successor
Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Borrower is merged
or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and
after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition, the provisions of this Agreement referring to the "Borrower" shall
refer to or include instead the successor Person and not the Borrower), and may
exercise every right and power of the Borrower under this Agreement with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Borrower herein;
provided, however, that the predecessor Borrower shall not be relieved from the
obligation to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
Obligations except in the case of a sale of all of such Borrower's assets that
meets the requirements of Section 8.03 hereof.

     8.04  Acquisitions.  Without limiting the generality of any other provision
of this Agreement, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall consummate any
Acquisition unless (i) the  acquiree is primarily a retail propane distribution
business; (ii) such Acquisition is undertaken in accordance with all applicable
Requirements of Law; (iii) the prior, effective written consent or approval to
such Acquisition of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the
acquiree is obtained; and (iv) immediately after giving effect thereto, no
Default or Event of Default will occur or be continuing and each of the
representations and warranties of the Borrower herein is true on and as of the
date of such Acquisition, both before and after giving effect thereto.

     8.05  Limitation on Indebtedness.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect
to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the
Borrower shall not issue any Disqualified Interests and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that
the Borrower may incur Indebtedness and any Subsidiary of the Borrower may incur
Acquired Debt if:

                                       84
<PAGE>
 
          (a) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower's most recently
     ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
     available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
     Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.75 to 1 if such date is
     on or prior to July 31, 1996 and 3.00 to 1 if such date is after July 31,
     1996, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
     application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
     Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
     period; and

          (b) either (x) such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of
     payment to the Obligations and no principal payment thereon shall be
     required prior to July 1, 2000, whether upon stated maturity, mandatory
     prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, or (y) such Indebtedness shall be
     Permitted Senior Debt and the Senior Debt Ratio Test shall have been met at
     the time of incurrence thereof.

          The foregoing limitations of this Section 8.05 will not apply to: (i)
the Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes and any Subsidiary Note
Guarantees; (ii) the Obligations;  (iii) the incurrence by the Borrower of
Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000; (iv) the Existing Indebtedness set
forth on Schedule 8.05; (v) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the
proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund any then outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower on such Subsidiary not
incurred in violation of this Agreement; (vi) Hedging Obligations with respect
to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this
Agreement to be outstanding; (vii) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the
Borrower to the Borrower or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries; (viii) the
incurrence by the Borrower or Stratton of Indebtedness owing directly to its
insurance carriers (without duplication) in connection with the Borrower's, its
Subsidiaries' or its Affiliates' self-insurance programs or other similar forms
of retained insurable rights for their respective retail propane businesses,
consisting of reinsurance agreements and indemnification agreements (and
guarantees of the foregoing) secured by Letters of Credit, provided that the
Indebtedness evidenced by such reinsurance agreements, indemnification
agreements, guarantees and Letters of Credit shall be counted (without
duplication) for purposes of all calculations pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test; (ix) Surety Instruments required in the ordinary course of
business or in connection with the enforcement of rights or claims of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in connection with judgments that do not
result in a Default or Event of Default; (x) subject to the provisions of
Section 8.04, the incurrence by the Borrower (or any Subsidiary of the Borrower
that is a Guarantor) of Indebtedness in connection with Acquisitions of retail
propane businesses in favor of the sellers

                                       85
<PAGE>
 
of such businesses in a principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 in any fiscal
year or $45,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any one time, provided that
the principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred in connection with any such
acquisition shall not exceed the fair market value of the assets so acquired,
and the Borrower shall deliver an officer's certificate to the Agent, signed by
a Responsible Officer, stating that the acquiring Person is Solvent, both before
and after giving effect to the Acquisition; and (xi) in addition to the
Indebtedness permitted under the foregoing clauses (i) through (x), the
incurrence by the Borrower of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
outstanding not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time, provided that any
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xi) shall be subordinated in
right of payment to the Obligations and no principal payment thereon shall be
required prior to July 1, 2000, whether upon stated maturity, mandatory
prepayment, acceleration or otherwise.

          The "Senior Debt Ratio Test" will be met with respect to the
incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower
if the ratio of (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Senior Debt on
the date of and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (the
"Incurrence Date") to (2) Consolidated Cash Flow for the Borrower's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are available immediately preceding the Incurrence Date would have been 2.50 to
1 or less.  For purposes of the computation in clause (1) of the foregoing
sentence, the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness under this Agreement
shall be deemed to equal the aggregate amount of the Commitments hereunder.  The
foregoing calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow shall give pro forma effect to
Acquisitions (including all mergers and consolidations), Asset Sales and other
dispositions and discontinuances of operations that have been made by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Incurrence Date in
the manner set forth in the definition of Leverage Ratio.

          For purposes of this Section 8.05, any revolving Indebtedness (under
this Agreement or otherwise) shall be deemed to have been incurred only at such
time at which the agreements and instruments (or any amendments thereto that
increase the amount of such revolving Indebtedness) are executed, in an amount
equal to the maximum amount of such revolving Indebtedness permitted to be
borrowed thereunder.

     8.06  Transactions with Affiliates.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of
any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or
enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate, including any Non-Recourse
Subsidiary (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate

                                       86
<PAGE>
 
Transaction"), unless (a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary than those that would
have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (b) with respect to (i) any Affiliate
Transaction with an aggregate value in excess of $500,000, a majority of the
directors of the General Partner having no direct or indirect economic interest
in such Affiliate Transaction determines by resolution that such Affiliate
Transaction complies with clause (a) above and approves such Affiliate
Transaction and (ii) any Affiliate Transaction involving the purchase or other
acquisition or sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of properties or
assets other than in the ordinary course of business, in each case, having a
fair market value or for net proceeds in excess of $15,000,000, the Borrower
delivers to the Agent an opinion as to the fairness to the Borrower or such
Subsidiary from a financial point of view issued by an investment banking firm
of national standing; provided, however, that (i) any employment agreement or
stock option agreement entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practice of the
Borrower (or the General Partner) or such Subsidiary, Restricted Payments
permitted by the provisions of Section 8.12, and transactions entered into by
the Borrower or Stratton in the ordinary course of business in connection with
reinsuring the self-insurance programs or other similar forms of retained
insurable risks of the retail propane businesses operated by the Borrower, its
Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, in each case, shall not be deemed Affiliate
Transactions, and (ii) nothing herein shall authorize the payments by the
Borrower to the General Partner or any other Affiliate of the Borrower for
administrative expenses incurred by such Person other than such out-of-pocket
administrative expenses as such Person shall incur and the Borrower shall pay in
the ordinary course of business.

     8.07  Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds or any Letter of
Credit, directly or indirectly, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (ii) to
repay or otherwise refinance indebtedness of the Borrower or others incurred to
purchase or carry Margin Stock, (iii) to extend credit for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, or (iv) to acquire any security in any
transaction that is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.

     8.08  Use of Proceeds - Ineligible Securities.  The Borrower shall not,
directly or indirectly, use any portion of the Loan proceeds or any Letter of
Credit (i) knowingly to purchase Ineligible Securities from the Arranger during
any period in which the Arranger makes a market in such Ineligible Securities,
(ii) knowingly to purchase during the underwriting or placement period
Ineligible Securities being underwritten or privately placed by the Arranger, or
(iii) to make payments of principal or interest on Ineligible Securities
underwritten or privately

                                       87
<PAGE>
 
placed by the Arranger and issued by or for the benefit of the Borrower or any
Affiliate of the Borrower.

     8.09  Contingent Obligations.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Contingent Obligations except:

          (a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business;

    
          (b) subject to compliance with the trading policies in effect from
time to time as submitted to the Agent, Hedging Obligations entered into in the
ordinary course of business as bona fide hedging transactions;     

          (c) Contingent Obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
existing as of the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 8.09; and

          (d) Subsidiary Note Guarantees, under the terms and conditions set
forth in the Indenture and the Guaranties hereunder.

     8.10  Joint Ventures.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to enter into any Joint Venture.

     8.11  Lease Obligations.  The aggregate obligations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the payment of rent for any property under lease or agreement
to lease for any fiscal year shall not exceed the greater of $15 million or 15%
of Consolidated Cash Flow for such fiscal year.

     8.12  Restricted Payments.  The Borrower shall not and shall not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly (i) declare or pay any dividend
or make any distribution on account of the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's Equity
Interests (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower, (y) dividends or distributions
payable to the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a
Guarantor or (z) distributions or dividends payable pro rata to all holders of
Capital Interests of any such Subsidiary); (ii) purchase, redeem, call or
otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Borrower (other than, subject to
compliance with Section 8.20, any such Equity Interests owned by a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Guarantor); (iii) purchase, redeem, call or
otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to
the Obligations; (iv) make any Investment other than a Permitted Investment; or
(v) prepay, purchase, redeem, retire, defease or refinance the Senior Notes (all
such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above being
collectively referred to as "Restricted

                                       88
<PAGE>
 
Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted
Payment:

          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and each of the
     representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth herein is true on
     and as of the date of such Restricted Payment both before and after giving
     effect thereto; and

          (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Borrower for the Borrower's
     most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
     statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
     Restricted Payment is made, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such
     Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of such four-quarter
     period, would have been more than 2.25 to 1; and

          (c) such Restricted Payment (the amount of any such payment, if other
     than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination
     shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution in an officer's
     certificate signed by a Responsible Officer and delivered to the Agent),
     together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments (other than
     any Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of clauses (ii), (iii)
     or (iv) of the penultimate paragraph of this Section 8.12) made by the
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the fiscal quarter during which such
     Restricted Payment is made shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of
     (x) Available Cash of the Borrower for the immediately preceding fiscal
     quarter (or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter during which
     Restricted Payments are made, the amount of Available Cash of the Borrower
     for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the
     last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter), plus (y) the lesser
     of (i) the amount of any Available Cash of the Borrower during the first 45
     days of such fiscal quarter and (ii) the excess of the aggregate amount of
     Loans that the Borrower could have borrowed over the actual amount of Loans
     outstanding, in each case as of the last day of the immediately preceding
     fiscal quarter; and
    
          (d) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect
     thereto, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Non-Recourse
     Subsidiaries shall have (i) acquired, improved or repaired property, plant
     or equipment that is accounted for as a capital expenditure in accordance
     with GAAP or (ii) acquired, through merger or otherwise, all or
     substantially all of the outstanding Capital Interests, or all or
     substantially all of the assets, of any entity engaged in the business in
     which the Borrower is engaged on the date of this Agreement (each of      

                                       89
<PAGE>
 
     the transactions referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, a "Capital
     Investment") for Aggregate Consideration since the date of this Agreement
     that, when added to all cash reserves then funded and maintained by the
     Borrower (the proceeds of which shall be used solely for Capital
     Investments) is no less than the amounts set forth in the table below, if
     such Restricted Payment is made in the 12-month period beginning August 1
     of the years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Year                 Amount
               ----                 ------
               <S>                 <C>
               1994 . . .  . . .    $0
               1995 . . .  . . .   $15 million
               1996 . . .  . . .   $30 million
               1997 . . .  . . .   $45 million
               1998 . . .  . . .   $70 million
               1999 . . .  . . .   $95 million
               2000 . . .  . . .  $120 million
</TABLE> 

     For purposes of the foregoing, "Aggregate Consideration" at any date shall
     mean all cash paid in connection with all Capital Investments consummated
     on or prior to such date, the fair market value of all Capital Interests of
     the MLP or the Borrower (determined by the General Partner in good faith
     with reference to, among other things, the trading price of such Capital
     Interests, if then traded on any national securities exchange or automated
     quotation system) constituting all or a portion of the purchase price of
     all Capital Investments consummated on or prior to such date and the
     aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the
     Borrower in connection with all Capital Investments consummated on or prior
     to such date.

          The foregoing provisions will not prohibit (i) the payment of any
distribution within 60 days after the date on which the Borrower becomes
committed to make such distribution, if at said date of commitment such payment
would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement; (ii) the redemption,
repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the
Borrower in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower) of other Equity
Interests of the Borrower (other than any Disqualified Interests); (iii) the
defeasance, redemption or repurchase of subordinated Indebtedness with the
proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; and (iv) the defeasance,
redemption or repurchase of any Existing Subordinated Debentures of the General
Partner outstanding on the date of this Agreement and the payment of all costs
and expenses in connection therewith.

          Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the General
Partner shall deliver to the Agent an officer's certificate signed by a
Responsible Officer stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and
setting forth the

                                       90
<PAGE>
 
basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 8.12 were computed,
which calculations may be based upon the Borrower's latest available financial
statements.

     8.13  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.  The
Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends
or make any other distributions to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (1)
on its Capital Interests or (2) with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or interest measured by, its profits, (b) pay any indebtedness
owed to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) make loans or advances to
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (d) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances
or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) Existing Indebtedness, (ii)
this Agreement, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Note Guarantees and the Senior
Notes, (iii) applicable law, (iv) any instrument governing Indebtedness or
Capital Interests of a Person acquired by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such Acquisition (except to the extent
such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such
Acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person,
or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that the Consolidated
Cash Flow of such Person to the extent that dividends, distributions, loans,
advances or transfers thereof is limited by such encumbrance or restriction on
the date of acquisition is not taken into account in determining whether such
acquisition was permitted by the terms of this Agreement, (v) customary non-
assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business
and consistent with past practices, (vi) purchase money obligations for property
acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the
nature described in clause (d) above on the property so acquired, or (vii)
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of any Existing Indebtedness, provided that
the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.

     8.14  Change in Business.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any material line of business substantially
different from those lines of business carried on by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on the date hereof.

     8.15  Accounting Changes.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or
reporting practices, except as

                                       91
<PAGE>
 
required by GAAP, or change the fiscal year of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary
except as required by the Code.

     8.16  Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.  The Borrower will
not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement
with any Person providing for the leasing by the Borrower or such Subsidiary of
any property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or
such Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing; provided,
however, that the Borrower or such Subsidiary may enter into such sale and
leaseback transaction if (i) the Borrower could have (A) incurred Indebtedness
in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback
transaction pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Test set forth in
paragraph (a) of Section 8.05 and (B) secured a Lien on such Indebtedness
pursuant to Section 8.01 or (ii) the lease in such sale and leaseback
transaction is for a term not in excess of the lesser of (A) three years and (B)
60% of the remaining useful life of such property.

     8.17  Restrictions On Nature Of Indebtedness And Activities Of Finance
Corp.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.05 hereof, Finance Corp.
shall not incur any Indebtedness unless (a) the Borrower is a co-obligor or
guarantor of such Indebtedness or (b) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are
lent to the Borrower, used to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by the
Borrower or used directly or indirectly to refinance or discharge Indebtedness
permitted under the limitations of this paragraph.  Finance Corp. shall not
engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to obtaining money or
arranging financing for the Borrower.

     8.18  Amendments of Organization Documents or Indenture.  The Borrower
shall not modify, amend, supplement or replace, nor permit any modification,
amendment, supplement or replacement of the Organization Documents of the
General Partner, Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Indenture, any
Senior Note, any Existing Subordinated Debenture or any document executed and
delivered in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case without the
prior written consent of the Agent and the Majority Banks.  Furthermore, the
Borrower shall not permit any modification, amendment, supplement or replacement
of the Organization Documents of the MLP that would have a material effect on
the Borrower without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Majority
Banks.

     8.19  Fixed Price Supply Contracts.  None of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries shall at any time be a party or subject to any contract for the
supply of propane or other product except where (a) the purchase price is set
with reference to a spot index or indices substantially contemporaneously with
the delivery of such product or (b) delivery of such propane or other product is
to be made no more than one year after the purchase price is agreed to.

                                       92
<PAGE>
 
     8.20  Operations through Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall not conduct any
of its operations through Subsidiaries unless: (a) such Subsidiary executes a
Guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit G guaranteeing payment of the
Obligations, accompanied by an opinion of counsel to the Subsidiary addressed to
the Agent and the Banks as to the due authorization, execution, delivery and
enforceability of the Guaranty; (b) such Subsidiary agrees not to incur any
Indebtedness other than (i) trade debt and (ii) Acquired Debt permitted by
Section 8.05; (c) the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Subsidiary, when added to
Consolidated Cash Flow of all other Subsidiaries for any fiscal year, shall not
exceed 10% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for such fiscal year; and (d) the value of the assets of such Subsidiary, when
added to the value of the assets of all other Subsidiaries for any fiscal year,
shall not exceed 100% of the consolidated value of the assets of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, as determined in accordance with
GAAP.
    
     8.21  Operations of MLP.  The General Partner and the Borrower shall not
permit the MLP or any of its Affiliates (including any Non-Recourse Subsidiary)
to operate or conduct any business substantially similar to that conducted by
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries within a 25 mile radius of any business
conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.  In order to comply with this
Section 8.21, the Borrower may enter into one or more transactions by which its
assets and properties are "swapped" or "exchanged" for assets and properties of
another Person prior to or concurrently with another transaction which, but for
such swap or exchange would violate this Section, provided that (i) if the value
of the MLP's assets or units to be so swapped or exchanged exceeds $15 million,
as determined by the audit committee of the Board of Directors of the General
Partner, the Borrower shall have first obtained at its expense an opinion from a
nationally recognized investment banking firm, addressed to it, the Agent and
the Banks and opining without material qualification and based on assumptions
that are realistic at the time, that the exchange or swap transactions are fair
to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) if the value of the MLP's assets
or units to be so swapped or exchanged exceeds $50 million, as determined by the
audit committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner, at the option
of the Majority Banks, the Agent shall have first retained, at the Borrower's
expense, an investment banking firm on behalf of the Banks who shall also have
rendered an opinion containing the statements and content referred to in clause
(i).     

                                       93
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE IX

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     9.01  Event of Default.  Any of the following shall constitute an "Event of
Default":

          (a) Non-Payment.  The Borrower fails to pay, (i) when and as required
to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or of any L/C Obligation,
or (ii) within 5 days after the same becomes due, any interest, fee or any other
amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

          (b) Representation or Warranty.  Any representation or warranty by the
Borrower, the General Partner or any Subsidiary made or deemed made herein, in
any other Loan Document, or which is contained in any certificate, document or
financial or other statement by the Borrower, the General Partner, any
Subsidiary, or any Responsible Officer, furnished at any time under this
Agreement, or in or under any other Loan Document, is incorrect in any material
respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or
    
          (c) Specific Defaults.  The Borrower fails to perform or observe any
term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 2.01(a)(ii), 7.01,
7.02, 7.03, 7.04, 7.06, 7.09, 7.12, 7.13, 7.16 or in any Section in Article
VIII; or     

          (d) Other Defaults.  The Borrower fails to perform or observe any
other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 20 days after the
earlier of (i) the date upon which a Responsible Officer knew or reasonably
should have known of such failure or (ii) the date upon which written notice
thereof is given to the Borrower by the Agent or any Bank; or

          (e) Cross-Default.  The Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) fails to make
any payment in respect of any Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation having an
aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and
including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit
arrangement) of more than $10,000,000 when due (whether by scheduled maturity,
required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure
continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the
relevant document on the date of such failure; or (ii) fails to perform or
observe any other condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or
condition exist, under any agreement or instrument relating to any such
Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation, and such failure continues after the
applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the relevant document on
the date of such failure if the effect of such failure, event or condition is to
cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary

                                       94
<PAGE>
 
or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such
holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause such Indebtedness to
be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity or to cause such
Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation to be prepaid, purchased or redeemed by
the Borrower, the MLP, the General Partner or any Subsidiary, or such Contingent
Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be
demanded, excluding any acceleration of maturity of Indebtedness represented by
the Existing Senior Notes to the extent that such Indebtedness shall be redeemed
on or prior to the 40th day after the Closing Date; or

          (f) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings.  The General Partner, the MLP,
the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) ceases or fails to be solvent, or generally
fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they
become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at stated
maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its business in the
ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to
itself; or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the
foregoing; or

          (g) Involuntary Proceedings.  (i) Any involuntary Insolvency
Proceeding is commenced or filed against the General Partner, the MLP, the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment,
execution or similar process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of
any such Person's properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be
dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar
process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after
commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the General Partner, the MLP, the Borrower or
any Subsidiary admits the material allegations of a petition against it in any
Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S.
law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) the General Partner, the
MLP, the Borrower or any Subsidiary acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver,
trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in possession (or agent
therefor), or other similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its
property or business; or

          (h) ERISA.  (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan
which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the
Borrower or the General Partner under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan or
the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $5 million; or (ii) the
commencement or increase of contributions to, or the adoption of or the
amendment of a Pension Plan by the Borrower, the General Partner or any of their
Affiliates which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in an
increase in Unfunded Pension Liability among all Pension Plans in an aggregate
amount in excess of $5 million.

                                       95
<PAGE>
 
          (i) Monetary Judgments.  One or more judgments, orders, decrees or
arbitration awards is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary involving
in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by independent third-
party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage) as to any
single or related series of transactions, incidents or conditions, of more than
$40,000,000; or

          (j) Non-Monetary Judgments.  Any non-monetary judgment, order or
decree is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary which does or would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any
period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such
judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in
effect; or

          (k) Loss of Licenses.  Any Governmental Authority revokes or fails to
renew any material license, permit or franchise of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary for any reason loses any material
license, permit or franchise, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary suffers the
imposition of any restraining order, escrow, suspension or impound of funds in
connection with any proceeding (judicial or administrative) with respect to any
material license, permit or franchise; or

          (l) Adverse Change.  There occurs a Material Adverse Effect; or

          (m) Indenture Cross-Defaults.  To the extent not otherwise within the
scope of subsection 9.01(e) above, any "Event of Default" shall occur and be
continuing under and as defined in the Indenture; or

          (n) Guarantor Defaults.  Any Guarantor fails in any material respect
to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement in its Guaranty; or any
Guaranty is for any reason partially (including with respect to future advances)
or wholly revoked or invalidated, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and
effect, or any Guarantor or any other Person contests in any manner the validity
or enforceability thereof or denies that it has any further liability or
obligation thereunder; or any event described at subsections (f) or (g) of this
Section occurs with respect to the Guarantor.

     9.02  Remedies.  If any Event of Default occurs, the Agent shall, at the
request of, or may, with the consent of, the Majority Banks,

          (a) declare the commitment of each Bank to make Loans and any
obligation of an Issuing Bank to Issue Letters of Credit to be terminated,
whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

                                       96
<PAGE>
 
          (b) declare an amount equal to the maximum aggregate amount that is or
at any time thereafter may become available for drawing under any outstanding
Letters of Credit (whether or not any beneficiary shall have presented, or shall
be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents required to
draw under such Letters of Credit) to be immediately due and payable;

          (c) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all
interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable
(including, without limitation, amounts due under Section 4.04), without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; and

          (d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Banks all rights and remedies
available to it and the Banks under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in subsection
(f) or (g) of Section 9.01 (in the case of clause (i) of subsection (g) upon the
expiration of the 60-day period mentioned therein), the obligation of each Bank
to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Banks to Issue Letters of Credit
shall automatically terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding
Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become
due and payable without further act of the Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Bank.

     9.03  Rights Not Exclusive.  The rights provided for in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other
rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under
any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

     9.04  Certain Financial Covenant Defaults.  In the event that, after taking
into account any extraordinary charge to earnings taken or to be taken as of the
end of any fiscal period of the Borrower (a "Charge"), and if solely by virtue
of such Charge, there would exist an Event of Default due to the breach of any
of subsections 7.12(a) or 7.12(b) as of such fiscal period end date, such Event
of Default shall be deemed to arise upon the earlier of (a) the date after such
fiscal period end date on which the Borrower announces publicly it will take, is
taking or has taken such Charge (including an announcement in the form of a
statement in a report filed with the SEC) or, if such announcement is made prior
to such fiscal period end date, the date that is such fiscal period end date,
and (b) the date the Borrower delivers to the Agent its audited annual or
unaudited quarterly financial statements in respect of such fiscal period
reflecting such Charge as taken.

                                       97
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE X

                                   THE AGENT

     10.01  Appointment and Authorization.  (a) Each of the Banks and each
Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Agent to
take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each
other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are
expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Agent
have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Bank or any
Issuing Bank, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties,
obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or otherwise exist against the Agent.

          (b) Each Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Banks with respect to
any Letters of Credit Issued by it and the documents associated therewith until
such time and except for so long as the Agent may agree at the request of the
Majority Lenders to act for such Issuing Bank with respect thereto; provided,
however, that such Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities
(i) provided to the Agent in this Article X with respect to any acts taken or
omissions suffered by such Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit
Issued by it or proposed to be Issued by it and the application and agreements
for letters of credit pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the
term "Agent", as used in this Article X, included such Issuing Bank with respect
to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement
with respect to such Issuing Bank.

     10.02  Delegation of Duties.  The Agent may execute any of its duties under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties.  The Agent shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects with
reasonable care.

     10.03  Liability of Agent and Issuing Banks.  None of the Agent-Related
Persons and Issuing Banks shall (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to
be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other
Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any
of the Banks for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower, or any officer thereof,
contained

                                       98
<PAGE>
 
in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report,
statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the
Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or
the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of the Borrower or any
other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder.  No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Bank
to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the
agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower or any
of the Borrower's Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

     10.04  Reliance by Agent and Issuing Banks.  (a) The Agent and each Issuing
Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon
any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter,
telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or
conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed,
sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of
legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and
other experts selected by the Agent or applicable Issuing Bank. The Agent and
each Issuing Bank shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any
action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first
receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Banks as it deems appropriate
and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the
Banks against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by
reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Agent and each
Issuing Bank shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining
from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with
a request or consent of the Majority Banks and such request and any action taken
or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Banks.

          (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions
specified in Section 5.01, each Bank that has executed this Agreement shall be
deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each
document or other matter either sent by the Agent or an Issuing Bank to such
Bank for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder
to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Bank.

     10.05  Notice of Default.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge
or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with
respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to
be paid to the Agent for the account of the Banks, unless the Agent shall have
received written notice from a Bank or the Borrower referring to

                                       99
<PAGE>
 
this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that
such notice is a "notice of default".  The Agent will notify the Banks of its
receipt of any such notice.  The Agent shall take such action with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Majority Banks in
accordance with Article IX; provided, however, that unless and until the Agent
has received any such request, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to)
take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such
Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest
of the Banks.

     10.06  Credit Decision.  Each Bank acknowledges that none of the Agent-
Related Persons or any Issuing Bank has made any representation or warranty to
it, and that no act by the Agent or any Issuing Bank hereinafter taken,
including any review of the affairs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, shall
be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related
Person or any Issuing Bank to any Bank.  Each Bank represents to the Agent and
the Issuing Banks that it has, independently and without reliance upon any
Agent-Related Person or any Issuing Bank and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and
other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and
all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated
hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend
credit to the Borrower hereunder.  Each Bank also represents that it will,
independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person or any Issuing
Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at
the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the
business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Borrower.  Except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Banks by the Agent or
any Issuing Bank, neither the Agent nor any Issuing Bank shall have any duty or
responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or other information
concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other
condition or creditworthiness of the Borrower which may come into the possession
of any of the Agent-Related Persons or any Issuing Bank.

     10.07  Indemnification.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereby are consummated, the Banks shall indemnify upon demand the Agent-Related
Persons and the Issuing Banks (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of
the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), pro
rata, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, however,
that no Bank shall be liable for the payment to the Agent-Related Persons or the
Issuing Banks of any portion

                                      100
<PAGE>
 
of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each
Bank shall reimburse the Agent and the Issuing Banks upon demand for their
ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs)
incurred by them in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery,
administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through
negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of
rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or
any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Agent
or the applicable Issuing Bank is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on
behalf of the Borrower.  The undertaking in this Section shall survive the
payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of the
Agent or any Issuing Bank.

     10.08  Agent in Individual Capacity.  BofA and its Affiliates may make
loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from,
acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust,
financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though BofA were not the Agent or an Issuing Bank
hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Banks.  The Banks acknowledge
that, pursuant to such activities, BofA or its Affiliates may receive
information regarding the Borrower or its Affiliates (including information that
may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary) and acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no obligation to
provide such information to them.  With respect to its Loans and participations
in Letters of Credit, BofA shall have the same rights and powers under this
Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not the
Agent or an Issuing Bank.

     10.09  Successor Agent.  The Agent may, and at the request of the Majority
Banks shall, resign as Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Banks.  If the Agent
resigns under this Agreement, the Majority Banks shall appoint from among the
Banks a successor agent for the Banks.  If no successor agent is appointed prior
to the effective date of the resignation of the Agent, the Agent may appoint,
after consulting with the Banks and the Borrower, a successor agent from among
the Banks.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder,
such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the
retiring Agent and the term "Agent" shall mean such successor agent and the
retiring Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated.
After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of
this Article X and Sections 11.04 and 11.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this
Agreement.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date
which is 30 days following a retiring Agent's notice of resignation, the
retiring Agent's resignation shall

                                      101
<PAGE>
 
nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Banks shall perform all of the
duties of the Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Majority Banks
appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
however, BofA may not be removed as the Agent at the request of the Majority
Banks unless BofA shall also simultaneously be replaced as an  "Issuing Bank"
hereunder pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to BofA.

     10.10  Withholding Tax.  (a) If any Bank is a "foreign corporation,
partnership or trust" within the meaning of the Code and such Bank claims
exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Sections 1441 or
1442 of the Code, such Bank agrees with and in favor of the Agent, to deliver to
the Agent:

               (i) if such Bank claims an exemption from, or a reduction of,
     withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly completed IRS
     Forms 1001 and W-8 before the payment of any interest in the first calendar
     year and before the payment of any interest in each third succeeding
     calendar year during which interest may be paid under this Agreement;

               (ii) if such Bank claims that interest paid under this Agreement
     is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively
     connected with a United States trade or business of such Bank, two properly
     completed and executed copies of IRS Form 4224 before the payment of any
     interest is due in the first taxable year of such Bank and in each
     succeeding taxable year of such Bank during which interest may be paid
     under this Agreement, and IRS Form W-9; and

               (iii) such other form or forms as may be required under the Code
     or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or
     reduction of, United States withholding tax.

Such Bank agrees to promptly notify the Agent of any change in circumstances
which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

          (b)  If any Bank claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding
tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and such Bank
sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of
the Obligations of the Borrower to such Bank, such Bank agrees to notify the
Agent of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of
Obligations of the Borrower to such Bank.  To the extent of such percentage
amount, the Agent will treat such Bank's IRS Form 1001 as no longer valid.

                                      102
<PAGE>
 
          (c) If any Bank claiming exemption from United States withholding tax
by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent sells, assigns, grants a participation
in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of the Borrower to
such Bank, such Bank agrees to undertake sole responsibility for complying with
the withholding tax requirements imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

          (d)  If any Bank is entitled to a reduction in the applicable
withholding tax, the Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Bank
an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account
such reduction.  If the forms or other documentation required by subsection (a)
of this Section are not delivered to the Agent, then the Agent may withhold from
any interest payment to such Bank not providing such forms or other
documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

          (e) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United
States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly
withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Bank (because the
appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such
Bank failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the
exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other
reason) such Bank shall indemnify the Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly
or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and
interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts
payable to the Agent under this Section, together with all costs and expenses
(including Attorney Costs).  The obligation of the Banks under this subsection
shall survive the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement
of the Agent.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     11.01  Amendments and Waivers.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any
departure by the Borrower or the General Partner therefrom, shall be effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Banks (or by the
Agent at the written request of the Majority Banks) and the Borrower and
acknowledged by the Agent, and then any such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given; provided, however, that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by all the Banks, the Borrower, Stratton and the
General Partner and acknowledged by the Agent, do any of the following:

                                      103
<PAGE>
 
    
          (a) increase or extend the Commitment of any Bank (or reinstate any
Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02);     

          (b) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other
Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due
to the Banks (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

          (c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein
on any Loan, or (subject to clause (ii) below) any fees or other amounts payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

          (d) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required for the Banks or any of
them to take any action hereunder;

          (e) amend this Section, or Section 2.14, or any provision herein
providing for consent or other action by all Banks; or

          (f)  release any of the Guaranties;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by the Issuing Banks in addition to the Majority Banks or all
the Banks, as the case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Banks
under this Agreement or any L/C-Related Document relating to any Letter of
Credit Issued or to be Issued by any such Issuing Bank, (ii) no amendment,
waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition
to the Majority Banks or all the Banks, as the case may be, affect the rights or
duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (iii)
the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a
writing executed solely by the parties thereto.

     11.02  Notices.  (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section
3.02, all notices, requests and other communications shall be in writing
(including, unless the context expressly otherwise provides, by facsimile
transmission, provided that any matter transmitted by the Borrower by facsimile
(i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to the recipient at the
number specified on Schedule 11.02, and (ii) shall be followed promptly by
delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed, faxed or delivered, to the
address or facsimile number specified for notices on Schedule 11.02; or, as
directed to the Borrower or the Agent, to such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties, and as
directed to any other party, at such other address as shall be designated by
such party in a written notice to the Borrower and the Agent.

                                      104
<PAGE>
 
          (b) All such notices, requests and communications shall, when
transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for
overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile
machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date
deposited into the U.S. mail, or if delivered, upon delivery; except that
notices pursuant to Article II, III or X shall not be effective until actually
received by the Agent, and notices pursuant to Article III to any Issuing Bank
shall not be effective until actually received by such Issuing Bank at the
address specified for the "Issuing Banks" on the applicable signature page
hereof.

          (c) Any agreement of the Agent and the Banks herein to receive certain
notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the
request of the Borrower.  The Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to rely on
the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Borrower
to give such notice and the Agent and the Banks shall not have any liability to
the Borrower or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the
Agent or the Banks in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice.  The
obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and L/C Obligations shall not be
affected in any way or to any extent by any failure by the Agent and the Banks
to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the
receipt by the Agent and the Banks of a confirmation which is at variance with
the terms understood by the Agent and the Banks to be contained in the
telephonic or facsimile notice.

     11.03  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise and no delay
in exercising, on the part of the Agent or any Bank, any right, remedy, power or
privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof;  nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy,
power or privilege.

     11.04  Costs and Expenses.  The Borrower shall:

    
          (a) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, pay or reimburse BofA (including in its capacity as Agent and an
Issuing Bank) within five Business Days after demand (subject to subsection
5.01(f)) for all costs and expenses incurred by BofA (including in its capacity
as Agent and an Issuing Bank) in connection with the development, preparation,
delivery, administration and execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver
or modification to (in each case, whether or not consummated), this Agreement,
any Loan Document and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or
therewith, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby, including reasonable (giving due regard to the prevailing
circumstances) Attorney Costs incurred by BofA     

                                      105
<PAGE>
 
(including in its capacity as Agent and an Issuing Bank) with respect thereto;
and

          (b) pay or reimburse the Agent, the Arranger, each Issuing Bank and
each Bank within five Business Days after demand for all costs and expenses
(including Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection with the enforcement,
attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event of Default
or after acceleration of the Loans (including in connection with any "workout"
or restructuring regarding the Loans, and including in any Insolvency Proceeding
or appellate proceeding).

     11.05  Indemnity.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold the Agent-Related Persons,
the Issuing Banks, and each Bank and each of their respective officers,
directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an
"Indemnified Person") harmless from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits and
reasonable (giving due regard to the prevailing circumstances) costs, charges,
expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature
whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following repayment of
the Loans, the termination of the Letters of Credit and the termination,
resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of any Bank or Issuing
Bank) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Person in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any document contemplated by or
referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken
or omitted by any such Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing,
including with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including
any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of
this Agreement or the Loans or Letters of Credit or the use of the proceeds
thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the
foregoing, collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"); provided, that the
Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with
respect to Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person. The agreements in this Section
shall survive payment of all other Obligations.

     11.06  Payments Set Aside.  To the extent that the Borrower makes a payment
to the Agent or the Banks, or the Agent or the Banks exercise their right of
set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof
are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set
aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the
Agent or such Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any
other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a)
to the extent of

                                      106
<PAGE>
 
such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied
shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had
not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Bank severally
agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its pro rata share of any amount so
recovered from or repaid by the Agent.

     11.07  Successors and Assigns.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of the Agent and each Bank.  Any attempted or purported assignment in
contravention of the preceding sentence shall be null and void.

     11.08  Assignments, Participations, Etc.  (a) Any Bank may, with the
written consent of the Borrower (at all times other than during the existence of
an Event of Default), the Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank(s), which
consents shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time assign and delegate to
one or more Eligible Assignees (provided that no written consent of the
Borrower, the Agent or an Issuing Bank shall be required in connection with any
assignment and delegation by a Bank to an Eligible Assignee that is an Affiliate
of such Bank) (each an "Assignee") all, or any ratable part of all, of the
Loans, the Commitments, the L/C Obligations and the other rights and obligations
of such Bank hereunder with respect to Facility A and Facility B, in an
aggregate minimum amount of $10,000,000, pro-rated between Facility A and
Facility B; provided that such Bank shall retain an aggregate amount of not less
than $10,000,000 in respect thereof, unless such Bank assigns and delegates all
of its rights and obligations hereunder to one or more Eligible Assigners on the
time and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and provided, further,
however, that the Borrower and the Agent may continue to deal solely and
directly with such Bank in connection with the interest so assigned to an
Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment
instructions, addresses and related information with respect to the Assignee,
shall have been given to the Borrower and the Agent by such Bank and the
Assignee; (ii) such Bank and its Assignee shall have delivered to the Borrower
and the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance in the form of Exhibit E ("Assignment
and Acceptance"), together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment;
and (iii) the assignor Bank or Assignee has paid to the Agent a processing fee
in the amount of $3,500.

          (b) From and after the date that the Agent notifies the assignor Bank
that it has received (and provided its consent with respect to) an executed
Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the above-referenced processing fee,
(i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that
rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and

                                      107
<PAGE>
 
obligations of a Bank under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assignor Bank
shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the
Loan Documents.

          (c) Within five Business Days after its receipt of notice by the Agent
that it has received an executed Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the
processing fee (and provided that it consents to such assignment in accordance
with subsection 11.08(a)), if the Assignee so requests, the Borrower shall
execute and deliver to the Agent, new Notes evidencing such Assignee's assigned
Loans and Commitment and, if the assignor Bank has retained a portion of its
Loans and its Commitment and so requests, replacement Notes in the principal
amount or amounts of the Loans retained by the assignor Bank (such Notes to be
in exchange for, but not in payment of, the Notes held by such Bank).
Immediately upon each Assignee's making its processing fee payment under the
Assignment and Acceptance, this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the
extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the
Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising therefrom. The
Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall reduce such Commitments of the
assigning Bank pro tanto and the Agent shall promptly prepare and distribute a
new Schedule 2.01 reflecting the new commitments.

          (d) Any Bank may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks or
other Persons not Affiliates of the Borrower (a "Participant") participating
interests in any Loans, the Commitment of that Bank and the other interests of
that Bank (the "originating Bank") hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;
provided, however, that (i) the originating Bank's obligations under this
Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the originating Bank shall remain solely
responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Borrower, the
Issuing Banks and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with the
originating Bank in connection with the originating Bank's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (iv) no Bank
shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant
has rights to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect
to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such
amendment, consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of the Banks as
described in the first proviso to Section 11.01. In the case of any such
participation, the Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections
4.01, 4.03 and 11.05 as though it were also a Bank hereunder, and if amounts
outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared
or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its
participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent
as if the

                                      108
<PAGE>
 
amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a
Bank under this Agreement.

          (e) Each Bank agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions and
exercise due care to maintain the confidentiality of all information identified
as "confidential" or "secret"  by the Borrower and provided to it by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, or by the Agent on such Borrower's or Subsidiary's
behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and neither it nor any
of its Affiliates shall use any such information other than in connection with
or in enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; except to the
extent such information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public
other than as a result of disclosure by the Bank, or (ii) was or becomes
available on a  non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower,
provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the
Borrower known to the Bank; provided, however, that any Bank may disclose such
information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement of any
Governmental Authority to which the Bank is subject or in connection with an
examination of such Bank by any such authority; (B) pursuant to subpoena or
other court process; (C) when required to do so in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; (D) to the extent reasonably
required in connection with any litigation or proceeding to which the Agent, any
Bank or their respective Affiliates may be party; (E) to the extent reasonably
required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any
other Loan Document; (F) to such Bank's independent auditors and other
professional advisors; (G) to any Affiliate of such Bank, or to any Participant
or Assignee, actual or potential, provided that such Affiliate, Participant or
Assignee agrees to keep such information confidential to the same extent
required of the Banks hereunder, and (H) as to any Bank, as expressly permitted
under the terms of any other document or agreement regarding confidentiality to
which the Borrower is party or is deemed party with such Bank.

          (f)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Bank
may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of
its rights under and interest in this Agreement and any Note held by it in favor
of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S.
Treasury Regulation 31 CFR (S)203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce
such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

     11.09  Set-off.  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Banks
provided by law, if an Event of Default exists or the Loans have been
accelerated, each Bank is authorized at any time and from time to time, without
prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Borrower to
the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits
(general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any

                                      109
<PAGE>
 
time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Bank to or for
the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations owing
to such Bank, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the
Agent or such Bank shall have made demand under this Agreement or any Loan
Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured. Each Bank
agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Agent after any such set-off and
application made by such Bank; provided, however, that the failure to give such
notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and
application.

     11.10  Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc.  Each Bank shall
notify the Agent in writing of any changes in the address to which notices to
the Bank should be directed, of addresses of any Lending Office, of payment
instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of such
other administrative information as the Agent shall reasonably request.

     11.11  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an
original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     11.12  Severability.  The illegality or unenforceability of any provision
of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in
any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining
provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

     11.13  No Third Parties Benefited.  This Agreement is made and entered into
for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Borrower, the Banks, the Agent
and the Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted successors and assigns, and
no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any
direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents.

     11.14  Governing Law and Jurisdiction.  (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL NOTES
ISSUED HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT THE AGENT AND THE BANKS SHALL RETAIN ALL
RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

          (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR
ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR
OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE GENERAL PARTNER, STRATTON,
THE AGENT AND THE BANKS CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO
THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS.  EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE
GENERAL PARTNER, STRATTON, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY

                                      110
<PAGE>
 
OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE
GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE
BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. THE BORROWER, THE GENERAL PARTNER,
STRATTON, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS,
COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY
NEW YORK LAW.

     11.15  Waiver of Jury Trial.  THE BORROWER, THE GENERAL PARTNER, STRATTON,
THE BANKS AND THE AGENT EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF
ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR
THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY
ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON,
PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS,
OR OTHERWISE.  THE BORROWER, THE GENERAL PARTNER, STRATTON, THE BANKS AND THE
AGENT EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A
COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.  WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER
AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF
THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN
WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THIS WAIVER
SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS
TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

     11.16  Entire Agreement.  From and after the Closing Date (if it shall
occur), this Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the
entire agreement and understanding between and among the Borrower, the General
Partner, Stratton, the Banks and the Agent, and supersedes all prior or
contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or
written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

                                      111
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.

                             FERRELLGAS, L.P.,
                             as Borrower

                             By:  Ferrellgas, Inc.,
                                  General Partner


                             By: ______________________
                                  Danley K. Sheldon
                                  Vice President and Chief
                                  Financial Officer/Treasurer     



                             FERRELLGAS, INC.,
                             as General Partner


                             By: ______________________
                                  Danley K. Sheldon
                                  Vice President and Chief
                                  Financial Officer/Treasurer     



                             STRATTON INSURANCE COMPANY, INC.     


                             By: ______________________
                                  Danley K. Sheldon
                                  Vice President and Chief
                                  Financial Officer/Treasurer     

    
                                      112
<PAGE>
 
                             BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                             AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                             as Agent


                             By: _________________________
                                 James D. Hinson
                                  Vice President     


                             BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                             AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Bank


                             By: _________________________
                                 Mark L. Milner
                                  Vice President     

                                      113
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE 2.01

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                     Facility B Commitment
                               ---------------------------------         Pro
                Facility A       Tranche I       Tranche II              Rata
    Bank        Commitment       Term Loan     Revolving Loans*   Total  Share
- ------------  ---------------  --------------  -----------------  -----  -----
<S>           <C>              <C>             <C>                <C>    <C>
 
Bank of
America            __________      __________          ________
                   __________      __________          ________    
                   __________      __________          ________    
 
Total:        $100,000,000.00  $25,000,000.00       $60,000,000*
</TABLE>
*    On the 45th day after the Closing Date, each Bank's Facility B Term Loan
     Commitment set forth on this Schedule 2.01 shall be increased by the
     excess, if any, of each Bank's Facility B Term Loan Commitment over the
     amount of its Facility B Term Loan outstanding as of such date.


<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE 6.10

     [Description of 1986 and 1987 IRS audits of the General Partner, and scope
of potential liability.]


<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE 11.02



                    EURODOLLAR AND DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICES,
                             ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES



Attention:

Telephone:
Facsimile:


BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
  as Agent

Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association
Global Agency #5596
1455 Market Street, 12th Floor
San Francisco, California 94103
Attention:
               Vice President
               Telephone: (415) 622-
               Facsimile: (415) 622-4894



BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
  as a Bank

Domestic and Eurodollar Lending Office:
1850 Gateway Boulevard, Fourth Floor
Concord, California 94520

Notices (other than Borrowing notices and Notices of
Conversion/Continuation):

Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association
[Address]


<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                              NOTICE OF BORROWING
                              -------------------


TO:  Bank of America National Trust
     and Savings Association, Agent
     1455 Market Street, 12th Floor
     San Francisco, CA  94103
     Attn:  Global Agency #5596

     Re:  Ferrellgas, L.P.
          ----------------


     Pursuant to Section 2.03(a) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
____________, 1994 (as from time to time amended, extended, restated, modified
or supplemented, the "Credit Agreement", among Ferrellgas, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership (the "Borrower"), Stratton Insurance Company, a Vermont
corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a
Delaware corporation and the sole general partner of Borrower, the financial
institutions from time to time party thereto (the "Banks") and Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association, as agent for the Banks (in such
capacity, the "Agent") and as Issuing Bank, this represents the Borrower's
request for a Borrowing from the Banks as follows:

          1.   The amount of the Borrowing shall be $__________.

          2.   The Borrowing Date shall be _______________.

          3.   The Loan shall be a [Base Rate] [Eurodollar Rate] Loan.  [The
               initial Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be
               [one] [two] [three] [six] months.]

          4.   The Loan shall be a [Facility A Revolving Loan] [Swingline Loan]
               [Facility B Term Loan] [Facility B Revolving Loan] [Facility B
               Takeout Loan].

The proceeds of such Loan are to be deposited in the Borrower's account at the
Agent.

          The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies that:

          a.   The representations and warranties in Article VI of the Credit
               Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof
               (except to the extent such representations and warranties
               expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they were true
               and correct as of such earlier date); and

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
               under the Credit Agreement or will result from the proposed
               Borrowing.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned
to them in the Credit Agreement.


DATED:  ______________________

                              FERRELLGAS, L.P.

                              By: FERRELLGAS, INC., General
                                  Partner



                              By:______________________________

                              Title:___________________________

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT B


                       NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION
                       ---------------------------------


TO:  Bank of America National Trust
     and Savings Association
     Global Agency #5596
     1455 Market Street, 12th Floor
     San Francisco, California  94103

                             Re:  Ferrellgas, L.P.
                                  ----------------


     Pursuant to Section 2.04(b) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
______________, 1994 (as from time to time amended, extended, restated, modified
or supplemented, the "Credit Agreement"), among Ferrellgas, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership (the "Borrower"), Stratton Insurance Company, a Vermont
corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a
Delaware corporation and the sole general partner of Borrower, the financial
institutions from time to time party thereto (the "Banks") and Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association, as agent for the Banks (in such
capacity, the "Agent"), this represents Borrower's request to [Convert]
[Continue] certain [Base Rate Loans] [Eurodollar Rate Loans] as follows:

          (A) The date of [Conversion] [Continuation] shall be ________, 199_,
     (which day is, in the case of Conversion of Base Rate Loans, a Business
     Day, or, in the case of Conversion or Continuation of Eurodollar Rate
     Loans, the last day of the applicable Interest Period).

          (B) An aggregate amount of $______________ of [Facility A Revolving
     Loans] [Facility B Revolving Loans] [Facility B Term Loans] are to be
     [Converted] [Continued] as of the date set forth in paragraph (A) above
     (which amount is $3,000,000, or is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in
     excess thereof).

          (C) The Type of Loans resulting from the [Conversion] [Continuation]
     shall be [Base Rate Loans] [Eurodollar Rate Loans].

          [(D) If the resulting Loan is a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Interest
     Period of such Loan shall be [one][two][three][six] month(s).]

          [Borrower represents and warrants, in the case of Conversion or
Continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, that no Default or Event of Default
exists on the date hereof and on the

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
date set forth in paragraph (A) above.] [Notwithstanding that a Default or Event
of Default exists, Borrower requests the consent of the Majority Banks to
Convert/Continue the Eurodollar Rate Loan as set forth above.]  Borrower
represents that, taking into consideration the [Conversion] [Continuation] of
Loans requested hereby, there are not more than ten (10) Interest Periods in
effect.

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Credit Agreement.


DATED:  ______________        FERRELLGAS, L.P.

                              By: FERRELLGAS, INC., General
                              Partner



                              By:___________________________
                              Title:________________________

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT C



                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE


     This compliance certificate is provided pursuant to Section 7.02(b) of the
Credit Agreement dated as of __________, 1994 (as the same may be amended from
time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), by and among Ferrellgas, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("Borrower"), Stratton Insurance Company, a Vermont
corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a
Delaware corporation and the sole general partner of Borrower, Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association, as agent (in such capacity, "Agent"),
and the financial institutions ("Banks") from time to time party to the Credit
Agreement.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein are
used with the defined meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

     I, _____________________________, the ____________________ of Ferrellgas,
Inc., a Delaware corporation and the sole general partner of Borrower, do hereby
certify that I am familiar with the Credit Agreement and with the assets,
business, financial condition and operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
and that during the fiscal quarter ending ______________________, 19__:

     Borrower has performed all of its obligations under and is in compliance
with all covenants and agreements contained in the Credit Agreement and under
(i) any instrument or agreement required thereunder, (ii) any other instrument
or agreement to which Borrower is a party or under which Borrower is obligated,
and (iii) any judgment, decree or order of any court or governmental authority
binding on Borrower.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:


     1.  As required by Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement:

          (i)  Borrower has maintained a Leverage Ratio for the applicable
     fiscal period of not greater than 4.0:1.  The current Leverage Ratio is:
     ____________.

                    Funded Debt
                    ($_________)
               ----------------------   = Leverage Ratio
               Consolidated Cash Flow
                    ($_________)

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
 
               Attached as Exhibit A is a calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow,
          including such calculation on a pro forma basis for any Acquisitions
          consummated during the fiscal period.

          (ii)  Borrower has a minimum Partners' Equity of not less than
          $50,000,0000.  The current Partners' Equity is $________________.


          2.   As required by Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower and
its Affiliates are in compliance, and have at all times during the relevant
fiscal period been in compliance, with Borrower's trading position policy and
supply inventory position policy guidelines as in effect on the Closing Date[,
provided that the stop loss limit in the trading position policy has been
increased from __________ at the beginning of the three quarters preceding the
fiscal quarter that is the subject of this certificate (the "Initial Date") to
__________ at the end of the fiscal quarter that is the subject of this
certificate (the "Final Date"), an aggregate increase of ____%] [the stop loss
limit in the supply inventory position has increased from __________ on the
Initial Date to __________ on the Final Date, an aggregate increase of ____%]
[the volume limit for [describe product] in the trading position policy has been
increased from __________ on the Initial Date to __________ on the Final Date,
an aggregate increase of ____%] [the volume limit for [describe product] in the
supply inventory position policy has been increased from __________ on the
Initial Date to __________ on the Final Date, an aggregate increase of ____%].


          3.   As required by Section 7.16, Borrower hereby notifies Agent that
[no judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards have been entered against
Borrower or any Subsidiary involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent
not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does
not dispute coverage other than through a standard reservation of rights letter)
as to any single or related series of transactions, incidents or conditions, of
more than $10,000,000] [the following judgments, orders, decrees and/or
arbitration awards have been entered against Borrower or its Subsidiaries:
__________________________. The foregoing involve an aggregate liability (to the
extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer
does not dispute coverage other than through a standard reservation of rights
letter) of $______________________.  Borrower has reserved for such amount in
excess of $10,000,000, on a quarterly basis, with each quarterly reserve being
at least equal to one-twelfth of such amount in excess of $10,000,000.  The
amount of each quarterly reserve is $____________________].

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
          4.   As required by Section 8.12 of the Credit Agreement, during the
applicable fiscal period, Borrower and its Subsidiaries made [no Restricted
Payments] [Restricted Payments in an amount equal to $___________________ and,
at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payments, each of the
following statements was true:

          (a) no Default or Event of Default had occurred or was continuing at
     the time of such Restricted Payment or occurred as a consequence thereof
     and each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in
     the Credit Agreement was true on and as of the date of such Restricted
     Payment both before and after giving effect thereto; and

          (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Borrower for the Borrower's
     most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
     statements were available immediately preceding the date on which such
     Restricted Payment was made, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such
     Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of such four-quarter
     period, was ____________, which ratio is greater than 2.25 to 1.

          Consolidated Cash Flow
               ($_________)
          ---------------------- = Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
              Fixed Charges
               ($_________)

     and

          (c) (i) the amount of such Restricted Payment, if made other than in
     cash, was determined by the Board of Directors and evidenced by a
     resolution in an officer's certificate signed by a Responsible Officer and
     delivered to the Agent, and (ii) except as otherwise provided in the Credit
     Agreement, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all
     other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the
     fiscal quarter during which such Restricted Payment was made, did not
     exceed the amount of Available Cash of the Borrower for the immediately
     preceding fiscal quarter (or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter
     during which Restricted Payments are made, the amount of Available Cash of
     the Borrower for the period commencing on the date of the Credit Agreement
     and ending on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter).

          Attached as Exhibit B is a calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow,
     including such calculation on a pro forma basis for any Acquisitions
     consummated during the fiscal period.

                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
          5.   As required by subsection 2.01(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement,
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Facility A Revolving Loans and
Swingline Loans did not exceed $25,000,000 for the consecutive thirty (30) day
period from ____________ to _______________.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been executed on behalf of
Borrower as of the ____ day of ________________, 19__.

                              FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

                              By:  FERRELLGAS, INC., General Partner

                              By:___________________________
                              Title: _______________________

                                      C-4
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT E


                      ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT


     THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated as of
________________, 19__ is made with reference to that certain Credit Agreement
dated as of ______________, 1994 (as amended from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement") among Ferrellgas, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
"Borrower"), Stratton Insurance Company, a Vermont corporation and a Wholly-
Owned Subsidiary of Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the
sole general partner of Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time
party thereto, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as an
Issuing Bank and agent (in such capacity, the "Agent"), and is entered into
between the "Assignor" described below, in its capacity as a Bank under the
Credit Agreement, and the "Assignee" described below.

     The Assignor and the Assignee hereby represent, warrant and agree as
follows;

     1.  Definitions.  Except as otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms
         -----------                                                         
defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the meanings set forth
therein.  As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have
the meanings set forth below:

     "Assignee" means
      --------       
_______________________________________________________________________________.

     "Assigned Pro-Rata Share" means the following percentage of the Commitment
      -----------------------                                                  
of the Assignor under the Credit Agreement:

     Percentage:    _______________
     ----------                    
     Dollar Amount:    _______________
     -------------                    

     "Assignor" means
      --------       
______________________________________________________________________________.

     "Effective Date" means _____________________, 199_.
      --------------                                    

     2.  Representations and Warranties of the Assignor.  The Assignor
         ----------------------------------------------               
represents and warrants to the Assignee as follows:

     (a) As of the date hereof, the Commitment of the Assignor under the Credit
Agreement is equal to $_______________ (without giving effect to assignment
thereof which has not yet become effective).  The Assignor is the legal and
beneficial

                                      E-1
<PAGE>
 
owner of the Assigned Pro-Rata Share and the Assigned Pro-Rata Share is free and
clear of any adverse claim;

     (b) As of the date hereof, [there is no] [the] outstanding principal
balance of Advances made under the Credit Agreement [is ______________];

     (c) If required under subsection 11.08(a) of the Credit Agreement, the
Assignor has obtained the consent of the Borrower to the assignment of the
Assigned Pro-Rata Share to the Assignee;

     (d) The Assignor has full power and authority, and has taken all action
necessary, to execute and deliver this Agreement and any and all other documents
required or permitted to be executed or delivered by it in connection with this
Agreement and to fulfill its obligations under, and to consummate the
transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, and no governmental authorizations
or other authorizations are required in connection therewith; and

     (e) This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
the Assignor.

The Assignor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the performance by
the Borrower of its obligations under the Credit Agreement, and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations
made under or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the execution,
legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the
Credit Agreement or any other documents under the Credit Agreement, other than
as expressly set forth above.

     3.  Representations and Warranties of the Assignee.  The Assignee hereby
         ----------------------------------------------                      
represents and warrants to the Assignor as follows:

     (a) The Assignee has full power and authority, and has taken all action
necessary, to execute and deliver this Agreement, and any and all other
documents required or permitted to be executed or delivered by it in connection
with this Agreement and to fulfill its obligations under, and to consummate the
transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, and no governmental authorizations
or other authorizations are required in connection therewith;

     (b) This Agreements constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
the Assignee;

     (c) The Assignee has independently and without reliance upon the Assignor
and based on such information as the Assignee has deemed appropriate, made its
own credit analysis and

                                      E-2
<PAGE>
 
decision to enter into this Agreement.  The Assignee will, independently and
without reliance upon the Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Bank, and based upon
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under
the Credit Agreement;

     (d) If the Assignee is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside
the United States of America, attached hereto is Internal Revenue Service Form
4224 or Internal Revenue Service Form 1001, as applicable (and any successor
forms or additional forms necessary for claiming complete exemption from United
States withholding taxes) certifying the Assignee's exemption from United States
withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under
the Credit Agreement; and

     (e)  Assignee is an Eligible Assignee, as that term is defined in the
Credit Agreement.

     4.  Assignment.  On the terms set forth herein, the Assignor, as of the
         ----------                                                         
Effective Date, hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and transfers to the Assignee
all of the rights and obligations of the Assignor under the Credit Agreement and
the Assignor's Notes, if any, under the Credit Agreement, in each case to the
extent of the Assigned Pro-Rata Share, and the Assignee irrevocably accepts such
assignment of rights and assumes such obligations from the Assignor on such
terms and effective as of the Effective Date.  As of the Effective Date, the
Assignee shall have the rights and obligations of a "Bank" under the Credit
Agreement and the Notes, if any.  Assignee hereby appoints and authorizes the
Agent to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the Notes, if any.
Assignee hereby appoints and authorizes the Agent to exercise such powers under
the Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by Article X of the Credit
Agreement.

     5.  Payment.  On the Effective Date, the Assignee shall pay to the
         -------                                                       
Assignor, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the purchase price
of the Assigned Pro-Rata Share, as agreed between the Assignor and the Assignee
pursuant to a letter agreement of even date herewith.

     The Assignor and the Assignee hereby agree that if either receives any
payment of interest, principal, fees or any other amount under the Credit
Agreement, their respective Notes or any other documents under the Credit
Agreement which is for the account of the other, it shall hold the same in trust
for such party to the extent of such party's interest therein and shall promptly
pay the same to such party.

     6.  Principal, Interest, Fees, Etc.  Any principal that would be payable
         -------------------------------                                     
and any interest, fees and other amounts that would accrue from and after the
Effective Date to or for the

                                      E-3
<PAGE>
 
account of the Assignor pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Note(s) shall
be payable to or for the account of the Assignor and the Assignee, in accordance
with their respective interests as adjusted pursuant to this Agreement.
Payments to be made to the Assignee shall be made to its address set forth on
the signature pages hereof, or to such other address as the Assignee may
designate.

     7.  Notes.  At Assignee's request, and within five Business Days after its
         -----                                                                 
receipt of notice by the Agent that the Agent has received an executed copy of
this Agreement and payment of the processing fee (and provided that the Agent,
and Borrower, if required, consents to such assignment pursuant to subsection
11.08(a) of the Credit Agreement), Borrower shall execute and deliver to the
Agent new Notes evidencing the Assignee's Assigned Pro-Rata Share and, if the
Assignor has retained a portion of its Commitment and at Assignor's request, a
replacement Note in the principal amount of the Loans retained by the assignor
Bank (such Note to be in exchange for, but not in payment of, the Note held by
such Bank).

     8.  Processing Fee.  On the Effective Date, the [Assignee] [Assignor] shall
         --------------                                                         
pay to the Agent the processing fee provided for in subsection 11.08(a) of the
Credit Agreement.

     9.  Further Assurances.  The Assignor and the Assignee agree to execute and
         ------------------                                                     
deliver such other instruments, and take such other action, as either party may
reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, and the Assignor specifically agrees to cause the delivery of two
original counterparts of this Agreement to the Agent.

     10.  Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACTUAL
          -------------                                                     
OBLIGATION UNDER, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  FOR ANY DISPUTE ARISING IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE ASSIGNEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLE SUBMITS TO THE
JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     11.  Notices.  All communications among the parties or notices in
          -------                                                     
connection herewith must be in writing and must be mailed, telegraphed,
telecopied, delivered or sent by telex or cable, addressed to the appropriate
party at its address set forth on the signature pages hereof.  All
communications and notices shall, if sent by telegraph, telex or telecopy, be
deemed to have been given when received by the Person to whom addressed; if sent
by overnight courier service, be deemed to have been given one day after the
date when sent; and if sent by mail, be deemed to have been given three days
after the date when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid.

     12.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
          --------------                                                        
benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

                                      E-4
<PAGE>
 
     13.  Interpretation.  The headings of the various sections hereof are for
          --------------                                                      
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction
of any provision hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
and delivered by their respective officials, officers or agents thereunder duly
authorized as of the date first above written.

                              "Assignor"



                              By:________________________________
                              Its:_______________________________
                              Address:___________________________
                              -----------------------------------
                              -----------------------------------
                              Attn:______________________________
                              Telephone:_________________________
                              Telecopy:__________________________
                              Telex:_____________________________

                              "Assignee"



                              By:________________________________
                              Its:_______________________________
                              Address:___________________________
                              -----------------------------------
                              -----------------------------------
                              Attn:______________________________
                              Telephone:_________________________
                              Telecopy:__________________________
                              Telex:_____________________________

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

"Agent"
Bank of America National Trust
  and Savings Association


By:________________________________

[If Required]
"Borrower"
FERRELLGAS, L.P.

     By: FERRELLGAS, INC., General Partner


     By:________________________________

                                      E-5
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT F-1


                           FACILITY A REVOLVING NOTE
                           -------------------------



$______________________                                   ________________, 199_

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership, and STRATTON INSURANCE COMPANY, INC., a Vermont corporation
(together, "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISE TO PAY to the order of
______________________ ("Bank") the principal sum of
________________________________ ($____________) or, if less, the aggregate
principal amount of Facility A Revolving Loans outstanding on the Revolving
Termination Date, made to Borrower by Bank pursuant to Section 2.01(a) of that
certain Credit Agreement dated as of __________, 1994 (as the same may be
amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Borrower, Stratton
Insurance Company, a Vermont corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of
Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the sole general partner
of Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as agent for said
financial institutions (in such capacity, "Agent") payable in full on the
Revolving Termination Date together with interest on the unpaid principal
balance hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in
full at the rate or rates and in the manner and at the times specified in the
Credit Agreement.

          Both the principal hereof and the interest hereon are payable in
lawful money of the United States of America at Bancontrol Account Number
________________ located at _______________________________ (or at such other
Lending Office as may be designated from time to time by Agent), for the account
of Bank, in immediately available funds.

          The holder of this Facility A Revolving Note is authorized to record
the date and amount of Facility A Revolving Loans made by the Bank, the amount
of interest accruing from time to time and the date and amount of each payment
or prepayment of principal thereof on the schedule annexed to and constituting a
part hereof, or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and a
part hereof and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of
the accuracy of the information so recorded.

          Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection and enforcement of this
Facility A Revolving Note, whether or not suit is filed, including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, as more particularly provided in Section
11.04 of the Credit Agreement.

                                     F-1-1
<PAGE>
 
          This Facility A Revolving Note is one of the "Notes" referred to in,
and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement which, among other
things, contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the
happening of certain stated events and for prepayment of amounts from time to
time outstanding under this Facility A Revolving Note upon certain terms and
conditions.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein are
used with the defined meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

          THIS FACILITY A REVOLVING NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                              FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

                              By:  FERRELLGAS, INC., General Partner



                              By:___________________________
                              Name: ________________________
                              Title: _______________________



                              STRATTON INSURANCE COMPANY, INC.



                              By:___________________________
                              Name: ________________________
                              Title: _______________________

                                     F-1-2
<PAGE>
 
                     SCHEDULE TO FACILITY A REVOLVING NOTE
                     -------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                   Unpaid               
                                 Principal              
         Amount of   Amount of    Balance of
         Facility A  Principal    Facility A
         Revolving    Paid or    Revolving     Notation 
Date      Loans       Prepaid      Loans       Made By   
- ----     ----------  --------    -----------   --------
<S>     <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
</TABLE>

                                     F-1-3
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT F-2


                              FACILITY B TERM NOTE
                              --------------------



$_____________________                                   ________________, 199_

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of
______________________ ("Bank") the principal sum of
________________________________ ($____________), payable in full on the
Revolving Termination Date together with interest on the unpaid principal
balance hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in
full at the rate or rates and in the manner and at the times specified in that
certain Credit Agreement dated as of __________, 1994 (as the same may be
amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Borrower, Stratton
Insurance Company, a Vermont corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of
Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the sole general partner
of Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as agent for said
financial institutions (in such capacity, "Agent").

          Both the principal hereof and the interest hereon are payable in
lawful money of the United States of America at Bancontrol Account Number
________________ located at _______________________________ (or at such other
Lending Office as may be designated from time to time by Agent), for the account
of Bank, in immediately available funds.

          The holder of this Facility B Term Note is authorized to record the
date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof on the
schedule annexed to and constituting a part hereof, or on a continuation thereof
which shall be attached hereto and a part hereof and any such recordation shall
constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded.

          Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection and enforcement of this
Facility B Term Note, whether or not suit is filed, including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, as more particularly provided in Section
11.04 of the Credit Agreement.

          This Facility B Term Note is one of the "Notes" referred to in, and is
entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement which, among other things,
contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening
of certain stated events and for prepayment of amounts from time to time
outstanding under this Facility B Term Note upon certain terms and conditions.
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized

                                     F-2-1
<PAGE>
 
terms used herein are used with the defined meanings given in the Credit
Agreement.

          THIS FACILITY B TERM NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                              FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

                              By:  FERRELLGAS, INC., General Partner



                              By:___________________________
                              Name: ________________________
                              Title: _______________________

                                     F-2-2
<PAGE>
 
                        SCHEDULE TO FACILITY B TERM NOTE
                        --------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                   Unpaid               
                     Amount of   Principal              
         Amount of   Principal   Balance of
        Facility B    Paid or    Facility B   Notation 
Date    Term Loans    Prepaid    Term Loans    Made By   
- ----    ----------   ---------   ----------   --------
<S>     <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
</TABLE>

                                     F-2-3
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT F-3


                           FACILITY B REVOLVING NOTE
                           -------------------------



$______________________                                 ________________, 199_

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of
______________________ ("Bank") the principal sum of
________________________________ ($____________) or, if less, the aggregate
principal amount of Facility B Revolving Loans outstanding on the Revolving
Termination Date, made to Borrower by Bank pursuant to Section 2.01(b) of that
certain Credit Agreement dated as of __________, 1994 (as the same may be
amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Borrower, Stratton
Insurance Company, a Vermont corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of
Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the sole general partner
of Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as agent for said
financial institutions (in such capacity, "Agent") payable in full on the
Revolving Termination Date together with interest on the unpaid principal
balance hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in
full at the rate or rates and in the manner and at the times specified in the
Credit Agreement.

          Both the principal hereof and the interest hereon are payable in
lawful money of the United States of America at Bancontrol Account Number
________________ located at _______________________________ (or at such other
Lending Office as may be designated from time to time by Agent), for the account
of Bank, in immediately available funds.

          The holder of this Facility B Revolving Note is authorized to record
the date and amount of Facility B Revolving Loans made by the Bank, the amount
of interest accruing from time to time and the date and amount of each payment
or prepayment of principal thereof on the schedule annexed to and constituting a
part hereof, or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and a
part hereof and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of
                                                      ----- -----            
the accuracy of the information so recorded.

          Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection and enforcement of this
Facility B Revolving Note, whether or not suit is filed, including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, as more particularly provided in Section
11.04 of the Credit Agreement.

                                     F-3-1
<PAGE>
 
          This Facility B Revolving Note is one of the "Notes" referred to in,
and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement which, among other
things, contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the
happening of certain stated events and for prepayment of amounts from time to
time outstanding under this Facility B Revolving Note upon certain terms and
conditions.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein are
used with the defined meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

          THIS FACILITY B REVOLVING NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                              FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

                              By:  FERRELLGAS, INC., General Partner



                              By:___________________________
                              Name: ________________________
                              Title: _______________________

                                     F-3-2
<PAGE>
 
                     SCHEDULE TO FACILITY B REVOLVING NOTE
                     -------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                   Unpaid     
                                  Principal    
         Amount of   Amount of    Balance of
        Facility B   Principal    Facility B
        Revolving     Paid or     Revolving    Notation 
Date      Loans       Prepaid      Loans       Made By   
- ----    ----------   ---------    ----------   ---------
<S>     <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
</TABLE>

                                     F-3-3
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT F-4


                            FACILITY B TAKEOUT NOTE
                            -----------------------



$______________________                                  ________________, 199_

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of
______________________ ("Bank") the principal sum of
________________________________ ($____________), in twelve (12) equal quarterly
installments of $_________________ each, commencing on September 30, 1997, and
continuing on the last day of every third calendar month thereafter through June
30, 2000; provided, that all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid
interest hereon shall be repaid in full on or prior to June 30, 2000.  Borrower
further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof from time
to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in full at the rate or rates
and in the manner and at the times specified in that certain Credit Agreement
dated as of __________, 1994 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement"), among Borrower, Stratton Insurance Company, a Vermont
corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a
Delaware corporation and the sole general partner of Borrower, the financial
institutions from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association, as agent for said financial institutions (in such
capacity, "Agent").

          Both the principal hereof and the interest hereon are payable in
lawful money of the United States of America at Bancontrol Account Number
________________ located at _______________________________ (or at such other
Lending Office as may be designated from time to time by Agent), for the account
of Bank, in immediately available funds.

          The holder of this Facility B Takeout Note is authorized to record the
date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof on the
schedule annexed to and constituting a part hereof, or on a continuation thereof
which shall be attached hereto and a part hereof and any such recordation shall
constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded.

          Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection and enforcement of this
Facility B Takeout Note, whether or not suit is filed, including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, as more particularly provided in Section
11.04 of the Credit Agreement.

          This Facility B Takeout Note is one of the "Notes" referred to in, and
is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit

                                     F-4-1
<PAGE>
 
Agreement which, among other things, contains provisions for acceleration of the
maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and for prepayment
of amounts from time to time outstanding under this Facility B Takeout Note upon
certain terms and conditions.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized
terms used herein are used with the defined meanings given in the Credit
Agreement.

          THIS FACILITY B TAKEOUT NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                              FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

                              By:  FERRELLGAS, INC., General Partner


                              By:___________________________
                              Name: ________________________
                              Title: _______________________

                                     F-4-2
<PAGE>
 
                      SCHEDULE TO FACILITY B TAKEOUT NOTE
                      -----------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Unpaid     
                                  Principal    
         Amount of   Amount of    Balance of 
         Facility B  Principal    Facility B 
         Takeout      Paid or      Takeout     Notation  
Date      Loans       Prepaid       Loans       Made By   
- ----     ----------  ---------    ----------   --------
<S>     <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
</TABLE>

                                     F-4-3
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT G

                                                 BORROWER:  FERRELLGAS, L.P. and
                                                            STRATTON INSURANCE
                                                            COMPANY

                                                 GUARANTOR:



                              CONTINUING GUARANTY
                              -------------------



To:  The Financial Institutions (the "Banks") from time to time   party to the
     Credit Agreement referred to below (the "Credit   Agreement"), and

     Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as   Agent (in such
     capacity, the "Agent")



     (1) For valuable consideration, the undersigned ("Guarantor") absolutely
and unconditionally guarantees to the Agent and the Banks the payment when due,
upon maturity, acceleration or otherwise, of any and all indebtedness of
FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware Limited Partnership, and STRATTON INSURANCE
COMPANY, a Vermont corporation (collectively and severally, "Borrower").  If any
or all of the indebtedness of Borrower to the Agent or the Banks becomes due and
payable hereunder, Guarantor absolutely and unconditionally promises to pay such
indebtedness to the Agent (for its account or the account of the Banks, as the
case may be), or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States of
America.  The word "indebtedness" is used herein in its most comprehensive sense
and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and liabilities of
Borrower or either of them to the Agent and/or the Banks under or pursuant to
that certain Credit Agreement dated as of

                                      G-1
<PAGE>
 
______________, among Borrower, Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the
Banks and the Agent, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or
renewed from time to time (the "Credit Agreement"), whether the same is
heretofore, now, or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or
involuntary and however arising, whether direct or acquired by Agent or Banks by
assignment or succession, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
determined or undetermined, and whether Borrower may be liable individually or
jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such indebtedness may be or
hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, or whether such
indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.

     (2) The liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty (exclusive of liability
under any other guaranties executed by Guarantor) shall not exceed at any one
time the total of (a) One Hundred Eighty-Five Million and 00/100 Dollars
($185,000,000.00), for the principal amount of the indebtedness, (b) all
interest, fees, and other costs and expenses relating to or arising out of the
indebtedness or such part of the indebtedness as shall not exceed the foregoing
limitation, and (c) attorneys' fees, costs and expenses as provided in paragraph
13 hereof.  Agent and Banks may permit the indebtedness of Borrower to exceed
Guarantor's liability, and may apply any amounts received from any source, other
than from Guarantor, to the unguaranteed portion of Borrower's indebtedness.
This is a continuing guaranty relating to any indebtedness, including that
arising under successive

                                      G-2
<PAGE>
 
transactions which shall either continue the indebtedness or from time to time
renew it after it has been satisfied.  Any payment by Guarantor shall not reduce
Guarantor's maximum obligation hereunder, unless written notice to that effect
be actually received by Agent at or prior to the time of such payment.

     (3) The obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of
Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against
Guarantor whether action is brought against Borrower or whether Borrower be
joined in any such action or actions; and Guarantor waives the benefit of any
statute of limitations affecting Guarantor's liability hereunder.

     (4) Guarantor authorizes Agent and Banks, without notice or demand and
without affecting Guarantor's liability hereunder, from time to time, either
before or after revocation hereof, to (a) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate
or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of
the indebtedness or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate
of interest thereon; (b) receive and hold security for the payment of this
Guaranty or the indebtedness guaranteed, and exchange, enforce, waive, release,
fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such security; (c) apply such
security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Agent in its
discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute any one or more of the
endorsers or guarantors.

                                      G-3
<PAGE>
 
     (5) Guarantor waives any right to require Agent or Banks to (a) proceed
against Borrower; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from
Borrower; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Agent's or Banks's power whatsoever.
Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other
defense of Borrower, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability
of Borrower, or any claim that Guarantor's obligations exceed or are more
burdensome than those of Borrower.  Guarantor waives all presentments, demands
for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest,
notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the
existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness.

     (6) Guarantor understands and acknowledges that if Agent forecloses (for
itself or on behalf of Banks), either by judicial foreclosure or by exercise of
power of sale, any deed of trust securing the indebtedness, that foreclosure
could impair or destroy any ability that Guarantor may have to seek
reimbursement, contribution or indemnification from Borrower or others based on
any right Guarantor may have of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution or
indemnification for any amounts paid by Guarantor under this Guaranty.
Guarantor further understands and acknowledges that in the absence of this
paragraph, such potential impairment or destruction of Guarantor's rights, if
any, may entitle Guarantor to assert a defense to this Guaranty.  By executing
this Guaranty, Guarantor

                                      G-4
<PAGE>
 
freely, irrevocably and unconditionally:  (i) waives and relinquishes that
defense and agrees that Guarantor will be fully liable under this Guaranty even
though Agent may foreclose (for itself or on behalf of Banks), either by
judicial foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of trust securing
the indebtedness; (ii) agrees that Guarantor will not assert that defense in any
action or proceeding which Agent or Banks may commence to enforce this Guaranty;
(iii) acknowledges and agrees that the rights and defenses waived by Guarantor
in this Guaranty include any right or defense that Guarantor may have or be
entitled to assert; and (iv) acknowledges and agrees that Agent and Banks are
relying on this waiver in creating the indebtedness, and that this waiver is a
material part of the consideration which Agent and Banks are receiving for
creating the indebtedness.

     (7) Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that Guarantor shall have the sole
responsibility for obtaining from Borrower such information concerning
Borrower's financial condition or business operations as Guarantor may require,
and that neither Agent nor Banks has any duty at any time to disclose to
Guarantor any information relating to the business operations or financial
conditions of Borrower.

     (8) To secure all of Guarantor's obligations hereunder, Guarantor assigns
and grants to Agent (for the benefit of itself and the Banks) a security
interest in all moneys,

                                      G-5
<PAGE>
 
securities and other property of Guarantor now or hereafter in the possession of
Agent, and all deposit accounts of Guarantor maintained with Agent, and all
proceeds thereof.  Upon default or breach of any of Guarantor's obligations to
Agent or Banks, Agent or Banks may apply any deposit account to reduce the
indebtedness, and may foreclose any collateral as provided in the Uniform
Commercial Code and in any security agreements between Agent or Banks and
Guarantor.

     (9) Any obligations of Borrower to Guarantor, now or hereafter existing,
including but not limited to, any obligations to Guarantor as subrogees of Agent
or Banks or resulting from Guarantor's performance under this Guaranty, are
hereby subordinated to the indebtedness.  Such obligations of Borrower to
Guarantor if Agent so requests shall be enforced and performance received by
Guarantor as trustee for Agent and Banks and the proceeds thereof shall be paid
over to Agent on account of the indebtedness of Borrower to Agent and Banks, but
without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the
other provisions of this Guaranty.

     (10) This Guaranty may be revoked at any time by Guarantor in respect to
future transactions, unless there is a continuing consideration as to such
transactions which Guarantor does not renounce.  Such revocation shall be
effective upon actual receipt by Agent at the address shown below of written
notice of revocation.  Revocation shall not affect any of

                                      G-6
<PAGE>
 
Guarantor's obligations or Agent's or Banks's rights with respect to
transactions which precede Agent's receipt of such notice, regardless of whether
or not the indebtedness related to such transactions, before or after
revocation, has been renewed, compromised, extended, accelerated, or otherwise
changed as to any of its terms, including time for payment or increase or
decrease of the rate of interest thereon.  Revocation by any other guarantor of
Borrower's indebtedness shall not affect any obligations of Guarantor.  If this
Guaranty is revoked, returned, or canceled, and subsequently any payment or
transfer of any interest in property by Borrower to Agent or Banks is rescinded
or must be returned by Agent or Banks to Borrower, this Guaranty shall be
reinstated with respect to any such payment or transfer, regardless of any such
prior revocation, return, or cancellation.

     (11) It is not necessary for Agent or Banks to inquire into the powers of
Borrower or of the officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting
to act on Borrower's behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance
upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.

     (12) Agent and Banks may, without notice to Guarantor and without affecting
Guarantor's obligations hereunder, assign the indebtedness and this Guaranty, in
whole or in part.  Guarantor agrees that Agent and Banks may disclose to any
prospective purchaser and any purchaser of all or part of the indebtedness any
and all information in Agent's or Banks'

                                      G-7
<PAGE>
 
possession concerning Guarantor, this Guaranty and any security for this
Guaranty.

     (13) Guarantor agrees to pay to Agent, on demand, all out-of-pocket
expenses and attorneys' fees (including allocated costs for in-house legal
services) incurred by Agent or Banks prior to the commencement of any legal
action or arbitration proceeding in connection with the enforcement of this
Guaranty and any instrument or agreement required under this Guaranty.  In the
event of a legal action or arbitration proceeding, the prevailing party shall be
entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees (including allocated costs for in-house
legal services), costs and necessary disbursements incurred in connection with
such action or proceeding, as determined by the court or arbitrator.

     (14) (a) THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT THE AGENT AND THE BANKS
SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

     (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY MAY BE
BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY,
GUARANTOR CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-
EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS.  GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY
OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF

                                      G-8
<PAGE>
 
VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR
HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION
IN RESPECT OF THIS GUARANTY OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO.  GUARANTOR WAIVES
PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE
BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.

     (15) GUARANTOR WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM
OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY, IN
ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO
CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.  GUARANTOR AGREES THAT ANY SUCH
CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, GUARANTOR AGREES THAT ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR
OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS GUARANTY OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF.  THIS WAIVER SHALL
APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO
THIS GUARANTY.

                                      G-9
<PAGE>
 
     Executed this ______ day of __________________, 1994.


                                  "Guarantor"
 


                                             By:________________________________
                                             Title:_____________________________


 


                                             ___________________________________
                                             Address
 

                                             ___________________________________
                                             Federal Tax I.D. No.


Address for Notices to Agent: Address for Notices to Guarantor:
1455 Market Street            ________________________
12th Floor                    ________________________
San Francisco, CA 94103       ________________________

                                      G-10
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT H

                     [FORM OF COMMERCIAL LETTER OF CREDIT]

                                [ISSUING BANK]



_______________(1)_________________

Irrevocable Letter of Credit Number (2)

(3)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We hereby open our irrevocable documentary letter of credit number (2)
in your favor and authorize you to draw at sight on [Issuing Bank] [location],
(4)(5)(6) for the account of (7).

          Drafts are to be accompanied by:

          1.   This Letter of Credit.

          2.   Original of (8).

          Partial drawings and/or shipments are permitted.

          This Letter of Credit expires (9) at our counters.

          Drafts under this Letter of Credit must bear on their face the clause
"Drawn under the [Issuing Bank] Letter of Credit Number (2) dated (1)".

          We hereby agree with bona fide holders that all drafts under and in
compliance with the terms of this credit will be duly honored upon compliance if
presented on or before the expiry date.

          This credit is subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for
Documentary Credit (1993 Revision in force as of January 1, 1994) International
Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500.

                    Best Regards,

                    [ISSUING BANK]



                    By: ___________________________________

                    Title: ________________________________

                                      H-1
<PAGE>
 
______________________________

(1)  Date of Letter of Credit.
(2)  Letter of Credit Number.
(3)  Name and address of Beneficiary.
(4)  Insert one of the phrases identified in clauses (a) through (d):
     a.   an amount
     b.   up to an amount of US$ (5)(6)
     c.   approximately US$ (5)(6)
     d.   US$ (5)(6), plus or minus [insert number]%
(5)  Aggregate initial stated amount of Letter of Credit.
(6)  Aggregate initial stated amount of Letter of Credit stated in words.
(7)  Ferrellgas, L.P.
(8)  Description of applicable invoice and/or product movement documentation.
(9)  Insert a date not later than 90 days from the date of issuance.

                                      H-2
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT I

                      [FORM OF STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT]

                                [ISSUING BANK]



_______________(1)_________________

Irrevocable Letter of Credit Number (2)

(3)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We hereby open our irrevocable standby letter of credit number (2) in
your favor and authorize you to draw at sight on [Issuing Bank] [location],
(4)(5)(6) for the account of (7).

          Drafts are to be accompanied by:

          1.   This Letter of Credit.

OPTIONAL: 2.   Copy of (8).

          3.   A signed statement by an authorized officer of (3) certifying
that the product has been delivered and that although the invoice(s) presented
under this Letter of Credit was (were) due according to contract terms,  (7)
failed to make payment and payment remains outstanding at time of drawing.

          Partial drawings and/or shipments are permitted.

          This Letter of Credit expires (9) at our counters.

          Drafts drawn under this Letter of Credit must bear on their face the
clause "Drawn under the [Issuing Bank] Letter of Credit Number (2) dated (1)".

OPTIONAL: The amount available for drawing under this letter of credit will be
          reduced by the amount of any payments made outside the letter of
          credit to _______________ for this product if such payments are made
          by [Issuing Bank], [location] and make reference to this letter of
          credit number.

          We hereby agree with bona fide holders that all drafts drawn under and
in compliance with the terms of this credit will be duly honored upon compliance
if presented on or before the expiry date.  Documents presented more than 21
days after transport date but on or before the expiry date are acceptable.

                                      I-1
<PAGE>
 
          This credit is subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for
Documentary Credits (1993 Revision in force as of January 1, 1994) International
Chamber of Commerce Publication NO. 500.


                              Best Regards,

                              [ISSUING BANK]



                              By: ______________________________________________

                              Title:____________________________________________



______________________________

(1)  Date of Letter of Credit.
(2)  Letter of Credit Number.
(3)  Name and address of Beneficiary.
(4)  Insert one of the phrases identified in clauses (a) through (d):
     a.   an amount of US$ (5)(6)
     b.   up to an amount of US$ (5)(6)
     c.   approximately US$ (5)(6)
     d.   US$ (5)(6), plus or minus [insert number]%
(5)  Aggregate initial stated amount of Letter of Credit.
(6)  Aggregate initial stated amount of Letter of Credit stated in words.
(7)  Ferrellgas, L.P. or Stratton Insurance Company, Inc. (as the case may be).
(8)  Description of applicable invoice and/or product movement documentation.
(9)  Insert a date not later than 180 days from the date of issuance.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT J

                [ALTERNATIVE FORM OF STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT]



_______________(1)_________________

Irrevocable Letter of Credit Number (2)

(3)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We hereby establish our irrevocable standby Letter of Credit Number
(2) in your favor by order and for the account of Ferrellgas, L.P. for (4)(5)(6)
available at [Issuing Bank] [Location] by payment against your drafts at sight
to be accompanied by:

          1.   Signed statement by a representative of (3) that the amount drawn
under this letter of credit (2) represents an amount due and owing to (3) and
unpaid or defaulted by Ferrellgas, L.P.

          Drafts must be presented no later than (7).

          Special Conditions:

          A.   Partial drawings are permitted.

          B.   Notwithstanding the above, this letter of credit shall also be
available at [Issuing Bank] [Location] by payment against drafts of (3) at sight
accompanied by:

          Signed statement by a representative of (3) that:

               (i) as a result of pending or possible bankruptcy, reorganization
     or insolvency proceedings involving Ferrellgas, L.P. (3) has tendered to an
     escrow agent designated by (3) payments or deliveries (3) reasonably
     believes are or may be subject to the aforementioned proceedings;

              (ii) the amount drawn under this letter of credit represents or
     corresponds to such payments or deliveries; and

             (iii)  the escrow agent designated by (3) has been instructed to
     release such payments or deliveries to Ferrellgas, L.P. upon receipt by (3)
     of the amount drawn under this letter of credit.

                                      J-1
<PAGE>
 
          We hereby engage with you that all drawings made under and in
conformity with the terms of this letter of credit will be duly honored upon
presentation to us as specified.

          This letter of credit is subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice
for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision) International Chamber of Commerce
Publication No. 500.

                              Very truly yours,

                              [ISSUING BANK]



                              By: ______________________________________________

                              Title: ___________________________________________

 
______________________________

(1)  Date of Letter of Credit,
(2)  Letter of Credit Number.
(3)  Insert either (a) Exxon Company USA [and its address the first time its
     name appears], or (b) Exxon Supply Company [and its address the first time
     its name appears], as the case may be.
(4)  Insert one of the phrases identified in clauses (a) through (d):
     a.   an amount of US$ (5)(6)
     b.   up to an amount of US$ (5)(6)
     c.   approximately US$ (5)(6)
     d.   US$ (5)(6), plus or minus [insert number]%.
(5)  Aggregate initial stated amount of Letter of Credit.
(6)  Aggregate initial stated amount of Letter of Credit stated in words.
(7)  Date by which drafts must be presented.

                                      J-2
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT K


                           MAXIMUM AMOUNT CERTIFICATE


     This Maximum Amount Certificate is provided pursuant to Section 7.02(c) of
the Credit Agreement dated as of __________, 1994 (as the same may be amended
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), by and among Ferrellgas, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership (the "Borrower"), Stratton Insurance Company, a
Vermont corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower, Ferrellgas,
Inc., a Delaware corporation and the sole general partner of Borrower, Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association, as agent (in such capacity,
"Agent"), and the financial institutions ("Banks") from time to time party to
the Credit Agreement.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used
herein are used with the defined meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

     I, _____________________________, the ____________________ of Ferrellgas,
Inc., a Delaware corporation and the sole general partner of the Borrower, do
hereby certify that I am familiar with the Credit Agreement and with the assets,
business, financial condition and operations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries and that, as of ________________ (the "Determination Date"):

     (i) The aggregate Cash Costs of all Permitted Acquisitions by the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries (together with the aggregate amount of any Acquired Debt
and seller financing associated therewith and the amount of such Cash Costs
which were or could have been financed with Facility B Revolving Loans) during
the period from the Closing Date to the date that is 270 days prior to the
Determination Date (the "Hold Period Date") is $___________________, and from
the Hold Period Date through the Determination Date is $______________, and the
total such amount is $__________________, as compared to $__________,
$__________ and $_____________, respectively, reported in the previously
delivered Maximum Amount Certificate delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement
(the "Previous Certificate").

     The components of Cash Costs of all Permitted Acquisitions are as follows:

Date of Acquisition    Assets/Stock Acquired  Cash Cost
- -------------------    ---------------------  ---------



          (ii) The aggregate Growth-Related Capital Expenditures by the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries during the period from the Closing Date through the
Determination Date is $_______________, as compared to $____________ reported in
the Previous Certificate.

                                      K-1
<PAGE>
 
   The components of Growth-Related Capital Expenditures are as follows:

                      Description
Date of Expenditure  of Expenditure  Amount
- -------------------  --------------  ------

          (iii) The aggregate Net Proceeds of Asset Sales during the period from
the Closing Date through the Hold Period Date is $____________, from the Hold
Period Date through the Determination Date is $_________, and the total such
amount is $______________, as compared to $__________, $__________ and
$_____________, respectively, reported in the Previous Certificate.

     The components of Net Proceeds of Asset Sales are as follows:

                 Number and Description    Aggregate
Date of Sale       of Assets Sold           Price
- ------------     -----------------------   ---------

          (iv) The aggregate Net Proceeds of MLP New Unit Sales during the
period from the Closing Date through the Determination Date is
$_________________, as compared to $_____________ reported in the Previous
Certificate.

     The components of Net Proceeds of MLP New Unit Sales are as follows:

               Number and Description  Aggregate
Date of Sale       of Units Sold        Price
- ------------  ----------------------  ---------

                                      K-2
<PAGE>
 
          (v) The Facility B Maximum Amount as of the Determination Date, based
on the information contained herein, is as follows:

     THE SUM OF:

     (a)  the aggregate Cash Costs of all
          Permitted Acquisitions by the Borrower
          and its Subsidiaries during the period
          from the Closing Date through the
          Determination Date:
                                    $________

          plus

     (b)  the aggregate Growth-Related Capital
          Expenditures by the Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries during the period from the
          Closing Date through the
          Determination Date:
                                    $_________

                                           SUBTOTAL:    $________

     MINUS THE SUM OF:
     -----            


      (x) the aggregate Net Proceeds of Asset Sales
          during the period from the Closing Date
          to the Hold Period Date:
                                    $________

          plus

      (y) the aggregate Net Proceeds of MLP New
          Unit Sales from the Closing Date through
          the Determination Date:
                                    $________

                                           SUBTOTAL:    $________


     EQUALS:                                            $________
                                                         ________



          (vi)  The Facility B Maximum Amount reported in the Previous
Certificate was $__________________.

                                      K-3
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been executed on behalf of
the Borrower as of the ____ day of ________________, 19__.

                              FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

                              By:  FERRELLGAS, INC., General Partner



                              By:___________________________
                              Title: _______________________

                                      K-4

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2

================================================================================


                              FERRELLGAS, L.P.
                          FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.





                          __% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2001

                                 ___________

                                  INDENTURE

                          Dated as of July _, 1994

                                 ___________


                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                   Trustee



================================================================================

<PAGE>
 

                           CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

    Trust Indenture
     Act Section                                      Indenture Section
     <S>                                                  <C> 
     310(a)(1)........................................            7.10
        (a)(2)........................................            7.10
        (a)(3)........................................            N.A.
        (a)(4)........................................            N.A.
        (a)(5)........................................            7.10
        (b)...........................................            7.10
        (c)...........................................            N.A.
     311(a)...........................................            7.11
        (b)...........................................            7.11
        (c)...........................................            N.A.
     312(a)...........................................            2.05
        (b)...........................................           11.03
        (c)...........................................           11.03
     313(a)...........................................            7.06
        (b)...........................................            7.06
        (c)...........................................      7.06;11.02
        (d)...........................................            7.06
     314(a)...........................................      4.03;11.05
        (b)...........................................           10.02
        (c)(1)........................................           11.04
        (c)(2)........................................           11.04
        (c)(3)........................................            N.A.
        (d)...........................................            N.A.
        (e)...........................................           11.05
        (f)...........................................            N.A.
     315(a)...........................................            7.01
        (b)...........................................      7.05;11.02
        (c)...........................................            7.01
        (d)...........................................            7.01
        (e)...........................................            6.11
     316(a)(last sentence)............................            2.09
        (a)(1)(A).....................................            6.05
        (a)(1)(B).....................................            6.04
        (a)(2)........................................            N.A.
        (b)...........................................            6.07
        (c)...........................................            2.12
     317(a)(1)........................................            6.08
        (a)(2)........................................            6.09
        (b)...........................................            2.04
     318(a)...........................................           11.01
        (b)...........................................            N.A.
        (c)...........................................           11.01
</TABLE>   
     N.A. means not applicable.
     
    *This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.
<PAGE>
 
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                ARTICLE 1
                     DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                               BY REFERENCE
       Section 1.01.  Definitions..........................................  1
       Section 1.02.  Other Definitions.................................... 11
       Section 1.03.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.... 12
       Section 1.04.  Rules of Construction................................ 12
       
                                ARTICLE 2
                                THE NOTES
       Section 2.01.  Form and Dating...................................... 13
       Section 2.02.  Execution and Authentication......................... 13
       Section 2.03.  Registrar and Payment Agent.......................... 13
       Section 2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.................. 14
       Section 2.05.  Lists of Holders of the Notes........................ 14
       Section 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange................................ 14
       Section 2.07.  Replacement Notes.................................... 15
       Section 2.08.  Outstanding Notes.................................... 15
       Section 2.09.  Treasury Notes....................................... 15
       Section 2.10.  Temporary Notes...................................... 16
       Section 2.11.  Cancellation......................................... 16
       Section 2.12.  Defaulted Interest................................... 16
       Section 2.13.  Record Date.......................................... 17
       Section 2.14.  CUSIP Number......................................... 17

                                ARTICLE 3
                  REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE
       Section 3.01.  Notices to Trustee................................... 17
       Section 3.02.  Selection of Notes to Be Purchased or Redeemed....... 17
       Section 3.03.  Notice of Redemption................................. 18
       Section 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption....................... 19
       Section 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price.......................... 19
       Section 3.06.  Notes Redeemed in Part............................... 19
       Section 3.07.  Optional Redemption.................................. 19
       Section 3.08.  Mandatory Redemption................................. 20
       Section 3.09.  Asset Sale Offers.................................... 20

                                ARTICLE 4
                                COVENANTS
       Section 4.01.  Payment of Notes..................................... 21
       Section 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency...................... 22
       Section 4.03.  Reports.............................................. 22
       Section 4.04.  Compliance Certificate............................... 23
       Section 4.05.  Taxes................................................ 23
       Section 4.06.  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws....................... 23
       Section 4.07.  Restricted Payments.................................. 24
 


                                      i

<PAGE>
        Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
                      Subsidiaries....................................... 25
        Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
                      Disqualified Interests............................. 26
        Section 4.10. Asset Sales........................................ 28
        Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates....................... 29
        Section 4.12. Liens.............................................. 29
        Section 4.13. Subsidiary Note Guarantees......................... 30
        Section 4.14. Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control........... 30
        Section 4.15. Partnership or Corporate Existence................. 31
        Section 4.16. Line of Business................................... 32
        Section 4.17. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions...... 32
        Section 4.18. Restrictions on Nature of Indebtedness and
                      Activities of Finance Corp......................... 32

ARTICLE 5

                               SUCCESSORS
        Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets........... 32
        Section 5.02. Successor Person Substituted....................... 33

ARTICLE 6
                        DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
        Section 6.01. Events of Default.................................. 33
        Section 6.02. Acceleration....................................... 36
        Section 6.03. Other Remedies..................................... 36
        Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults............................ 36
        Section 6.05. Control by Majority................................ 37
        Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits................................ 37
        Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment...... 37
        Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee......................... 37
        Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim................... 38
        Section 6.10. Priorities......................................... 38
        Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.............................. 38

                                  ARTICLE 7
                                   TRUSTEE
        Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.................................. 39
        Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.................................. 40
        Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee....................... 40
        Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer............................... 40
        Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults................................. 41
        Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes......... 41
        Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity......................... 41
        Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee............................. 42
        Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc................... 43
        Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification...................... 43
        Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.. 43  



                                     ii


<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 8
                  LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
       Section 8.01.  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
                      Defeasance........................................... 43
       Section 8.02.  Legal Defeasance and Discharge....................... 43
       Section 8.03.  Covenant Defeasance.................................. 44
       Section 8.04.  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance........... 44
       Section 8.05.  Deposited Money and Government Securities to be
                      Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions........ 46
       Section 8.06.  Repayment to Issuers................................. 46
       Section 8.07.  Reinstatement........................................ 47

                                  ARTICLE 9
                  AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
       Section 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders of Notes.................. 47
       Section 9.02.  With Consent of Holders of Notes..................... 48
       Section 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.................. 49
       Section 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents.................... 49
       Section 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes..................... 49
       Section 9.06.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc...................... 50

                                 ARTICLE 10
                             NOTE GUARANTEES
       Section 10.01.  Note Guarantee...................................... 50
       Section 10.02.  Limitation of Guarantor's Liability................. 51
       Section 10.03.  Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.. 52
       Section 10.04.  Releases Following Sale of Assets................... 52
     
                                 ARTICLE 11
                               MISCELLANEOUS
       Section 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls........................ 52
       Section 11.02.  Notices............................................. 53
       Section 11.03.  Communication by Holders of Notes with Other
                       Holders of Notes.................................... 54
       Section 11.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.. 54
       Section 11.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion....... 54
       Section 11.06.  Rules by Trustee and Agents......................... 54
       Section 11.07.  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers,
                       Employees and Stockholders.......................... 55
       Section 11.08.  Governing Law....................................... 55
       Section 11.09.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements....... 55
       Section 11.10.  Successors.......................................... 55
       Section 11.11.  Severability........................................ 55
       Section 11.12.  Counterpart Originals............................... 55
       Section 11.13.  Table of Contents, Headings, etc.................... 55



                                     iii


<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBITS

            Exhibit A   FORM OF NOTE
            Exhibit B   FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
            Exhibit C   FORM OF NOTATION ON SENIOR NOTE RELATING
                        TO NOTE GUARANTEE 




                                     iv


<PAGE>
 
      INDENTURE dated as of July __, 1994 between Ferrellgas, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership (the "Partnership"), Ferrellgas Finance Corp., a Delaware
corporation ("Finance Corp." and, together with the Partnership, the "Issuers"),
and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").

      The Partnership, Finance Corp. and the Trustee agree as follows for the
benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of
the __% Senior Notes due 2001:


                                   ARTICLE 1
                         DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                  BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions.

      "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person merged
with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other
Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person
and (ii) Indebtedness encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

      "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however,
that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person
shall be deemed to be control.

      "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

      "Attributable Debt" means, in respect of a sale and leaseback arrangement
of any property, as at the time of determination, the present value (calculated
using a discount rate equal to the interest rate of the Notes and annual
compounding) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during
the remaining term of the lease included in such arrangement (including any
period for which such lease has been extended).

      "Available Cash" has the meaning given to such term in the Partnership
Agreement, as amended to the date of the Indenture.

      "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state
law for the relief of debtors.

      "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the General Partner,
or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

      "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
<PAGE>
 
      "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on the balance sheet in accordance
with GAAP.

      "Capital Interests" means any and all shares, interests, participations,
rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including,
without limitation, with respect to partnerships, partnership interests (whether
general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a
Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or
distributions of assets of, such partnership.

      "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities issued
or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or
any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than
eighteen months from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and
overnight bank deposits, in each case with any lender party to the Credit
Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in
excess of $500 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better, (iv)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) entered into with
any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii)
above and (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation and in each case
maturing within nine months after the date of acquisition and (vi) investments
in money market funds all of whose assets consist of securities of the types
described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (v).

      "Change of Control" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the Partnership's assets to any
Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)
other than James E. Ferrell, the Related Parties and any Person of which James
E. Ferrell and the Related Parties beneficially own in the aggregate 51% or more
of the voting Capital Interests (or if such Person is a partnership, 51% or more
of the general partner interests), (ii) the liquidation or dissolution of the
Partnership or the General Partner, (iii) the occurrence of any transaction, the
result of which is that James E. Ferrell and the Related Parties beneficially
own in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, less than 51% of the total voting
power entitled to vote for the election of directors of the General Partner and
(iv) the occurrence of any transaction, the result of which is that the General
Partner is no longer the sole general partner of the Partnership.

      "Common Units" means the common units, representing limited partner
interests, being offered by the Master Partnership contemporaneously with the
sale of the Notes.

      "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus (a) an amount
equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with an
asset sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing Consolidated
Net Income, plus (b) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such
Person for such period, to the extent such provision for taxes was deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (c) Consolidated Interest Expense of
such Person for such period, whether paid or accrued (including amortization of
original issue discount, non-cash interest payments and the interest component
of any payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations and net payments (if
any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent such expense was deducted
in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (d) depreciation and amortization
(including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) of such
Person for such period,

                                      2
<PAGE>
 
to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income, in each case, for such period without duplication on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

      "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for
such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided, that (i) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that
is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to
the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent
Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof, (ii) the Net Income of any Person
that is a Subsidiary (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the
referent Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof, (iii) the Net Income of
any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior
to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded (except to the extent
otherwise includable under clause (i) above) and (iv) the cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principles shall be excluded.

      "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person
and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii) the respective
amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with respect to
any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Interests) that by its
terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may be
declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such
declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such
Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (x) all write-ups (other than
write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible
assets of a going concern business made within 12 months after the acquisition
of such business) subsequent to the date of this Indenture in the book value of
any asset owned by such Person or a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person, (y)
all investments as of such date in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons
that are not Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments), and (z)
all unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of
such date, all of the foregoing determined in accordance with GAAP.

      "Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" shall be at the address of the
Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the
Trustee may give notice to the Partnership.

      "Credit Facility" means the credit facility under that certain Credit
Agreement, dated as of               , 1994, by and among the Partnership, the
Insurance Company Subsidiary, the General Partner and Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association, as agent for the financial institutions listed
therein, providing for up to $185 million of credit borrowings and letters of
credit, including any related notes, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded,
replaced or refinanced from time to time.

      "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar
official under any Bankruptcy Law.

      "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

      "Disqualified Interests" means any Capital Interests which, by their terms
(or by the terms of any security into which they are convertible or for which
they are exchangeable), or upon the happening

                                      3
<PAGE>
 
of any event, mature or are mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in
whole or in part, on or prior to _______, 2001.

      "Distribution" means, for purposes of Article 10, a distribution
consisting of cash, securities or other property, by set off or otherwise.

      "Equity Interests" means Capital Interests and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Interests (but excluding any debt security that
is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Interests).

      "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      "Existing Fixed Rate Notes" means the Series B and D Fixed Rate Senior
Notes due 1996 of the General Partner.

      "Existing Floating Rate Notes" means the Series A and C Floating Rate
Senior Notes due 1996 of the General Partner.

      "Existing Indebtedness" means up to $___ million in aggregate principal
amount of Indebtedness of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries (other than under
the Credit Facility) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such
amounts are repaid.

      "Existing Senior Notes" means the Existing Fixed Rate Notes and the
Existing Floating Rate Notes.

      "Existing Subordinated Debentures" means the General Partner's 11 5/8%
Senior Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2003.

      "Finance Corp." means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the
successor.

      "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period
to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.  In the event that the
reference Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems
or repays any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings) subsequent
to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated but prior to the date of the event for which the calculation of
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"), then the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption or repayment of Indebtedness, as
if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period.
The foregoing calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall also give pro
forma effect to acquisitions (including all mergers and consolidations),
dispositions and discontinuance of businesses or assets that have been made by
the reference Person or any of its Subsidiaries during the reference period or
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date
assuming that all such acquisitions, dispositions and discontinuance of
businesses or assets had occurred on the first day of the reference period;
provided, however, that (a) Fixed Charges shall be reduced by amounts
attributable to businesses or assets that are so disposed of or discontinued
only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges would
no longer be obligations contributing to the Partnership's Fixed Charges
subsequent to the Calculation Date and (b) Consolidated Cash Flow generated by
an acquired business or asset shall be

                                      4
<PAGE>
 
determined by the actual gross profit (revenues minus cost of goods sold) of
such acquired business or asset during the immediately preceding number of full
fiscal quarters as in the reference period minus the pro forma expenses that
would have been incurred by the Partnership in the operation of such acquired
business or asset during such period computed on the basis of (i) personnel
expenses for employees retained by the Partnership in the operation of the
acquired business or asset and (ii) non-personnel costs and expenses incurred by
the Partnership on a per gallon basis in the operation of the Partnership's
business at similarly situated Partnership facilities.  If the applicable
reference period for any calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio with
respect to the Partnership shall include a portion prior to the date of this
Indenture, then such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated based upon
the Consolidated Cash Flow and the Fixed Charges of the General Partner for such
portion of the reference period prior to the date of this Indenture and the
Consolidated Cash Flow and the Fixed Charges of the Partnership for the
remaining portion of the reference period on and after the date of the
Indenture, giving pro forma effect, as described in the two foregoing sentences,
to all applicable transactions occurring on the date of the Indenture or
otherwise.

      "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of (a) consolidated interest expense of such person for
such period, whether paid or accrued, to the extent such expense was deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue
discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations and net payments (if any) pursuant to
Hedging Obligations), (b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptances financing,
(c) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by
such Person or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person, and (d) the product
of (i) all cash dividend payments (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of
a Person that is a Subsidiary) on any series of preferred stock of such Person,
times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of
which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory
tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, determined, in each case, on a
consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

      "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect in the United States on the date of this
Indenture.

      "General Partner" means Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the
sole general partner of the Partnership.

      "Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee
or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is
pledged.

      "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.

      "Guarantors" means any Subsidiary of the Partnership that executes a Note
Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.13 hereof, and their
respective successors and assigns.

                                      5
<PAGE>
 
      "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations
of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.

      "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

      "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or representing Capital Lease
Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property or representing any Hedging Obligations, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the
foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations)
would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP, as well as all indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on
any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such
Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person
of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

      "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to
time.

      "Insurance Company Subsidiary" means Stratton Insurance Company, a Vermont
corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership.

      "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including
Guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and
similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

      "Issuers" means the parties named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces any such Issuer pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter
means the remaining Issuer and the successor.

      "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by
law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a payment date is a
Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the
next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue
for the intervening period.

      "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

      "Master Partnership" means Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership and the sole limited partner of the Partnership.

                                      6
<PAGE>
 
      "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (a) any gain (but not
loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not
loss), realized in connection with (i) any asset sale (including, without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions), or (ii)
the disposition of any securities or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of
such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, and (b) any extraordinary gain (but not
loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain
(but not loss), provided, however, that all costs and expenses with respect to
the retirement of the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Subordinated
Debentures, including, without limitation, cash premiums, tender offer premiums,
consent payments and all fees and expenses in connection therewith, shall be
added back to the Net Income of the General Partner, the Partnership or their
Subsidiaries to the extent that the same were deducted from such Net Income in
accordance with GAAP.

      "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the
direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to
the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets the
subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale
price of such asset or assets.

      "Non-Recourse Subsidiary" means (1) the Insurance Company Subsidiary and
(2) any other Person that would otherwise be a Subsidiary of the Partnership but
is designated as a Non-Recourse Subsidiary in a resolution of the Board of
Directors of the General Partner, so long as (a) no portion of the Indebtedness
or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of such Person (i) is
guaranteed by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) is recourse or
obligates the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in any way or (iii)
subjects any property or asset of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries,
directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to satisfaction thereof, (b)
neither the Partnership nor any of its Subsidiaries has any contract, agreement,
arrangement or understanding or is subject to an obligation of any kind, written
or oral, with such Person other than on terms no less favorable to the
Partnership and its Subsidiaries than those that might be obtained at the time
from persons who are not Affiliates of the Partnership, (c) neither the
Partnership nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation with respect to such
Person (i) to subscribe for additional shares of capital stock, Capital
Interests or other Equity Interests therein or (ii) maintain or preserve such
Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve certain levels
of operating or other financial results, and (d) such Person has no more than
$1,000 of assets at the time of such designation.

      "Notes" means the ___% Senior Notes due 2001, as amended or supplemented
from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, that are issued under this
Indenture.

      "Note Guarantee" means each guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant
to Article 10 hereof.

      "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

      "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board,
the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the
Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller,
the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person; provided,

                                      7
<PAGE>
 
however, that any reference to an Officer with respect to the Partnership shall
mean the respective Officer of the General Partner.

      "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of (i) the
General Partner (acting on behalf of the Partnership) by two Officers of the
General Partner, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the
principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer
of the General Partner, or (ii) Finance Corp. by two Officers of Finance Corp.,
one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial
officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of Finance Corp., in
either case that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.

      "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.
The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Partnership, the General
Partner, Finance Corp., any of their respective Subsidiaries or the Trustee.

      "Partnership Agreement" means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of
Ferrellgas, L.P., dated as of ____, 1994, between Ferrellgas, Inc. and
Ferrellgas Partners, L.P.

      "Partnership" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the
successor.

      "Permitted Investments" means (a) any Investments in Cash Equivalents; (b)
any Investments in the Partnership or in a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Partnership that is a Guarantor; (c) Investments by the Partnership or any
Subsidiary of the Partnership in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (i)
such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Partnership and a Guarantor
or (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Partnership or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Partnership that is a
Guarantor; and (d) other Investments in Non-Recourse Subsidiaries of the
Partnership that do not exceed $30 million at any time outstanding.

      "Permitted Liens" means (a) Liens existing on the date of the Indenture;
(b) Liens in favor of the Issuers or Liens to secure Indebtedness of a
Subsidiary of the Partnership to the Partnership or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
the Partnership; (c) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such
Person is merged into or consolidated with the Partnership or any Subsidiary of
the Partnership, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets
other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Partnership;
(d) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the
Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership, provided that such Liens were
in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; (e) Liens on any
property or asset acquired by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in
favor of the seller of such property or asset and construction mortgages on
property, in each case, created within six months after the date of acquisition,
construction or improvement of such property or asset by the Partnership or such
Subsidiary to secure the purchase price or other obligation of the Partnership
or such Subsidiary to the seller of such property or asset or the construction
or improvement cost of such property in an amount up to 80% of the total cost of
the acquisition, construction or improvement of such property or asset; provided
that in each case, such Lien does not extend to any other property or asset of
the Partnership and its Subsidiaries; (f) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits
made in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and other
social security benefits and Liens to secure the performance of statutory
obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a
like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; (g)
Liens for taxes, assessments

                                      8
<PAGE>
 
or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and
diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision
as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (h)
Liens imposed by law, such as mechanics', carriers', warehousemen's,
materialmen's, and vendors' Liens, incurred in good faith in the ordinary course
of business with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings if a reserve or other appropriate
provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(i) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations,
restrictions on the use of real property or minor irregularities of title
incident thereto that do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the
value of the property or the assets of the Partnership or impair the use of such
property in the operation of the business of the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries; (j) Liens of landlords or mortgages of landlords, arising solely
by operation of law, on fixtures and movable property located on premises leased
by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business; (k) financing statements granted with respect to personal property
leased by the Partnership and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business to the owners of such personal property, provided that such financing
statements are granted solely in connection with such leases and not the
borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit; (l) judgment Liens to
the extent that such judgments do not cause or constitute a Default or an Event
of Default; (m) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the
Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership with respect to obligations
that do not exceed $5 million in the aggregate in any one time outstanding and
that (i) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the
obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course
of business) and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value
of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of
business by the Partnership or such Subsidiary; (n) Liens securing Indebtedness
incurred to refinance Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien permitted
under the Indenture, provided that (i) any such Lien shall not extend to or
cover any assets or property not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced and
(ii) the refinancing Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall have been permitted
to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof and shall not have a principal amount
in excess of the Indebtedness so refinanced; and (o) any extension or renewal,
or successive extensions or renewals, in whole or in part, of Liens permitted
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (n); provided that no such
extension or renewal Lien shall (i) secure more than the amount of Indebtedness
or other obligations secured by the Lien being so extended or renewed or (ii)
extend to any property or assets not subject to the Lien being so extended or
renewed.

      "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the
Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership issued in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (other
than Indebtedness under the Credit Facility) or the Indebtedness represented by
the then outstanding Existing Subordinated Debentures of the General Partner;
provided that (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in
connection therewith); (b) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded; (c) such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes
on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those, if any,
contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and (d) such Indebtedness
(other than indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease
or refund the Existing Subordinated Debentures) is incurred by the Partnership
or the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

                                      9
<PAGE>
 
      "Permitted Senior Debt" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any
Acquired Debt of such Person, (ii) any Indebtedness incurred by such Person, the
proceeds of which are applied solely to finance capital expenditures made to
improve or enhance the existing capital assets of such Person or to acquire or
construct new capital assets (but excluding capital expenditures necessary to
maintain the existing capital assets of such Person) and (iii) any Indebtedness
incurred by such Person, the proceeds of which are used solely for working
capital purposes.

      "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

      "Related Party" means (i) the spouse or any lineal descendant of James E.
Ferrell, (ii) any trust for his benefit or for the benefit of his spouse or any
such lineal descendants or (iii) any corporation, partnership or other entity in
which James E. Ferrell and/or such other Persons referred to in the foregoing
clauses (i) and (ii) are the direct record and beneficial owners of all of the
voting and nonvoting Equity Interests.

      "Responsible Officer" when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated
officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter,
any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of
and familiarity with the particular subject.

      "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

      "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      "Senior Debt" means, without duplication, (i) the Notes, (ii) all other
Indebtedness of the Partnership or Finance Corp., unless the instrument under
which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes and (iii) all Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of
the Partnership, other than Finance Corp.

      "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Partnership that
would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect
on the date hereof.

      "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence
of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the partners' Capital
Interests (considering all partners' Capital Interests as a single class), is at
the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary of the Partnership that is
designated a Non-Recourse Subsidiary pursuant to the definition thereof shall
not thereafter be deemed a Subsidiary of the Partnership.

      "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. (S)(S) 77aaa-
77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the
TIA.

                                     10
<PAGE>
 
      "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a successor replaces
it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter
means the successor serving hereunder.

      "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum
of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that with respect to any
revolving Indebtedness, the foregoing calculation of Weighted Average Life to
Maturity shall be determined based upon the total available commitments and the
required reductions of commitments in lieu of the outstanding principal amount
and the required payments of principal, respectively.

      "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person
all of the outstanding Capital Interests or other ownership interests or, in the
case of a limited partnership, all of the partners' Capital Interests (other
than up to a 1% general partner interest), of which (other than directors'
qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Defined in
                 Term                                          Section
             <S>                                                <C>
 
             "Affiliate Transaction".........................    4.11
             "Aggregate Consideration".......................    4.07
             "Asset Sale"....................................    4.10
             "Asset Sale Offer"..............................    3.09
             "Benefitted Party"..............................   10.01
             "Capital Investment"............................    4.07
             "Change of Control Offer".......................    4.14
             "Change of Control Payment".....................    4.14
             "Change of Control Payment Date"................    4.14
             "Covenant Defeasance"...........................    8.03
             "Commencement Date".............................    3.09
             "Event of Default"..............................    6.01 
             "Excess Proceeds"...............................    4.10
             "incur".........................................    4.09
             "Incurrence Date"...............................    4.09
             "Legal Defeasance"..............................    8.02
             "Offer Amount"..................................    3.09
             "Offer Period"..................................    3.09
             "Paying Agent"..................................    2.03
             "Payment Default"...............................    6.01
             "Purchase Date".................................    3.09
             "Registrar".....................................    2.03
             "Restricted Payments"...........................    4.07
             "Senior Debt Ratio Test"........................    4.09
</TABLE> 
                                     11
<PAGE>
 
Section 1.03  Incorporation By Reference Of Trust Indenture Act.
      
      Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision
is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture, other than
those provisions of the TIA that may be excluded herein, which provision shall 
be excluded to the extent specificattly excluded in this indenture.

      The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following 
meanings:
 
      "indenture securities" means the Notes and the Note Guarantees, if any;

      "indenture security holder" means a Holder of a Note;

      "indenture to be qualified" means this indenture;

      "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee;

      "obligor" on the Notes means the Issuers, the Guarantors, if any, and any
successor obligor upon the Notes or any Note Guarantee, as the case may be.

      All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a rule or regulation
promulgated by the SEC under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction.

      Unless the context otherwise requires:

      (1)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

      (2)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to
   it in accordance with GAAP;

      (3)  "or" is not exclusive;

      (4)  words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include
   the singular;

      (5)  provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

      (6)  references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the
   Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor
   sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

                                      12
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE 2
                                   THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Form and Dating.

      The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, the terms of which are
incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture.  The Notes may have
notations, legends or endorsements approved as to form by the Issuers and
required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuers or each
Guarantor, if any, is subject, or usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of
its authentication.  The Notes shall be issuable only in denominations of $1,000
and integral multiples thereof.

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.

      Two Officers of each of the General Partner (in the case of the
Partnership) and Finance Corp. shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual or
facsimile signature.  The seal of each Issuer shall be reproduced on the Notes
and may be in facsimile form.

      If an Officer of the General Partner or Finance Corp. whose signature is
on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the
Note shall nevertheless be valid.

      A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of
the Trustee.  The signature of the Trustee shall be conclusive evidence that the
Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.  The form of Trustee's
certificate of authentication to be borne by the Notes shall be substantially as
set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

      The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuers signed by two
Officers of the General Partner and Finance Corp., authenticate Notes for
original issue up to an aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the
Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time shall
not exceed the amount set forth herein except as provided in Section 2.07
hereof.

      The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers
to authenticate Notes.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an
authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.
Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes
authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an
Agent to deal with the Partnership or Finance Corp. or an Affiliate of the
Partnership or Finance Corp.

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.

      The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (including any co-
registrar, the "Registrar") and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment ("Paying Agent").  The Registrar shall keep a register of
the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Issuers may appoint one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term "Paying
Agent" includes any additional paying agent.  The Issuers may change any Paying
Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to any Holder of a Note.
The Issuers shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of
the Notes of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.
The Partnership, Finance Corp. or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent,
Registrar or co-registrar.  The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency
agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall be subject
to any obligations

                                      13
<PAGE>
 
imposed by the provisions of the TIA.  The agreement shall implement the
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent.  The Issuers shall
notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent.  If the Issuers
fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing
notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate
compensation in accordance with Section 7.07 hereof.

      The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and
agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes.

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

      The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for
the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and
shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuers or any Guarantors in
making any such payment.  While any such Default continues, the Trustee may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuers
at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the
Partnership, Finance Corp. or a Guarantor) shall have no further liability for
the money delivered to the Trustee.  If the Partnership, Finance Corp. or any
Guarantor acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes all money held by it as Paying
Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding relating to the
Partnership, Finance Corp. or any Guarantor, the Trustee shall serve as Paying
Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05. Lists of Holders of the Notes.

      The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Holders of the Notes and shall otherwise comply with TIA (S) 312(a).  If the
Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers and/or any Guarantors shall furnish to
the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and
at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form
and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and
addresses of Holders of the Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes held by each thereof, and the Issuers and each Guarantor, if any,
shall otherwise comply with TIA (S) 312(a).

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

      When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to register the
transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other
denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if
its requirements for such transactions are met; provided, however, that any Note
presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly
endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder
thereof or by his attorney duly authorized in writing.  To permit registrations
of transfer and exchanges, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate Notes at the Registrar's request, subject to such rules as the
Trustee may reasonably require.

      Neither the Issuers nor the Registrar shall be required to (i) issue,
register the transfer of or exchange Notes during a period beginning at the
opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before the day of any selection of
Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof or (ii) register the transfer

                                      14
<PAGE>
 
of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

      No service charge shall be made to any Holder of a Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted
herein), but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith
(other than such transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon
exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06 or 9.05 hereof, which shall be paid by
the Issuers).

      Prior to due presentment to the Trustee for registration of the transfer
of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent, the Issuers and each Guarantor, if any, may
deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute
owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes
whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Trustee, any
Agent, the Issuers or any Guarantor shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes.

      If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuers and
the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or
theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written
order of the Issuers signed by (i) two Officers of the General Partner and (ii)
two Officers of Finance Corp., shall authenticate a replacement Note if the
Trustee's requirements for replacements of Notes are met.  If required by the
Trustee, the Issuers or the Guarantors, if any, an indemnity bond must be
supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee, the
Issuers and the Guarantors to protect the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee,
any Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss which any of them may suffer
if a Note is replaced.  Each of the Partnership, Finance Corp, each Guarantor
and the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

      Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers and the
Guarantors, if any, and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this
Indenture equally and ratably with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

      The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the
Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation
and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  If a Note is
replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a
bona fide purchaser.  If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid
under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases
to accrue.  Subject to Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Partnership, Finance Corp., any Guarantor, a Subsidiary
of the Partnership, Finance Corp. or any Guarantor or an Affiliate of the
Partnership, Finance Corp. or any Guarantor holds the Note.

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes.

      In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Partnership, Finance Corp., any Guarantor, any

                                      15
<PAGE>
 
of their respective Subsidiaries or any Affiliate of the Partnership, Finance
Corp. or any Guarantor shall be considered as though not outstanding, except
that for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in
relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Responsible
Officer knows to be so owned shall be so considered.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Partnership, Finance Corp., any
Guarantor, any Subsidiary of the Partnership, Finance Corp. or any Guarantor or
an Affiliate of the Partnership, Finance Corp. or any Guarantor pursuant to an
exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned
by the Partnership, Finance Corp., such Guarantor, a Subsidiary of the
Partnership, Finance Corp. or such Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Partnership,
Finance Corp. or such Guarantor until legal title to such Notes passes to the
Partnership, Finance Corp., such Guarantor, Subsidiary of the Partnership,
Finance Corp. or such Guarantor or Affiliate of the Partnership, Finance Corp.
or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.

      Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and
the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be
substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the
Issuers and the Trustee consider appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without
unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of
the written order of the Issuers signed by (i) two Officers of the General
Partner and (ii) two Officers of Finance Corp., shall authenticate definitive
Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.  Until such exchange, temporary Notes
shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive
Notes.

Section 2.11. Cancellation.

      The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.
The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The
Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer,
exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act), unless the
Issuers direct cancelled Notes to be returned to them.  The Issuers may not
issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have redeemed or paid or that have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  All cancelled Notes held by the
Trustee shall be destroyed and certification of their destruction delivered to
the Issuers, unless by a written order, signed by (i) two Officers of the
General Partner and (ii) two Officers of Finance Corp., the Issuers shall direct
that cancelled Notes be returned to them.

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

      If the Issuers or any Guarantor defaults in a payment of interest on the
Notes, the Issuers or such Guarantor (to the extent of its obligations under its
Note Guarantees) shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to
the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons
who are Holders of the Notes on a subsequent special record date, which date
shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five
Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in
the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Issuers shall fix or cause to be
fixed each such special record date and payment date, and shall, promptly
thereafter, notify the Trustee of any such date.  At least 15 days before the
special record date, the Issuers (or the Trustee, in the name of and at the
expense of the Issuers) shall mail to Holders of the Notes a notice that states
the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such
interest to be paid.

                                      16
<PAGE>
 
Section 2.13. Record Date.

      The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of the
Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or
permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA (S)
316(c).

Section 2.14. CUSIP Number.

      The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use a "CUSIP" number and, if they do
so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange
as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number
printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.  The Issuers will
promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP number.


                                   ARTICLE 3
                       REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

      If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption
provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least
30 days but not more than 75 days before a redemption date, an Officers'
Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of
Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

      If the Issuers are required to make an offer to purchase Notes pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 4.10 or 4.14 hereof, they shall furnish to the
Trustee, at least 30 days before the scheduled Purchase Date, an Officers'
Certificate setting forth (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which
the offer to purchase shall occur, (ii) the terms of the offer, (iii) the
purchase price, (iv) the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, and (v)
further setting forth a statement to the effect that (a) the Partnership or one
of its Subsidiaries has made an Asset Sale and there are Excess Proceeds
aggregating more than $15 million and the amount of such Excess Proceeds or (b)
a Change of Control has occurred, as applicable.

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Purchased or Redeemed.

      If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee
shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the applicable Holders of the Notes
in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange, if any, or the Nasdaq National Market on which the Notes are listed or
quoted, as applicable or, if the Notes are not so listed or quoted, on a pro
rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers
fair and appropriate, provided that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed
in part.  In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be
redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30
nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the
outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.  In the event that less
than all of the Notes properly tendered in an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to
Section 4.10 hereof are to be purchased, the Trustee shall select the particular
Notes to be purchased

                                      17
<PAGE>
 
on a pro rata basis among the applicable Holders of Notes promptly upon the
expiration of such Asset Sale Offer.
                   ---------------- 
      The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes
selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
purchase or redemption, the principal amount thereof to be purchased or
redeemed.  Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or
whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be
purchased or redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such
Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be purchased or redeemed.
Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that
apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for
redemption.

      In the event the Issuers are required to make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant
to Section 4.10 hereof and the amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied to such
purchase would result in the purchase of a principal amount of Notes which is
not evenly divisible by $1,000, the Trustee shall promptly refund to the Issuers
the portion of such Excess Proceeds that is not necessary to purchase the
immediately lesser principal amount of Notes that is so divisible.

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

      At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the
Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of
redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered
address.

      The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

         (a)  the redemption date;

         (b)  the redemption price;

         (c)  if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the
   principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption
   date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount
   equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the
   original Note;

         (d)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

         (e)  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
   Agent to collect the redemption price;

         (f)  that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption
   payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and
   after the redemption date;

         (g)  the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
   pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

         (h)  that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy
   of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

                                      18
<PAGE>
 
      At the Issuers' request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption
in the Issuers' name and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers
shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption
date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and
setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the
preceding paragraph (which request may be revoked by so notifying the Trustee in
writing on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the date requested
for the mailing of such notice).

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

      Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03
hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price.  A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

      One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit
with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money
deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the
amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all
Notes to be redeemed.

      If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on
and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or
the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after
an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date,
then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name
such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any
Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption
because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph,
interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until
such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on
such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

      Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue
and, upon the Issuers' written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the
Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

      The Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuers' option prior to
__________, 1998.  Thereafter, the Notes shall be subject to redemption at the
option of the Issuers, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal
amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on __________ of the years indicated below:

                                      19
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
          Year                        Percentage
          <S>                           <C> 
          1998                          ___.__%
          1999                          ___.__%
          2000                          100.00%
</TABLE> 

Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.

      Except as set forth below under Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof, the
Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09. Asset Sale Offers.

      (a)  In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers shall
be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an "Asset
Sale Offer"), it shall follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.09.

      (b)  The Asset Sale Offer shall commence on the date (the "Commencement
Date") specified in Section 4.10 hereof and shall remain open for a period
specified by the Issuers, which shall be in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof,
except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the
"Offer Period").  No later than five Business Days after the termination of the
Offer Period (the "Purchase Date"), the Issuers shall purchase the principal
amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the
"Offer Amount") or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
tendered in response to such Asset Sale Offer.  Payment for any Notes so
purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

      If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or
before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close
of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to
Holders who tender Notes pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer.

      Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers shall send, by
first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders.  The notice
shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to
tender Notes pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer.  The Asset Sale Offer shall be
made to all Holders.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale

Offer, shall state:

         (a)  that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.10
   hereof, the Offer Period, and the expiration date of the Offer Period;

         (b)  the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

         (c)  that any Note not tendered and accepted for payment shall continue
   to accrue interest;

         (d)  that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note
   accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue
   interest after the Purchase Date;

         (e)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any
   Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form
   entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on

                                     20
<PAGE>
 
   the reverse of the Note completed, to the Issuers, a depositary, if appointed
   by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
   prior to the close of the Offer Period;

         (g)  that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
   Issuers, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,
   not later than the close of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile
   transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
   amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that
   such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

         (h)  that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
   Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Notes to be purchased shall be selected
   pursuant to the terms of Section 3.02 hereof, and that Holders whose Notes
   were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes (accompanied by a
   notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by each Guarantor) equal in
   principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; and

         (i) the circumstances and material facts regarding the Asset Sale or
   Asset Sales giving rise to such Asset Sale Offer, including but not limited
   to, information with respect to pro forma and historical financial
   information if material operations of the Partnership or any Subsidiary were
   divested in such Asset Sale or Asset Sales.

      On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful,
accept for payment, pursuant to the terms of Section 3.02 hereof, the Offer
Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer,
or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Notes or
portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the
terms of this Section 3.09.  The Issuers, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as
the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after
the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to
the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the
Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the
Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers shall authenticate and mail or
deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any
unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be
promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof.  The Issuers
shall publicly announce the results of such Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase
Date.

      Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof to the extent applicable.


                                   ARTICLE 4
                                   COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes.

      The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the
Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the
date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuers or any Guarantor, holds
as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in
immediately

                                     21
<PAGE>
 
available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium,
if any, and interest then due.

      The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to
1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the
extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
(without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent
lawful.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

      The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New
York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate
of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Issuers or any Guarantor in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may
be served.  The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any
time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee.

      The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices
or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such
purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however,
that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers
of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan,
the City of New York for such purposes.  The Issuers shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in
the location of any such other office or agency.

      The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as
one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03. Reports.

      Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long
as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers will furnish to the Holders of Notes
(i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuers were
required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to the
annual information only, a report thereon by the Issuers' certified independent
accountants and (ii) all reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC
on Form 8-K if the Issuers were required to file such reports.  In addition,
whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Issuers
will file a copy of all such information with the SEC for public availability
(unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information
available to investors who request it in writing.  To the extent permissible
under the rules and regulations of the SEC (assuming at all times that the
Issuers were required to file reports with the SEC), such information and
reports with respect to the Master Partnership may be filed and provided in lieu
of such information and reports with respect to the Partnership.

                                     22
<PAGE>
 
Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate.

      (a)  Each Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the
end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the
activities of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal
year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether each Issuer, each Guarantor, if any, and each obligor on the
Notes and this Indenture has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its
obligations under this Indenture (including with respect to any Restricted
Payments made during such year, the basis upon which the calculations required
by Section 4.07 hereof were computed, which calculations may be based on the
Partnership's latest available financial statements), and further stating, as to
each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her
knowledge, each Issuer, each Guarantor, if any, and each such obligor has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this
Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the
terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default
of which he or she may have knowledge and what action each Issuer, each
Guarantor, if any, or each such obligor, as the case may be, is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her
knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which
payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is
prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what
action each Issuer, each Guarantor, if any, or each such obligor, as the case
may be, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

      (b)  So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Partnership's independent public accountants (who shall
be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to
their attention that would lead them to believe that the Issuers have violated
any provisions of Article Four or Article Five hereof or, if any such violation
has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being
understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to
any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

      (c)  Each Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding,
deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer of such Issuer (or of the
General Partner, in the case of the Partnership) becoming aware of any Default
or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event
of Default and what action such Issuer is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto.

Section 4.05. Taxes.

      The Issuers shall pay, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to pay,
prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or
where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect
to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

      Each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors, if any, covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time

                                     23
<PAGE>
 
hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors, if any, (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to
the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as
though no such law had been enacted.

Section 4.07. Restricted Payments.

      The Partnership shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly:  (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any
distribution on account of the Partnership's or any Subsidiary's Equity
Interests (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Partnership, (y) dividends or
distributions payable to the Partnership or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Partnership that is a Guarantor or (z) distributions or dividends payable pro
rata to all holders of Capital Interests of any such Subsidiary); (ii) purchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the
Partnership or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Partnership (other than
any such Equity Interests owned by the Partnership or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
of the Partnership that is a Guarantor); (iii) purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes;
or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set
forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as
"Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

         (a)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
   continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

         (b)  the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Partnership for the
   Partnership's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
   internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on
   which such Restricted Payment is made, calculated on a pro forma basis as if
   such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of such four-quarter
   period, would have been more than 2.25 to 1;

         (c)  such Restricted Payment (the amount of any such payment, if other
   than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination
   shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution in an Officers' Certificate
   delivered to the Trustee), together with the aggregate of all other
   Restricted Payments (other than any Restricted Payments permitted by the
   provisions of clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the penultimate paragraph of
   this Section 4.07) made by the Partnership and its Subsidiaries in the fiscal
   quarter during which such Restricted Payment is made, shall not exceed an
   amount equal to the sum of (i) Available Cash of the Partnership for the
   immediately preceding fiscal quarter (or, with respect to the first fiscal
   quarter during which Restricted Payments are made, the amount of Available
   Cash of the Partnership for the period commencing on the date of this
   Indenture and ending on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal
   quarter) plus (ii) the lesser of (x) the amount of Available Cash of the
   Partnership for the first 45 days of the fiscal quarter during which such
   Restricted Payment is made and (y) the amount of working capital Indebtedness
   that the Partnership could have incurred on the last day of the immediately
   preceding fiscal quarter under the terms of the agreements and instruments
   governing its outstanding Indebtedness on such date; and

         (d) the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and Non-Recourse Subsidiaries
   shall have, in the aggregate (i) acquired, improved or repaired property,
   plant or equipment which is accounted for as a capital expenditure in
   accordance with GAAP or (ii) acquired, through merger or otherwise,

                                     24
<PAGE>
 
   all or substantially all of the outstanding Capital Interests, or all or
   substantially all of the assets, of any entity engaged in the business in
   which the Partnership is engaged on the date of this Indenture (each of the
   transactions referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, a "Capital
   Investment") for Aggregate Consideration since the date of the Indenture
   which, when added to all cash reserves then funded and maintained by the
   Partnership (the proceeds of which shall be used solely for Capital
   Investments) is no less than the amounts set forth in the table below, if
   such Restricted Payment is made in the 12-month period beginning August 1 of
   the years indicated:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
               Year                              Amount
               ----                            ----------

               <S>.........................    <C>
               1994........................    $0
               1995........................    $15 million
               1996........................    $30 million
               1997........................    $45 million
               1998........................    $70 million
               1999........................    $95 million
               2000........................    $120 million
</TABLE> 
                                               
      For purposes of the foregoing, "Aggregate Consideration" at any date shall
mean all cash paid in connection with all Capital Investments consummated on or
prior to such date, the fair market value of all Capital Interests of the Master
Partnership or the Partnership (determined by the General Partner in good faith
with reference to, among other things, the trading price of such Capital
Interests, if then traded on any national securities exchange or automated
quotation system) constituting all or a portion of the purchase price of all
Capital Investments consummated on or prior to such date and the aggregate
principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Partnership in
connection with all Capital Investments consummated on or prior to such date.

      The foregoing provisions will not prohibit (i) the payment of any
distribution within 60 days after the date on which the Partnership becomes
committed to make such distribution, if at said date of commitment such payment
would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; (ii) the redemption,
repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the
Partnership in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Partnership) of other Equity
Interests of the Partnership (other than any Disqualified Interests); (iii) the
defeasance, redemption or repurchase of subordinated Indebtedness with the
proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; and (iv) the defeasance,
redemption or repurchase of any Existing Subordinated Debentures of the General
Partner and the payment of all costs and expenses in connection therewith.

      Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the General
Partner shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, which calculations may
be based upon the Partnership's latest available financial statements.

Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

      The Partnership shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary
to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Partnership or any
of its Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Interests or (2) with respect to any
other interest or participation in, or interest measured by, its profits, (b)
pay any indebtedness owed to the Partnership or any of its

                                     25
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiaries, (c) make loans or advances to the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries or (d) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Partnership
or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of (i) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the
date of this Indenture, (ii) the Credit Facility, as in effect on the date of
this Indenture, this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, (iii)
applicable law, (iv) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Interests
of a Person acquired by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect
at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was
incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the
Person, so acquired, provided that the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person to
the extent that dividends, distributions, loans, advances or transfers thereof
is limited by such encumbrance or restriction on the date of acquisition is not
taken into account in determining whether such acquisition was permitted by the
terms of the Indenture, (v) customary non-assignment provisions in leases
entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
practices, (vi) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary
course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause
(d) above on the property so acquired, (vii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
of any Existing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more
restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness
being refinanced or (viii) agreements governing any Indebtedness that is
permitted to be incurred hereunder and that is incurred to extend, refinance,
renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to the
Credit Facility, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements
governing such refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those
contained in the Credit Facility as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Interests.

      The Partnership shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise
become directly or indirectly liable with respect to (collectively, "incur") any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Partnership shall not issue any
Disqualified Interests and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any
shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Partnership may incur
Indebtedness and any Subsidiary of the Partnership may incur Acquired Debt if:

         (a) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Partnership's most recently
   ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
   available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
   Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.75 to 1 if such date is
   on or prior to        , 1996 and 3.00 to 1 if such date is after          ,
   1996, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
   application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness
   had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; and

         (b) either (x) such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of
   payment to the Notes and shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity
   greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes or
   (y) such Indebtedness shall be Permitted Senior Debt and the Senior Debt
   Ratio Test shall have been met at the time of incurrence thereof.

      The foregoing limitations of this Section 4.09 will not apply to:  (i) the
Indebtedness represented by the Notes and any Note Guarantees; (ii) the
incurrence by the Partnership of Indebtedness pursuant to the Credit Facility in
an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $185
million; (iii) revolving Indebtedness incurred solely for working capital
purposes in an aggregate

                                     26
<PAGE>
 
outstanding principal amount not to exceed $20 million at any time on or prior
to __________, 1996 and $40 million thereafter, provided, in each case, that the
outstanding principal balance of such revolving Indebtedness (or, if such
revolving Indebtedness is incurred as an addition or extension to the Credit
Facility, the outstanding principal balance under the Credit Facility in excess
of the limits set forth in clause (ii) above) shall be reduced to zero for a
period of 30 consecutive days during each fiscal year; (iv) the incurrence by
the Partnership of Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15 million; (v) the Existing
Indebtedness; (vi) the incurrence by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries
of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the proceeds of which
are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any then
outstanding Indebtedness of the Partnership or such Subsidiary not incurred in
violation of the Indenture; (vii) Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the
purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating
rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be
outstanding; (viii) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Partnership to the
Partnership or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; (ix) the incurrence by the
Partnership or the Insurance Company Subsidiary of Indebtedness owing directly
to its insurance carriers (without duplication) in connection with the
Partnership's, its Subsidiaries' or its Affiliates' self-insurance programs or
other similar forms of retained insurable rights for their respective retail
propane businesses, consisting of reinsurance agreements and indemnification
agreements (and guarantees of the foregoing) secured by letters of credit,
provided that the Indebtedness evidenced by such reinsurance agreements,
indemnification agreements, guarantees and letters of credit shall be counted
(without duplication) for purposes of all calculations pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test above; (x) surety bonds and appeal bonds required in
the ordinary course of business or in connection with the enforcement of rights
or claims of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or in connection with
judgments that do not result in a Default or Event of Default; (xi) the
incurrence by the Partnership (or any Subsidiary of the Partnership that is a
Guarantor) of Indebtedness in connection with acquisitions of retail propane
businesses in favor of the sellers of such businesses in a principal amount not
to exceed $15 million in any fiscal year or $45 million in the aggregate
outstanding at any one time, provided that the principal amount of such
Indebtedness incurred in connection with any such acquisition shall not exceed
the fair market value of the assets so acquired; and (xii) in addition to the
Indebtedness permitted under the foregoing clauses (i) through (xi), the
incurrence by the Partnership of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
outstanding not to exceed $15 million at any time, provided that any
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xii) shall be subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes and shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity
greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes.

      The "Senior Debt Ratio Test" will be met with respect to the incurrence of
any Indebtedness by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership if the
ratio of (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Senior Debt on the
date of and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (the
"Incurrence Date") to (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow for the Partnership's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are available immediately preceding the Incurrence Date would have been 2.50 to
1 or less.  For purposes of the computation in clause (1) of the foregoing
sentence, the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness under the Credit
Facility shall be deemed to equal the principal amount of such Indebtedness
actually outstanding plus the maximum additional principal amount of such
Indebtedness available thereunder, and letters of credit shall be deemed to have
a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Partnership
or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder.  The foregoing calculation of
Consolidated Cash Flow shall give pro forma effect to acquisitions (including
all mergers and consolidations), dispositions and discontinuance of operations
that have been made by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries during the
four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or
prior to the Incurrence Date assuming that all such acquisitions, dispositions
and discontinuance of operations had occurred on the first day of

                                     27
<PAGE>
 
the four-quarter reference period in the same manner as described in the
definition of "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio".

      For purposes of this Section 4.09, any revolving Indebtedness (under the
Credit Facility

or otherwise) shall be deemed to have been incurred only at such time at which
the agreements and instruments (or any amendments thereto that increase the
amount, reduce the Weighted Average Life to Maturity, change any subordination
provisions or create any additional obligor of such revolving Indebtedness) are
executed, in an amount equal to the maximum amount of such revolving
Indebtedness permitted to be borrowed thereunder, and the Partnership's ability
to borrow or reborrow such revolving Indebtedness up to such maximum permitted
amount shall not thereafter be limited by the provisions of this Section 4.09
(other than the proviso set forth in clause (iii) of the second paragraph of
this Section 4.09.)

Section 4.10. Asset Sales.

      The Partnership shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, (i) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets (including by way
of a sale-and-leaseback) other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice (provided that the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Partnership shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.14 and/or 5.01
hereof and not by the provisions of this Section 4.10), or (ii) issue or sell
Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or
(ii) above, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,
(a) that have a fair market value in excess of $5 million, or (b) for net
proceeds in excess of $5 million (each of the foregoing, an "Asset Sale"),
unless (x) the Partnership (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market
value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an
Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets sold or otherwise
disposed of and (y) at least 80% of the consideration therefor received by the
Partnership or such Subsidiary is in the form of cash; provided, however, that
the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Partnership's or such
Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto), of the
Partnership or any Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets and (B) any notes or other obligations received by
the Partnership or any such Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately
converted by the Partnership or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the
cash received), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and
provided, further, that the 80% limitation referred to in this clause (y) shall
not apply to any Asset Sale in which the cash portion of the consideration
received therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing proviso, is
equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such
Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 80% limitation.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Asset Sales shall not be deemed to include (1) any transfer of assets
by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries to a Subsidiary of the Partnership
that is a Guarantor, (2) any transfer of assets by the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries to any Person in exchange for other assets used in a line of
business permitted under Section 4.16 hereof and having a fair market value not
less than that of the assets so transferred and (3) any transfer of assets
pursuant to a Permitted Investment.

      Within 270 days after any Asset Sale, the Partnership may apply the Net
Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (a) permanently reduce Indebtedness outstanding
under the Credit Facility (with a permanent reduction of availability in the
case of revolving Indebtedness) or (b) an investment in capital expenditures or
other long-term tangible assets, in each case, in the same line of business as
the Partnership was engaged in on the date of this Indenture.  Pending the final
application of any such Net Proceeds, the

                                     28
<PAGE>
 
Partnership may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Credit Facility or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this
Indenture.  Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not applied or
invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to
constitute "Excess Proceeds."  When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
exceeds $15 million, the Issuers shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders
of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased
out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100%
of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article 3
hereof.  The Issuers shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess
Proceeds within 10 Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceeds $15
million by mailing the notice required in Section 3.09 hereof to the Holders.
The Offer Period shall be not less than 30 days and not more than 40 days,
unless a longer period is required by law.  The Issuers shall comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with such Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the
aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer is less
than the Excess Proceeds, the Partnership may use such deficiency for general
business purposes.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select
the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.  Upon completion of such Asset
Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates.

      The Partnership shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or
assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into any contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit
of, any Affiliate, including any Non-Recourse Subsidiary (each of the foregoing,
an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless (a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms
that are no less favorable to the Partnership or the relevant Subsidiary than
those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the
Partnership or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (b) with respect to
(i) any Affiliate Transaction with an aggregate value in excess of $500,000, a
majority of the directors of the General Partner having no direct or indirect
economic interest in such Affiliate Transaction determines by resolution that
such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above and approves such
Affiliate Transaction and (ii) any Affiliate Transaction involving the purchase
or other acquisition or sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of properties
or assets other than in the ordinary course of business, in each case, having a
fair market value or for net proceeds in excess of $15 million, the Partnership
delivers to the Trustee an opinion as to the fairness to the Partnership or such
Subsidiary from a financial point of view issued by an investment banking firm
of national standing; provided, however, that (i) any employment agreement or
stock option agreement entered into by the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past
practice of the Partnership (or the General Partner) or such Subsidiary, (ii)
Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of Section 4.07 hereof, and
(iii) transactions entered into by the Partnership or the Insurance Company
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in connection with reinsuring the
self-insurance programs or other similar forms of retained insurable risks of
the retail propane businesses operated by the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and
its Affiliates, in each case, shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions.

Section 4.12. Liens.

      The Partnership shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, or any

                                     29
<PAGE>
 
income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income
therefrom, except Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13. Subsidiary Note Guarantees.

      The Partnership may, at any time that it transfers or causes to be
transferred to any of its Subsidiaries assets, businesses or properties having a
fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose
determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of such Board)
of $5 million or more, cause such Subsidiary to unconditionally guarantee,
jointly and severally, the Issuers' payment obligations under the Notes as
provided in Article 10 hereof pursuant to a supplemental indenture in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B, together with an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and delivered by such
Subsidiary and is in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

Section 4.14. Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control.

      Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuers shall make an
offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to each Holder to purchase all or any part
of such Holder's Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment").  The Issuers shall comply with
the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with such Change of Control Offer.

      The Issuers shall commence such Change of Control Offer within 10 days
following any Change of Control by mailing a notice of such Change of Control to
each Holder at its last registered address with a copy to the Trustee and the
Paying Agent.  The Change of Control Offer shall remain open from the time of
mailing until the close of business on the Business Day preceding the date on
which payment for the Notes tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer
shall be made (the "Change of Control Payment Date").  The notice, which shall
govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer, shall state:

      (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
          Section 4.14 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

      (2) the amount of the Change of Control Payment and the Change of Control
          Payment Date, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later
          than 40 days from the date such notice is mailed;

      (3) that any Notes not tendered will continue to accrue interest in
          accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
 
      (4) that, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of
          Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change
          of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of
          Control Payment Date;

      (5) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to the Change
          of Control Offer will be required to surrender their Notes, with the
          form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of
          the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address

                                     30
<PAGE>
 
          specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business
          Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

      (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying
          Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the Business
          Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex,
          facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
          the principal amount of Notes the Holder delivered for purchase, and a
          statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such
          Notes purchased;

      (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be
          issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion
          of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to
          $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof; and

      (8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control
          (including, but not limited to, information with respect to pro forma
          historical financial information after giving effect to such Change of
          Control, information regarding the Person or Persons acquiring control
          and such Person's or Persons' business plans going forward).

      On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent
lawful, (i) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal
to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so
tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the Notes or portions
thereof tendered to the Issuers.  The Paying Agent shall promptly, but in no
event later than three Business Days following the Change of Control Payment
Date, mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a
new Note, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or deliver a new Note to
such Holder equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.  The Issuers shall publicly
announce in The Wall Street Journal, or if no longer published, a national
newspaper of general circulation the results of the Change of Control Offer on
or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

Section 4.15. Partnership or Corporate Existence.

      Subject to Article 5 and Article 10 hereof, as the case may be, each
Issuer and each of the Guarantors, if any, shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate
or partnership existence, and the corporate or partnership existence of each of
their Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents
(as the same may be amended from time to time) of each Issuer, any such
Guarantor or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (ii) the rights
(charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of each Issuer, the Guarantors
and their respective Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Issuers and the
Guarantors shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or
franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of their
respective Subsidiaries, if an officer of the General Partner or Finance Corp.,
as the case may be, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of 

                                     31
<PAGE>
 
the Issuers, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and that
the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the
Notes.

                                     32
<PAGE>
 
Section 4.16. Line of Business.

      For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Partnership and its
Subsidiaries will not materially or substantially engage in any business other
than that in which the Partnership and its Subsidiaries were engaged on the date
of this Indenture.

Section 4.17. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

      The Partnership will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the
Partnership or such Subsidiary of any property that has been or is to be sold or
transferred by the Partnership or such Subsidiary to such Person in
contemplation of such leasing; provided, however, that the Partnership or such
Subsidiary may enter into such sale and leaseback transaction if (i) the
Partnership could have (A) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the
Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Test set forth in paragraph (a) of Section 4.09
and (B) secured a Lien on such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12, or (ii)
the lease in such sale and leaseback transaction is for a term not in excess of
the lesser of (A) three years and (B) 60% of the remaining useful life of such
property.

Section 4.18. Restrictions on Nature of Indebtedness and Activities of Finance
              Corp.

      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, Finance Corp. shall
not incur any Indebtedness unless (a) the Partnership is a co-obligor or
guarantor of such Indebtedness or (b) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are
lent to the Partnership, used to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by
the Partnership or used directly or indirectly to refinance or discharge
Indebtedness permitted under the limitations of this Section 4.18.  Finance
Corp. shall not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to
obtaining money or arranging financing for the Partnership.


                                  ARTICLE 5
                                 SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

      (a)  The Partnership shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether
or not the Partnership is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties
or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless (i) the
Partnership is the surviving Person, or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Partnership) or to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have
been made is a corporation or partnership organized or existing under the laws
of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Partnership) or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations
of the Partnership pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes and this Indenture; (iii)
immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(iv) the Partnership or any Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger, or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition shall have been made (A) shall have Consolidated Net Worth
(immediately after the transaction but prior to any purchase accounting
adjustments resulting from the transaction) equal to or

                                     33
<PAGE>
 
greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Partnership immediately preceding
the transaction and (B) shall, at the time of such transaction and after giving
pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in Section 4.09 hereof.

      (b)  Finance Corp. may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or
not Finance Corp. is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or
assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless (i) Finance
Corp. is the surviving Person, or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than Finance Corp.) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
the Partnership; (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than Finance Corp.) or the Person to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made assumes all the obligations of Finance Corp., pursuant to a supplemental
indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes and
the Indenture; and (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event
of Default exists.

      (c)  The Partnership or Finance Corp., as the case may be, shall deliver
to the Trustee prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction pursuant to
the foregoing paragraphs (a) and (b) an Officers' Certificate to the foregoing
effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and such
supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.  The Trustee shall be
entitled to conclusively rely upon such Officers' Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel.

Section 5.02. Successor Person Substituted.

      Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Partnership or Finance Corp. in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the
successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the
Partnership or Finance Corp. is merged or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and
be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation,
merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this
Indenture referring to the "Partnership," "Finance Corp.," or the "Issuers," as
the case may be shall refer to or include instead the successor Person and not
the Partnership or Finance Corp., as the case may be), and may exercise every
right and power of the Partnership or Finance Corp., as the case may be under
this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named
as the Partnership or Finance Corp., as the case may be, herein; provided,
however, that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation
to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes except in
the case of a sale of all of such Issuer's assets that meets the requirements of
Section 5.01 hereof.


                                   ARTICLE 6
                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.  Events of Default.

      An "Event of Default" occurs if:

                                     34
<PAGE>
 
         (a)  the Issuers or the Guarantors default in the payment of interest 
   on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable and such default
   continues for a period of 30 days;

         (b)  the Issuers or the Guarantors default in the payment of principal
   of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at
   maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase)
   or otherwise;

         (c)  the Issuers fail for a period of 20 days to observe or perform any
   covenant, condition or agreement on the part of the Issuers to be observed or
   performed pursuant to Sections 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 5.01 hereof;

         (d)  the Issuers or any Guarantor fails to comply with any of their
   other respective agreements or covenants in, or provisions of, the Notes, the
   Note Guarantees or this Indenture and the Default continues for the period
   and after the notice specified below;

         (e)  a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under
   which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
   Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries
   (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Partnership or any of its
   Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or shall be
   created hereafter, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal
   of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the
   expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a "Payment
   Default") or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to
   its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of such
   Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other Indebtedness as
   to which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been
   so accelerated, aggregates $10 million or more, excluding any acceleration of
   maturity of the Indebtedness represented by the General Partner's Existing
   Floating Rate Notes and Existing Fixed Rate Notes to the extent that such
   Indebtedness shall be redeemed on or prior to the 40th day after the date of
   this Indenture;

         (f)  a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are
   entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the
   Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries and such judgments are not paid,
   discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days, provided that the aggregate of
   all such undischarged judgments exceeds $10 million;

         (g)  except as otherwise permitted hereunder, any Note Guarantee shall
   be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall
   cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor (or its
   successors or assigns), or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor (or
   its successors or assigns), shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its
   Note Guarantee;

         (h)  the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to or within
   the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

              (i)   commences a voluntary case,

              (ii)  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in
      an involuntary case,

              (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for
      all or substantially all of its property,

                                     35
<PAGE>
 
            (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or


            (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

         (i)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
   any Bankruptcy Law that:

            (i) is for relief against the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the
      Partnership in an involuntary case,

            (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of
      the Partnership or for all or substantially all of the property of the
      Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership, or

            (iii) orders the liquidation of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of
      the Partnership,

   and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
   days.

      A Default under clause (d) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee
notifies the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes notify the Issuers and the Trustee, of the Default and
the Issuers do not cure the Default within 60 days after receipt of the notice.
The notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that
the notice is a "Notice of Default."

      In the case of any Event of Default pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 6.01 occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or
not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuers with the intention of avoiding payment
of the premium that the Issuers would have had to pay if the Issuers then had
elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent
premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent
permitted by law, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary
notwithstanding.  If an Event of Default occurs prior to __________, 1998 by
reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf
of the Issuers with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of
the Notes prior to __________, 1998 pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then the
premium payable for purposes of this paragraph for each of the years beginning
on __________ of the years set forth below shall be as set forth in the
following table expressed as a percentage of the amount that would otherwise be
due but for the provisions of this sentence, plus accrued interest, if any, to
the date of payment:

                                     36
<PAGE>
 
               Year                     Percentage
               ----                     ----------

               1994 ...................   ____%
               1995 ...................   ____%
               1996 ...................   ____%
               1997 ...................   ____%

Section 6.02.  Acceleration.

      If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
clauses (h) and (i) of Section 6.01 hereof relating to either Issuer, any
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by
notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may
declare the unpaid principal of and any accrued interest on all the Notes to be
due and payable.  Upon such declaration the principal and interest shall be due
and payable immediately (together with the premium referred to in Section 6.01
hereof, if applicable).  If an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i)
of Section 6.01 hereof relating to either Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary occurs, such an amount shall ipso facto become and be immediately due
and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
any Holder.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration
and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal or
interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured
or waived.

Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

      If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue
any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the
Notes or this Indenture.

      The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of
the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies
are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

      Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes
(including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related
payment default that resulted from such acceleration).  Upon any such waiver,
such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom
shall be deemed to have been cured for every

                                     37
<PAGE>
 
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05. Control by Majority.

      Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve
the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

      A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or
the Notes only if:

         (a)  the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a
   continuing Event of Default or the Trustee receives such notice from either
   Issuer;

         (b)  the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
   outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

         (c)  such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested,
   provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any
   loss, liability or expense;

         (d)  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
   receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of
   indemnity; and

         (e)  during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal
   amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction
   inconsistent with the request; provided, however, that such provision does
   not affect the right of a Holder of a Note to sue for enforcement of any
   overdue payment thereon.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another
Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a
Note.

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note
(including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer),
or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder.

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

      If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name
and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of
principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and
interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such
further amount as shall be

                                     38
<PAGE>
 
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

      The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers
(or any other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors
or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and
distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims
and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee
shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to
the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the
payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding shall be denied for
any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid
out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other
properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or
otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10. Priorities.

      If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay
out the money in the following order:

         First:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
   Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and
   liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and
   expenses of collection;

         Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
   for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
   priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes
   for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

         Third:  to the Partnership or to such party as a court of competent
   jurisdiction shall direct.

      The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

      In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in

                                     39
<PAGE>
 
its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys'
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits
and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This
Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note
pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.


                                   ARTICLE 7
                                    TRUSTEE

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

      (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

      (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

         (i)  the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the
   express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those
   duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and
   no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against
   the Trustee; and

         (ii)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
   conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
   the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
   the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However,
   the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether
   or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

      (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

         (i)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
   Section;

         (ii)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
   good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was
   negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

         (iii)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
   takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received
   by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

      (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
(b), and (c) of this Section.

      (e)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the
request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee
security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

                                     40
<PAGE>
 
      (f)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by
it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.  Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

      (a)  The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to
be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

      (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require from
either Issuer an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The
Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any
Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from
liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in
good faith and in reliance thereon.

      (c)  The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

      (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

      (e)  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand,
request, direction or notice from either Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by
an Officer of the General Partner (in the case of the Partnership) or by an
Officer of Finance Corp. (in the case of Finance Corp.)

      (f)  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

      The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner
or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with either Issuer, any Guarantor or
any Affiliate of either Issuer or any Guarantor with the same rights it would
have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires
any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply
to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do
the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections
7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer.

      The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to
the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Issuers' use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money
paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers' direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be
responsible for any statement or recital herein or any

                                     41
<PAGE>
 
statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the
Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

      If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case
of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a
committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding
the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

      Within 60 days after each _________ beginning with the __________
following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report
dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA (S) 313(a) (but if no
event described in TIA (S) 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA (S) 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail
all reports as required by TIA (S) 313(c).

      A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes
shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on
which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA (S) 313(d).  The Issuers shall
promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

      The Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, shall pay to the Trustee from time
to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and its
services hereunder.  The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law
on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuers and the
Guarantors, if any, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all
reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in
addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the
reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and
counsel.

      The Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, shall indemnify the Trustee
against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out
of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under
this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture
against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07), and
defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by either Issuer, any
Guarantor or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the
extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence
or bad faith.  The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for
which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers
shall not relieve the Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, of their obligations
hereunder.  The Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, shall defend the claim and
the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate
counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, shall pay the reasonable
fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, need
not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld.

                                     42
<PAGE>
 
      The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, under this
Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

      To secure the Issuers' and the Guarantors' payment obligations in this
Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay
principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

      When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law.

      The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA (S) 313(b)(2) to the
extent applicable.

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

      A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section.

      The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the
trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers.  The Holders of Notes of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing.  The Issuers may
remove the Trustee if:

         (a)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

         (b)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
   relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

         (c)  a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
   property; or

         (d)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

      If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office
of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

      If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers, any
Guarantor, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

      If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been
a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10
hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction
for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                                     43
<PAGE>
 
      A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment
to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers.  Thereupon, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor
Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders of the Notes.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the
Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section
7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Issuers' and the Guarantors' obligations under Section 7.07
hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

      If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the
successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

      There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate
trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

      This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements
of TIA (S) 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA (S) 310(b).

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.

      The Trustee is subject to TIA (S) 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA (S) 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA (S) 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.


                                   ARTICLE 8
                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

      The Issuers may, at the option of the Board of Directors and the Board of
Directors of Finance Corp. evidenced in each case by a resolution set forth in
an Officers' Certificate, at any time elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions
set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

      Upon the Issuers' exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors,
if any, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with
respect to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions
set forth below are

                                     44
<PAGE>
 
satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal Defeasance").  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be
deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the
other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have
satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and
the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute
proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions
which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the
rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund
described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section,
payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such
Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuers' and Guarantors' obligations
with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Issuers' and the Guarantors' obligations in connection therewith and (d) this
Article 8.  Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise
their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its
option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

      Upon the Issuers' exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors,
if any, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants
contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16,
4.17, 4.18 and 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note
Guarantees on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied
(hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed
not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or
declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding"
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not
be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may
omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or
by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or
in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default
or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified
above, the remainder of this Indenture, such Notes and the Note Guarantees, if
any, shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuers' exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof,
Sections 6.01(e) and 6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

      The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section
8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

      In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

         (a)  the Issuers shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be
   deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making
   the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated
   solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (i) cash in U.S. Dollars
   in an amount, or (ii) non-callable Government Securities which through the
   scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance
   with their terms will provide, not

                                     45
<PAGE>
 
   later than one day before the due date of any payment, cash in U.S. Dollars
   in an amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, in such amounts, as will be
   sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
   public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to
   the Trustee, to pay and discharge and which shall be applied by the Trustee
   (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge (A) the principal of,
   premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity
   or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal
   or installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest and (B) any
   mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to the
   outstanding Notes on the day on which such payments are due and payable in
   accordance with the terms of the Indenture and of such Notes; provided that
   the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the
   proceeds of such non-callable Government Securities to said payments with
   respect to the Notes;

         (b)  in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuers
   shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which counsel may
   be an employee of either Issuer or any Subsidiary of either Issuer)
   reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Issuers have
   received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
   ruling or (ii) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in
   the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and
   based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
   outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
   tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
   federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
   times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

         (c)  in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuers
   shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which counsel may
   be an employee of either Issuer or any Subsidiary of either Issuer)
   reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
   outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
   tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to
   federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
   times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not
   occurred;

         (d)  no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the
   date of such deposit or, insofar as Sections 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) hereof is
   concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of
   deposit (or greater period of time in which any such deposit of trust funds
   may remain subject to Bankruptcy Law insofar as those apply to the deposit by
   the Issuers);

         (e)  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a
   breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement
   or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which either Issuer or any of
   their Subsidiaries is a party or by which either Issuer or any of their
   Subsidiaries is bound;

         (f)  the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
   counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the
   trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
   insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
   generally;

         (g)  the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
   Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the
   intent of preferring the Holders over any other

                                     46
<PAGE>
 
   creditors of the Issuers or the Guarantors, if any, or with the intent of
   defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the
   Issuers or others; and

         (h)  the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
   Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
   precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant
   Defeasance have been complied with as contemplated hereby.

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust;
              Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

      Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the
"Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including either Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to
become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but
such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law.

      The Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, shall pay and indemnify the
Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the
cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04
hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any
such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of
the outstanding Notes.

      Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request
of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as
provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.

Section 8.06. Repayment to Issuers.

      Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal, and premium, if any, or interest, if any, have become due and payable
shall be paid to the Issuers on its request or (if then held by the Issuers)
shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall
thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuers for
payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee
thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such
Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the
expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The
Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed
and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days
from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such
money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers.

                                     47
<PAGE>
 
Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

      If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States
dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court
or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the Issuers' and the Guarantors' obligations under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until
such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided,
however, that, if the Issuers and the Guarantors make any payment of principal
of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment
from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                   ARTICLE 9
                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

      Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, the
Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or
the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

         (a)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

         (b)  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
   certificated Notes;

         (c)  to provide for the assumption of the Partnership's, Finance
   Corp.'s or any Guarantor's obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the
   case of a merger or consolidation pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof,
   as the case may be;

         (d)  to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
   benefits to the Holders of the Notes (including providing for Note Guarantees
   pursuant to Section 4.13 hereof) or that does not adversely affect the legal
   rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note; or

         (e)  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
   maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

      Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of the Board
of Directors of each of the General Partner and Finance Corp. authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture
and make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein
contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or
supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise.

                                     48
<PAGE>
 
Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes.

      Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the
Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or
the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to
Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other
than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an
acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

      Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of the Board
of Directors of each of the General Partner and Finance Corp. authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing
with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the
Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents
described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and
the Guarantors, if any, in the execution of such amended or supplemental
Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture affects the Trustee's
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which
case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter
into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

      It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under
this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.

      After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes
effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of
the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in
any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Issuers or any Guarantor with any
provision of this Indenture, the Note or the Note Guarantees.  However, without
the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with
respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

         (a)  reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
   an amendment, supplement or waiver;

         (b)  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
   or alter any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes
   (other than provisions of Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 hereof);

         (c)  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
   including default interest, on any Note;

         (d)  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of
   or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of
   acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least

                                     49
<PAGE>
 
   a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a
   waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

         (e)  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the
   Notes;

         (f)  make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the
   provisions of this Indenture relating to the rights of Holders of Notes to
   receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the
   Notes;

         (g)  waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a
   payment required by Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 hereof);

         (h)  make any change to the subordination provisions of Article 10
   hereof that adversely affects Holders;

         (i)  except pursuant to Article 8 and Article 10 hereof, release any
   Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee, or change any Note
   Guarantee in any manner that would adversely affect the Holders; or

         (j)  make any change in this sentence of this Section 9.02.

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

      Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set
forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then
in effect.

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

      Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to
it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same
debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written
notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes
effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance
with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

      The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment,
supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuers in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes
(accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the
Guarantors) that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

      Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

                                     50
<PAGE>
 
Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

      The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized
pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The
Issuers and the Guarantors may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture
until the Board of Directors of each of the General Partner and Finance Corp.
approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee
shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully
protected in relying upon, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture.


                                   ARTICLE 10
                                NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 10.01.  Note Guarantee.

      Each Subsidiary of the Partnership which in accordance with Section 4.13
hereof has guaranteed the obligations of the Issuers under the Notes, upon
execution of a counterpart of this Indenture, hereby jointly and severally
unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered
by the Trustee irrespective of the validity or enforceability of this Indenture,
the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture or the Notes,
that:  (i) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be paid in full when
due, whether at the maturity or interest payment or mandatory redemption date,
by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the
Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Notes will be
promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and the Notes; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or
renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, they will be paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal,
whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of
any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, each Guarantor will be obligated
to pay the same whether or not such failure to pay has become an Event of
Default which could cause acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof.  Each
Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment not a guarantee of
collection.

      Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to this Note
Guarantee shall be joint and several, unconditional, irrespective of the
validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers under
this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of
any judgment against either Issuer or any other obligor with respect to this
Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture or
the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances (other than
complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor further, to the extent
permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies
accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or take
advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to:
(a) any right to require the Trustee, the Holders or the Issuers (each, a
"Benefitted Party") to proceed against the Issuers or any other Person or to
proceed against or exhaust any security held by a Benefitted Party at any time
or to pursue any other remedy in any Benefitted Party's power before proceeding
against such Guarantor; (b) the defense of the statute of limitations in any
action hereunder or in any action for the collection of any Indebtedness or the
performance of any obligation hereby guaranteed; (c) any defense that may arise
by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of any

                                     51
<PAGE>
 
other Person or the failure of a Benefitted Party to file or enforce a claim
against the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of
any other Person; (d) demand, protest and notice of any kind including but not
limited to notice of the existence, creation or incurring of any new or
additional Indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on the part
of such Guarantor, either Issuer, any Benefitted Party, any creditor of such
Guarantor, either Issuer or on the part of any other Person whomsoever in
connection with any Indebtedness or obligations hereby guaranteed; (e) any
defense based upon an election of remedies by a Benefitted Party, including but
not limited to an election to proceed against such Guarantor for reimbursement;
(f) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the
obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects
more burdensome than that of the principal; (g) any defense arising because of a
Benefitted Party's election, in any proceeding instituted under the Federal
Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Federal
Bankruptcy Code; or (h) any defense based on any borrowing or grant of a
security interest under Section 364 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.  Each
Guarantor hereby covenants that its Note Guarantees will not be discharged
except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Note
Guarantees and this Indenture.

      If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to either the Partnership, Finance Corp. or any Guarantor, or any
Custodian acting in relation to any of the Partnership, Finance Corp. or such
Guarantor, any amount paid by the Partnership, Finance Corp. or such Guarantor
to the Trustee or such Holder, the applicable Note Guarantees, to the extent
theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.  Each
Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until
payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

      Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of
the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02
hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration as to the Issuers
or any other obligor on the Notes of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii)
in the event of any declaration of acceleration of those obligations as provided
in Section 6.02 hereof, those obligations (whether or not due and payable) will
forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purpose of this Note
Guarantee.

Section 10.02. Limitation of Guarantor's Liability.

      Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof, each beneficiary hereof,
hereby confirm that it is its intention that the Note Guarantees by such
Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the
Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any
Note Guarantees.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, each such person hereby
irrevocably agrees that the obligation of such Guarantor under its Note
Guarantees under this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as will,
after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or
otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and
after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from
or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the
obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting
a fraudulent conveyance.  Each beneficiary under the Note Guarantees, by
accepting the benefits hereof, confirms its intention that, in the event of a
bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding of either Issuer or any
Guarantor in which concurrent claims are made upon such Guarantor hereunder, to
the extent such

                                     52
<PAGE>
 
claims will not be fully satisfied, each such claimant with a valid claim
against such Issuer shall be entitled to a ratable share of all payments by such
Guarantor in respect of such concurrent claims.

Section 10.03.  Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

      No Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not
such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another corporation, Person or entity
whether or not it is affiliated with such Guarantor unless (i) subject to the
provisions of the following paragraph and Section 10.4 hereof, the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor)
assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental
indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under its Note
Guarantee, the Notes and this Indenture, (ii) immediately after giving effect to
such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists, and (iii) such
Guarantor, or any Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger, (A) shall have Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after giving effect
to such transaction), equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of
such Guarantor immediately preceding the transaction and (B) will be permitted
by virtue of the Partnership pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to incur,
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in the Section 4.09 hereof.  In case of any such consolidation, merger,
sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by
supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory
in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee in this Indenture and the due and
punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of
this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor corporation
shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if
it had been named herein as a Guarantor.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) a Guarantor may consolidate with or
merge with or into the Partnership or Finance Corp. (subject to the provisions
of Section 5.01 hereof) and (B) a Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with
or into any other Guarantor.

Section 10.04.  Releases Following Sale of Assets.

      Upon a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or
other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Guarantor, then such
Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a merger,
consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Interests of such Guarantor)
or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) shall
be released and relieved of its obligations under its Note Guarantees; provided
that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in
accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.  The Trustee will deliver to such Guarantor
a signed acknowledgment of such release.


                                   ARTICLE 11
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

      If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the
duties imposed by TIA (S)318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

                                     53
<PAGE>
 
Section 11.02. Notices.

      Any notice or communication by the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee
to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex,
telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the
others' address:

      If to the Issuers or any Guarantor:

         Ferrellgas, L.P.
         One Liberty Plaza
         Liberty, Missouri 64068
         Telecopier No.:  (816) 792-6979
         Attention: Danley K. Sheldon

      With a copy to:

         Smith, Gill, Fisher, & Butts, P.C.
         One Kansas City Place
         1200 Main Street
         Kansas City, Missouri 64105
         Telecopier No.: (816) 391-7600
         Attention:  Kendrick T. Wallace

      If to the Trustee:

         Norwest Bank Minnesota,
         National Association
         6th Street & Marquette Ave.
         Minneapolis, MN  55479
         Telecopier No.: (612) 677-9875
         Attention:  Ray Haverstock


      The Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

      All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be
deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage
prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged,
if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier,
if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

      Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class
mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept
by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any
Person described in TIA (S) 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure
to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

                                     54
<PAGE>
 
      If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within
the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

      If the either Issuer or any Guarantor mails a notice or communication to
Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

      Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA (S) 312(b) with other Holders with
respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuers, the
Guarantors, if any, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the
protection of TIA (S) 312(c).

Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

      Upon any request or application by the Issuers or the Guarantors, if any,
to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, each of the Issuers or
the Guarantors, if any, shall furnish to the Trustee:

         (a)  an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
   satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
   Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
   conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
   relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

         (b)  an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
   satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
   Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
   conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

      Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA (S) 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA (S)
314(e) and shall include:

         (a)  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has
   read such covenant or condition;

         (b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
   investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
   certificate or opinion are based;

         (c)  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has
   made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
   express an informed opinion as to whether such covenant or condition has been
   satisfied; and

         (d)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such Person, such
   condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

      The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.

                                     55
<PAGE>
 
Section 11.07.  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
                Stockholders.

      No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of either Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability
for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Note
Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by
accepting a Note and the related Note Guarantees waives and releases all such
liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Notes.

Section 11.08. Governing Law.

      THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

      This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or
debt agreement of the Issuers or their Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any
such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture.

Section 11.10. Successors.

      All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors, if any, in this
Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, shall bind
their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture
shall bind its successors.

Section 11.11. Severability.

      In case any provision in this Indenture, in the Notes or in the Note
Guarantees, if any, shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

Section 11.12. Counterpart Originals.

      The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed
copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.

Section 11.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

      The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles
and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.


                         [Signatures on following page]

                                     56
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES


Dated as of July   , 1994     FERRELLGAS, L.P.

                              By: Ferrellgas, Inc.
                                 General Partner

                                 By:
                                    -------------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Title:



                              (SEAL)


Dated as of July   , 1994     FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.


                              By:
                                 ----------------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:



                              (SEAL)


Dated as of July   , 1994     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,

                              By:
                                 ---------------------------------------- 
                                 Name:
                                 Title:



                              (SEAL)


                                     57
<PAGE>
 
                                   Exhibit A
                                 (Face of Note)

                          ____% Senior Notes due 2001


     No.                                                             $__________

                                FERRELLGAS, L.P.
                            FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.

     promise to pay to

     or registered assigns,

     the principal sum of

     Dollars on _________ __, 2001.

     Interest Payment Dates:  ________ __, and ________ __

     Record Dates:  ________ __, and ________ __

                                    Dated: _______________ __, 1994


                                    FERRELLGAS, L.P.

                                    By: Ferrellgas, Inc.
                                        General Partner

                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:

                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:


                                    FERRELLGAS FINANCE CORP.

                                    By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                    By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                     A-1
<PAGE>
 
This is one of the Notes
referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:


- ---------------------------------

as Trustee

By:
   ----------------------------------


                                     A-2
<PAGE>
 
                               (Back of Security)

                                ___% SENIOR NOTE
                               DUE ________, 2001

          Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in
the Indenture (as defined below) unless otherwise indicated.

          1.   Interest.  Ferrellgas L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
"Partnership"), and Ferrellgas Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Finance
Corp." and, together with the Partnership, the "Issuers") promise to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner
specified below.  The Issuers shall pay interest in cash on the principal amount
of this Note at the rate per annum of __%.  The Issuers will pay interest semi-
annually in arrears on _______ and _______ of each year, commencing on
__________, 1994, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding _______ and
________, or if any such day is not a Business Day (as defined in the
Indenture), on the next succeeding Business Day (each an "Interest Payment
Date").  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months.  Interest shall accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of the
original issuance of the Notes.  To the extent lawful, the Issuers shall pay
interest on overdue principal at the rate of 1% per annum in excess of the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) at the
same rate to the extent lawful.

          2.   Method of Payment.  The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes
at the close of business on the record date next preceding the Interest Payment
Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before
such Interest Payment Date.  The Holder hereof must surrender this Note to a
Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Issuers will pay principal and
interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts.  The Issuers, however, may pay
principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in such money.  The
Notes will be payable both as to principal and interest at the office or agency
of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York
or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check
mailed to the Holders of Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the
register of Holders.  Unless otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers'
office or agency in New York, New York will be the office of the Trustee
maintained for such a purpose.

          3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, the Trustee will act as
Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Registrar
or co-registrar without notice to any Holder.  Either Issuer or any Guarantor
may act in any such capacity.

          4.   Indenture.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of _________, 1994 (the "Indenture") between Partnership, Finance Corp. and
the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(15 U.S. Code (S)(S) 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.
The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of the Notes are referred
to the Indenture and such act for a statement of such terms.  The terms of the
Indenture shall govern any inconsistencies between the Indenture and the Notes.
The Notes are unsecured general obligations of the Issuers limited to
$250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount.

                                     A-3
<PAGE>
 
          5.   Optional Redemption.  The Issuers shall not have the option to
redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Indenture prior to
____________, 1998.  Thereafter, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the
Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice,
at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set
forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable
redemption date, if redeemed during the 12 month period beginning on __________
of the years indicated below:

          Year                             Percentage

          1998 ..........................   ___.__%
          1999 ..........................   ___.__%
          2000 ..........................   100.00%

          6.  Mandatory Redemption.  Except as described in paragraph 7 below,
the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.

          7.  Redemption or Repurchase at Option of Holder.  (a)  If there is a
Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), the Issuers shall be required
to offer to purchase all Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.
Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a notice
therefor from the Issuers prior to any related purchase date, and may elect to
have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase" appearing below.

          (b)  When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales (as
defined in the Indenture) exceeds $15 million, the Issuers shall be required to
purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer.  If the
aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the
amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected pursuant
to the terms of Section 3.02 of the Indenture (with such adjustments as may be
deemed appropriate by the Issuers so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000,
or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased).  To the extent that the
aggregate amount of Notes tendered by Holders thereof is less than the Excess
Proceeds, the Issuers may use such deficiency for general business purposes.
Holders of Notes which are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive a
notice therefor from the Issuers prior to any related purchase date, and may
elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase" appearing below.

          8.  Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption shall be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes may be redeemed
in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a
Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

          9.  Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.
The Registrar need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion
of a Note selected for redemption.  Also, it need

                                     A-4
<PAGE>
 
not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed, during the period between a record
date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

          10.  Persons Deemed Owners.  Prior to due presentment to the Trustee
for registration of the transfer of this Note, the Trustee, any Agent, the
Issuers and the Guarantors may deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note
is registered as its absolute owner for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and interest on this Note and for all other purposes whatsoever,
whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Trustee, any Agent, the
Issuers nor any Guarantor shall be affected by notice to the contrary.  The
registered holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

          11.  Amendments and Waivers.  Subject to certain exceptions, the
Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for
Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).
Without the consent of any Holder, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended to
cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes
in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for assumption of
the Issuers' or any Guarantor's obligations to Holders in the case of a merger
or consolidation or to make any change that would provide any additional rights
or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder under the Indenture or to comply with the requirements of the Commission
in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act.  Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment
or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder of
Notes):  (i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
an amendment, supplement or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the
fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the
redemption of the Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants
described above under the caption "Redemption or Repurchase at the Option of
Holders"), (iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest
on any Note, (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission
of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted
from such acceleration), (v) make any Note payable in money other than that
stated in the Notes, (vi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture
relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to
receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes,
(vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment
required by one of the covenants described above under the caption "Redemption
or Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (viii) except as otherwise permitted
in the Indenture, release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or change any Note Guarantee in any manner that would adversely affect
the rights of the Holders of Senior Notes or (ix) make any change in the
foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

          12.  Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include:  default for
30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; default in payment
when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon
redemption or otherwise; failure for 20 days by the Partnership to comply with
Sections 4.07, 4.09, 4.14 or 5.01 of the Indenture; failure by the Partnership
or the Guarantors for 60 days after notice from the Trustee or the Holder of at
least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with any
of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; default under any
mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by
the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or
Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which
default

                                     A-5
<PAGE>
 
(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in
such Indebtedness (a "Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity
of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10 million or more, excluding any
acceleration of maturity of the Indebtedness represented by the General
Partner's Existing Floating Rate Notes and Existing Fixed Rate Notes to the
extent that such Indebtedness shall be redeemed on or prior to the 40th day
after the date of this Indenture; failure by the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $10 million, which
judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; except as
permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee shall be held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any
Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantees;
and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Partnership
or any of its Subsidiaries.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately;
except that in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency, relating to the Partnership, any Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
without further action or notice.  Holders of the Notes may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee
may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event
of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding, by notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all
of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences
under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.  The
Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding
compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required upon becoming aware
of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement
specifying such Default or Event of Default.

          13.  Trustee Dealings with Issuers.  The Trustee under the Indenture,
in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits
from, and perform services for the Issuers, any Guarantor or their respective
Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, any Guarantor or their
respective Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee; however, if the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90
days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign.

          14.  No Recourse Against Others.  No past, present or future director,
officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of either Issuer or any
Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers
or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their
creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note and the related Note Guarantees, if
any, waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

          15.  Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

                                     A-6
<PAGE>
 
          16.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT 
(= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (=
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

          17.  CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use
CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on
the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed
only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

          18.  Governing Law.  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL
GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES,
IF ANY.

          The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Request may be made to:

               Ferrellgas, L.P.
               One Liberty Plaza
               Liberty, Missouri  64068
               Telecopier No.:  (816) 792-6979
               Attention:  Danley K. Sheldon

                                     A-7
<PAGE>
 
                                Assignment Form


     To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and
     transfer this Note to


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers.  The agent may substitute
another to act for him.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date:
     -----------------------
                                 Your Signature:
                                                --------------------------------
                                   (Sign exactly as your name appears on the 
                                   face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee.

                                     A-8
<PAGE>
 
                       Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

      If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant
to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box below:

          [_] Section 4.10               [_] Section 4.14

      If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the
Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased:  $___________


Date:                            Your Signature:
     ---------------------                      --------------------------------
                                           (Sign exactly as your name appears on
                                           the Note)

                                 Tax Identification No.:
                                                        --------------------


Signature Guarantee.


                                     A-9
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT B

      Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Future Guarantors

      Supplemental Indenture (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of
________________, between __________________ (the "Guarantor"), a subsidiary of
Ferrellgas, L.P., (or its successor), a Delaware limited partnership (the
"Partnership"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, a national
banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
"Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

      WHEREAS, the Partnership and Ferrellgas Finance Corp., a Delaware
corporation ("Finance Corp." and, together with the Partnership, the "Issuers")
have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the
"Indenture"), dated as of _______ __, 1994, providing for the issuance of an
aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000 of ______% Senior Notes due 2001 (the
"Notes");

      WHEREAS, Section 4.13 of the Indenture provides that under certain
circumstances the Partnership may cause the Guarantor to execute and deliver to
the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantor shall
unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers' obligations under the Notes
pursuant to a Note Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

      WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

   1. Capitalized Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall
have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

   2. Agreement to Guarantee.  The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations
to the Holder and the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee shall be as
expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and in such other provisions
of the Indenture as are applicable to Guarantors, and reference is made to the
Indenture for the precise terms of this Supplemental Indenture.  The terms of
Article 10 of the Indenture and such other provisions of the Indenture as are
applicable to Guarantors are incorporated herein by reference.

   3. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees.

      (a)  To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental
   Indenture, the Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee
   substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Indenture shall be endorsed by
   an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the
   Trustee after the date hereof.

      (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor hereby agrees that its
   Note Guarantee set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect
   notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note
   Guarantee.

                                     B-1
<PAGE>
 
      (c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on
   the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
   authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note
   Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

      (d)  The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication
   thereof under the Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Note
   Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the
   Guarantor.

   6.  No Recourse Against Others.  No past, present or future director,
officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guarantor, as such, shall
have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the
Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation.  Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all
such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes.

   7.  New York Law to Govern.  The internal law of the State of New York shall
govern and be used to construe this Supplemental Indenture and the Note
Guarantee.

   8.  Counterparts.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement.

   9.  Effect of Headings.  The Section headings herein are for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above
written.


Dated:              ,               [Guarantor]
        ------------  ----


                                        By:  
                                             ---------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


Dated:              ,                                                ,
        ------------  ----          ---------------------------------
                                        as Trustee



                                        By:  
                                             ---------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


                                     B-2
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT C
                        FORM OF NOTATION ON SENIOR NOTE
                           RELATING TO NOTE GUARANTEE

      Each Guarantor set forth below and each Subsidiary of the Partnership
which in accordance with Section 4.13 of the Indenture has guaranteed the
obligations of the Issuers under the Notes upon execution of a counterpart of
the Indenture, has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed (i) the due
and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes, whether at
the maturity or interest payment or mandatory redemption date, by acceleration,
call for redemption or otherwise, and of interest on the overdue principal of
and interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuers to
the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture or the Notes and (ii) in case of
any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed
in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity,
by acceleration or otherwise.

      The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holder and to the Trustee
pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are as expressly set forth in
Article 10 of the Indenture and in such other provisions of the Indenture as are
applicable to Guarantors, and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the
precise terms of this Note Guarantee.  The terms of Article 10 of the Indenture
and such other provisions of the Indenture as are applicable to Guarantors are
incorporated herein by reference.

      This is a continuing guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect
and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until
full and final payment of all of the Issuers' obligations under the Notes and
the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of
the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of
rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred
upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee
or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.  This is a
guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

      This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until
the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is
noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual
signature of one of its authorized officers.



                              By:
                                 ------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:


                                     C-1

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7


               CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
               -------------------------------------------------


          This Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of
____________, 1994, is entered into by and among FERRELLGAS PARTNERS, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership (the "Master Partnership"), FERRELLGAS, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), and FERRELLGAS,
INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Master Partnership have heretofore formed
the Operating Partnership pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited
Partnership Act (the "Delaware Act") for the purpose of acquiring, owning and
operating the retail propane business and assets of the Company (the
"Business"); and

          WHEREAS, the Company contributed $10.10 to the capital of the
Operating Partnership and received a 1.0101% general partner interest therein;
and the Master Partnership contributed $989.90 to the capital of the Operating
Partnership and received a 98.9899% limited partner interest therein; and

          WHEREAS, the Company, as the general partner, and Danley K. Sheldon
("Sheldon"), as the organizational limited partner, have formed the Master
Partnership pursuant to the Delaware Act for the purpose of serving as the sole
limited partner of the Operating Partnership; and

          WHEREAS, the Company contributed $10.00 to the capital of the Master
Partnership and received a 1% general partner interest therein; and Sheldon
contributed $990.00 to the capital of the Master Partnership and received a 99%
limited partner interest therein; and

          WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Company and the Master Partnership
have entered into that certain Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating
Partnership (the "Operating Partnership Agreement"); and

          WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Sheldon, as the organizational limited
partner, and the Company, as the general partner and as attorney-in-fact for all
limited partners, have entered into that certain Agreement of Limited
Partnership of the Master Partnership (the "Master Partnership Agreement"); and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Operating Partnership Agreement, the Company
has agreed to contribute to the Operating Partnership,
<PAGE>
 
as a capital contribution thereto, substantially all of its assets related to
the System in exchange for (a) the continuation of its 1.0101% general partner
interest in the Operating Partnership, (b) a limited partner interest in the
Operating Partnership which shall be contributed by the Company to the Master
Partnership pursuant to this Agreement and which, together with the limited
partner interest previously held by the Master Partnership will represent a
98.9899% limited partner interest in the Operating Partnership, (c) the
assumption of certain liabilities by the Operating Partnership, including,
without limitation, the Operating Partnership's assumption of the payment
obligations of certain indebtedness of the Company, and (d) other good and
valuable consideration; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Master Partnership Agreement, the Company has
agreed to contribute to the Master Partnership, as a capital contribution
thereto, all of its limited partner interest in the Operating Partnership in
exchange for (a) its continued 1% general partner interest in the Master
Partnership, (b) 1,000,000 Common Units, (c) 16,118,559 Subordinated Units, (d)
certain Incentive Distribution Rights, and (e) other good and valuable
consideration; and

          WHEREAS, in connection with the above described contributions the
Company has agreed to indemnify the Master Partnership and the Operating
Partnership from and against certain liabilities and the Master Partnership and
the Operating Partnership have agreed to indemnify the Company from and against
certain liabilities;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual undertakings and
agreements hereunder, the Master Partnership, the Operating Partnership and the
Company undertake and agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions
                                  -----------

          The following capitalized terms shall have the meanings given below.

          "Agreement" means this Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption
           ---------
Agreement.

          "Assets" means all of the assets owned, leased or held by the Company,
           ------                                                               
as of the Effective Time, of every kind, character and description, whether
tangible or intangible, whether real, personal or mixed, whether accrued or
contingent, and wherever located, including, without limitation, all of the
assets necessary to
<PAGE>
 
operate the Business as presently being operated by the Company and all right,
title and interest of the Company in and to the following assets:

          (a)  propane inventory;

          (b)  inventories and supplies of any kind;

          (c)  storage tanks and containers, propane cylinders, office
               furniture, furnishings, computers and equipment of any kind;

          (d)  all real property wherever located;

          (e)  all rights in real property or personal property arising under
               leases, easements or other contracts or arrangements;

          (f)  all motor vehicles, trailers, tanks, railcars, distribution
               centers and related equipment, whether owned or leased;

          (g)  every contract, agreement, arrangement, grant, gift, trust or
               other arrangement or understanding of any kind;

          (h)  any and all rights, claims and causes of action that the Company
               may have under insurance policies or otherwise against any person
               or property, whether known or unknown, accrued or contingent, and
               whether or not reflected on the books and records of the Company
               as of the Effective Time, insofar as any of the same relate to
               the operation of the Assets or the business conducted with the
               Assets prior to the Effective Time and such rights, claims or
               causes of action representing reimbursement or recovery of
               amounts actually paid by the Master Partnership or the Operating
               Partnership after the Effective Time;

          (i)  every right to sell or distribute any product or service;

          (j)  all trade names, trade marks, service marks, logos, marks and
               symbols of any kind, together with all goodwill associated
               therewith, except as specifically provided for in Article IX of
               this Agreement and subject to the right of the Company to
               repurchase same as provided in Article IX of this Agreement;
<PAGE>
 
          (k)  all know-how, every trade secret, every customer list and all
               other confidential information of every kind;

          (l)  every customer relationship, employee relationship, supplier
               relationship and other relationship of any kind;

          (m)  every business conducted prior to the Effective Time by the
               Company, including, without limitation, Stratton Insurance
               Company;

          (n)  every other proprietary right of any kind; and

          (o)  all governmental licenses, permits and authorizations of every
               kind;

excluding, however, any of such assets that constitute Excluded Assets.

          "Assumed Liabilities" means all of the Company's liabilities arising
           -------------------                                                
from or relating to the Assets or the business conducted with the Assets, as of
the Effective Time, of every kind, character and description, whether known or
unknown, accrued or contingent, and whether or not reflected on the books and
records of the Company as of the Effective Time, including, without limitation,
the obligations, liabilities and outstanding indebtedness of the Company
described on Schedule 3 hereto; excluding, however, any of such liabilities that
             ----------                                                         
constitute Excluded Liabilities.

          "Business" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals to
           --------                                                          
this Agreement.

          "Company" has the meaning assigned to such term in the opening
           -------                                                      
paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Conveyance, Assignment and Bill of Sale" means that certain
           ---------------------------------------                    
Conveyance, Assignment and Bill of Sale, dated __________, 1994, in recordable
form from the Company to the Operating Partnership, the form of which is
attached hereto as Exhibit A.
                   --------- 

          "Credit Facility" means the Credit Agreement dated as of
           ---------------                                                 
_______________, 1994 by and among the Company, the Operating Partnership,
Stratton Insurance Company and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association, as agent, and the financial institutions listed therein, providing
for an aggregate amount of borrowings up to $185,000,000.00.
<PAGE>
 
          "Delaware Act" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals
           ------------                                                       
to this Agreement.

          "Effective Time" means 9:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time on ___________,
           --------------                                                       
1994.

          "Excluded Assets" means those assets of the Company described on
           ---------------                                                
Schedule 1 hereto.
- ----------        

          "Excluded Liabilities" means all of the liabilities described on
           --------------------                                           
Schedule 2 hereto.
- ----------        

          "Existing Fixed Rate Notes" means the $177,600,000 of 12% series B and
           -------------------------                                           
series D fixed rate senior notes due in August, 1996.

          "Existing Floating Rate Notes" means the $50,000,000 of series A and
           ----------------------------                                       
series C floating rate senior notes due in August, 1996.

          "Existing Indebtedness" means and includes all of the indebtedness
           ---------------------                                            
currently outstanding evidenced by the following:  (a) the Existing Fixed Rate
Notes, (b) the Existing Floating Rate Notes, and (c) the Existing Subordinated
Debentures.

          "Existing Subordinated Debentures" means the $246,400,000 of 11-5/8%
           --------------------------------                                   
senior subordinated debentures due in December, 2003.

          "FCI" means Ferrell Companies, Inc., a Kansas corporation and the
           --- 
owner all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company.

          "FFC" means Ferrellgas Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, a wholly
           ---                                                                  
owned subsidiary of the Operating Partnership.

          "Incentive Distribution Right" has the meaning assigned to the term
           ----------------------------                                      
"IDR" in the Master Partnership Agreement.

          "Laws" means any and all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or
           ----                                                        
regulations promulgated by a governmental authority, orders of a governmental
authority, judicial decisions, decisions of arbitrators or determinations of any
governmental authority or court.

          "Limited Partner Interest" has the meaning assigned to such term in
           ------------------------                                          
Section 2.2.

          "Master Partnership" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
           ------------------                                              
opening paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Master Partnership Agreement" has the meaning assigned
           ----------------------------                          
<PAGE>
 
to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

          "Operating Partnership" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
           ---------------------                                              
opening paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Operating Partnership Agreement" has the meaning assigned to such
           -------------------------------                                  
term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

          "Operating Partnership Debt Offering" means the $250,000,000 in debt
           -----------------------------------                                
to be evidenced by notes to be issued by the Operating Partnership and FFC and
due in 2001.

          "Restriction" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.2.
           -----------                                                       

          "Restriction-Asset" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
           -----------------                                                  
10.2.

          "Underwriting Agreement" means the Underwriting Agreement dated as of
           ----------------------                                              
____________________, by and among the Partnership, the Company, and Goldman
Sachs & Co., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, A.G. Edwards &
Sons, Inc., PaineWebber Incorporated and Smith Barney Shearson, Inc., as
representatives of the several underwriters named in Schedule I thereto,
                                                     ----------         
relating to the public offering of up to 15,065,000 Common Units representing
limited partner interests in the Master Partnership.


                                   ARTICLE II

                   Contribution to the Operating Partnership
                   -----------------------------------------

           2.1 Contribution.  The Company hereby grants, contributes, bargains,
               ------------                                                    
sells, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Operating
Partnership, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use forever, all
right, title and interest of the Company in and to the Assets in exchange for
(a) the consideration stated in Section 2.2, (b) the assumption of certain
liabilities by the Operating Partnership as provided in Article IV, and (c)
other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, and the Operating Partnership hereby accepts the Assets as
a contribution to the capital of the Operating Partnership.

          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Assets unto the Operating Partnership, its
successors and assigns, together with all and singular the rights and
appurtenances thereto in any way belonging, subject, however, to the terms and
conditions stated in this Agreement, forever.
<PAGE>
 
           2.2 Consideration for Contribution.  In consideration for the
               ------------------------------                           
contribution of the Assets to the Operating Partnership, the Operating
Partnership hereby (a) continues the Company's 1.0101% general partner interest
in the Operating Partnership, and (b) issues, grants, contributes, bargains,
sells, conveys, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Company a limited
partner interest in the Operating Partnership (the "Limited Partner Interest")
which shall be contributed, transferred, conveyed, assigned and delivered by the
Company to the Master Partnership as provided in Section 3.1 of this Agreement,
and which, together with the limited partnership interest previously held by the
Master Partnership will represent a 98.9899% limited partner interest in the
Operating Partnership.

           2.3 Forms of Conveyance.  To further evidence this conveyance with
               -------------------                                           
respect to the real property included in the Assets, the Company has executed
and delivered to the Operating Partnership the Conveyance, Assignment and Bill
of Sale substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
                                                     --------- 


                                  ARTICLE III

                     Contribution to the Master Partnership
                     --------------------------------------

            3.1     Contribution.  The Company hereby grants, contributes,
                    ------------                                          
bargains, sells, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the
Master Partnership, its successors and assigns, for its and their own use
forever, all right, title and interest of the Company in and to the Limited
Partner Interest in exchange for (a) the consideration stated in Section 3.2,
and (b) other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, and the Master Partnership hereby accepts the
Limited Partner Interest, as a contribution to the capital of the Master
Partnership.

          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Limited Partner Interest unto the Master
Partnership, its successors and assigns, together with all and singular the
rights and appurtenances thereto in any way belonging, subject, however, to the
terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, forever.

    
            3.2     Consideration for Contribution.  In consideration for the
                    ------------------------------                           
contribution of the Limited Partner Interest to the Master Partnership, the
Master Partnership hereby (a) continues the Company's 1% general partner
interest in the Master Partnership, and (b) issues, grants, contributes,
bargains, sells, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the
Company (i) 1,000,000 Common Units, (ii) 16,118,559 Subordinated Units, and
(iii) the Incentive Distribution Rights which, after giving effect to (1) the
withdrawal of the organizational limited partner of the     
<PAGE>
 
Master Partnership as provided in the Master Partnership Agreement, and (2) the
sale of 13,100,000 Common Units pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (or
15,065,000 Common Units if the overallotment option provided for in the
Underwriting Agreement is exercised in full), will represent an approximate
____% limited partner interest in the Master Partnership (or an approximate
____% limited partner interest in the Master Partnership if the overallotment
option provided for in the Underwriting Agreement is exercised in full).


                                   ARTICLE IV

                       Assumption of Certain Liabilities
                          by the Operating Partnership
                          ----------------------------

          In connection with the contribution and transfer of the Assets to the
Operating Partnership, the Operating Partnership hereby assumes and agrees to
duly and timely pay, perform and discharge the Assumed Liabilities, including
the Existing Indebtedness and the indebtedness due under the Credit Facility, to
the full extent that the Company has been heretofore or would have been in the
future, were it not for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, obligated
to pay, perform and discharge the Assumed Liabilities; provided, however, that
said assumption and agreement to duly and timely pay, perform and discharge the
Assumed Obligations shall not increase the obligation of the Operating
Partnership with respect to the Assumed Liabilities beyond that of the Company,
waive any valid defense that was available to the Company with respect to the
Assumed Liabilities or enlarge any rights or remedies of any third party under
any of the Assumed Liabilities.


                                   ARTICLE V

                                Indemnification
                                ---------------

          5.1  Indemnification With Respect to Excluded Liabilities.  The
               ----------------------------------------------------      
Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Operating Partnership, the
Master Partnership and their respective successors and assigns from and against
any and all claims, demands, costs, liabilities and expenses (including court
costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) of every kind, character and description,
whether known or unknown, accrued or contingent, and whether or not reflected on
the books and records of the Company as of the Effective Time, arising from or
relating to the Excluded Liabilities.

          5.2  Indemnification With Respect to Operations Prior to the Effective
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
Time.  The Operating Partnership shall indemnify,
- ----                                             
<PAGE>
 
defend and hold harmless the Company, the Master Partnership and their
respective successors and assigns from and against any and all claims, demands,
costs (including, without limitation, costs of environmental investigation and
remediation and penalties and other assessments), liabilities (including,
without limitation, liabilities arising by way of active or passive negligence)
and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) of every
kind, character and description, whether known or unknown, accrued or
contingent, and whether or not reflected on the books and records of the Company
as of the Effective Time, arising from or relating to the operation of the
Assets or the business conducted with the Assets prior to the Effective Time,
including all tax liabilities including franchise taxes associated with the
Assets or the business other than any such claims, demands, costs, liabilities
and expenses arising from or relating to (a) federal and state income tax
liabilities incurred by the Company prior to the Effective Time; and (b) the
Excluded Liabilities, provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Operating Partnership shall not be required to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the Company and its successors and assigns to the extent that any of
the foregoing claims, demands, costs, liabilities and expenses are recovered
through insurance proceeds paid to the owner of the Business.

          5.3  Indemnification With Respect to Assumed Liabilities.  Except as
               ---------------------------------------------------            
set forth in Section 5.2, the Operating Partnership shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless the Company, its successors and assigns from and against any and
all claims, demands, costs, liabilities (including, without limitation,
liabilities arising by way of active or passive negligence) and expenses
(including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) of every kind, character
and description, whether known or unknown, accrued or contingent, and whether or
not reflected on the books and records of the Company as of the Effective Time,
arising from or relating to the Assumed Liabilities.

          5.4  Indemnification With Respect to Existing Indebtedness and Credit
               ----------------------------------------------------------------
Facility.  The Operating Partnership shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless
- --------                                                                      
the Company, its successors and assigns from and against any and all claims,
demands, costs, liabilities (including, without limitation, liabilities arising
by way of active or passive negligence) and expenses (including court costs and
reasonable attorneys' fees) of every kind, character and description, whether
known or unknown, accrued or contingent, and whether or not reflected on the
books and records of the Company as of the Effective Time, arising from or
relating to the liabilities and outstanding indebtedness of the Company under
the Existing Indebtedness and the Credit Facility.
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 Title Matters
                                 -------------

           6.1  Encumbrances.  The contribution of the Assets made under Section
                ------------                                                    
2.1 is made expressly subject to all recorded and unrecorded liens,
encumbrances, agreements, defects, restrictions, adverse claims and all laws,
rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments and orders of governmental authorities
or tribunals having or asserting jurisdiction over the Assets or the business
and operations conducted thereon or therewith, in each case to the extent the
same are valid, enforceable and affect the Assets, including, without
limitation, all matters that a current survey or visual inspection of the Assets
would reflect, and to the Assumed Liabilities.

          6.2  Disclaimer of Warranties; Subrogation; Waiver of Bulk Sales
                -----------------------------------------------------------
Laws.
- ----

          (a)  THE COMPANY IS CONVEYING THE ASSETS "AS IS" WITHOUT
REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY (ALL OF WHICH
THE COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS), AS TO (i) TITLE, (ii) FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR DESIGN OR QUALITY, OR (iii) ANY OTHER MATTER
WHATSOEVER.  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 6.2 HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE
OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE COMPANY AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION AND ARE INTENDED
TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION OF ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF
THE COMPANY, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS
THAT MAY ARISE PURSUANT TO ANY LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT, OR OTHERWISE,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

          (b)  The contribution of the Assets made under Section 2.1 is made
with full rights of substitution and subrogation of the Operating Partnership,
and all persons claiming by, through and under the Operating Partnership, to the
extent assignable, in and to all covenants and warranties by the predecessors-
in-title of the Company, and with full subrogation of all rights accruing under
applicable statutes of limitation and all rights of action of warranty against
all former owners of the Assets.

          (c)  The Company and the Operating Partnership agree that the
disclaimers contained in this Section 6.2 are "conspicuous" disclaimers.  Any
covenants implied by statute or law by the use of the words "grant," "convey,"
"bargain," "sell," "assign," "transfer," "deliver," or "set over" or any of them
or any other words used in this Agreement are hereby expressly disclaimed,
waived and negated.

          (d)  Each of the parties hereto hereby waives compliance with any
applicable bulk sales law or any similar law in any
<PAGE>
 
applicable jurisdiction in respect of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                               Further Assurances
                               ------------------

            7.1  Company Assurances.  From time to time after the date hereof,
                 ------------------                                           
and without any further consideration, the Company shall execute, acknowledge
and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, conveyances, instruments,
notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and will do all such other
acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or
appropriate (i) more fully to assure the Operating Partnership, its successors
and assigns, all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates,
remedies, powers and privileges by this Agreement granted to the Operating
Partnership or intended so to be, (ii) to more fully and effectively vest in the
Master Partnership, its successors and assigns, beneficial and record title to
the Limited Partner Interest hereby contributed and assigned to the Master
Partnership or intended so to be and to put the Master Partnership in actual
possession and control of the Limited Partner Interest and (iii) to more fully
and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

            7.2  Operating Partnership and Master Partnership Assurances.  From
                 -------------------------------------------------------       
time to time after the date hereof, and without any further consideration, the
Operating Partnership and the Master Partnership shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver all such additional instruments, notices and other documents, and will
do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may
be necessary or appropriate to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes
and intent of this Agreement.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                               Power of Attorney
                               -----------------

          The Company hereby constitutes and appoints the Operating Partnership,
its successors and assigns, the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of the Company
with full power of substitution for it and in its name, place and stead or
otherwise on behalf of the Company, its successors and assigns, and for the
benefit of the Operating Partnership, its successors and assigns, to demand and
receive from time to time the Assets and to execute in the name of the Company
and its successors and assigns instruments of conveyance, instruments of further
assurance and to give receipts and releases in respect of the same, and from
time to time to institute and prosecute in the name of the Operating Partnership
or
<PAGE>
 
the Company for the benefit of the Operating Partnership, as may be appropriate,
any and all proceedings at law, in equity or otherwise which the Operating
Partnership, its successors and assigns may deem proper in order to collect,
assert or enforce any claims, rights or titles of any kind in and to the Assets,
and to defend and compromise any and all actions, suits or proceedings in
respect of any of the Assets and to do any and all such acts and things in
furtherance of this Agreement as the Operating Partnership, its successors or
assigns shall deem advisable.  The Company hereby declares that the appointment
hereby made and the powers hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are
and shall be irrevocable and perpetual and shall not be terminated by any act of
the Company or its successors or assigns or by operation of law.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                           Trademarks and Tradenames
                           -------------------------

    
          The Company markets the Business under the tradename "Ferrellgas" and
uses the tradename "Ferrell North America" (collectively, the "Tradenames") for
its other operations. The Company has a trademark on the name "Ferrellmeter"
(the "Trademark"), its patented gas leak detection device. The Company hereby
contributes all of its right, title and interest in the Tradenames and the
Trademark in the continental United States, including the goodwill associated
with the Business in the continental United States, to the Operating Partnership
subject to the following express conditions:    

    
          (a) In the event that the Company is removed as general partner of the
Operating Partnership other than for "Cause" (as such term is defined in the
Master Partnership Agreement), the Company may repurchase the Tradenames and the
Trademark, including the goodwill associated with the Business in the
continental United States, contributed to the Operating Limited Partnership for
the nominal consideration of One Dollar ($1.00); and    

   
          (b) In the event that the Company ceases to be general partner of the
Operating Partnership for any reason other than by removal for Cause, the
Company may repurchase the Tradenames and the Trademark, including the goodwill
associated with the Business in the continental United States, contributed to
the Operating Limited Partnership for their fair market value.     


                                   ARTICLE X

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------


         10.1  Order of Completion of Transactions; Effective Time.  (a) The
               ---------------------------------------------------          
transactions provided for in Articles II and III of this Agreement shall be
completed on the date of this Agreement in the following order:
<PAGE>
 
     first:    the transactions provided for in Article II shall be completed;
     ------                                                                   
               and

     second:   following the completion of the transactions as provided in first
     ------                                                                -----
               above and the incurrence by the Operating Partnership of
               $___________ in aggregate principal amount of borrowings under
               the Operating Partnership Debt Offering and Credit Facility, the
               transactions provided for in Article III shall be completed.

          (a)  The contribution of the Assets to the Operating Partnership shall
be effective for all purposes as of the Effective Time.

         10.2  Consents; Restriction on Assignment.  If there are prohibitions
               -----------------------------------                            
against or conditions to the conveyance of one or more portions of the Assets
without the prior written consent of third parties, including, without
limitation, governmental agencies (other than consents of a ministerial nature
which are normally granted in the ordinary course of business), which if not
satisfied would result in a breach of such prohibitions or conditions or would
give an outside party the right to terminate the Operating Partnership's rights
with respect to such portion of the Assets (herein called a Restriction), then
any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the
transfer of title to or interest in each such portion of the Assets (herein
called the "Restriction-Asset") pursuant to this Agreement shall not become
effective unless and until such Restriction is satisfied, waived or no longer
applies.  When and if such a Restriction is so satisfied, waived or no longer
applies, to the extent permitted by applicable law and any applicable
contractual provisions, the assignment of the Restriction-Asset subject thereto
shall become effective automatically as of the Effective Time, without further
action on the part of the Operating Partnership or the Company.  The Company and
the Operating Partnership agree to use their best efforts to obtain satisfaction
of any Restriction on a timely basis.  The description of any portion of the
Assets as a "Restriction-Asset" shall not be construed as an admission that any
Restriction exists with respect to the transfer of such portion of the Assets.
In the event that any Restriction-Asset exists, the Company agrees to hold such
Restriction-Asset in trust for the exclusive benefit of the Operating
Partnership and to otherwise use its best efforts to provide the Operating
Partnership with the benefits thereof, and the Company will enter into other
agreements, or take such other action as it deems necessary, in order to help
ensure that the Operating Partnership has the assets and concomitant rights
necessary to enable it to operate the Assets contributed to the Operating
Partnership in all material respects as described in the Prospectus contained in
and made a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-
53383)
<PAGE>
 
filed by the Master Partnership with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission.

         10.3  Costs. The Operating Partnership shall pay all sales, use and
               -----                                                        
similar taxes arising out of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be
made hereunder and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed,
and conveyance taxes and fees required in connection therewith.  In addition,
the Operating Partnership shall be responsible for all costs, liabilities and
expenses (including court costs and attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with
the satisfaction or waiver of any Restriction pursuant to Section 10.2.

         10.4  Headings; References; Interpretation.  All Article and Section
               ------------------------------------                          
headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to
control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import, when
used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including,
without limitation, all Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and not to any
particular provision of this Agreement.  All references herein to Articles,
Sections, Schedules and Exhibits shall, unless the context requires a different
construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this
Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and all such Schedules
and Exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part
hereof for all purposes.  All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether
used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other
genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.  The use
herein of the word "including" following any general statement, term or matter
shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific
items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items
or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as "without limitation",
"but not limited to", or words of similar import) is used with reference
thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that
could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general
statement, term or matter.

         10.5  Successors and Assigns.  The Agreement shall be binding upon and
               ----------------------                                          
inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto and their respective
successors and assigns.

         10.6  No Third Party Rights.  The provisions of this Agreement are
               ---------------------                                       
intended to bind the parties signatory hereto as to each other and are not
intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any
other person any benefits, rights or remedies and no person is or is intended to
be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
         10.7  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
               ------------                                                  
counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on
the parties hereto.

         10.8  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
               -------------                                           
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Missouri applicable to
contracts made and to be performed wholly within such state without giving
effect to conflict of law principles thereof, except to the extent that it is
mandatory that the law of some other jurisdiction, wherein the Assets are
located, shall apply.

         10.9  Severability.  If any of the provisions of this Agreement are
               ------------                                                 
held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid
under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject
matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire
Agreement.  Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain
the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid, and an equitable
adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to
the intention of the parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of
execution of this Agreement.

         10.10 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment.  To the extent required by
               ------------------------------                            
applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a "deed," "bill of sale" or
"assignment" of the Assets.

         10.11 Amendment or Modification.  This Agreement may be amended or
               -------------------------                                   
modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the parties
hereto.  Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be
designated on its face "Amendment" to this Agreement.

         10.12  Integration.  This Agreement supersedes all previous
                -----------                                         
understandings or agreements between the parties, whether oral or written, with
respect to its subject matter.  This document is an integrated agreement which
contains the entire understanding of the parties.  No understanding,
representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be
or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in
a written amendment hereto executed by the parties hereto after the date of this
Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the
parties hereto as of the date first above written.

                         FERRELLGAS, INC.


                         By:________________________________

                              Name:      ____________________
                              Title:     ____________________


ATTEST:                  By:________________________________

                              Name:      ____________________
                              Title:    ____________________


                         FERRELLGAS, L.P.

                         By:  Ferrellgas, Inc., its general partner


                         By:________________________________

                              Name:      ____________________
                              Title:     ____________________


ATTEST:                  By:_________________________________

                              Name:      _____________________
                              Title:     _____________________


                         FERRELLGAS PARTNERS, L.P.

                         By:  Ferrellgas, Inc., its general partner

                         By:_________________________________

                              Name:      _____________________
                              Title:     _____________________


ATTEST:                  By:_________________________________

                              Name:      _____________________
                              Title:     _____________________
<PAGE>
 
                                  Schedule 1
                                  ----------

                                EXCLUDED ASSETS


                                [TO BE SUPPLIED]
<PAGE>
 
                                   Schedule 2
                                   ----------

                              EXCLUDED LIABILITIES


                                [TO BE SUPPLIED]


                            Income Tax Liabilities
<PAGE>
 
                                  Schedule 3
                                  ----------

                    LIABILITIES AND OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS

          1.  All liabilities of the Company from or relating to the Assets or
the business conducted with the Assets to the extent that such liabilities would
be reflected as a liability on a balance sheet of the Company as at the time
immediately prior to the Effective Time prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied; excluding, however, any of
such liabilities that constitute Excluded Liabilities and but including the
following liabilities and outstanding indebtedness of the Company:


                      [INSERT INFORMATION ON THE EXISTING
                   INDEBTEDNESS DUE AND THE CREDIT FACILITY]
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                                                               STATE OF MISSOURI
                                                               COUNTY OF JACKSON

                    CONVEYANCE, ASSIGNMENT AND BILL OF SALE
                    ---------------------------------------

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

          This Conveyance, Assignment and Bill of Sale (this "Conveyance") is
from Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its general office and
mailing address at One Liberty Plaza, Liberty, Missouri 64068 (herein called
"Grantor"), and in favor of Ferrellgas, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
with its general office and mailing address at One Liberty Plaza, Liberty,
Missouri 64068 (herein called "Grantee").


                                     PART I

                         GRANTING AND HABENDUM CLAUSES

          I.1  Granting and Habendum Clauses.  For good and valuable
               -----------------------------                        
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which Grantor hereby acknowledges,
Grantor hereby grants, conveys, bargains, sells, assigns, transfers, delivers,
and sets over unto Grantee, its successors and assigns, all right, title,
interest and estate of Grantor in and to the following described property, to
wit:

          (a)  Fee Lands.  The fee owned tracts or parcels of land, if any,
               ---------                                                   
     described in Exhibit A hereto, together with all tanks, containers,
                  ---------                                             
     buildings, structures, improvements, equipment, appurtenances and fixtures
     of every kind or nature located on said tracts or parcels of land
     (collectively, the "Fee Lands" and singularly, the "Fee Land");

          (b)  Easements.  All easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, leases,
               ---------                                                    
     surface rights, interests in land, permits, licenses and grants, and all
     amendments to each thereof, including, without limitation, those described
     in Exhibit B hereto, together with all prescriptive rights and all
        ---------                                                      
     franchises, privileges, permits, grants, leases and consents in favor of
     Grantor, or Grantor's predecessors-in-title, in, on, over, under or
     adjacent to lands, roads, highways, railroads, rivers, canals, ditches,
     drains, bridges, state and national parks, forests, reservations and
     wilderness areas, public grounds or structures, or elsewhere, and all
     rights incident thereto, rights under condemnation judgments, judgments on
     declaration of taking, and permits and grants for the installation,
     maintenance, repair, removal and operation of above and below ground tanks,
     storage containers and
<PAGE>
 
     pipelines (as hereinafter defined) (collectively, the "Easements" and
     singularly, the "Easement");

          (c)  Storage Facilities.  The presently existing tanks, containers and
               ------------------                                               
     storage facilities (i) owned by Grantor, and located in, on, over, under or
     adjacent to the property described in (a) and (b) above or (ii) used by
     Grantor in the operation of its propane business, together with all
     buildings, structures, improvements, equipment, and appurtenances of every
     kind or nature that are a part of, affixed to or used in connection
     therewith (collectively, together with additions or replacements, the
     "Storage Facilities" and singularly, a "Storage Facility"); and

          (d)  Other Interests.  With respect to the Fee Lands, the Easements
               ---------------                                               
     and the Storage Facilities all and singular the tenements, hereditaments
     and appurtenances belonging or in any wise appertaining thereto, or any
     part thereof, including, without limitation, all reversionary interests,
     reversions and remainders thereof, and all the right, title, interest,
     estate and claim whatsoever, at law as well as in equity, of Grantor in and
     to the above-described property.

          (The property described in Section 1.1 shall be referred to herein as
the "Subject Property").

          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Subject Property, subject to the terms,
conditions and reservations hereof, unto Grantee, its successors and assigns,
forever.

                                    PART II

               PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES; OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS


     II.1 Permitted Encumbrances.
          ---------------------- 

          This Conveyance is made and accepted expressly subject to (i) the
terms and conditions set forth in the conveyances, assignments, bills of sale
and other instruments described in Exhibit A and Exhibit B and to all recorded
                                   ---------     ---------                    
and unrecorded liens, encumbrances, agreements, defects, restrictions, adverse
claims and all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments and orders of
governmental authorities or tribunals having or asserting jurisdiction over the
Subject Property or the business and operations conducted thereon, in each case
to the extent the same are valid, enforceable and affect the Subject Property;
(ii) all matters that a current survey or visual inspection would reflect; and
(iii) the Contribution Agreement (defined in Section 2.2) (collectively, the
"Permitted Encumbrances").
<PAGE>
 
     II.2      Contribution Agreement.
               ---------------------- 

          This Conveyance is expressly made subject to the terms and conditions
of that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement dated
______________, 1994, between Grantor, Grantee and Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership.

     II.3 Disclaimer of Warranties; Subrogation.
          ------------------------------------- 

          (a)  GRANTOR IS CONVEYING THE SUBJECT PROPERTY "AS IS" WITHOUT
     REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY (ALL OF
     WHICH GRANTOR HEREBY DISCLAIMS), AS TO (i) TITLE, (ii) FITNESS FOR ANY
     PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR DESIGN OR QUALITY, OR (iii)  ANY
     OTHER MATTER WHATSOEVER.  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN
     NEGOTIATED BY GRANTEE AND GRANTOR AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION AND ARE INTENDED
     TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION OF ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
     WARRANTIES OF GRANTOR, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT
     TO THE SUBJECT PROPERTY THAT MAY ARISE PURSUANT TO ANY LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER
     IN EFFECT, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

          (b)  This Conveyance is made with full rights of substitution and
     subrogation of Grantee and all persons claiming by, through, and under
     Grantee, to the extent assignable, in and to all covenants and warranties
     by the predecessors-in-title of Grantor, and with full subrogation of all
     rights accruing under applicable statutes of limitation and all rights of
     action of warranty against all former owners of the Subject Property.

          (c)  Grantee agrees that the disclaimers contained in this section are
     "conspicuous" disclaimers.  Any covenants implied by statute or law by the
     use of the words "grant", "convey", "bargain", "sell", "assign",
     "transfer", "deliver" or "set over" or any of them or any other words used
     in this Conveyance are hereby expressly disclaimed, waived and negated.


                                    PART III

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     III.1     Further Assurances.
               ------------------ 

          Grantor agrees to take all such further actions and to execute,
acknowledge and deliver all such further documents as are necessary or
appropriate in carrying out the purposes of this Conveyance.  Grantor agrees to
execute, acknowledge and deliver to
<PAGE>
 
Grantee all such other additional instruments, notices, and to do all such other
and further acts, and things as may be to more fully and effectively grant,
convey, bargain, sell, assign, transfer and deliver and set over to Grantee the
Subject Property.

     III.2     Consents; Restriction on Assignment.
               ----------------------------------- 

          If there are prohibitions against or conditions to the Conveyance of
one or more portions of the Subject Property without the prior written consent
of third parties, including, without limitation, governmental agencies (other
than consents of ministerial nature which are normally granted in the ordinary
course of business), which if not satisfied would result in a breach of such
prohibitions or conditions or would give an outside party the right to terminate
Grantee's rights with respect to such portion of the Subject Property (herein
called a "Restriction"), then any provision contained in this Conveyance to the
contrary notwithstanding, the transfer of title to or interest in such portion
of the Subject Property (herein called the "Restriction-Subject Property")
pursuant to this Conveyance shall not become effective unless and until such
Restriction is satisfied, waived or no longer applies.  When and if such a
Restriction is so satisfied, waived or no longer applies, to the extent
permitted by applicable law and any applicable contractual provisions, the
assignment of the Restriction-Subject Property subject thereto shall become
effective automatically as of the date hereof, without further action on the
part of Grantee or Grantor.  Grantor and Grantee agree to use their best efforts
to obtain satisfaction of any Restriction.  The description of any portion of
the Subject Property as "Restriction-Subject Property" shall not be construed as
an admission that any Restrictions exist with respect to the transfer of such
portion of the Subject Property.  In the event any Restriction-Subject Property
exists, Grantor agrees to hold such Restriction-Subject Property in trust for
the exclusive benefit of Grantee and to otherwise use its best efforts to
provide Grantee with the benefits thereof.

     III.3     Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiary.
               -------------------------------------------------- 

          This Conveyance shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
Grantor and Grantee and their respective successors and assigns, but shall not
inure to the benefit of or be enforceable by any other party.

     III.4     Governing Law.
               ------------- 

          This Conveyance and the legal relations between the parties shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
Missouri, excluding any conflict of law rule which would refer any issue to the
laws of another jurisdiction, except when it is mandatory that the law of the
jurisdiction
<PAGE>
 
wherein the Subject Property is located shall apply.

     III.5     The Exhibits.
               ------------ 

          Reference is made to Exhibit A and Exhibit B, which are attached
                               ---------     ---------                    
hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes.  Reference in Exhibits to an
instrument on file in the public records is made for all purposes, but shall not
imply that such instrument is valid, binding or enforceable or affects any
Subject Property nor creates any right, title, interest or claim in favor of any
party other than Grantor and Grantee, respectively.

     III.6     Headings.
               -------- 

          Headings are included in this Conveyance for convenience and shall not
define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provision.

     III.7     Counterparts.
               ------------ 

          This Conveyance may be executed in multiple counterparts all of which
taken together shall constitute a single agreement with the same force and
effect as if all parties had signed the same copy of this conveyance.
<PAGE>
 
          WITNESS THE EXECUTION HEREOF on the _____ day of ______________, 1994.


GRANTEE:                          GRANTOR:

    
FERRELLGAS, L.P., a Delaware      FERRELLGAS, INC., a Delaware 
limited partnership               corporation

By: Ferrellgas, Inc., as
    general partner
By: ________________________      By: ________________________

Name: ______________________      Name: ______________________

Title: _____________________      Title: _____________________


Attachments:   Exhibit A:  Fee Lands
               Exhibit B:  Easements

This instrument was prepared by:

     Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts
     Attn:  Michael J. Van Dyke
     1200 Main Street, Suite 3500
     Kansas City, Missouri 64105


Recording Requested by and
When Recorded Return To:

     Smith, Gill, Fisher & Butts
     Attn:  Michael J. Van Dyke
     1200 Main Street, Suite 3500
     Kansas City, Missouri 64105

Mail Tax Statements to:

     -------------------------
     -------------------------
     -------------------------
<PAGE>
 
STATE OF MISSOURI

COUNTY OF JACKSON

          Before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State,
personally appeared ______________, the _________
_____________________________________________ of Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, who acknowledged the execution of the foregoing instrument for and
on behalf of said corporation and who, having been duly sworn, stated that the
representations contained therein are true.

          WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal this ______ day of ______________,
1994.


                              ______________________________
                              Notary Public Residing in
                              ___________ County, __________

                              ______________________________
                              (printed signature)

My Commission Expires:

- ------------------------






STATE OF MISSOURI

COUNTY OF JACKSON

          Before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State,
personally appeared __________________, the __________________________________
of Ferrellgas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as general partner of Ferrellgas,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, who acknowledged the execution of the
foregoing instrument for and on behalf of said corporation, as general partner,
and who, having been duly sworn, stated that the representations contained
therein are true.

          WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal this _____ day of ________, 1994.

                              ------------------------------
                              Notary Public Residing in
                              ___________ County, __________

                              ------------------------------
                              (printed signature)
My Commission Expires:

- -----------------------
<PAGE>
 
              EXHIBIT A TO CONVEYANCE, ASSIGNMENT AND BILL OF SALE
                   FROM FERRELLGAS, INC. TO FERRELLGAS, L.P.

                                                               STATE OF MISSOURI
                                                               COUNTY OF JACKSON



                                  [FEE LANDS]
<PAGE>
 
              EXHIBIT B TO CONVEYANCE, ASSIGNMENT AND BILL OF SALE
                   FROM FERRELLGAS, INC. TO FERRELLGAS, L.P.



                                                               STATE OF MISSOURI
                                                               COUNTY OF JACKSON



                                  [EASEMENTS]

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                        INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT
   
  We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No.
33-53379 of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior notes of
Ferrellgas, L.P., and Ferrellgas Finance Corp. of our report dated June 3,
1994, on Ferrellgas Inc. (which expressed an unqualified opinion and included
an explanatory paragraph concerning an uncertainty involving an income tax
matter), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration
Statement, and of our report dated June 3, 1994 relating to the financial
statement schedules appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.     
   
  We also consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement
No. 33-53379 of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior notes of
Ferrellgas, L.P., and Ferrellgas Finance Corp. of our report dated June 3,
1994, on Ferrellgas, L.P., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this
Registration Statement.     
   
  We also consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement
No. 33-53379 of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior notes of
Ferrellgas, L.P., and Ferrellgas Finance Corp. of our report dated June 3,
1994, on Ferrellgas Finance Corp., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part
of this Registration Statement.     
   
  We also consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement
No. 33-53379 of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior notes of
Ferrellgas, L.P., and Ferrellgas Finance Corp. of our report dated June 3, 1994
accompanying the pro forma financial information of Ferrellgas, L.P., appearing
in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.     
 
  We also consent to the reference to us under the headings "Selected
Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" and
"Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE
Kansas City, Missouri
   
June 23, 1994     
 


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission